101971 Catalog

47661-Attachment 47661-Attachment 47661-Attachment 785901 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

429875-Brochure 429875-Brochure 429875-Brochure 785901 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

2014-07-05

: Pdf 101971-Catalog 101971-Catalog 785901 Batch5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 980

Download101971-Catalog
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
2012

Digest 176

Have questions? Need technical
support or on-site service?
Now there’s one toll-free number to get all the
information you need.
1-888-778-2733

$12

2012

Digest 176

Global Specialist in Energy Management

Power
Management

Process & Machines
Management

Customer Care Center
The Customer Care Center (CCC) is a single point of contact where
qualified personnel answer your customer service and technical
support questions.

IT/Server Room
Management

Serving all Schneider Electric authorized distributors and customers
anywhere in the United States.

Building
Management

Schneider Electric Services

www.schneider-electric.us

Schneider Electric USA, Inc.
1415 S. Roselle Road
Palatine, IL 60067
Tel: 847-397-2600
Fax: 847-925-7500
www.schneider-electric.us
Document Number 0100PL1201

This document has been
printed on recycled paper

© 2012 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. • 998-5626_US_A

Schneider Electric Services provides you with power, automation and
control, and energy management services to support the lifecycle of your
system, process or installation. Our solutions help you get the most out of
your investment and keep your facility at peak operational performance.
Any brand. Any industry. Any time.

Security
Management

The only good watt
is a negawatt.
Mining

Generation

100 energy units

Transmission

35 energy units

Point of use

33 energy units

Due to intrinsic inefficiencies, 33 units of energy consumed at the point of use
require 100 units of primary energy.

What’s a negawatt? The one you didn’t use.
Energy saved is money saved.
Yes, the smart grid is coming and we are actively implementing intelligence and
innovations to help make it a reality. But we need a solution that will save energy and
drive efficiency today as we are building the smarter grids of tomorrow.

30% 30% 30%

Introducing EcoStruxure: Active Energy Management Architecture from
Power Plant to Plug™.

EcoStruxure solutions cut energy costs today.

Right now, EcoStruxure™ solutions from Schneider Electric™ can reduce your energy
se
t 0
hile c tting c it l nd er ti n l c sts. End- se e icienc
is where our focus needs to be! The percentage of revenue spent on energy by
companies could reach 30% by 2020. And there is an urgent need to reduce CO2
emissions, especially as energy demand escalates. Energy management is the key
– the fastest and most effective solution to curb greenhouse gas emissions while
improving business performance. In fact, by 2030, energy efficiency and behavior
change will offset more CO2 than all the new wind, solar, and other alternative energy
generation methods combined.*

As energy prices continue to climb, every unit
of energy you save matters. One unit saved at
the point of use means three units of primary
energy not consumed. Today, only EcoStruxure
Active Energy Management architecture can
deliver up to 30% energy savings across your
buildings, industrial plants, and data centers.
You deserve an Efficient Enterprise™!

Get smarter about energy

Download this White Paper, “Growing a Green
Corporation,” a $199 value, for FREE.
Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v
©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, EcoStruxure, Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to
Plug, and Efficient Enterprise are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. 35 rue Joseph Monier,
S 0 2 95506 R eil
l is n ede
r nce • 998- 259_US
*Source: World Energy Outlook 2009, IEA/OECD

How to Use Digest 176
Welcome to the first full color version of the
Schneider Electric Digest!
Digest 176 is organized into 29 product
sections listed at the right, with color-coded
tabs to help you quickly find major product
categories. We’ve added two new sections:
Section 28 Universal Enclosures, and
Section 29 Advanced Products, with new
product offerings that include: Electric Vehicle
Charging Stations, Efficient Homes, and
Residential Solar Power Solutions.
To aid navigation, a detailed Table of Contents
is provided for each section, as well as two
indexes in the back of the book: an
alphabetical listing and an alphanumeric
listing.

Access a mobilefriendly version of our
website, from the web
browser on your
mobile device. We
have developed a
specially formatted
version of our most
popular web content,
including the Digest,
for mobile devices.
A mobile version
of Schneider
Electric’s MYSE
for distributors is
also available

The first 32 pages of this Digest highlight a
winning lineup of Schneider Electric products,
services, and solutions, followed by a two page
listing of What’s New in each product section.

mobile.schneider-electric.us

For the most up-to-date Product Information,
visit:

Energy Efficiency

www.schneider-electric.us

Customer Services

Enfeficrgieyncy
E

1-800-392-8781

Customer Training
Schneider Electric offers performance-based
training for Square D™ and Telemecanique™
products. Whether you have purchased
equipment to modernize an operation, or
are equipping a new site with the most
advanced automation solutions, distribution
and power equipment, we have the training
to meet your needs.
For more information, select
Customer Training from the Support
and Resources area:

www.schneider-electric.us
1-866-507-0894

Have questions?
Need technical support or onsite service?
Now there’s one toll-free number
to get all the information you need.
1-888-778-2733
The Customer Care Center (CCC) is a single
point of contact where qualified personnel
answer your customer service and technical
support questions. Serving all Schneider
Electric authorized distributors and customers
anywhere in the United States.

Schneider Electric Services provides you
with power, automation and control, and energy
management services to support the lifecycle
of your system, process or installation. Our
solutions help you get the most out of your
investment and keep your facility at peak
operational performance. Any brand. Any
industry. Any time.

Section Listing

1

Load Centers

2

Metering Equipment

3

Safety Switches

4

Power Monitoring and Control

5

Lighting Control and
Integrated Home Systems

6

Surge Protective Devices

7

Miniature and Molded Case
Circuit Breakers

8

Operator Mechanisms and
Disconnect Switches

9

Panelboards

10

Integrated Power and Control Solutions
(IPaCS) Equipment

11

Switchboards and Switchgear

Leading the way in
Energy Efficiency:

12

Busway

Schneider Electric provides integrated
solutions for residential market,
buildings, industry and infrastructure,
and data centers. Now, you can build a
long lasting energy strategy for a
growing performance while preserving
the environment.

13

Wire Management

14

Transformers

15

Medical Products

SolutionOne

16

NEMA Contactors and Starters

17

Motor Control Centers

18

IEC Contactors and Starters

19

Push Buttons and
Operator Interface

20

Electronic Sensors and
Machine Cabling

21

Limit Switches

22

Pressure, Vacuum,
and Float Switches

23

Relays and Timers

24

Terminal Blocks

25

Machine Safeguarding Products

26

AC Drives and Soft Starts

27

Automation Products

28

Enclosures

29

Advanced Products

Customer Literature Center
To obtain literature for product or application
needs, contact the Schneider Electric
Customer Literature Center. When requesting
additional technical catalog information, refer
to the catalog section listed at the top of
the Digest pages.

Product Index

Schneider Mobile

An internet based tool that will allow
communications with multiple product
configurators within Schneider Electric
North America to create a “Customer
Solution” project bill of material.

Questions?
Send an email to:
SolutionOne@SchneiderElectric.com

Seismic Qualification and
Capabilities
Seismic Equipment Ratings
Schneider Electric self certifies
seismic equipment ratings to meet the
most stringent requirements.
Please contact your local field sales
engineer for assistance.

Selective Coordination
NEC Requirements for Selective
Coordination
Schneider Electric is providing our
customers with valuable selective
coordination solutions. Contact your
local sales office to learn more.

Product Locator Index

Schneider Electric brands that
deliver the solutions you demand.
Square D power solutions –
ready for the future.

Stamped steel version of
the enclosed safety switch
with the Detroit Fuse and
Manufacturing Company’s
new trademark – the capital
“D” in a square (circa 1915).

Taking lighting technology
to a new level.

Square D™ by Schneider Electric brand
NEMA power and control solutions
have been trusted over 100 years for
performance, reliability, and energy
saving design. From residential load
centers and metering products to
commercial panelboards, energy
conserving transformers and safety
switches, Square D brand products
provide you with quality solutions
for distributing and monitoring
electrical power. It’s more than an
electrical system. It’s the backbone
of today’s energy demanding homes
and businesses.

Juno™
Schneider Electric is le ding
n ct rer energ efficient commercial and residential lighting solutions and advanced
system controls. Since 1976, we have been serving customers
throughout North America, including electrical distributors, lighting
showrooms, contractors, architects, engineers, lighting designers,
nd c
erci l est lish ents
ering the highlit
inn v tive r d cts designed nd engineered in the United St tes.
The Juno Lighting Group product family includes over 50,000 items
for commercial and residential construction, and includes a rapidly
e
nding line ec - riendl E
t res r td r recessed
track, decorative, and under cabinet applications.

TM

Delivering the best image
quality in video security.

Committed to data center
critical power and cooling.

Pelco™ by Schneider Electric is a world leader in the design,
development, and manufacture of video and security systems ideal
for any industry. From megapixel cameras to video management
and recording to display, Pelco solutions deliver the best image
quality in video security.

APC by Schneider Electric™ is a global leader in critical power and
cooling, providing industry leading hardware, software, and services
designed to ensure availability and higher energy efficiency across
the residential, business network, data center, and manufacturing
environments. The position of APC on the cutting edge of Data
Center thought leadership for over two decades has changed
the way the world designs, installs, operates, and maintains data
centers. APC has unparalleled commitment to innovation and the
world’s leading R&D investment (more than $90 million annually)
dedicated to critical power and cooling issues.

www.pelco.com

TM

TM

©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, Square D, Juno, Pelco, and APC are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies.

PowerPact with Micrologic
molded case circuit breakers
Direct access to energy management

PowerPact™ with Micrologic 15-3000 A
New-generation circuit breakers with industry
leading performance and protection.
Smart – A meter in every breaker
Safe – Combines safety and performance
with Micrologic™ reliability
Simple – Easy to select, install, and use

Increased energy
availability
Safety and
protection
Energy measurement
and control

TM

©2011 Schneider Electric. Schneider Electric, PowerPact, Micrologic, and Square D are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies.

TeSys

Motor starters and IEC contactors
TeSys™ U self-protected combination
motor starters
Used in single c
in ti n t
er
lic ti ns r
0.15 A thr gh 2 A 1

ses nd ve se r te c ntr l
h t 20 h t 80

d les c ver ll

t r c ntr l

• NEMA® rated for motor control
• U 508

e E certi ed

• 65 A S

R r ting t 80

• Incredible energy savings!

» 75 percent less than traditional NEMA
motor starters
» 50 percent less then traditional IEC

TeSys D IEC contactors
he est-selling line c nt ct rs nd st rters in the
rld
ering high reli
electric l li e. Av il le in 11 c nt ct r r tings r
9A
t 150 ll-l d
to 200 A resistive loads.
•

v il

nent high- lt sh rt circ it c rrent r tings
le id-2012

» 9 A to 32 A: 65 kA
» 40 A to 150 A: 100 kA
• Energy efficient
» 50 percent less than traditional NEMA
motor starters
•
l
nting ti ns
nel nd
-r il

•

ilit ith l ng ech nic l nd
s r ind ctive l ds nd

20 nger-s e scre

c nnecti ns ter in ls

• Wiring connection flexibility, including spring,

ring t ng e sli - n

nd scre

cl

ter in ls

• Everlink® termination technology

n 0-65 A r d cts
• E s -t -inst ll ccess ries re c

for entire line

©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric and TeSys are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated
companies. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.

n

Engineering Services
Schneider Electric Engineering Services offers power system design and upgrade, as well as
studies and assessments to promote safety and to help ensure reliable and continuous power.
With over 40 years of experience and over 100 professional engineers strategically located throughout the
U.S. the Engineering Services te
h s the n ledge nd e erience t get the
d ne.

Power system design and
upgrade projects

Power system studies and
assessments

• Turnkey Solutions, including Solar and
r n eld r ects

• Power System Assessments and Code Audits

• Electric l esign

• Circuit Loading Study

r Rel

U gr des

• Design for Generator and Synchronous Motor
Exciter Packages
• Grounding System Evaluation and Design

• Arc Flash Analysis
• Harmonics Assessment
• Power Factor Analysis
• Power Quality Analysis
• Short Circuit Study
•

i e-c rrent

rdin ti n St d

Industrial Repair Services
Schneider Electric Industrial Repair Services is the leader in industrial electronic repair
management, repairing over 120,000 different products from more than 2,500 manufacturers.
ith ver 0 e rs ind str e
Services te
r vides de end

erience nd ver 0 highl -tr ined technici ns the nd stri l Re
le c st-e ective re irs.

ir

Testing and repair services
• PLCs
• I/O Modules

And more!

• AC and DC Drives
• Stepper Drives
• Servo Motors and Amplifiers
• HMI/Operator Interfaces
• Clutch Controls

• Certified, Remanufactured Electronics for sale
or exchange
• Engineered Replacement Boards
• Integrated Manufacturing Service Solutions (IMSS)
• Schneider Electric™ A t

• Power Supplies

ti n r d ct U gr des

• Counters and Timers
•

chine-s eci c

ntr ls

For more information on Schneider Electric Services, visit: www.schneider-electric.us/go/services
.schneider-electric.c

5

Digest 176

Electrical Distribution Services
Schneider Electric offers a broad range of electrical distribution services
to support the life cycle of any manufacturer’s equipment.
Whether you are concerned with providing a safe workplace, increasing electrical reliability, boosting
productivity, or reducing operating costs, you can count on our nationwide network of professional
engineers and qualified service representatives to address your specific requirements.

Our full-range of electrical distribution services include:
Engineering Services

Modernization and Upgrade

The power system engineering team from
Schneider Electric™ has the knowledge and
experience to help facilities manage their energy
and solve complex power system issues that
may involve equipment, automation, the electrical
system, or the utility.
Our engineering services include:

Modernization solutions from Schneider Electric
Services will upgrade your existing switchgear or
motor control centers to current technology.
These engineered solutions are available for
st
r r nds nd re designed t
ini i e
downtime, improve reliability, and extend the life of
your equipment.

• Power System Assessment and Design Services

Our modernization and upgrade solutions include:

• Power Quality Correction

• Direct Replacement and Retrofill Solutions for
nd
S itchge r

• Power System Analysis including Arc Flash
Studies (NFPA 70E Compliance)

Reduce risk and help ensure reliable installation
and equipment performance.
Our new equipment services include:
nd

irect Re l ce ent Units
Control Centers

r

t r

• Circuit Breaker Reconditioning

New Installation Services

• St rt-

•

Want to extend the life of your
existing switchgear?
Register to download our FREE white paper to
discover the right solution for your application!
Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key
code b653v.

issi ning

• Turnkey Solutions
• Extended Warranty
• Customer Training

emergency
services
6

.schneider-electric.c

hours
a day

days
a week

Maintenance and Testing
If your power system isn’t performing, your facility
isn’t performing. To help ensure the reliable operation
of your electrical equipment, periodic maintenance,
cleaning, and lubrication is needed. Failure to do so
could result in costly downtime.
Our maintenance and testing services include:
• Preventive Maintenance
• Maintenance Record Services
• Service Agreements

Is your maintenance program
meeting your expectations?

Additional Schneider Electric service teams include:

Register to download our FREE White Paper
“Understanding Maintenance Contracts and
Requirements for Low Voltage Power Distribution
Equipment.” Visit www.SEreply.com and
enter key code b653v.

Substation Solutions
Schneider Electric sets the standard in quality for
the electric ind str nd serves tilities ith highl reliable products and services.
Our substation solutions include:
•

esign nd

• PowerSub

™

nstr cti n Services t
c

S

65

st ti n re

ers

• Substation Service & Repair

Automation and Control Services
Our services support the latest innovations in industrial automation.
In addition, they ensure our legacy products function at modern
performance levels.

Building Lifecycle and Energy Services
r c sed
r ch integr tes
lti le s ste s t chieve enter risewide facilities management that uses less energy, tightens security,
speeds response times, and maintains optimal occupant comfort while
reducing overall operating costs.

Critical Power & Cooling Services
Whether you are planning, building, or operating a data center, we have
the expertise and services to support you through the many phases of the
d t center li ec cle nd ee
r issi n-critic l
lic ti ns er ting
at optimum performance.

Energy Sustainability Consultation Services
Custom Solutions
Do you have unique product requirements or
complex power issues? Regardless of the application
or location, our engineering, manufacturing, field
service nd r ect
n ge ent te s c n
ev l te
r sit ti n nd r
se c st-e ective
s l ti n th t ini i es d nti e r le d-ti es.
Our custom solutions include:
• Special Application Switchgear
• Solar Power Systems
• Turnkey Installations

r energ e erts
r n-site ith n ledge le l nt ers nnel t
devel
l ng-ter Energ Acti n l n th t serves s the l e rint r
ongoing energy savings.

Power Monitoring Services
Our power monitoring services increase the reliability and efficiency of
your installation by providing detailed reporting, testing, and analysis
capabilities for your systems and related components.

Projects and Engineering Center
r r ects nd Engineering enter r vides ll-service c ntr ct nd
r ect
n ge ent c
ilities t ssist ith c
le r high-ris
r ects res lting in stre lined reli le r ect s l ti n.

For more information call 1-888-778-2733 or visit
www.schneider-electric.us/go/services
.schneider-electric.c

7

Energy and Sustainability
Consultation

Energy Monitoring
Gain visibility to analysis of your
facility’s energy performance —
even hen
re -site.

Our experts develop your
blueprint for energy savings.

Energy Savings Projects
Realize energy savings
and reduce utility bills by
up to 30%.

Your building’s energy: See it, manage it,
and save it with our life cycle services.
Why spend tomorrow what you can save today?
How much did you spend on your building’s energy today?

Schneider Electric is your ideal energy manager,
energy expert, and green partner with specialized
services for these facilities and more:
Healthcare

As regulations tighten and rates rise, businesses are learning that wasted energy is
wasted money. Fortunately, the right partner will show you how much energy your building
consumes, and more importantly, where energy — and money — can be saved.

Provide superior patient care while controlling costs,
eliminating waste, and doing more with less.

Our energy services deliver immediate value to your business.

Hotels

Efficiency improvements reduce the total cost of energy per square foot over the life cycle
of your facility. And only we provide the expertise of a Certified Energy Architect, scalable
EcoStruxure Active Energy Management™ architecture, and much more that can deliver
energy savings of up to 30%, starting today.

30% energy savings is just the beginning.
As The Global Specialist in Energy Management , we are the only provider of
comprehensive services and open system architecture that guarantee compatibility
among the energy management domains of Power, IT Room, Process & Machine,
Building, and Security, allowing businesses to scale up the savings and efficiency from
the building to the enterprise level.
™

It is no wonder that about 75% of Fortune 500 companies choose Schneider Electric™
t
eet their energ needs. ith s vings
rt nit li e this t re-re d c
nies
n
th t e icienc initi tives the c ldn t
rd t i le ent in the st re r ects
they can’t afford to put off another day.

Maximize guest delight while reducing OpEx,
improving your carbon footprint, and offering a
safe hotel stay.

Retail

Reduce costs and keep customers safe and
comfortable while complying with environmental
efforts and regulations.

Office Buildings

Provide a flexible and productive atmosphere while
ret ining l ng-ter inc e nd sset v l e nder
tightening environmental regulations.

Education

Make buildings and campuses safe and efficient
while providing a greener, more productive learning
environment.

Life Sciences

Create a sustainable business while meeting
regulations, reducing time to market, and
enhancing the security of employees and assets.
Reducing the Impact of
Energy Costs on Business

Download this FREE white paper today for
insight on improving facility performance
and finding permanent savings
Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v

©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, APC, The global specialist in energy management, EcoStruxure, and Active Energy Management are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS
r its ili ted c
nies. • 998- 881 • Schneider Electric USA 1650 est r s R d
rrillt n
5006 USA 9 2 2 -1111

30%* off your building’s
energy bill is just the beginning.
Imagine what we could do for the rest of your enterprise.
Managing complex building environments while meeting your energy efficiency targets is no
small task. Our EcoStruxure™ energy management architecture achieves this elegantly through
intelligent integration of building systems on a single IP platform.

The savings go far beyond buildings.

Active Energy Management
Architecture from Power Plant to Plug™

Today, only EcoStruxure energy management architecture by Schneider Electric™ delivers up
t 0 energ s vings niting energ -intensive s ste s li e
A
ccess c ntr l vide
security management, and lighting control across your entire enterprise. Saving up to 30%
of a building’s energy is a great beginning, and thanks to EcoStruxure energy management
architecture, the savings don’t have to end there.

Data centers
From the rack to the row to the room to the
building, energy use and availability of these
interconnected environments are closely
nit red nd d sted in re l ti e.

Industrial plants
en st nd rd r t c ls ll
r s ste - ide
management of automated processes with
minimized downtime, increased throughput,
and maximized energy efficiency.

Learn about saving energy from the experts!
Download this white paper, a $200 value, for FREE!
Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v Call 800-274-5551

Buildings
Intelligent integration of security, power, lighting,
electric l distri ti n ire s et
A
nd
telecommunications across the enterprise allows
for reduced training, operating, maintenance,
and energy costs.

30%
©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, EcoStruxure, and Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug
re tr de r s
ned
Schneider Electric nd stries SAS r its ili ted c
nies. 1 2 irgr nds R d est ingst n R 02892 USA • 998-2 58_US
*EcoStruxure architecture reduces energy consumption by up to 30%.

Digest 176

There’s more than the “tip of
the iceberg”
Typically, we think of them as huge peaks rising above
the water. In reality, the majority of an iceberg is actually
under the water, out of view. Utility savings at most
facilities can be thought of in much the same way.

Look below
the surface
for energy savings with energy
solutions by Schneider Electric

Think of your utility bills as being the peak, easy to see every month. By simply
installing different light bulbs or a PowerLogic™ power monitoring system, you
c n re li e 1
ercent s vings
t th t s st the ti
the ice erg in
terms of your potential savings.
he
rit
s vings sing Schneider Electric™ energy solutions, can be
derived by looking beyond a utility bill — or below the surface. An additional
2 – 5 percent can be saved through better equipment utilization and energy
monitoring tools. Another 10 percent can be found by improving power system
reliability, and the savings that derive can be utilized towards the capital
purchase with a performance contract.
At Schneider Electric, we pride ourselves on reliable Square D™ by
Schneider Electric products, innovative solutions, expert engineering services,
nd r ilit t r vide single-s rce
er
n ge ent s l ti ns. t s
n t st c nce t t s it s leg c nd
r ise. e re the Energ
Management specialists, striving to help you Make the Most of Your EnergySM.
r
re in r ti n c nt ct
r re resent tive r g t
.schneiderelectric.com.

Medical complexes
• Experience outstanding quality and reliability
•

eri

tilit

ills nd eli in te err rs

S
re
er gic s ste s er end-t -end dv nced s l ti ns
for a high return on investment in achieved energy savings.

• Improve power system uptime

Commercial/retail centers

• Reduce expenses

• Attr ct high-

lit l ng-ter

ten nts

• Implement in a nationwide chain or one site
• Allocate costs according to actual energy used

Education campuses
• Provide environmental leadership
• Gain insights into how to reduce energy use in
common areas

Upgrade payback
Aver ge
techn l g

c eri d nd R
r ects

Technology

.schneider-electric.c

Average
Payback Period

Average
ROI

Meters and Monitors

.5

200%

Lighting

2.2

45%

Controls

2.3

43%

Motors and Drives

2.4

42%

3.6

28

Onsite Power

4.3

23%

Building Automation

5.9

17%

A

10

single-

Three dimensions of energy and power management savings
Reduce energy costs
• Access automatic meter reading from revenue, piped utility pulses,
nd s - etering
• eri

nd rec
ec ncile tilit

ills t c tch err rs

• Reveal energy inefficiencies and waste
• All c te r s

- ill energ c sts

• Optimize procurement
ement through forecasting, load aggregation, and rate analysis
•

le ent
er ct r c rrecti n lighting c ntr l
reduction strategies

nd

ct-

sed

• Reduce demand through load scheduling, load control, or generator control
• Respond to utility curtailment signals
• Make smart energy efficiency decisions by combining your experience with ours
otal Energy Control strategies that result in an actionable energy plan with
for Total
quick payback

Optimize equipment utilization
• Maximize use of existing equipment capacity to defer capital expenses
• Benchmark, profile, and compare
e the performance of facilities or processes
• Document emergency power system testing results
• Prolong equipment life by identifying transformer and other equipment stresses
• Balance loads on substations, panelboards, and other power equipment
• Perform proactive equipment maintenance and equipment monitoring of
transformers, MCCs, switchgear,, switchboards, circuit breaker status, protective
e i ent c
cit rs gener t rs
nel
rds
U U S nd ther i ed tilities

Improve reliability and uptime
• Get early warning and remote alarm notification of impending problems
• s l te r

le

s

rces

ic l

sing re l-ti e hist ric l

nd event d t

• Pinpoint root cause with precise GPS time and event sequence recording
• eri

reli

le e

i

ent

er ti n nd identi

v lner

ilities

• Diagnose transients, disturbances, power quality, and harmonics
• Determine appropriate corrective measures based on accurate data
• Automate power system throw over and load preservation schemes
• Leverage Energy Solutions’ Engineering Services as your single source energy
and power management solution provider — product, implementation,
consulting, assessment, and support services

.schneider-electric.c

11

Our energy expertise will help
sustain America’s bright future.
Laboratories

Data Centers

Defense Installations

Federal Buildings

Hospitals

Together, we will meet your facility’s energy management challenges
of today and tomorrow.
Your energy expert and green partner

The global specialist in energy management™

Our experience with government facilities and campuses allows you to realize customized,
integrated solutions with up to 30% energy savings, starting today.

Schneider Electric has a proven, 100-year long record of
supporting government facilities and helps make them more
secure, productive, and sustainable. We take the lessons of
the past century to help you meet your responsibilities to
mandates, missions, and taxpayers throughout the next one.

Schneider Electric™ specializes in these critical domains of government facilities:
> Power Management: Experience efficient power use, reliable power supply, low equipment
failure rates, and minimized downtime with our proven solutions.

> IT Room Management: Optimize data center availability and efficiency through monitoring,
automation, planning, and implementation.

We combine the expertise of brands you know and trust
to make your energy safe, reliable, efficient, productive,
and green.

> Building Management: Leverage existing investments to achieve reduced energy costs,
improved comfort, and increased productivity with our integrated building systems.
TM

> Process and Machine Management: Eliminate downtime and optimize your systems’
performance with our specialized solutions.
> Security Management: Reduce risks with our integrated security solutions that create the most
secure environment possible.

TM

EcoStruxure: Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug™
EcoStruxure architecture, our approach to integration, saves CapEx and OpEx over your facility’s
li e c cle r
stre lined r c re ent thr gh l ng-ter
inten nce nd s
rt. his
innovation optimizes energy measurement, management, reliability, efficiency, and security across
your entire enterprise.

Make the most of your energy

Enacting an Energy
Management Lifecycle
Approach in Federal Facilities
by Ellen Kotzbauer, BEP
Government Segment Manager
and
Cassandra Quaintance, MAS, CEM, LEED AP
Energy Market Segment Manager
Schneider Electric USA, Inc.

Make the most of your energy

SM

Cycle

Visit our NEW Government Knowledge Portal for
FREE white papers, like this one: “Enacting a Life
Cycle Approach in Federal Facilities.”
Go to www.SEreply.com • Key Code b653v • Call 866-822-4636

©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, APC, EcoStruxure, Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug, The global specialist in energy management,
Pelco, Juno Lighting Group, Make the most of your energy, and Square D are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric. • 998- 52_US

SM

SoMachine

©

Sc

hn

ei

de

rE

le

ct

Software

r ic
In
du
str

V2.0

ies
SA
S201
0

Flexible Machine
Control:
100 percent flexibility of your
machines with a single software
suite, SoMachine, plus multiple
hardware control platforms.

Tested, Validated
Architectures
and Functions:
Predefined and dedicated
to your specific needs for
optimum results.

Co-Engineering
Services:
Design optimal machine
solutions with innovative
help from our experts.

cuts time to
market by up to 50 percent.
TM

New integrated machine building solution features single software, proven
architectures, and design experts.
Machines today need to be faster, more flexible, and must be able to solve more
complex automation functions than ever before. As a machine builder you must
c nst ntl l
t inn v tive
st
ild
re energ -e icient
chines red ce
development costs, and get your machines to market much faster.
Our new MachineStruxureTM solution is designed to answer these challenges and
to help you take complexity out of the business through use of:
Flexible Machine Control: SoMachineTM is a single software suite that runs
on multiple hardware control platforms to achieve 100 percent machine flexibility:
HMI, motion, drive, and logic controllers. With SoMachine, you need only one
software, one cable, and one download to design, commission, and service
your machines from a single point.
Tested, Validated Architectures and Functions: Build a strong automation
l t r thr gh the se
r re d -t - se r ven nd ll tr ns rent
automation architectures and application function libraries implemented with
FDT/DTM technology. Our architectures are predefined and dedicated to your
specific needs for optimum results.
Co-engineering Services: Design the optimal solutions for your customers
with innovative help from our experts! We implement the latest technological
ev l ti ns nd r vide
ni e h nds- n ind str
lic ti n n ledge th t
helps you stay ahead of the competition.

“SoMachine offers optimal flexibility when
implemented on a standard machine, and
it has huge potential in terms of system
implementation.”
Fabrizio Ghiro, software designer and machine developer
at Costa Levigatrici in Italy

Make the most of your energy

Download our “On the road to green machines”
White Paper today — it’s FREE and available right now!
Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code h903v
©2011 Schneider Electric Industries SAS, All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, MachineStruxure, SoMachine, and Make the most of your energy are owned by Schneider Electric,
r its ili ted c
nies in the United St tes nd ther c ntries. • 35 rue Joseph Monier, CS 30323, 95506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex (France) • 998-2 05

SM

Digest 176

A lighting control solution
for every need…
Powerlink intelligent panelboards, Relay Panels, C-Bus network lighting control, and Occupancy
Sensors from Schneider Electric create one of the most comprehensive energy-saving offers
in the industry. They combine automated and web-enabled control with occupancy-based
solutions and dimming capabilities.

Powerlink Intelligent
Lighting Panel

Powerlink

C-Bus

t t es
re th n st energ -e cient lighting t
significantly reduce your energy costs. Powerlink™
lighting control systems reduce energy costs as
much as 30 percent by automatically turning off
lighting during unoccupied periods. Retrofit is
also easy with Powerlink lighting control systems,
with payback periods often less than two years.
Compared with other energy savings technologies,
a Powerlink control system can provide both a lower
initial capital outlay and greater energy savings.

- s™ Network Lighting and Whole Home Controls
provide a vast array of capabilities, scalable for
virt ll n si e
r
single r
t n entire
network. Eliminate wall clutter with programmable
lti- ncti n t ch screens nd e
ds. i
lights c ntr l lighting scenes
A
nd di
while integrating with third party devices using the
same touch screen or keypad.

• Eliminate unnecessary energy consumption by
s itching lights
d ring n n- cc ied eri ds
• Reduce demand by shedding lights during peak
demand periods
• Improve productivity by controlling and monitoring
panels from remote locations
• Reduce potential lost time and liability by
receiving instant alerts to important occurrences
with remote email alarming
• Gain important insights into lighting system
performance with integral metering
Relay Panels

Relay panel
The Lighting Control Relay Panel family offers both
standalone and integrated customized solutions that
combines ease of use, versatility, and durability.
Each system offers an energy saving solution as
unique as your needs.

C-Bus Lighting Control

• LPS Standalone panel
• LPB panel with BACnet capabilities
•

n

r s c ns le-

er ted

nel

Three solutions that adapt to your particular
configuration needs.

Occupancy Sensors

14

.schneider-electric.c

Occupancy sensors
Occupancy sensors help building owners achieve
energy savings and energy code compliance
with sensors that are easy to select, install, and
commission. Automatically turn lights on/off based
n cc
nc . Use sens rs r
light
rvesting
t d st light levels sed n n t r l lighting in
re s ith l rge ind s r s lights. Use either
ssive in r red R ltr s nic r d l-techn l g
models for ultimate detection capability.

Service and support
Reliable lighting control systems deserve reliable
support to match. With Schneider Electric™
lighting controls, you can always count on our
Schneider Electric eld s les engineers nd ct r trained experts for help when you need it — before,
during, or after installation. Whether that means local
s
rt tr
lesh ting r n-site c
issi ning.
From smaller residential lighting control
installations, to entire facility-wide control,
Schneider Electric Lighting and Whole Home
Controls has the precise solution to meet
your needs.

For more information visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v.

Diversify your offer with the
EcoXpert certification program.
Developed specifically for electrical contractors to grow their business and
incre se reven e. he Schneider Electric Ec
ert™ program helps you to
advise, sell, and install r d r nge
re-engineered energ s l ti ns
cr ss c
erci l ind stri l nd high-end residenti l
lic ti ns.

Program benefits:
• Accreditation: gain knowledge and skills to improve your professional
recognition and marketability
• Specialized training: access to ongoing technical, installation, and best
practices curriculum courses
• Marketing collateral: enhance your ability to market your business with
customizable materials
• Communication strategies: includes: how to sell, who to speak to, key
questions to ask, and much more
• Technical expertise: 24/7 access to tools that help facilitate site
assessments and ROI estimates
• Pre-engineered solutions: ability to sell a broad range of energy efficient
and renewable energy solutions

Certification Paths:
Energy Efficiency

Lighting and
Lighting
Controls

Power
Distribution

Renewable Energy

Secure Power

HVAC Controls

Energy
Monitoring

Electric Vehicle
Charging

Solar

Get started!
Become our energy partner today, visit: www.SEreply.com and enter key code e595v.
.schneider-electric.c

15

Digest 176

Driving energy efficient solutions
from Power Plant to Plug™.
Schneider Electric™ is committed to developing energy efficient solutions that
s
rt s st in le devel
ent nd r electric vehicle E ch rgers re
n e ce ti n. E lin ™ charging solutions promote a greener, more economical
transportation option while helping to reduce the world’s global footprint.
Schneider Electric ers
ide r nge E lin ch rging st ti ns th t ll
users to recharge where they live, work, and play.

The total package from one provider
• Compatibility: U listed nd SAE 1 2 c
li nce ens res c
ith n l g-in h rid r electric vehicle entering the
r et.

ti ilit

• Support: nst ll ti n nd
inten nce r vided
certi ed Ec
ert
c ntr ct rs h h ve een tr ined t inst ll E lin s l ti ns nd re le t
offer an extended warranty option.
• Efficiency: S rt-grid c nnectivit ll s r
i
energ
management capabilities, assisting with energy control and efficiency.
• User friendly: Status indicator lights identify when the charger is ready to
charge, if the vehicle is charging, or if the charger requires attention.
• Safety: An integral ground fault interrupter set at 5mA provides protection
if a fault is detected from a power outage or lost connectivity. Automatic
recovery and restart functionality ensures charging will resume following a
power loss or ground fault detection.

16

.schneider-electric.c

Learn more about
the global impact
of EVs
Visit www.SEreply.com and enter
key code b653v.

Exclusive for
US electrical
contractors

Empower your operations with
the Schneider Electric Advantage.
Get FREE business, marketing, training, and product resources developed
exclusively for electrical contractors.
t

re th n ever
need re l- rld s l ti ns t gr
r siness nd eet c st er needs.
need
int
r et-le ding siness
r eting nd electric l ind str e ertise t enh nce
r er ti ns.

rtner

h c n hel

The Schneider Electric Advantage gives you access to:

Marketing tools
Market your business and improve customer relations with
new tools including radio scripts, customizable collateral, and
promotional items.

Training and education
Get ahead with a broad range of educational courses designed
s eci c ll
r electric l c ntr ct rs thr gh e - sed c rric l
nd instr ct r-led tr ining.

Access our FREE online training
when you register for
The Schneider Electric

Advantage
isit advantage.schneider-electric.us/

Product information
Find the latest product, service, and solution information for
Schneider Electric™ brands including troubleshooting, technical
documents, and online tools.

Make the most of your energy

© 2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric and Make the most of your energy are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated
c
nies. • 1 15 S. R selle R d
l tine
6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 •
8 -925- 500 •
.schneider-electric. s

SM

Digest 176

Building a smarter grid with
reliable, efficient energy
How Schneider Electric smart grid-ready products and solutions
help balance your grid equation
he electricit
r et is ch nging. And ever d end- sers e ect ti ns
increase in terms of reliability and quality, and they gain greater awareness of
energy’s environmental impact.
It’s an evolution. But as our reliance on electricity grows globally, the ways in
which we produce, distribute, and use energy must also evolve. The solution
will not only involve smarter demand, but also smarter supply — and as such, a
smarter grid is at the heart of the issue.
As The Global Specialist in Energy Management,™ Schneider Electric™ is smart
grid-ready, enabling the products and solutions that support and connect the
five key domains of a smarter grid:
• Flexible distribution
• Smart generation
•

e

nd-side

n ge ent

• Efficient Home™ (including electric vehicles)
• Efficient Enterprise™ (buildings, industrial facilities, and data centers)
r visi n isn t st t c nnect r c st ers t the s rt grid
t ls t
connect them with each other, facilitating smarter interactions and leading to
increased energy management capabilities.

Our smart grid solutions include:
• HV/MV Substations
» Substation automation and protection systems
c
li nt ith E 61850
»
s-ins l ted s itchge r
» St ti n re ers r
15
t 8
» Capacitor banks and control
» Power quality and grid revenue metering
» Phasor measurement units
• Feeder Automation
»
lt r
n ge ent
» Automated load break switches
» Reclosers and sectionalizers
» Communicating faulted circuit indicators
» Private license and public mesh network radios
• Renewable Energy Connectivity
» Switchgear
» Protection and control
» Power quality and revenue metering
» Harmonic filtering
» rid-tie s st ti ns
»
rn e r ect design nd
n ge ent
» Smart solar inverters for residential through utility
sc le r ects
» re- ric ted inverter nd tr ns r er st ti ns
» Remote SCADA software
• Electric vehicle load management
» Smart charging stations for residential and
commercial applications
» Charging station infrastructure management
software and services
» Communications and integration with
other systems
• Demand Response Consulting
• Energy Management Services
» Power system assessments
» Equipment upgrades and retrofits
» Maintenance and testing
» Asset management
» Design services
» r ect
n ge ent

18

.schneider-electric.c

One-way energy grid

Two-way energy and data smart grid

Backup
storage

Renewable
• Energy efficiency
• Carbon trading
• Micro network
management

MV/LV

HV/MV

888kWh
kWh

Residential

Electric vehicles
and energy storage

Intelligent meters
Commercial

Industrial

Energy producers

Intelligent
transmission

Flexible
distribution

Active consumers

Communication and software at all levels of the smart grid

HV/MV substations
lete grid-c nnecti n t rn e r ect
management including design, engineering,
installation, and maintenance to increase service
c ntin it thr gh tr
le- ree nd reli le er ti ns.

Demand response programs
Energy auditing services and consultation to assess
the best load reduction strategy, including estimating
the financial opportunity of Demand Response
activities. Comprehensive offer including energy
meters and software tools for control, metering, and
data management.

Renewable energy connectivity
Solar and Wind solutions compliant with local
regulations enabling uninterrupted connectivity of
inter ittent s rces thr gh end-t -end electric l
er ti n c nversi n tr ns r ers
net r
grid connection, control, supervision, monitoring,
and security). Packaged solutions allow for
maximum return on investment, driving the cost of
renewable energy to grid parity.

SCADA distribution
management systems
Efficient solutions for underground and overhead
network management through status updates,
complex switching assistance, multitasking
control, monitoring functions, and network
evolution planning.

Feeder automation
Flexible, scalable, and simple solutions to reduce
outage duration and operate distribution networks
more efficiently.

Energy management services
reventi n- nd redicti n- c sed sset
productivity management based on maintenance
and retrofitting solutions, system assessments,
and uptime audits as well as network planning
and demand response consulting.

.schneider-electric.c

19

Welcome to the 2020 home.
It might have been built in 1925, but it’s the most contemporary home in
the neighborhood. Thanks to the Wiser™ energy management system from
Schneider Electric™ n h e c n e r ght int the ent - irst ent r .
The addition of a Wiser energy management system not only improves a
home’s energy efficiency, but adds up to significant savings on utility bills that
can even offset the cost of other remodeling upgrades. The Wiser system
hel s h es se less
er nd l er tilit ills
e l ing ser- riendl
technology that’s easy for homeowners to understand, manage, and control,
even remotely, anytime from anywhere. The Wiser systems’ smart thermostat,
in-h e dis l
nd energ d sh
rd r vide re l-ti e energ in r ti n
to homeowners, alerting them when a home’s energy usage is high, so
d st ents c n e
de cc rdingl s ving the r
ing higher r tes
during peak demand times.
The great news is that any home, no matter its age or architectural style, can
be retrofitted and benefit from the Wiser energy management system. Just
knowing a home is environmentally friendly and energy efficient is not only a
r ttr cti n t t d s h e ners
t dds gre t e it in h e.

The Wiser energy management system
enables innovative energy conservation that helps
homeowners use less power while significantly
lowering utility bills.

Green: Low (least expensive)

Blue: Medium

Orange: High

Red: Warning, extremely high
(most expensive)

ind t st h
simple and cost effective installing
the Wiser energy management system can be, and how
it will continue to significantly impact energy bills in the
years ahead.
Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j566v for more information.
© 2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, and Wiser are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated
c
nies. 1 15 S. R selle R d
l tine
6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 •
8 -925- 500 •
.schneider-electric. s

ntr l
r
A
s ste - sed n the
pricing you program
into Wiser EMS’
smart thermostat. The
backlit feature visibly
dis l s re l-ti e
energy output and
costs incurred, then
alerts you with unique
c l r-c ded
rning
screens when energy
output is high and
needs t e d sted.

A home is more than rooms of a house.
It is a refuge, a place of comfort designed to provide an environment where
memories can be made, relationships built, lives nurtured, and dreams realized.
Additionally, a home is an investment vehicle where the returns are counted as
appreciation in value, but also in the monthly energy savings you generate. At
Schneider Electric™ we help you create quality, efficient, and productive homes
with smart, next generation residential energy technology that takes a home to
an unprecedented level.
Adding energy efficient solutions through installing Juno™ by Schneider Electric
LED fixtures, reliable Square D™ by Schneider Electric power distribution
products, advanced APC by Schneider Electric™ power protection devices,
st te- -the rt s l r inverters r electric vehicle ch rging st ti ns c ldn t e
easier and comes without sacrificing comfort or convenience.
Our active energy monitoring technology empowers you to minimize wasted
energy and take control of your home’s energy usage and output without
sacrificing comfort or convenience. From the home office to the bedroom,
from the kitchen to the home theater and garage, Schneider Electric transforms
every room of a house into the type of efficient, model environment homeowners
seek today.

Looking to upgrade a residential service
while saving time and effort?
Make your life easier with the Square D
Service Upgrade Load Centers. Its
inventive design makes challenging
flush-mount service upgrade jobs faster,
easier, and cleaner.
The uniquely designed load center endplate features four removable end plates
with four feed-through points, which allow
the enclosure to be positioned in the wall
in as little as five minutes. The lengthier
cover and door eliminate any need for
drywall repairs.

Thanks Schneider Electric! The Square D Service
Upgrade Load Center is a fantastic product! It makes
my life easier and reduces installation time!
– Mike Fletcher,
Residential Wireman West Side Electric,
rtl nd reg n e er
E
c l 8

Learn about the complete residential solutions
of Schneider Electric, visit www.SEreply.com
and enter key code j562v for more information.
©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, APC, Juno, and Square D are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies.
1 15 S. R selle R d
l tine
6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 •
8 -925- 500 •
.schneider-electric. s

How can Schneider Electric
help your designs meet
today’s demands?

Smart intelligent designs
Make your designs smart from the very beginning of conception, to the
final design.

Design solutions
The task of designing has never been more difficult — new codes, standards, and
evolving technology, such as Building Information Management (BIM), all impact
a building’s design, speed, and efficiency. With teams
n-st
r essi n l
engineers and regulatory experts, Schneider Electric™ provides the support you
need t cc
lish
r r ects n-ti e ith intelligence incl ded.

Energy management solutions

New web site

As The Global Specialist in Energy Management™, Schneider Electric focuses
heavily on solutions and strategies around sustainable design and energy
management. Codes and standards such as NEC® 2011 and ASHRAE 90.1
are under continuous maintenance, as well as the constant evolution of federal
nd st te energ reg l ti ns.
r energ e erts c n hel
st
-t -d te.
d
r ect designs re ire
re c s n energ e cienc . Schneider Electric
can provide the insight to help your next design exceed its energy goals.

Schneider Electric is committed to providing
consulting engineers access to comprehensive
engineering information that can help you throughout
your design process. The consulting engineer website
of Schneider Electric is built for you.

Safety solutions
Safety is a critical component of any design, and safety regulations must be
kept in order to maintain maximum protection against dangerous hazards. Our
experts can provide the design information and recommendations you need to
understand the dangers of arc flash and how to mitigate risks while complying
with current guidelines. Your designs need to be safe and reliable in order to
protect and save lives for years to come. Get Schneider Electric involved early in
the design r cess t ins re ng ing s et is ilt-in.

Easy access to:
• Design/application guides
• Product specifications
• Technical white papers
• Codes and standards
• Product data bulletins
• Calculators and online tools

Make the most of your energy

SM

7400DB1001

04/2010
Nashville, TN USA

Data Bulletin

Low Voltage Transformer Through-Fault Protection:
A System Approach
Introduction

Power system modeling and analysis software packages plot ANSI/IEEE
through-fault curves for low voltage, dry-type transformers. The use of this
plotting feature has led to application issues when evaluating the ability of
circuit breakers to protect transformers, specifically the ability of certain
thermal-magnetic trip, primary circuit breakers to provide the apparent
required through-fault protection. This paper discusses the protection criteria
for low voltage transformers and describes a system approach to evaluating
ANSI through-fault protection curves and low voltage circuit breakers.

Low Voltage Transformer
Protection Criteria

Discussion of low voltage, dry-type transformer overcurrent protection
begins with the published standards and guides:

•

NEC® Article 450, Transformers and Transformer Vaults (Including
Secondary Ties), (NFPA 70®, 2008 Edition) contains installation
requirements for overload protection of low voltage transformers

•

NEMA ST 20-1992 (R1997), Dry Type Transformers for General
Applications, contains short-circuit withstand and testing requirements
for low voltage transformer designs
ANSI/IEEE C57.12.01-2005, IEEE Standard General Requirements for
Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers, to which NEMA ST 20-1992
refers for prototype short-circuit withstand requirements

•
•
•
NEC Article 450
Transformers and Transformer Vaults
(Including Secondary Ties)

ANSI/IEEE C57.12.91-2001, IEEE Standard Test Code for Dry-Type
Distribution and Power Transformers, to which NEMA ST 20-1992 refers
for prototype testing requirements
ANSI/IEEE C57.12.59-2001, IEEE Guide for Dry-Type Transformer
Through-Fault Current Duration

Section 450.4, Autotransformers 600 Volts, Nominal, or Less, of NEC Article
450 provides primary and, when necessary, secondary overcurrent
protective device trip levels. It defines transformer overload protection
requirements in percentages of the transformer's rated currents and applies
the requirements in terms of protective device continuous current ratings.
The “Primary only protection” limits in NEC Table 450.3(B) (reproduced
below) are not typically used since the equipment fed by the transformer,
such as secondary conductors, may require overcurrent protection.

NEC Table 450.3(B) Maximum Rating or Setting of Overcurrent Protection for Transformers 600 Volts and Less
(as a Percentage of Transformer-Rated Current)
Secondary Protection 2

Primary Protection
Protection Method

Currents Less Than
2 Amperes

Currents of
9 Amperes or More

Currents Less Than
9 Amperes

Primary only protection

125% 1

167%

300%

Not required

Not required

Primary and secondary
protection

250% 3

250% 3

250% 3

125% 2

167%

1
2

Currents of
9 Amperes or More

Currents Less Than
9 Amperes

Where 125 percent of this current does not correspond to a standard rating of a fuse or nonadjustable circuit breaker, a higher rating that does not exceed the next higher
standard rating shall be permitted.
Where secondary overcurrent protection is required, the secondary overcurrent device shall be permitted to consist of not more than six circuit breakers or six sets
of fuses grouped in one location. Where multiple overcurrent devices are utilized, the total of all the device ratings shall not exceed the allowed value of a single
overcurrent device.

3 A transformer equipped with coordinated thermal overload protection by the manufacturer and arranged to interrupt the primary current shall be permitted to have
primary overcurrent protection rated or set at a current value that is not more than six times the rated current of the transformer for transformers having not more
than 6% impedance and not more than four times the rated current of the transformer for transformers having more than 6 percent but not more than 10%
impedance.

© 2010 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Evaluating system through-fault protection designs?
Register to download our “LV Transformer Throughfault Protection” White Paper.
Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v.

©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, The global specialist in energy management, and Make the most of your energy are trademarks owned
Schneider Electric nd stries SAS r its ili ted c
nies. All ther tr de r s re r ert
their res ective
ners. • 998- 560_US
1 15 S. R selle R d
l tine
6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 •
8 -925- 500 •
.schneider-electric. s

Square D Integrated Power
and Control Solutions (IPaCS)
Innovative solutions that save space, labor and time
For over 30 years, Square D by Schneider Electric™ IPaCS™ business has been
providing integrated electrical solutions for retail construction, commercial, and
ind stri l r ects.

Solutions available from
Square D IPaCS
Modular Panel System (MPS)

The Square D IPaCS family combines electrical distribution equipment,
ilding c ntr ls nd t
ti n int
single ct r - sse led nd rewired enclosure. These innovative solutions save valuable floor space, shorten
construction cycle times, and reduce installation and material handling costs.

Tailored to customer specifications and
typically includes panels, lighting control,
and equipment spaces.

Why specify solutions from Square D IPaCS?

For more complex applications, including
A c ntr ls lighting c ntr ls
er
quality and power conditioning products,
SS
ilding
n ge ent s ste s nd
power metering/monitoring solutions, as well
as electrical distribution equipment.

Minimize space requirements.
Electric l nels nd tr ns r ers re st c ed in
valuable floor and wall space.

d l r line-

hich s ves

Reduce contractor labor risks.
Because the contractor is swapping a variable cost (labor) for a fixed cost
r d ct their ris n the ver ll r ect is red ced.

Reduce material handling.
c

e er ite s t receive invent r nd
ve r nd the
site ec se
nents re ct r -inst lled nd re- ired int
single line
r encl s re.

Save design time.
For designs with multiple locations, standardized designs can be created to
provide consistency between sites.

Shorten construction cycle times.
re- sse led c nstr cti n e ns less ti e re
the overall construction cycle.

ired n-site t inst ll red cing

Integrated Power Center (IPC™)

Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™)
Features include those found in the IPC and
re r vided in ree-st nding encl s re
that can be front and rear aligned when
transformers are included. IPC2 is seismically
qualified. Enclosure options include NEMA® 1,
NEMA 1 with driphood and NEMA 3R.

Standby Power Connection
Solutions (SPQ)
Provides the ability to quickly connect
to a portable standby power generator.
S it le r - R
td r inst ll ti ns.

Single point of responsibility.
hird- rt c ntr ls c
nents c n e inst lled ired nd tested in
S
integrated equipment at the factory to assure it works like it’s supposed to when
it gets t the
site.

MPS

IPC2

IPC2 transformer
combo

SPQ

Integrated power center
ith third- rt c ntr ls

.schneider-electric.c

23

Are you overlooking an enormous market?
With the demand for energy skyrocketing, customers will require more
sustainable energy solutions. Schneider Electric™ E lin ™ charging stations were
developed with this key factor in mind, providing a greener, more economical
tr ns rt ti n ti n hile hel ing t red ce the
rld s gl
l
t rint. E lin
electric vehicle E ch rging s l ti ns re designed t
eet the needs
n
customer, while providing the safety you demand from a partner you trust.
• All ch rging st ti ns re designed nd
Schneider Electric
• U listed nd SAE 1 2 c
E entering the
r et t d

n

ct red in-h

li nt t ens re c

ti ilit

se
ith n

E s re n
rt ever d
transportation. Download a FREE E
ct
sheet to learn how you can get involved
t d . isit www.SEreply.com and enter
key code b653v.

Make the most of your energy

SM

• An integral ground fault interrupter set at 5 mA provides superior
protection to users if a fault is detected

© 2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric
e the
r its ili ted c
nies. • 1 15 S. R selle R d
l tine
6006 • el 8

Learn more!

st
r energ
nd E lin re tr de r s
ned
Schneider Electric nd stries SAS
- 9 -2600 •
8 -925- 500 •
.schneider-electric. s

Schneider Electric makes the connections.
> Power
> Cooling

> Rack Systems

> Physical Security

> Services
> Management

Maximum efficiency and availability
from rack to row to room to building
Making the connection between IT and facilities
With today’s technology challenges, Schneider Electric™ understands that data centers
must be viewed as interconnected environments — from rack to row to room to building.
We call this integration the data center physical infrastructure or DCPI. The only clear
path to the highest availability and maximum efficiency, DCPI comprises power, cooling,
physical security, and rack systems and is monitored and managed via software solutions
and professional services.

Making the connection between efficiency and availability
Today, maximized energy efficiency and guaranteed availability must work hand in hand.
So Schneider Electric offers integrated cooling strategies across the DCPI. This hybrid
approach delivers true energy savings — but never at the expense of availability. And
we further optimize availability and efficiency with an integrated software platform that
en les end-t -end
nit ring nd
n ge ent
ll
d
ins. his h listic
solution provides visibility and interoperability across the DCPI.

Making the connection with key industry partners
Data centers can’t be built without constant communication and coordination with
vendors and other key players. Only Schneider Electric has the consulting and services
net r
ers n l rel ti nshi s nd re l- rld e erience t give
the single int
contact you need to take your integrated data center from envisioned to online.

Implementing Energy
Efficient Data Centers

Integrated architectures for Active
Energy Management™
> Power

The power domain connects it all – from
gener t rs t U Ss t
Us
r cr ss-vend r
interoperability.

> Cooling

Our highly efficient integrated solutions
combine chillers, perimeter cooling, hot aisle
c nt in ent nd r - sed ti ns t
i i e
efficiency and guarantee availability.

> Physical Security

r single- ne vie incl des
access control and surveillance across one or
multiple facilities.

> Rack Systems

nterc nnected n - vend rcompatible rack enclosures, accessories, and air
containment solutions support HD processing needs.

> Services

The professional services of Schneider
Electric provide provide one point of contact for data
center planning, building, and operation.

> Management

Our exclusive integrated software
rchitect re re ves
n ge ent sil s r
greater energy awareness and efficiency and
higher availability across the entire DCPI.

Download the FREE White Paper,

“Tackling Today’s Data Center Energy Efficiency Challenges.”
Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j754v Call 888-778-2733
©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric and Active Energy Management are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies.
e il es
rt
c.c
Schneider Electric
rth A eric n
er ting ivisi n 1 15 S. R selle R d
l tine
6006
8 - 9 -2600
.schneider-electric. s
t- s r nds 998-2598_

A

Digest 176

Seeing is believing
Visit
Schneider
Electric
Center of
Excellence
Want to know
more? Be our
guest at one
of Schneider
Electric Centers of
Excellence located
on the East Coast,
West Coast, and in
the Midwest. For
more information,
contact your local
Schneider Electric
representative
or Square D™ by
Schneider Electric
distributor and
ask to schedule
a visit.

26

When you’re trying to solve a business or engineering challenge, you
need a team of industry experts with extensive knowledge of your
industry, as well as the willingness to go anywhere, work with any
supplier, to find the most cost-effective, complete solution for you.
As The Global Specialist in Energy Management™
and sustainable manufacturing, we’re always coming
up with new ways to help businesses work better,
faster, more efficiently, and profitably.
That’s why we have developed the Schneider Electric™
Centers of Excellence and Innovation Centers. To
simplify your understanding of the broadest range
of power, control, automation, safety, security, and
energy management solutions, and how they can
benefit your business.

.schneider-electric.c

These facilities give you the ability to see and touch
live demonstrations of the innovative solutions for
both OEM manufacturers and industrial facilities. You
ls get ccess t the
lti-disci lined te s th t
can configure and customize your solutions to meet
your specific needs and further minimize your future
ris . hese e erts h ve ccess t
ll -e i ed
laboratories, numerous technical experts and the
resources of the global Schneider Electric organization
all with the sole purpose of demonstrating to you the
c
it ent Schneider Electric t delivering estin-cl ss s l ti ns t
r siness ch llenges.

MachineStruxure solutions
Automation solutions for industrial machines that can save you up to 50% of design and
implementation time.
MachineStruxure™ hel s
design integr ted energ -e cient nd c st-e ective
chines hile
i i ing er r nce nd red cing
design ti e nd ti e t
r et. sed n ested
lid ted nd
c ented Architect res
A
chineStr
re inc r r tes e i le
and scalable hardware platforms with SoMachine,™ a comprehensive single software suite with application function block libraries. Plus, our
hardware control platforms optimize control through embedded intelligence in drives, HMI, motion, and logic controllers.

Stay one step ahead.

Services and
support
Tested, Validated, and
Documented Architectures
and function blocks

However complex your machine, you can rely on our team of dedicated
experts and our international presence to assist you and achieve
excellence at every stage of the machine’s lifecycle.

Save up to 50% of design and implementation time.
Flexible machine
control system

Use the s lid se
ested
lid ted nd
c ented Architect res
and function blocks to quickly build your automation solutions. Optimized
cost, footprint, and performance — all you need to do is adapt them to
your applications.

100% flexibility and optimization of your machines.
Our different machine control platforms include embedded intelligence.
Now you can integrate control that is perfectly suited for your machine
requirements. By utilizing SoMachine software, you can move from one
application to another capitalizing on your developments.

Power
Management

White Space
Management

Process and
Machine
Management

MachineStruxure, one of the mainstays of
EcoStruxure
EcoStruxure™ is a system based on Active Energy Management™ architectures,
from an electrical power plant to a single electrical socket. EcoStruxure enables
you to benefit from intelligent and simplified energy management systems, to
reduce your investment and operational costs, and reduce waste resulting in
energy savings up to 30%.

Building
Comfort
Management

Security
Management

Learn more about MachineStruxure, visit
www.SEreply.com and enter key code j546v.
.schneider-electric.c

27

Digest 176

Plantstruxture solutions
As the foundation of the Schneider Electric™ EcoStruxure Active Energy Management™
architecture for industrial customers, the PlantStruxure™ collaborative automation
solution enables the achievement of both energy and productivity objectives.
This scalable solution delivers a single environment
to measure energy use, process data, asset
utilization, and machine performance by:

What makes PlantStruxure unique?

• Reducing engineering, operations, and
maintenance costs

From tens of I/O to hundreds of thousands, the scalability of our system means
that you can start out small and grow as your requirements change.

• Maximizing plant and production efficiency

Flexible because your process is unique

• Improving production quality

Scalable for changing times

Our system supports the architectures that you need for your application. Single
site, multiple sites, distributed control, local control, discrete, process, safety, and
batch all within one system.

• Protecting people, plant assets, and
the environment
• Supporting production and business decisions

Integrated to reduce risk
The entire system, from the manufacturing execution system (MES) to
component devices to functionality, are designed to work together with your
chosen technology partners.

Collaborative to increase efficiency
Our system is open to exchange information with other plant and business
software, and fosters an environment of collaboration by delivering the process
information you need in the way that you like to see it.
ERP System

SoCollaborative
Software

Historian & Reporting

SoCollaborative
Software

MES

SoCollaborative
Software

Batch

SoCollaborative
Engineering Software
Control
Unity Pro

SoCollaborative
Software

SoCollaborative
Software

SoCollaborative
Software

Operating
& Monitoring

Visualization

VijeoTM Citect
servers

Vijeo Citect

Web services
Web Designer

System Design

SoCollaborative
Software

Engineering

UAG/sg2

Communication
OPC Factory Server

Ethernet

Infrastructure

SoMachine Software
Logic Controller
Motion Controller

Machine
HMI

HMI Controller
Drives Controller

Machine
HMI

CANopen

M258
Modicon™M258
Logic Controller

Preventa
Safety
Controller

Preventa™
Safety
Controller
Lexium
Servo Drive
Altivar™Variable
Variable
Speed Drive

Lexium™
Integrated
Servo Drive

SERCOS III
Integrated Safety

TeSys™TT
Tesys
Motor
Starter

Modicon TM
Distributed IO

CANopen
Profibus

HMI
Magelis™HMI
Plant Floor

Lexium
Multiaxes
Servo
Drive

Modicon
Hot-Standby
Controller

Modicon
QuantumTMSIL3
SIL3
Safety Controller
Remote IO

Remote IO

Modicon STB
Distributed IO
Modicon STB
Distributed IO
Altivar Variable
Speed Drive

Lexium
Servo Drive

TesysTMT T
TeSys

Motor Starter

Process

.schneider-electric.c

Process
Safety

Remote IO

Modicon TM
Distributed IO
Lexium
Integrated
Servo Drive

High
Availability

PacDrive

Altivar Variable
Speed Drive

Machine

28

Modicon
Controller

TeSyS U
Motor
Protection

Remote Site
MotorSys™IPMCC
IPMCC

PowerLogicTM PM800
Power Meter

Smart instrumentation

Smart instrumentation

Modicon

Simplify your machine designs
with Schneider Electric 2-D and 3-D CAD library.
Schneider Electric™ has simplified the design and development of your
chines nd
lic ti ns
lishing gr ing list 2- nd A
files for your use. With a broad line of power, control and automation products,
Schneider Electric i r r is the er ect l ce t nd det iled r d ct
models and specifications.
ilt ith c
ti ilit t
r design t ls in ind the 2- nd A li r r
allows you to simply pick your format, download the file, and insert it into your
design. he c t l g delivers dv nced 2- nd - vie ing techn l g th t
enables users to pan, zoom, and rotate.

Learn more about 2D and 3D CAD library, visit
www.SEreply.com and enter key code j564v.
.schneider-electric.c

29

Digest 176

Automation & Control
Excellence (ACE)
Need help developing a solution
and improving the performance of
your facility?
Your Local Schneider Electric™ ACE Distributor is there to provide the answers
and deliver the solutions you need. This exclusive group of Schneider Electric
distributors has distinguished themselves as Schneider Electric best source of
service and support for the unique challenges of the automation and control
markets. They specialize in offering:

The right inventory – when and where you need it
ACE distributors have a wider array of available automation and control inventory
on their shelves in your local market. They are your fastest and best source for
Schneider Electric products to meet your automation and control needs.

Unparalleled technical capability
ACE distributors set the standard for Automation & Control Excellence.
he
er dec des e erience
r ing ith le ding-edge t
ti n nd
control solutions.

Become an ACE distributor
The ACE program provides its members
ith n
er e cl sive int
r et
development activities, including local
trade shows, sales support tools and
resources, marketing programs, and
advertising campaigns to help you reach
out to customers and prospects in your
local market.
Becoming an automation and control expert
requires a significant investment in training
and resources by knowledgeable personnel.
The Automation & Control Excellence
program not only promotes development of
these capabilities, but also provides a number
of resources to make it simple.
For more information on becoming an
Automation & Control Excellence Distributor,
visit www.schneider-electric.us/go/ACE
or email se-ace@schneider-electric.com.

A thorough understanding of your business
You can count on our ACE distributors to keep pulse of advancing technology
and best practices. ACE distributors have access to Schneider Electric vast array
of product, segment, and solution specialists who assist them in understanding
which products and solutions are tailored to your business.

Register to win a free trip to the
Innovation Center in Raleigh, NC.
Visit www.SEreply.com and enter
key code j565v.

30

.schneider-electric.c

Tested, validated,
documented architectures
Improving your machine and business performance.
Our new MachineStruxure™ s l ti n is designed t hel
chieve ster l er ris
nd
re energ e cient nd c st-e ective designs nd inst ll ti ns thr gh the se
r ven nd inn v tive tested
validated, documented architectures that shorten time to market. MachineStruxure incorporates flexible and
scalable hardware platforms and a comprehensive software suite with application function libraries.

Increase machine performance
and innovation
• Speed up machine concept to design and adapt
the t
r needs sing r est-in-cl ss
product offer, predefined machine architectures
and application function blocks.

Reduce total cost of ownership
• Using r intern ti n l ers e erience
presence, and international post sales support.

Shorten time to market
• Save up to 50 percent in control system design
and installation time with tested, validated, and
d c ented rchitect res re d -t - se ncti n
blocks, predefined CAD panel designs and wiring
di gr s ll -d c ented s ste
ser g ides.

Compact/Hardwired/Logic Controller/Modicon™ M258
Circuit breaker PowerPact™

Display unit Magelis XBTGT/GK/GH

Switch mode power supply
Phaseo™ ABL 8

Tower light Harmony™ XVM

Modular circuit breaker Compact Multi 9™

Push buttons and switches
Harmony XB4/5

Motion controller Modicon LMC058

Emergency stop Harmony XALK

Servo drive Lexium 32

Servo motor BSH

Stepper drive Lexium SD328

Stepper motor BRS 3

Machine safety Preventa™ XPS

Sensors OsiSense™ XC/XS/XU/XM/XX

Variable speed drive Altivar 32

Integrated drive Lexium ILE

Variable speed drive Altivar 71

Integrated drive Lexium ILA

Motor starter TeSys U

Enclosure Himel™

• Select the control solution to meet your machine
requirements with our flexible and scalable
machine control platform.

2

1

4

3

12

11

• Choose the appropriate controller with embedded
intelligence in drives, HMI displays, motion and
logic control products.

13

• Simplify and speed up control system programming
nd c
issi ning ith n e s -t - se single
software suite, providing one tool, one connection,
ne r ect le nd ne d nl d ith c
lete
openness and transparency.

Performance automation tested, validated,
documented architecture
An excellent solution using simple controls
architecture dedicated to machines requiring
performance and robustness. This architecture
combines the new Modicon™ 258 l gic c ntr ller
SoMachine™ software, Altivar™ 312 variable speed
drive, TeSys™ U
t r st rters e i ™ 32 servo
drive, and a Magelis™
dis l
nit
with traditional hardwired cabling.

8

20

7

6

5

14

10

9

15

16
19

18

17

.schneider-electric.c

31

Digest 176

OEM Technology and Solutions Center
Complete Development and Support Services Throughout Your Project Lifecycle

OEM Technology and
Solutions Center
Complete Development and Support
Services Throughout Your Project Lifecycle

Machines today are characterized by a growing need to perform faster and have greater flexibility to solve
more complex automation challenges than ever before. In addition, engineering costs have an increasingly
important impact across the lifecycle of the machine, from concept and design to installation, maintenance,
and service. The ability to reduce the time to market and the total cost of the machine, while achieving
innovation and increased performance, is a machine builder’s continuous challenge.
Make the most of your energy

What’s more, we take it one step further with our OEM Technology and Solutions Center — removing
the c
le it
chine ilding
ering st rt-t - nish r ect li ec cle e ertise incl ding r ect
n ge ent electric l nel design
lic ti n c -design int
r eting testing tr ining nd
services resources.

SM

OEM Technology and
Solutions Center

At Schneider Electric, we are more than a component supplier. We are
your partner for a full range of technical and support solutions.
OEM Knowledge Base – Dedicated support for your success
r viding e ert r ect
n ge ent s ills t
nd
rc
n is ne the E
echn l g nd
Solutions Center’s greatest values. We’re totally committed to our mission of giving you a leg up over the
c
etiti n nd s ving
ti e nd dget
tili ing r c
rehensive r ect
n ge ent services
t ens re
r r ect s s ccess l e ec ti n. e re
r s l ti ns rtners thr gh t the entire r ect
lifecycle, providing a single point of contact, while developing and managing customized solutions, and
r viding cle r c
nic ti n nd r ect re rting. hether it s rec
ending r d ctivit sting
efficient designs and innovative solutions, or assisting with conversions or codes and standards issues, our
lti-disci lined te s re re red t
eet
r s eci c needs.

Dedicated support for
your success

Engineered Panel Solutions
Expand your engineering services without the additional cost through the OEM Technology and Solutions
Center. This includes Schneider Electric Engineered Panel Solutions business line that provides original
e i ent nel design nd
n ct ring r cess services r
lic ti n- sed s l ti ns. e serve s n
extension of your engineering arm without the overhead costs, thereby freeing up your engineering resources
nd ll ing
t
c s n
r
r et ering. e er
lic ti n c ns lting t rn- e engineered
s l ti ns s eci li ed encl s re
n ct ring nd t rn- e
t r c ntr l
chine s l ti ns.

Solutions Testing and Training Center
Learn how to simply and easily build and commission flexible machines that reduce costs and time to
r et
ll
the ti e
c
lete tr ining. e er sic nd dv nced tr ining cl sses h nds- n
testing nd de nstr ti n ered thr gh the E
echn l g nd S l ti ns enter. e ls
er ndemand training, schedule at your request and customized to your specific machine and application needs.

Learn more about the OEM Technology and Solutions Center,
visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j554v.
32

.schneider-electric.c

OEM Solutions Testing
and Training Center

New and Enhanced Products in Digest 176
Section 1: Load Centers
Main Backup Power Solutions and Manual Transfer
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Meter Mains, 100–200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Enclosed Solar Ready CSED Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

Section 2: Metering Equipment
1 Phase Main Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
3 Phase Main Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Micrologic Electronic Trip Units for PowerPact H-, J-, and
L-frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Micrologic Trip Unit Accessories for Powerpact H-, J-, and
L-frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Section 8: Operator Mechanisms and Disconnect
Switches

Special Application Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Motor Disconnect and Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

MD Motor Disconnect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
30–60 A Compact LK Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . 8-8
100–400 A LK Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
GS Fusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
3 in. Handle Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
PowerPact D&L, MG and NSJ cable mechs
(bottom half of the table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

Section 4: Power Monitoring and Control

Section 9: Panelboards

Section 3: Safety Switches

Power Monitoring Software
Remote Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
PowerLogic™ Metering
DM6200 Panel Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
PM1200 Multifunctional Power Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Arc Flash Protection and Mitigation System
Vamp 221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26, 4-27

Section 5: Lighting Control and Home Integrated
Systems
Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color
Touch Screen (Desktop Model). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
C-Bus™ Keypads, Touch Screens and Accessories
Spectrum Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Wiser™ Home Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
8-Channel Low Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Occupancy Sensors
Fluorescent High Bay Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
UL 924 Emergency Control Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Section 6: Surge Protective Devices
EMA Surge Protective Devices (SPDs)
(25 new catalog numbers and new options) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Options for L-L Enhanced SPDs and EBA SPDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Replacement Modules for EMA SPDs
(15 new catalog numbers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Type 1 SPD option for I-Line Branch Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Surgelogic™ OEM / Assembler Kits (15 new catalog numbers) . . . . . . . 6-6
SDSA3650 600 V 3-phase, 3-wire, Delta SPD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
HWA Surge Protective Devices (SPDs)
(9 new catalog numbers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
SDSA1175T Surge Protective Device (SPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Flush Mount Kit for XR and HWA Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
XR Nipple Mounted Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Whole House SPDs (NEMA 1 Basic, NEMA 3R Basic). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
HEPD80 Home Electronics Protective Device and
Replacement Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Section 7: Circuit Breakers
PowerPact™ H-Frame Circuit Breakers—now available with
Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4, 7-23
PowerPact J-Frame Circuit Breakers—now available with
Micrologic Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4, 7-23
New R Interrupting for PowerPact H and
J-Frame rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4, 7-22, 7-23
400 A PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breakers with
Micrologic Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5, 7-25
PowerPact L-Frame Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
PowerPact L-Frame Automatic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Masterpact™ NW DC Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Accessories for L-frame
(mixed in with other accessories) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 thru 7-44

NQ 14-inch-wide Merchandised Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Section 10: IPaCS Equipment
Standby Power Quick-Connect (SPQ) Tap Boxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Submetering Integrated Power Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

Section 11: Switchboards & Switchgear
DVCAS Switchgear for Wind Farm Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-Zone™ Model III Package Unit Substations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types EOX and VOX Vacuum Substation Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . .
Automatic Circuit Recloser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load Break Switch/Sectionalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADVC Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11-15
11-17
11-19
11-20
11-20
11-20

Section 12: Busway
PowerPact H-, J-, and M-Frame Plug-in Units
with Electronic Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-12
PowerPact P-Frame Plug-in Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-13

Section 14: Transformers
NEMA Premium Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3, 14-7
Transformer Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-9
1201–15,000 V Indoor Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-20

Section 15: Medical Products
Iso-Gard™ Series 6 Line Isolation Monitor—UL Recognized. . . . . . . .
Iso-Gard IG2000P Remote Alarm Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iso-Gard IGR and IGRD Nurses’ Station
Indicators/Alarm Annunciators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iso-Gard IGT Dual Clock/Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iso-Gard IGT1550 Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15-4
15-4
15-5
15-5
15-5

Section 16: NEMA Contactors & Starters
TeSys™ T Motor Management System
(NEMA Sizes 1–6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-18, 16-46, 16-87

Section 17: Motor Control Centers
Intelligent Motor Control Center—Model 6 iMCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Section 18: IEC Contactors and Starters
TeSys™ F1700, F2100 Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-5
Mechanical Interlock and Power Connection Kit for
TeSys D Reversing Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-14
TeSys D Overload Relay Mounting Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-16
Motor Protector Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-33

Section 19: Push Buttons and Operator Interface
22 mm Push Buttons
XB5R Plastic and XB4R Metal Wireless,
Batteryless Push Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-63 thru 19-64
XB5S Biometric Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-65 thru 19-66
Double and Triple-Headed Push Buttons
XB4 Two Button/Three Button Push Buttons,
Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

New and Enhanced Products in Digest 176 (cont’d)
ZB4 Two Head/Three Head Operators,
Momentary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-27 thru 19-28
ZB4 Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-33
XB5 Two Button/Three Button, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-42
ZB5 Two Head/Three Head Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-47
ZB5 Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-54
30 mm Push Buttons
Momentary Action, Metal Mushroom Head
Push Button Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-67 thru 19-68
Two-Position, Push-Pull Action Metal Mushroom Head
Push Button Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-68
Non-Illuminated Turn-to-Release Mushroom Operators . . . . . . . . 19-68
Non-Illuminated Multifunction Turn-to-Release
Mushroom Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-78
Control Stations and Enclosures
Guarded Enclosures (Empty) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-105
Assembled Guarded Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-106
Tower Lights and Beacons
Rotating Mirror Beacons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-107
XVC Pre-Assembled and Pre-Wired
Tower Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-108 thru 19-109
XVS Sirens and Electronic Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-116

Section 20: Electronic Sensors & Machine Cabling
XU•M Metal Body Photoelectric Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2
XUVR / XUVA Optical Fork Photoelectric Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3
XS Inductive Proximity Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5 thru 20-9
XT Capacitive Proximity Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-9

Section 21: Limit Switches
Osisense™ XCKM and XCKL limit switches, classic,
metal, variable composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-20 thru 21-21
Osisense™ XCKJ limit switches, standard, industrial
format, EN 50041, metal, fixed or plug-in body . . . . . . 21-24 thru 21-25
9007C limit switches, heavy duty industrial, plug-in
body, metal, adaptable subassemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-30 thru 21-31

Section 22: Pressure, Vacuum, Temp, and Float
Switches
XMLK Pressure Transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-6 thru 22-7

Section 26: AC Drives & Soft Starts
Altivar™ 212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-6
S-Flex™ 212 Enclosed Drive Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-16

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Section 27: Automation Products
HMI
Magelis™ STO/STU Small HMI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-3
Magelis XBT GH Handheld HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-3
Magelis Smart+ iPC Industrial PC (without moving parts) . . . . . . . 27-4
Distributed I/O
Modicon™ TM5 Expansion Modules and Distributed I/O . . . . . . . . 27-5
Modicon TM7 Expansion Modules and Distributed I/O. . . . . . . . . . 27-5
OEM Controller/Machine Solutions
Modicon M168 Programmable Logic Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8
Modicon 238 Logic Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8
Modicon 258 Logic Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8
Modicon LMC058 Motion Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9
Altivar IMC Integrated Controller Card (for Altivar 61 and
Altivar 71 Variable Speed Drives). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9
Magelis XBT GC HMI Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9
SoMachine Software Suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-10

Section 28: Enclosures
All new section featuring:
Spacial.pro Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-3
ProClima Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-3
Spacial.ref and Thalassa.ref Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-3
Spacial™ Steel Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-4
Thalassa™ Polyester Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-7
ClimaSys™ Thermal Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-8

Section 29: Advanced Products
All new section featuring:
EVlink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations (Overview)
Indoor Charging Stations (Residential Applications) . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-3
Outdoor Charging Stations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-4
Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions (Overview). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29-6
In-Home Display (IHD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-6
Programmable Communicating Thermostats (PCT). . . . . . . . . . . . 29-6
Smart Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-7
Load Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-7
Large Load Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-7
Ethernet Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-8
Conext™ Series Grid Tie Solar Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29-9

Table of Contents

Section 1

QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers

1-2

Accessories

1-4

QO Load Centers
QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers, Page 1-2

HOM 1P, Page 1-14

1-5

Indoor, 1Ø Main Circuit Breaker

1-6

Rainproof 1Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breaker

1-7

3Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breaker

1-8
1-9

Special Applications

1-10

QO Load Center Accessories

1-11

Homeline™ Circuit Breakers

1-14

Homeline Load Centers

1-15

Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breaker

1-15

Rainproof, 1Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breakers

1-16

QO and Homeline Load Centers

1-17

Load Center Value Packs

1-11

Load Center Mounted Surge Protection Devices

1-12

QO and Homeline Accessories

1-12

Indoor Load Centers, Dimensions, Knockouts

1-17

Rainproof, Dimensions, Knockouts, Bolt-on Hubs

1-18

Combination Service Entrance Devices (CSED)

Homeline Load Center, Page 1-15

1-5

Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs

Backup Power Solutions and Manual Transfer Accessories

QO Load Center, Page 1-5

1-2

1-19

Meter Mains, 100—200 A

1-19

All-In-Ones, 100—225 A

1-20

Meter Mains and All-In-Ones, 300—400 A

1-21

Circuit Breakers, Accessories, Hubs

1-22

Dimensions

1-23

Solar Ready CSED

1-24

Enclosed Devices

1-25

Servicepak™ Power Outlet Panels

1-26

QO™ Load Centers

1-27

QO Plug-on Neutral CAFI Load Centers

1-27

Combination Service
Entrance Devices, Page 1-19

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

1-1

1

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers

LOAD CENTERS

Load Centers

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers

QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers
Class 730, 731, 733 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801
www.schneider-electric.us

1

Square D brand QO miniature circuit breakers are plug-on products for use in QO load centers, NQOD and NQ panelboards, NQOD and NQ OEM interiors or Speed-D™ switchboard distribution panels.
Bolt-on QOB circuit breakers are for use in NQOD and NQ panelboards or interiors.a
The Square D exclusive Qwik-Open™ mechanism, with a trip reaction within 1/60th of a second, is standard on all 1P 15 A and 20 A QO circuit breakers.

Table 1.1:
Amperes
Rating b

LOAD CENTERS

QO 1P
1 Space Required

QOT 1P Tandem
1 Space Required

Plug-On Circuit Breakers

Table 1.2:

1P—120/240 Vac

2P—120/240 Vac
Common Trip

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

10 k AIR
10 A
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A

QO110
QO115 de
QO120 de
QO125 d
QO130 d

35 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A

QO135 d
QO140 d
QO145 d
QO150 d
QO160 d
QO170 d
—
—
—
—
—

150 A

—

$ Price
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
67.00
—
—
—
—
—
—

175 A
—
—
200 A
—
—
Molded Case Switch 60 A max.–240
Vac
Molded Case Switch 100 A max.–240
Vac

2P—240 Vac c
Common Trip

$ Price

QO210
QO215d
QO220 d
QO225d
QO230d
QO235d
QO240 d
QO245d
QO250d
QO260d
QO270d
QO280d
QO290d
QO2100d
QO2110d
QO2125d

Cat. No.

67.00
—
67.00 QO215H
67.00 QO220H
67.00 QO225H
67.00 QO230H
67.00
—
67.00 QO240H
67.00
—
67.00 QO250H
67.00 QO260H
134.00 QO270H
189.00 QO280H
189.00 QO290H
189.00 QO2100H
428.00
—
428.00
—

3P—240 Vac
Common Trip

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

—
200.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
—
200.00
—
200.00
200.00
224.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
—
—

QO310
QO315d
QO320d
QO325d
QO330d
QO335d
QO340d
QO345d
QO350d
QO360d
QO370d
QO380d
QO390d
QO3100d
—
—

248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
315.00
366.00
366.00
366.00
—
—

QO2150dfk

491.00

—

—

—

—

QO2175 dfk
QO2200dfk

491.00
491.00

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

QO200

70.00

—

—

—

—

QO2000i 200.00

QO2200 2P 200 A
4 Spaces Required

QO 3P
3 Spaces Required

Ampere Rating

Poles

Suffix

10–30 A
35–60 A
35–50 A
70–110 A
60–100 A

1, 2, 3
1,2
3
2
3

5237

Table 1.3:

5238
5273

Wire Sizesb

Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating
Type
10–30 A
QO
10–30 A
1P
35–70 A
10–30 A
10–30 A
QO
35–70 A
2P
80–125 A
150–200 A
QO
3P

10–30 A
35–70 A
80–125 A

QO300

248.00

QOB-VH

110–150 A

4–300 Al/Cu

366.00

QOT

15–20 A

12–8 Al 14–8 Cu

15–30 A

12–8 Al 14–8 Cu

40, 50, 60 A
10–60 A

12–4 Al 14–6 Cu
12–2 Al 14–2 Cu

15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A

QO115VH e
QO120VH e
QO125VH
QO130VH

63.00
63.00
73.00
73.00

QO215VHg
QO220VHg
QO225VHg
QO230VHg

146.00
146.00
146.00
146.00

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

QO315VHg
QO320VHg
QO325VHg
QO330VHg

371.00
371.00
371.00
371.00

40 A

QO140VH

73.00

QO240VHg

146.00

—

—

QO340VHg

371.00

50 A

QO150VH

73.00

QO250VHg

146.00

—

—

QO350VHg

371.00

g

QO260VH

146.00

—

—

g

QO360VH

371.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

QO370VHg
QO380VHg
QO390VHg

477.00
530.00
530.00

QO-AFI, QO-GFI
or QO-EPD
QO-PL

Table 1.4:
Ampere Ratingb

QOT Tandem Circuit
Breakers
Cat. No.d

QO160VH

73.00

70 A
80 A
90 A

QO170VH
—
—

112.00
—
—

QO270VHg
QO280VHg
QO290VHg

224.00
315.00
315.00

100 A

—

—

QO2100VHgh

315.00

—

—

110 A
125 A

—
—

—
—

QO2110VHgh 1034.00
QO2125VHgh 1034.00

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

150 A

—

—

QO2150VHfgk 1061.00

—

—

—

—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

Table 1.5:

For use in Old Style Non-Class CTL
QO Load Centers—10 k AIR
Ampere Ratingb
Cat. No.d

QO2175VHf k 1061.00
QO2200VHfgk 1061.00

QO3100VH g 530.00

175 A
200 A
42 k AIRd
40 A
45 A
50 A

—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

QOH240 i
QOH245 i
QOH250i

317.00
317.00
317.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

QOH260 i
QOH270
QOH280
QOH290
QOH2100
QOH2110 i

317.00
528.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
1389.00

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

125 A

—

—

QOH2125

1389.00

—

—

—

—

d

$ Price

1P—120/240 Vac

60 A

g

Wire Size
(AWG/kcmil)
14–8 Al/Cu
(2) 14–10 Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
14–8 Al/Cu
(2) 14–10 Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
4–2/0 Al/Cu
4–300 Al/Cu
14–8 Al/Cu, (2) 14-10
Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
4–2/0 Al/Cu

QO3000i

22 k AIRd

QO 2P
2 Spaces Required

QO/QOB Ring Terminal

(20% $ Price Adder)—Factory-installed only

15 A and 15 A
QOT1515
15 A and 20 A
QOT1520
20 A and 20 A
QOT2020
2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip

58.00
58.00
58.00

Order two QOT1515 or QOT2020 circuit breakers and
handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two
poles.

Replacement Tandem
Circuit Breakers
$ Price

1P—120/240 Vac—1 Space Required
15 A and 15 A
QO1515
73.00
15 A and 20 A
QO1520
73.00
20 A and 20 A
QO2020
73.00
20 A and 30 A
QO2030
73.00
30 A and 20 A
QO3020
73.00
Two 1P Individual Trip—120/240 Vac—2 Spaces
Required

65 k AIR
15 A and 15 A
15 A
QH115e
117.00
QH215
293.00
—
—
QH315d
507.00
15 A and 20 A
20 A
QH120e
117.00
QH220
293.00
—
—
QH320
507.00
20 A and 20 A
117.00
QH225 i
293.00
—
—
QH325i
507.00
20 A and 30 A
25 A
QH125i
30 A
QH130
117.00
QH230
293.00
—
—
QH330
507.00
30 A and 20 A
a
See Digest Section 1 for load centers, and Section 9 for panelboards and interiors.
QOT Tandem
b
10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–125 A circuit breakers
are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
c
UL Listed 5 k AIR on corner grounded Delta systems.
d
UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor
group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
e
UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
f
Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu.) Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
g
UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QOT, QO-AFI, and QO-PL 10 k AIR circuit breakers
to permit their application at 22 kA fault level.
h
100 A maximum branch mounted opposite.
i
Order only. Contact your local Field Office.
Pan Rail Slot
j
Includes two circuit breakers (one QO2030 and one QO3020) and handle tie QOTHT.
k
Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.

Order Two QO1515 or QO2020 circuit
breakers and handle tie QOTHT
—
QO20303020j
—

Mounting Cam
Rail Bead

—
134.00
—
Current limiting QOT
tandem circuit
breakers have a
mounting cam as
shown. Installation
into a QO load
center can only be
made in those
positions having a
mounting pan rail
slot. Meets
Paragraph 408.15 of
the NEC®. UL Listed
as Class CTL

Interupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54

1-2

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers

QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers
Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801

QO Arc-Fault Circuit Breaker

QO-SWN

QO arc-fault circuit breakers provide protection for Series
and Parallel Type Arcing as required by the NEC and local
code adoption, and comply with UL1699.

Switch Neutral Common Trip 2008 NEC® 514.11

1P
QO-CAFI

1P
QO-DF

QO Arc Fault Circuit Breakersa

One- Pole
1P 120 Vac
1P 120 Vac
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
Circuit Breaker Type Ampere
Rating
1 Space Required
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Combination Arc-fault
15
QO115CAFI 282.00 QO115VHCAFI 534.00
Interrupter
20
QO120CAFI 282.00 QO120VHCAFI 534.00
(Pigtail Neutral)
Plug-On Neutral
15
QO115PCAFI 282.00 QO115VHPCAFI 534.00
Combination Arc-fault
20
QO120PCAFI 282.00 QO120VHPCAFI 534.00
Interrupter
Two- Pole
2P 120/240 Vac
2P 120/240 Vac
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
Circuit Breaker Type Ampere
Rating
2 Space Required
2 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Combination Arc-fault
15
QO215CAFI 636.00 QO215VHCAFI 1068.00
Interrupter
20
QO220CAFI 636.00 QO220VHCAFI 1068.00
(Pigtail Neutral)

QO Combination Arc Fault and Ground Fault Circuit
Interrupters (Dual Function) provide overload and short
circuit protection, plus arc fault and ground fault protection in
accordance with the NEC, UL1699 and UL943.
Table 1.7:

QO-Dual Function Arc Fault Circuit
Breakersa

Circuit Breaker Type Ampere
Rating

Two-wire
QO-SWN

Combination Arc-fault
and Ground Fault
Circuit Interrupter
(Pigtail Neutral)
Plug-On Neutral
Combination Arc-fault
and Ground Fault
Circuit Interrupter

1P 120 Vac
10 k AIR
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price

1P 120 Vac
22 k AIR
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price

15

QO115DF

326.00

QO115VHDF

578.00

20

QO120DF

326.00

QO120VHDF

578.00

15

QO115PDF

326.00

QO115VHPDF

578.00

20

QO120PDF

326.00

QO120VHPDF

578.00

QO-GFI
Qwik-Gard™ circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit
protection, combined with Class A ground fault protection.
Class A denotes a ground fault circuit interrupter that will trip
when a fault current to ground is 6 mA or more, for people
protection. Do not connect to more than 250 feet of load
conductor for the total one-way run to prevent nuisance
tripping.

2P
QO-GFI

Table 1.8:

QO-GFI Circuit Breakers

Qwik-Gard Circuit Breakers With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
2P Common Trip 3P Common Trip
1P 120 Vac
120/240 Vac
208Y/120 Vac
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
10 k AIR
10 k AIR
3 Spaces
1 Space Required 1 Space Required 2 Spaces Required
Required
$
$
$
$
Cat. No. Price
Cat. No.
Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price
15 QO115GFI 233. QO115VHGFI 482. QO215GFI 413. QO315GFI 791.
20 QO120GFI 233. QO120VHGFI 482. QO220GFI 413. QO320GFI 791.
25 QO125GFI 233. QO125VHGFI 482. QO225GFI 413.
—
—
30 QO130GFI 233. QO130VHGFI 482. QO230GFI 413. QO330GFI 791.
40
—
—
—
—
QO240GFI 413. QO340GFI 791.
50
—
—
—
—
QO250GFI 413. QO350GFI 791.
60
—
—
—
— QO260GFId 413.
—
—
Ampere Ratingc

1P
QO-GFI

QO-EPD/EPE
QO-EPD/EPE circuit breakers provide overload and short
circuit protection combined with Class B ground fault protection.
They are designed to provide ground fault protection of
equipment at a 30 mA level (EPD) or 100 mA level (EPE). They
are not designed to protect people from electrical shock.
Ampere Ratingc

Table 1.9:

QO
1P
With Shunt Trip

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

1P
120 Vac
10 k AIR
1 Space
Required

QO-EPD Circuit Breakers
2P Common Trip
120/240 Vac
10 k AIR

3P Common Trip
240 Vac
10 k AIR

2 Spaces Required

3 Spaces Required

$
$
$
Cat. No. Price
Cat. No. Price
Cat. No.
Price
15 QO115EPD 410. QO215EPD 660. QO315EPDe 1077.
20 QO120EPD 410. QO220EPD 660. QO320EPDe 1077.
25 QO125EPD 410. QO225EPD 660.
—
—
30 QO130EPD 410. QO230EPD 660. QO330EPDe 1077.
40
—
— QO240EPD 660. QO340EPDe 1077.
50
—
— QO250EPD 660. QO350EPDe 1077.
60
—
— QO260EPDd 660.
—
—

DE2A

QO-SWN Circuit Breakers
2 Wire 120 Vac
10 k AIR
2 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
QO210SWN
95.00
QO215SWN
95.00
QO220SWN
95.00
QO225SWN
95.00
QO230SWN
95.00
QO240SWN
95.00
QO250SWN
95.00

Ampere
Ratingc
10
15
20
25
30
40
50

3 Wire 120/240 Vac
10 k AIR
3 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
QO310SWN
143.00
QO315SWN
143.00
QO320SWN
143.00
QO325SWN
143.00
QO330SWN
143.00
QO340SWN
143.00
QO350SWN
143.00

QO-HID
HID circuit breakers are for use on circuits feeding fluorescent
and high intensity discharge (HID) lighting systems such as
mercury vapor, metal halide, or high pressure sodium. These
circuit breakers are physically interchangeable with QO circuit
breakers.
Table 1.11:

QO-HID Circuit Breakers
1P 120/240 Vac

QO-Dual Function Circuit Breaker

Three-wire
QO-SWN

Table 1.10:

Ampere
Ratingc
15
20
25
30
40
50

10 k AIR
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
38.10
QO115HIDb
QO120HIDb
38.10
QO125HID
38.10
QO130HID
38.10
QO140HID
38.10
QO150HID
38.10

2P Common Trip
120/240 Vac
10 k AIR
2 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
QO215HID
87.00
QO220HID
87.00
QO225HID
87.00
QO230HID
87.00
QO240HID
87.00
QO250HID
87.00

3P Common Trip
240 Vac
10 k AIR
3 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
QO315HID 300.00
QO320HID 300.00
QO325HID 300.00
QO330HID 300.00
—
—
—
—

NOTE: QO-K Circuit Breakers are on page 1-27.

QO-HM
High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for
applications where high initial inrush may occur and for
individual dimmer applications.
Table 1.12:
QO-HM Circuit Breakers
120 Vac—10 k AIR
Ampere
Ratingc
15 A
20 A

1P
Cat. No
QO115HMab
QO120HMab

$ Price
30.60
30.60

Non-automatic (Standard) Miniature Switches
Miniature non-automatic switches have the same physical
packaging as miniature circuit breakers, but open only when
the handle is switched to the OFF position.
Non-automatic switches provide no overcurrent protection or
short circuit protection. They must not be used on systems that
have an available fault current greater than the values listed in
the table.
Non-automatic switches are UL Listed per UL 1087 and are
CSA certified.
Table 1.13:
QO Non-Automatic Miniature Switches,
240 Vac 10 kA
2P
3P
Ampere
Rating
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
60
QO200
70.00
QO300
248.00
100
QO2000
200.00
QO3000
366.00
a
UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration
equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR
type circuit breakers.
b
UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac
fluorescent lighting loads.
c
10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors.
35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
d
Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not
contain load neutral connection.
e
See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a QO403 or
QON prefix.
Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-2
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54

$
Price
QO315EPEe 1077.
QO320EPEe 1077.
—
—
QO330EPEe 1077.
QO340EPEe 1077.
QO350EPEe 1077.
—
—
Cat. No.

Discount
Schedule

1-3

LOAD CENTERS

Table 1.6:

1

www.schneider-electric.us

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers

Accessories
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

1

Table 1.14:

www.schneider-electric.us

Accessories for use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers
Description

Handle Attachments
Handle Tie
Handle Clamp

LOAD CENTERS

Handle Padlock Attachment for
Padlocking in ON or OFF position

Handle Padlock Attachment for
Padlocking in OFF position

Cat. No.

Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P QO circuit breakers to independent trip 2P
Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac1P side-by-side QOT circuit breakers to independent trip 2P
Clamp for holding QO 1P handle in ON or OFF position
Clamp for holding QO or Q1 either 1P, 2P or 3P circuit breaker handles in ON or OFF position
For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in ON or OFF position
Loose attachment
Fixed attachment
For padlocking 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breaker in ON or OFF position
For padlocking 2P QO-GFI circuit breakers in either ON or OFF position, fixed attachment.
For 2P and 3P QO and Q1 standard circuit breakers which require padlocking in either ON or OFF position.
Loose attachment
Fixed attachment
For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment.
For padlocking 2P and 3P QO circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment.
For padlocking 1P QO-GFI, QO-CAFI, QO-DF and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed
attachment.
For padlocking 2P QO-GFI, QO-CAFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment.

Ring Terminal
Sub-feed Lugs

Ring terminals are available as a factory-installed option.
60 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (6–2 Al/Cu)
125 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu)
225 A 2P plug-on – 4 spaces required (4–300 Al/Cu)
125 A 3P plug-on – 3 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu)
For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted
Mechanical Interlock Attachment
side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time (Not QOU)
QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed
With Retaining Kit
circuit breakers in dual power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2Ps or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO
circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers.
a
Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.

$ Price

Schedule

QO1HT
QOTHT
QO1LO
HLO1

3.80
3.80
3.80
9.90

DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2E

QOHPL
QO1PA
QOTHPA
GFI2PA

9.90
10.70
11.10
9.20

DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2A

QO1HPL
QO1PL
QO1PAF
QO2PAF

10.70
10.70
43.50
25.80

DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2E

QOGFI1PAF

51.00

DE2E

QOGFI2PAF

38.40

DE2E

+20% Price Adder
47.10
137.00
308.00
137.00

DE2A
DE2A
DE2A
DE2A
DE3

QO2DTI

24.90

DE2E

QO2DTIM

63.00

DE2E

See page 7-10
QO60SL
QO2125SL
QO2225SLa
QO3125SL

QO1HT
QO1PA

HLO1

QO1PL

QO1PAF

QO1LO
QOGFI2PAF
QO2DTI
QOTHPA

QO1HPL

QOHPL

QO2PAF

Factory-Installed Accessories for use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers
Factory-installed electrical accessories take up an additional pole space on QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-SWN and
QOU circuit breakers. All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz. Accessories are not available
for QOB-VH (2P 150 A and 3P 110–150 A) circuit breakers or QO, QOU molded case switches. QO circuit breakers will
accept only one accessory per circuit breaker. Undervoltage trip is not available on miniature circuit breakers. Factoryinstalled accessories are not available for QO-AFI or QO-CAFI Arc Fault Circuit Breakers or on QO2150, QO2175, or
QO2200 circuit breakers.
Table 1.15:
Accessory

Factory-Installed Accessories
Description

Rated
Voltage

Trips the circuit breaker from a
remote location by means of a trip
coil energized from a separate
12 Vac/Vdc
circuit. A 120 Vac shunt trip will
operate at 55% or more of rated 24 Vac/Vdc
voltage. All other shunt trips will
operate at 75% or more of rated
voltage.

Coil
Cat. No.
Burden Suffix

$ Price
Adder

Accessory

Description
Monitors circuit breaker contact status and
provides a remote signal indicating the circuit
breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED.

60 VA
168 VA

-1042

189.00

Auxiliary
Switches

Application

•
•

Shunt Trip
Application
• For use with momentary or
maintained push button.
• Not available on QO-GFI,
QO-EPD.
• Shunt trip terminals accept
(2) 0.14– 0.12 AWG Cu.

120 Vac
208 Vac
240 Vax

72 VA
228 VA
288 VA

-1021

189.00

Alarm
Switches

DE2

DE2A

DE2E

Auxiliary switch terminals accept
(2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads.
Leads (EH): Yellow for “A’’, Blue for
“B’’, Striped common 18 AWG Cu.

Used with control circuits and is actuated only
when the circuit breaker has tripped. Standard
construction includes a normally-open
contact.

1A
1B

120 Vac
120 Vac

5A
5A

-1200
-1201

132.00
132.00

1A

120 Vac

5A

-2100

132.00

Application

•

1-4

Contact
Max.
Max. Cat. No. $ Price
Comb. Voltage Load Suffix Adder

DE3

Leads: Alarm switch terminals accept
(2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads.

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ Load Centers

Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs
Class 736, 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed
Main Lugs (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)
Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

$ Price
(Interior,
Box and
Cover)

Cat. No.

$ Price

Fixed Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingb
30 A
2
2
0
41.70
QO2L30Scd
70 A
2
4
2
69.00
QO24L70F/Sef
6
12
6
87.00
QO612L100F/Seg
6
12
6
90.00
QO612L100DF/Seg
8
16
8
131.00
QO816L100F/Seg
100 A
8
16
8
143.00
QO816L100DF/Seg
6
12
6
111.00 QO612L100DFCU/SCUegh
8
16
8
174.00 QO816L100DFCU/SCUegh
125 A
4
8
4
93.00
QO148L125GF/Sei

I
N
D
O
O
R

Indoor Cover with Door
(Order Separately)

Load Center
Box and Interior

Flush
Cat. No.

41.70
69.00
87.00
90.00
131.00
143.00
111.00
174.00
93.00

Main Wire Size Equipment Ground Bar Box No.
AWG/kcmil
Kit (Order Separately) See Page
1-17
$ Price
Al
Cu
Cat. No.
$ Price

Surface
Cat. No.

Cover Included—Without Door
Cover Included—Without Door
Cover Included—Without Door
Cover Included—With Door
Cover Included—Without Door
Cover Included—With Door
Cover Included—With Door
Cover Included—With Door
Cover Included—Without Door

12–10 14–10
12–3 14–4

8–1

12–2/0 14–2/0

PK3GTA1
PK4GTA
PK7GTA
PK7GTA

11.40
10.80
11.70
11.70

1
2
4
4

PK7GTA

11.70

4

PK7GTA
11.70
PK7GTA
11.70
PK7GTAl

4
4
21

Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker—Cu Busbj
12
12
0
196.70
QO112L125G
159.00 QOC16UF
QOC16US
37.70
PK9GTAl
12
24
12
235.70
QO11224L125G
198.00 QOC16UF
QOC16US
37.70
PK15GTAl
16
16
0
255.70
QO116L125G
218.00 QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70
PK12GTAl
16
24
8
300.70
QO11624L125G
263.00 QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70
PK15GTAl
125 A
6–2/0
20
20
0
271.70
QO120L125G
234.00 QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70
PK15GTAl
20
24
4
370.70
QO12024L125G
333.00 QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70
PK15GTAl
24
24
0
381.70
QO124L125G
344.00 QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70
PK15GTAl
32
32
0
434.60
QO132L125G
395.00 QOC32UF Use Flush
39.60
PK23GTA, LK100ANl

Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating—Convertible To Main Circuit Breaker—Cu Busbj
20
30
10
419.00
QO12030L150G
332.00 QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
150 A
24
24
0
431.00
QO124L150G
344.00 QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
6–250
PK15GTAl
30
30
0
437.00
QO130L150G
350.00 QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
12
12
0
353.00
QO112L200G
266.00 QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
PK15GTAl
24
36
12
819.00
QO12436L200TFTk
732.00 QOC40UF
QOC40US
87.00
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
30
30
0
494.00
QO130L200G
407.00 QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
200 A
30
40
10
554.00
QO13040L200G
467.00 QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
6–250
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
40
40
0
746.00
QO140L200G
659.00 QOC40UF
QOC40US
87.00
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
40
60
20
944.00
QO14060L200G
857.00 QOC40UF
QOC40US
87.00
(2) PK15GTAl
42
52
10
921.00
QO14252L200G
810.00 QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00
(2) PK15GTAl
225 A
42
42
0
828.00
QO142L225G
717.00 QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00
6–300
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
Fixed Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingbj
QONQ30LS400 (Int)
1080.00
30
30
0
1641.00
NC50NQVF NC50NQVS
486.00
PK27GTAn
33.80
MH50 (box)o
75.00
(1) 1/0–750
400 A
or
or (2) 1/0–300 PK15GTA6
QONQ42LS400 (Int)m
1185.00
53.00
42
42
0
1746.00
NC50NQVF NC50NQVS
486.00
MH50 (box)
75.00
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115C as Type 1, Class 2.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
b
UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed.
c
Will not accept QO-EPD or Qwik-Gard™ QO-GFI or QO-AFI circuit breakers.
d
Mains rated 25 A when Al wire is used.
e
Order F for flush device or S for surface device.
f
Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for GFI and AFI circuit breakers.
g
70 A Max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker.
h
CU indicates copper bus.
i
Copper bus.
j
UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only.
k
Supplied with feed-thru lugs.
l
Factory-included.
m
Interior only, order box separately.
n
PK27GTA includes a 6–2/0 AWG Al/Cu lug.
QO816L100F or S
o
PE1A Discount Schedule.

QO120L125G

6
6
7
7
7
7
7
8
9
9
9
9
10
9
9
10
10
11
11

15
15

without cover

1Ø, Field-Installed Main Circuit Breaker Kits
Table 1.17:

Use with Convertible Main Load Centers Only
QOM1 Frame Size

QOM1 Frame Size
50–125 Amperes

p
q
r

QOM2 Frame Size
100–225 Amperes

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

s

QOM2 Frame Sizes

22 k AIRq
Lug Wire Sizer
Lug Wire Sizer
Main Circuit
Main Circuit
AWG/kcmil
AWG/kcmil
$
Price
$ Price
Breaker
Breaker
50 A
100–125
QOM50VH
140.00
100 A
150–225
QOM2100VH
468.00
60 A
100–125
QOM60VH
140.00
125 A
150–225
QOM2125VH
468.00
70 A
100–125
QOM70VH
140.00
150 A
150–225
QOM2150VH
468.00
4–300 Al or Cu
80 A
100–125
QOM80VH
201.00
175 A
200–225
QOM2175VH
468.00
12–2/0 Al or Cu
90 A
100–125
QOM90VH
201.00
200 A
200–225
QOM2200VH
468.00
100 A
100–125
QOM100VH
201.00
225 A
225
QOM2225VH
468.00
110 A
125
QOM110VH
468.00
—
—
—
—
—
125 A
125
QOM125VH
468.00
—
—
—
—
—
Do not exceed the load center mains rating.
22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems
with up to 22 kA available fault current.
Wire range listed for QOM circuit breaker kits is the wire range of that circuit breaker. To find out maximum wire size permitted in a particular load center
per UL, see pages 1-5 through 1-11 under Main Wire Size.
Add suffix 1021 for 120, 208 or 240 Vac shunt trip.

Main Circuit
Breaker
Ratingp

Convertible
Load Center
Mains Rating

22 k AIRq

DE3A

PE1A

Main Circuit
Breaker
Ratingp

Discount
Schedule

LOAD CENTERS

Mains
Max. 1P
Rating Spaces Circuitsa

1

Table 1.16:

Convertible
Load Center
Mains Rating

1-5

QO™ Load Centers

Indoor, 1Ø, Main Circuit Breaker
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed
Table 1.18:
Mains
Rating

Main Circuit Breaker (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)
Spaces

Max.
Single
Pole
Circuitsa

Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

$ Price
(Interior,
Box and
Cover)

Indoor Cover with Door
(Order Separately)

Load Center
Box and Interior
Cat. No.

$ Price

Flush
Cat. No.

LOAD CENTERS

Convertible Mains —Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating,
Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5),b
QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
12
12
0
339.70
QO112M100
302.00
QOC12UF
16
16
0
379.70
QO116M100
342.00 QOC20U100F
100 A
20
20
0
433.70
QO120M100
396.00 QOC20U100F
24
24
0
553.70
QO124M100
516.00
QOC24UF
32
32
0
726.70
QO132M100
689.00
QOC32UF
24
24
0
819.70
QO124M125
782.00
QOC24UF
125 A
32
32
0
1041.60
QO132M125
1002.00
QOC32UF

I
N
D
O
O
R

Surface
Cat. No.

$ Price

QOC12US
QOC20U100S
QOC20U100S
QOC24US
Use Flush
QOC24US
Use Flush

37.70
37.70
37.70
37.70
37.70
37.70
39.60

QOC30US
QOC30US
QOC30US
QOC40US
QOC30US
QOC30US

87.00
87.00
87.00
87.00
87.00
87.00

Convertible Mains —Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) b
QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
20
30
10
821.00
QO12030M150
734.00
QOC30UF
24
24
0
849.00
QO124M150
762.00
QOC30UF
150 A
30
30
0
854.00
QO130M150
767.00
QOC30UF
32
32
0
969.00
QO132M150
882.00
QOC40UF
20
40
20
821.00
QO12040M200
734.00
QOC30UF
24
24
0
866.00
QO124M200
779.00
QOC30UF
24

Equipment
Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)

Main
Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
Al or Cu

Cat. No.

PK9GTA
PK12GTA
PK15GTA
PK15GTA
PK18GTA
PK15GTA
PK18GTA

13.40
15.80
17.10
17.10
18.80
17.10
18.80

5
6
6
7
8
7
8

PK18GTA
PK15GTA
PK18GTA
PK18GTA
PK23GTA
PK15GTA
PK23GTA and
LK100ANg
PK18GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA

18.80
17.10
18.80
18.80
21.30
17.10

9
9
9
10
9
9

6–1
6–2/0
6–2/0

4–250

$ Price

Box No.
See
Page
1-17

36
12
1287.00 QO12436M200TFTh 1200.00
QOC40UF
QOC40US
87.00
10
4–250
30
30
0
879.00
QO130M200
792.00
QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
18.80
9
200 A
30
40
10
957.00
QO13040M200
870.00
QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
21.30
9
87.00
21.30
10
40
40
0
1121.00
QO140M200
1034.00
QOC40UF
QOC40US
40
60
20
1431.00
QO14060M200
1344.00
QOC40UF
QOC40US
87.00
21.30
10
42
42
0
1220.00
QO142M200
1109.00
QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00
21.30
11
42
52
10
1382.00
QO14252M200
1271.00
QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00
21.30
11
4–300
40
40
0
1196.00
QO140M225
1085.00
QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00
21.30
11
225 A
42
42
0
1253.00
QO142M225
1142.00
QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00
21.30
11
Fixed Mains—Factory-installed LAL Main Circuit Breaker, 42 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingc
QONQ42MS300
4243.00
(1) 4–500
(int)d
300 A
42
42
0
4909.00
NC62NQVF
NC62NQVS
591.00
16
PK27GTAe
33.80
MH62 (box)f
75.00
or (2) 4–3/0
or
QONQ42MS400
PK15GTA6
53.00
4243.00
(1) 4–500
(int)d
400 A
42
42
0
4909.00
NC62NQVF
NC62NQVS
591.00
16
MH62 (box)f
75.00
or (2) 4–250
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
b
22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current.
c
UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breakers installed. Also, UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H
circuit breakers only.
d
Interior only, order box separately.
e
PK27GTA includes a 6–2/0 Al/Cu lug.
f
PE1A Discount Schedule.
g
Factory included.
h
Supplied with feed-thru lugs.

1Ø, Field-Installed Main Lugs Kits
Table 1.19:

Use with Convertible Main Load Centers Only

Use on
Lug Wire Sizej
Convertible Load Center
Cat. No.
$ Price
AWG/kcmil
with Mains Rating
Al or Cu
125 A
100–125 A
QOL125k
44.10
6–2/0
225 A
150–225 A
QOL225k
104.00
6–300
i
Do not exceed the load center mains rating.
j
Wire range listed for QOL lug kits is the wire range of that lug. To find out maximum wire size permitted in a particular
load center per UL, see pages 1-5 through 1-11 under main wire size.
k
If main circuit breaker knockout has been removed from the load center’s trim, order appropriate filler plate from
page 1-13.
Main Lugs
Ratingi

QOL125

QOL225

QO140M200

1-6

DE3A

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ Load Centers

Rainproof, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breaker
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed

Mains
Rating

Main Lugs (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)
Spaces

Max.
Single Pole
Circuitsa

Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

$ Price
(Interior,
Box and
Cover)

Main
Wire Size
AWG/kcmil

Load Center
Box and Interior
Cat. No.

$ Price

Equipment
Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)

Al

Cu

Cat. No.

$ Price

102.00

14–4

14–4

Factory-installed

113.00
131.00
143.00
158.00
231.00
174.00
279.00
152.00

12–6
12–3

14–6
14–4

PK3GTA1
PK4GTA
PK7GTA
Factory-installed
PK7GTA
PK7GTA
PK7GTA
PK7GTA Factory-included

Box No.
See
Page 1-18

Non-Metallic Enclosure
Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
60 A
2
4
2
102.00
QO24L60NRNM

—

1NM

R
A
I
N
P
R
O
O
F

Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
40 A
2
2
0
113.00
QO2L40RBb
70 A
2
4
2
131.00
QO24L70RBb
6
12
6
143.00
QO612L100RBc
6
12
6
158.00
QO612L100TRBc
100 A
8
16
8
231.00
QO816L100RBc
6
12
6
174.00
QO612L100RBCUcd
8
16
8
279.00
QO816L100RBCUcd
125 A
4
8
4
152.00
QO148L125GRBd
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Currentefg
QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus
12
12
0
285.00
QO112L125GRB
12
24
12
365.00
QO11224L125GRB
125 A
16
24
8
435.00
QO11624L125GRB
24
24
0
522.00
QO124L125GRB
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Currentefg
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus
150 A
30
30
0
587.00
QO130L150GRB
12
12
0
480.00
QO112L200GRB
30
30
0
666.00
QO130L200GRB
30
40
10
714.00
QO13040L200GRB
200 A
40
40
0
971.00
QO140L200GRB
40
60
20
1262.00
QO14060L200GRB
42
52
10
1194.00
QO14252L200GRB
225 A
42
42
0
1310.00
QO142L225GRB

Table 1.21:
Mains
Rating

R
A
I
N
P
R
O
O
F

285.00
365.00
435.00
522.00

587.00
480.00
666.00
714.00
971.00
1262.00
1194.00
1310.00

8–1

12–2/0

14–2/0

6–2/0

4–250

4–250

4–300

11.40
10.80
11.70
—
11.70
11.70
11.70

1R
1R
2R
2R
2R
2R
2R
15R

—
—
—
—

3R
3R
4R
4R

PK9GTA Factory-included
PK15GTA Factory-included
PK15GTA Factory-included
PK15GTA Factory-included

PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included
PK9GTA Factory-included
PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included
PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included
PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included
(2) PK15GTA, (1) LK100AN Factory-included
(2) PK15GTA, (1) LK100AN Factory-included
PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included

1

Metallic Enclosure

6R
5R
6R
6R
7R
7R
8R
8R

Main Circuit Breaker (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)
Spaces

Max.
Single Pole
Circuits a

Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

$ Price
(Interior,
Box and
Cover)

Load Center
Box and Interior
Cat. No.

Convertible Mains —Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible to Main Lugs (see page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see page 1-5)hg
QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
12
12
0
461.00
QO112M100RB
100 A
16
16
0
504.00
QO116M100RB
20
20
0
552.00
QO120M100RB
125 A
24
24
0
954.00
QO124M125RB
Convertible Mains —Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible to Main Lugs (see page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see page 1-5)hg
QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
20
30
10
953.00
QO12030M150RB
150 A
30
30
0
1122.00
QO130M150RB
20
40
20
954.00
QO12040M200RB
30
30
0
1154.00
QO130M200RB
30
40
10
1179.00
QO13040M200GRB
200 A
40
40
0
1397.00
QO140M200RB
40
60
20
1815.00
QO14060M200RB
42
42
0
1469.00
QO142M200RB
42
52
10
1718.00
QO14252M200RB
225 A
42
42
0
1631.00
QO142M225RB
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible to Main Lugs (see page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see page 1-5) hg h
QOM1 or QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
125 A
6
12
6
620.00
QO1612M125FTRBi
150 A
8
16
8
863.00
QO1816M150FTRBi
200 A
8
16
8
863.00
QO1816M200FTRB i

$ Price

461.00
504.00
552.00
954.00

953.00
1122.00
954.00
1154.00
1179.00
1397.00
1815.00
1469.00
1718.00
1631.00

620.00
863.00
863.00

Main
Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
Al or Cu

Equipment
Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)
Cat. No.

$ Price

Box No.
See
Page 1-18

PK9GTA
PK12GTA
PK15GTA
PK15GTA

13.40
15.80
17.10
17.10

3R
4R
4R
4R

4–300

PK18GTA
PK18GTA
PK23GTA
PK18GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK15GTA
PK23GTA
PK15GTA
PK23GTA

18.80
18.80
21.30
18.80
21.30
21.30
17.10
21.30
17.10
21.30

5R
6R
5R
6R
6R
7R
7R
8R
8R
8R

4–2/0
4–250
4–250

PK12GTA
PK15GTA-L
PK15GTA-L

15.80
35.00
35.00

3R
6R
6R

6–2/0
6–2/0

4–250

4–250

Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
b
Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for AFI and GFI circuit breaker.
c
70 A max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker.
d
Copper bus.
e
UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breakers installed.
f
UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only.
g
Side hinge door device; allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open.
h
22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT, QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-EPD and QOPL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems up to 22
kA available fault current.
i
QO1612M125FTRB provided with QOM1 frame main circuit breaker. QO1816M150FTRB and QO1816M200FTRB provided with QOM2 frame main circuit breaker.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

LOAD CENTERS

Table 1.20:

1-7

QO™ Load Centers

3Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breaker
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1

3Ø4W—208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W—240/120 Vac Delta and 3Ø3W—240 Vac Delta—UL Listed
Table 1.22:
Mains
Rating

LOAD CENTERS

I
N
D
O
O
R

R
A
I
N
P
R
O
O
F

Main Lugs and Main Breakers (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers)
Max.
Number
of 1P QO
circuit
breakers

$ Price
(Interior,
Box and
Cover)

Indoor Cover with Door
(Order Separately)

Load Center
Box and Interior
Cat. No.

Flush
Cat. No.

$ Price

Surface
Cat. No.

Main
Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
$ Price

Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—Copper Bus—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating a
60 A
3
107.00
QO403L60NF/S
107.00 Cover Included With Load Center (No Door)
12
369.70
QO312L125Gh
332.00
QOC16UF
QOC16US
37.70 i
125 A
20
508.70
QO320L125Gh
471.00
QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70 i
24
577.70
QO324L125Gh
540.00
QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70 i
18
530.00
QO318L200Gh
443.00
QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00 i
200 A
30
707.00
QO330L200Gh
620.00
QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00 i
225 A
42
953.00
QO342L225Gh
842.00
QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00 i

Box No.
See
Pages
1-17,
1-18
$ Pricej

Al

Cu

Cat. No.

—

10–6

6–2/0

6–2/0

PK4GTA
Factory-incl.g
Factory-incl.g
Factory-incl.g
Factory-incl.f
Factory-incl.f
Factory-incl.f

7.20
—
—
—
—
—
—

13
6
7
7
9
9
11

PK15GTA
PK18GTA
PK18GTA
PK23GTA
PK18GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA

17.10
18.80
18.80
21.30
18.80
21.30
21.30

9
12
12
12
12
12
12

PK4GTA
Factory Incl.g
Factory Incl.g
Factory Incl.f
Factory Incl.f
Factory Incl.f

10.80
—
—
—
—
—

10R
3R
4R
6R
6R
8R

6–250

6–250

6–300

6–300

Convertible Mains—Factory-installed QDL Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus—25 kA Short Circuit Current Rating b
100 A
27
1058.00
QO327M100c
971.00
QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00 i
4–2/0
125 A
30
1931.00 QO330MQ125dh
1839.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS
92.00
4–300
30
1931.00 QO330MQ150dh
1839.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS
92.00
150 A
4–300
42
2119.00 QO342MQ150dh
2027.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS
92.00
30
1931.00 QO330MQ200dh
1839.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS
92.00
200 A
4–300
42
2119.00 QO342MQ200dh
2027.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS
92.00
225 A
42
2119.00 QO342MQ225dh
2027.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS
92.00
4–300

Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—Copper Bus—65 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingae
60 A
3
177.00
QO403L60NRB
177.00
12
485.00 QO312L125GRB
485.00
125 A
20
629.00 QO320L125GRB
629.00
Cover Included
18
618.00 QO318L200GRB
618.00
200 A
30
839.00 QO330L200GRB
839.00
225 A
42
1494.00 QO342L225GRB
1494.00

Equipment
Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)

4–2/0
4–300
4–300
4–300
4–300

—

10–6

6–2/0

6–2/0

6–250

6–250

6–300

6–300

Convertible Mains—Factory-installed QDL Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus—25 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingb e
100 A
27
1185.00 QO327M100RBc
1185.00
4–2/0
4–2/0
PK15GTA
17.10
6R
125 A
30
2147.00 QO330MQ125RBd
2147.00
4–300
4–300
PK18GTA
18.80
14R
150 A
30
2147.00 QO330MQ150RBd
2147.00
4–300
4–300
PK18GTA
18.80
14R
Cover Included
30
2147.00 QO330MQ200RBd
2147.00
PK18GTA
18.80
14R
200 A
4–300
4–300
42
2333.00 QO342MQ200RBd
2333.00
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
225 A
42
2333.00 QO342MQ225RBd
2333.00
4–300
4–300
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115C as Type 1, Class 2.
a
UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed.
b
25 kA short circuit current rating SSCR maximum with Square D Type QDL main circuit breaker, or 22 kA SCCR maximum with back-fed Type QO-VH main circuit breaker, feeding QO 10
k AIR branch circuit breakers.
c
Includes factory-installed back fed QO3100VH main circuit breaker.
d
65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating maximum with field-installed Square D type QGL 65 k AIR minimum main circuit breaker feeding QO and Q1 10 k AIR minimum branch circuit breakers.
e
Side hinge door device allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open.
f
PK23GTA and LK100AN.
g
PK15GTA.
h
For Certification to IEC 60439-1 contact the local Square D sales office; otherwise panels are NOT CE marked. (For use on 415Y/240 Vac 3-phase 4-wire, 3,000 Short Circuit Current Rating
when QODX...branch circuit breakers are used and 10,000 Short Circuit Current Rating when QO...VS branch circuit breakers are used).
i
DE3A Discount Schedule
j
DE2 Discount Schedule

Table 1.23:

3Ø, Main Circuit Breakers

Field-installed alternate main circuit breakers for QO 3Ø main circuit breaker load centers rated 70–225 A. Do not exceed the
load center main rating.

k

Amperage
25 k AIR
65 k AIR
100 k AIRk
70 A
QDL32070
QGL32070
QJL32070
80 A
QDL32080
QGL32080
QJL32080
90 A
QDL32090
QGL32090
QJL32090
100 A
QDL32100
QGL32100
QJL32100
110 A
QDL32110
QGL32110
QJL32110
125 A
QDL32125
QGL32125
QJL32125
150 A
QDL32150
QGL32150
QJL32150
175 A
QDL32175
QGL32175
QJL32175
200 A
QDL32200
QGL32200
QJL32200
225 A
QDL32225
QGL32225
QJL32225
$ Price (DE2)
1784.00
2442.00
2796.00
When these 3P circuit breakers are used as the main circuit breaker of a 3Ø load center, the maximum AIR rating
is 65 kA at 240 Vac and 100 kA at 208 Vac.

Table 1.24:

3Ø, Main Lugs Kits

Field-installed main lugs for convertible 3Ø main circuit breaker load centers.

QO342MQ200

1-8

QO312L125G

Main Lugs
Amperage Rating
125 A
225 A

DE3

DE3A

DE2

Cat. No.
QOL3125
QOL3225

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
67.00
158.00

Lug Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
6–2/0 Cu/Al
6–300 Cu/Al

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ Load Centers
www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed

Backup Power Solutions (Accept Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)

Mains
Max. Single
Rating Spaces
Pole
(A)
Circuits a

R
A
I
N
P
R
O
O
F

Load Center
Box, Interior and Cover
Cat. No.

Main
Wire Size
AWG/kcmil

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Generator Panels—Manual Transfer for Sub-Feed Applications NEMA 1 (Indoor)
Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breakers with Mechanical Interlock—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
30
4
8
4
QO48M30DSGP
563.00
60

4

8

4

563.00

QO48M60DSGP

Al

Cu

Box No.
See
Page
1-17, 1-18

14–8

14–8

4

8–2

8–2

4

Equipment Grounding Bar Kit
(Order Separately)

PK7GTA

11.70

Generator Panels—Manual Transfer with Generator Power Inlet Plug for Sub-Feed Applications NEMA 3R (Outdoor)
Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breakers with Mechanical Interlock—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
4
8
4
QO1DM10020TRBR
848.00
4
8
4
QO1DM10030TRBR
848.00
Factory-Installed
100
4
8
4
QO1DM10050TRBR
1148.00

—
—

2R
2R
8–2

—

2R

1

I
N
D
O
O
R

Max.
Tandem Circuit
Breakers

LOAD CENTERS

Table 1.25:

1Ø, Backup Power Solutions
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

Generator Panel—Automatic Transfer Switch (Contact your local Square D Field Sales office for more information.) b
Factory- or Field-Installed Main Circuit Breaker—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
150
38
42
42
QO13842MX150
1349.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
4–250
12
200
38
42
42
QO13842MX200
1499.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
4–250
12
38
42
42
QO13842MX225
1649.00
4–250
4–250
12
PK23GTA
225
21.30
38
42
42
QO13842UX225 c
1199.00
4–250
4–250
12
QOC38MXUF (Cover)
149.00
—
150
14
28
28
QO11428MX150FTRBde
1349.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
4–250
7R
3R
14
28
28
QO11428MX200FTRBde
1499.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
4–250
7R
200
14
28
28
QO11428UX200FTRBcde
1199.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
4–250
7R
QO Load Center Manual Power Transfer Accessories
Cat. No.
$ Price
Schedule
For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that
QO2DTI
24.90
DE2E
only one circuit breaker can be “ON’’ at a time.
QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit breakers in dual
63.00
DE2E
power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2P or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers. QO2DTIM
two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back- PK4DTIM4LA
Manual Transfer Equipment Kit Secures
102.00
DE3A
up power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02.
Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back- PK4DTIM4HA
102.00
DE3A
up power supply applications. For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02.
Secures two 2P circuit breakers to left side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back-up PK4DTIM4LAL
102.00
DE3A
power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02.
For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G”, “S1” and “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM1 2P QOCRBGK1
105.00
DE3A
main circuit breaker of a load center (100–125 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit.
Generator Circuit Breaker
For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G” and “S1” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main
QOCGK2
105.00
DE3A
circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit.
Interlock Kit
For use on “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) QORBGK2
105.00
DE3A
with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
b
One main circuit breaker is included with panel. NEMA 1 indoor device requires cover ordered separately. Alternate source main circuit breaker (QO 125 A max.) ordered separately. Automatic
Transfer Switch and Generator for secondary power source are ordered through a Kohler authorized dealer or contractor.
c
Universal mains – No factory-installed main circuit breaker or main lugs. QOM2 frame size, field-install 22 k AIR. Main circuit breaker or main lugs (see pages 1-5 or 1-6).
d
Supplied with feed-thru lugs.
e
Device is rated NEMA 3R and can be used for indoor or outdoor applications.
I
N
D
O
O
R

QO2DTI Installed

QO2DTI

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

1
3
5

ON

OFF

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

ON

OFF

PK4DTIM4HA

QOCGK2 Installed

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

1-9

QO™ Load Centers

1Ø, Special Applications
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1

1Ø2W—120Vac—1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed
Table 1.26:

QO Special Application (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)
Short
Circuit
Current
Rating

Mains
Rating

Max. 1P
Circuits a

Spaces

Max. Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

Load Center b
Box, Interior, and Cover
Cat. No.

Equipment Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

LOAD CENTERS

Manufactured Housing:
1Ø2W 120 Vac—Main Lugs Only—CSA Certified
30 Ac
10 kA
2
0
QO2L30TTSd
51.00
2
Factory-installed
4
50 A
10 kA
2
2
QO24L50TTSe
78.00
1Ø2W 120 Vac—Main Circuit Breaker—CSA Certified
30 A
10 kA
3
5
2
QO35FM30TTF/S
83.00
Factory-installed
1Ø3W 120/240 Vac—Main Lugs Only—CSA Certified
70 A
10 kA
2
4
2
QO24L70TSe
78.00
6
12
6
QO612L100TF/Sg
86.00
Factory
6
12
6
QO612L100DTF/Sg
101.00
Installed
100 A
10 kA
8
16
8
QO816L100TF/Sg
137.00
8
16
8
QO816L100DTF/Sg
159.00
Load Center with Cover: 1Ø3W 120/240 Vac—UL Listed Complete QO Load Center—Box, Interior and Combination Cover in One Package

Main Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
Al

Cu

Box No.
See
Page 1-17

12–10
—

14–10
14–6

1
2

f

3

12–3

14–4

2
4
4
4
4

4–1

Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs i—QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus
65 kA
12
0
QO112L125GC
188.00
PK12GTA Incl.
6–2/0
6
12
I
125 A
65 kA
12
24
12
QO11224L125GC
249.00
PK15GTA Incl.
6–2/0
6
N
20
65 kA
20
0
QO120L125GC
284.00
PK15GTA Incl.
6–2/0
7
D
O Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs i—QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus
O
150 A
65 kA
30
30
0
QO130L150TC
452.00 PK23GTA, LK100AN Installed
6–250
9
R
200 A
65 kA
30
40
10
QO13040L200GC
575.00 PK23GTA, LK100AN Incl.
6–250
9
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker—
QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus j
22 kA
12
12
0
QO112M100C
351.00
PK9GTA
13.40
4–1/0
5
22 kA
12
20
8
QO11220M100C
413.00
PK15GTA
17.10
4–1/0
5
100 A
22 kA
16
16
0
QO116M100C
395.00
PK12GTA
15.80
4–1/0
6
22 kA
20
20
0
QO120M100C
446.00
PK15GTA
17.10
4–1/0
6
125 A
22 kA
32
32
0
QO132M125C
1041.00
PK18GTA
18.80
6–2/0
8
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker—
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus j
22 kA
20
30
10
QO12030M150C
843.00
PK18GTA
18.80
4–250
9
150 A
22 kA
30
30
0
QO130M150C
870.00
PK18GTA
18.80
4–250
9
22 kA
20
40
20
QO12040M200C
843.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
9
22 kA
30
30
0
QO130M200C
896.00
PK18GTA
18.80
4–250
9
200 A
22 kA
30
40
10
QO13040M200C
974.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
9
22 kA
40
40
0
QO140M200C
1137.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
10
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
b
Order F for flush device or S for surface device.
c
Mains rating 25 A when Al wire is used.
d
Will not accept Qwik-Gard™ QO-GFI or QO-AFI circuit breaker.
e
Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for GFI and AFI circuit breakers.
f
Main circuit breaker is a field-installed standard QO single pole circuit breaker. Order separately from page 1-2.
g
70 A max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker.
h
UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed.
i
UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only.
j
22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22,000 A available fault current.

Table 1.27:

Service Upgrade Load Centers: 1Ø3W 120/240Vac—UL Listed Load Center with Removable End Walls

Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Breaker—22KA
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)j
I
N
D
O
O
R
k
l
m

Mains
Rating

Spaces

Max. 1P
Circuitsa

Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

$ Price
(Interior,
Box and
Cover)

Load Center
Box and Interior

Extra Long Cover with Door
(Order Separately)

Flush
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
959.00 HOM3040M200CEPk 959.00 HOMC30UFL
1,137.00
QO140M200EPm 1137.00 QOC40UFL

30
40
10
200 A
40
40
0
Ships with standard length cover
Blank Endwall Plates (4) Available Order: EWPLATE $36.00
Copper Bus, order cover separately QOC40UF/S or QOC40UFL

Table 1.28:

Surface
Cat. No.
—
—

Main Wire Size Equipment Ground Bar
AWG / kcmil
Kit (Order Separately)

$ Price
111.00
111.00

Al

Cu
4-250

Cat. No
PK23GTA
PK23GTA

$ Price

Box No.
See Page
1–17

21.30
21.30

10
10

Auxiliary Gutter

UL Listed for use with standard 1Ø and 3Ø load centers for riser applicationsn. For auxiliary gutter-load center compatibility, see catalog number 1100CT0501

n
o

Cat. No.
$ Price
SDAG26
338.00
One tap kit required for each riser wire.
When used with B300 bolt-on hubs.

Table 1.29:

Cover
Flush

Width
13.50

Height
26.12

Depth
3.75

Tap Kits 120/240 Vac—UL Listed for use with Auxiliary Gutter SDAG26

Cat. N0.

$ Price

Use with Auxiliary
Gutter Cat. No.

SDGT30020
SDGT300300

81.00
120.00

SDAG26
SDAG26

SDGT300C10C

49.70

SDAG26

SDGT300C300C

70.00

SDAG26

QOGL20 Grounding Terminals

40.70

SDAG26

1-10

Conduit Riser Size
1-3/4, 2, 2-1/2 or o3

Riser Wire
Lug Type
Mechanical (Included)
Mechanical (Included)
Anderson VCEL030516H1
(Not included)
Anderson VCEL030516H1
(Not included)
Mechanical (Included)

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

Tap Off Wire
Al/Cu Wire Size
(2) 6 AWG–300 kcmil
(2) 6 AWG–300 kcmil
(2) 4 AWG–300 kcmil
(2) 4 AWG–300 kcmil
(2) 6–2/0 AWG

Lug Type
Mechanical (Included)
Mechanical (Included)
Anderson VCEL02114S1
(Not Included)
Anderson VCEL030516H1
(Not included)
—

Al/Cu Wire Size
(1) 6–2/0 AWG
(1) 6 AWG–300 kcmil
(1) 8–1/0 AWG
(1) 4 AWG–300 kcmil
—

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ and Homeline™ Load Centers and Circuit Breakers

1Ø, Value Packs and Riser Panels

Class 1130, 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed

R
A
I
N
P
R
O
O
F

Equipment
Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)

Load Center
Box, Interior, Cover and Branch Circuit Breakers
Cat. No.

Included Load Center/Circuit Breakers

$ Price

Cat. No.

QO (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers) QO—Copper Bus
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker,
22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible appropriate to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or QOM Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)
100 A
32
32
0
QOVP2
(1) QO132M100C, (5) QO120
839.00 PK18GTA
30
40
10
QOVP1
(1) QO13040M200C, (5) QO120
1103.00 PK23GTA
200 A
30
40
10
QOVP10
(1) QO13040M200C, (10) QO120
1328.00 PK23GTA
Homeline (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers)
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs,
10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to appropriate QOM 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)
125 A
12
24
12
HOMVPL2 (1) HOM1224L125TC, (5) HOM120
353.00
Included
200 A
30
40
10
HOMVPL1 (1) HOM3040L200TC, (6) HOM115, (6) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250
962.00
Included
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker,
22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible appropriate to Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)
20
20
0
HOMVP4
(1) HOM20M100C, (5) HOM115
528.00
100 A
20
20
0
HOMVP5
(1) HOM20M100C, (5) HOM120
528.00
150 A
30
30
0
HOMVP12 (1) HOM30M150C, (5) HOM120, (1) HOM230
983.00
20
40
20
HOMVP16 (1) HOM2040M200TC, (5) HOM120, (1) HOM230
965.00
30
40
10
HOMVP1
(1) HOM3040M200TC, (5) HOM120, (1) HOM230
1083.00
30
40
10
HOMVP2
(1) HOM3040M200TC, (5) HOM115, (1) HOM230
1083.00
200 A
30
40
10
HOMVP9
(1) HOM3040M200TC, (6) HOM115, (6) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250
1328.00
30
40
10
HOMVP14 (1) HOM3040M200TC, (12) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250
1328.00
40
40
0
HOMVP15 (1) HOM40M200C, (10) HOM120
1346.00
Homeline (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers)
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker,
22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)

200 A

20

40

20

HOMVPRB1 (1) HOM2040M200RB, (6) HOM115, (6) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250

1253.00

Main
Box No.
Wire Size
See
AWG/kcmil Pages
Al/Cu
1-17,
1-18
$ Price

18.80
21.30
21.30

—
—

4–2/0
4–250

6–2/0
4–250

8
9
9

6
10

1

I
N
D
O
O
R

Max.
Max.
Tandem
1P
Circuit
Circuitsc Breakers

PK15GTA
PK15GTA
PK23GTA
Included
Included
Included
Included
Included
PK23GTA

17.10
17.10
21.30
—
—
—
—
—
21.30

PK23GTA

21.30

4–2/0
4–250

4–250

4–250

7
7
10
9
10
10
10
10
12

6R

QO Riser Panels
Table 1.31:

Mains
Rating

Offset Interior for Wide Gutter—30 A Maximum Branch Circuit Breaker on left side of interiorab
(Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers)
Spaces

Max.
Single
Pole
Circuitsc

Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

Load Center Box and Interior
Cat. No.

$ Price

Load Center Cover
Cat. No.

$ Price

Equipment
Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)
Cat. No.

$ Price

Main
Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
Al

Cu

Box No.
See
Page 1-17

Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs,
65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to QOM1 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) when used with QOC cover below—Copper Bus
12
24
12
QO11224L125WG
338.00 QOC20UFWG
53.00
PK15GTA
17.10
14
125 A
6–2/0
I
20
30
10
QO12030L125WG
465.00 QOC20UFWG
53.00
PK15GTA
17.10
14
N
D Convertible Mains-Factory—Installed Main Lugs,
O 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to QOM2 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) when used with QOC cover below—Copper Bus
O
200 A
30
40
10
QO13040L200WG
701.00 QOC30UFWG
102.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
23
R
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-6)
or Lower Amperage QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) when used with QOC cover below—Copper Bus
200 A
24
24
0
QO124M200WG125d
683.00 QOC30UFWG
102.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
23
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
a
UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed.
b
UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only.
c
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
d
Comes with 125 A main circuit breaker factory installed.

Panelboard-style Covers for Riser Panels
Mono-Flat™ Front available for riser panels as an alternative to standard load center cover listed above. Provides a low-profile, aesthetically pleasing
solution for high-traffic areas in upscale multi-family applications. Deadfront included. Lock kit not provided. Cover NQC30FWG CANNOT be used
when panel has been converted to a main circuit breaker panel. e

e

Mains Rating of Load Center
Cat. No.
125 A
NQC20FWG
200 A
NQC30FWG
Order catalog number PK4FL for field-installed lock kit.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

$ Price
117.00
180.00

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

LOAD CENTERS

Mains
Rating

Value Packs Contains Complete Load Center (Box, Interior and Cover) with Selected Branch Circuit Breaker
Spaces

Table 1.30:

1-11

Load Center Accessories

QO and Homeline Load Center Accessories / Surge Protection
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

1

Table 1.32:

www.schneider-electric.us

QO Load Center Accessories

LOAD CENTERS

Cover Sealing Strap

Description
Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main. For QO612L100F/S, RB,
QO612L100DF/S, QO816L100F/S, RB, QO816L100DF/S and QO148L125GF/S, GRB load centers
Secures 3P circuit breaker without accessories to left side of interior when used as a back-fed main. For 3Ø load centers
Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main for 2P QO 150–200 A circuit breakers
Secures ONE circuit breaker with or without electrical accessories to right side of interior when used as a back-fed main
For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02
Secures ONE circuit breaker with or without electrical accessories to right side of interior when used as a back-fed main
For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02
Provides means of sealing trim mounting screws on QO load center covers

Replacement Cover Directory Label

1 through 42 numbered universal replacement directory label for load center covers

LSDL

0.54

DE5

Circuit Identification Stickers

Circuit identification stickers for use on cover directory labels to identify branch circuits

PSDS

0.75

DE5

Retaining Kit for Breakers
Used as Back-fed Mains

Cat. No.

$ Price Schedule

PK2MB

7.20

DE3A

PK3MB
PK5RK

14.70
14.70

DE3A
DE3A

PK4MB2LA

14.70

DE3A

PK4MB2HA

14.70

DE3A

QO1SE

3.60

DE3A

QO Load Center Manual Power Transfer Accessories

Manual Transfer Equipment Kit

Generator Circuit Breaker Interlock Kit

Table 1.33:

For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that
only one circuit breaker can be “ON’’ at a time.
QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit breakers in dual
power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2P or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers.
Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for backup power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02.
Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for backup power supply applications. For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02.
Secures two 2P circuit breakers to left side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back-up
power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02.
For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G”, “S1” and “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM1 2P
main circuit breaker of a load center (100–125 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker.
Includes a retaining kit.
For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G” and “S1” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main
circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit.
For use on “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225
A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit.
For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that
only one circuit breaker can be “ON’’ at a time.

QO2DTI

24.90

DE2E

QO2DTIM

63.00

DE2E

PK4DTIM4LA

102.00

DE3A

PK4DTIM4HA

102.00

DE3A

PK4DTIM4LAL

102.00

DE3A

QOCRBGK1

105.00

DE3A

QOCGK2

105.00

DE3A

QORBGK2

105.00

DE3A

QO2DTI

24.90

DE2E

92.00
248.00
159.00
159.00

DE1B
DE1B
DE1B
DE1B

11.40

DE3A

Load Center and CSED Surge Protection Devices

Surge Arresters

Surge Arrester Mounting Kit

For use on 1Ø3W, 150 Vac maximum
SDSA1175
For use on 3Ø4W, 650 Vac maximum
SDSA3650
QO Surgebreaker CULUS Listed Secondary Surge Arrester 150 Vac line-to-ground maximum
QO2175SB
HOM2175SB
Homeline Surgebreaker CULUS Listed Secondary Surge Arrester 150 Vac line-to-ground maximum
UL Listed for mounting SDSA1175 surge arrester into ground bar mounting holes on 1Ø convertible main circuit breaker
QOSAMK
load centers

PK2MB
QOSAMK
PK3MB

1-12

DE1B

DE2E

DE3A

DE5

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Load Center Accessories

QO and Homeline Load Center Accessories
Class 1130, 6610 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

Filler Plates

Door Lock Kits

Neutral / Ground Lugs

Ground Bar Kits

Handle Padlock Attachment
a

Description
Fills opening in covers if twistout is removed in error
Fills main circuit breaker opening in convertible load center covers100–125 A
Fills main circuit breaker opening in convertible load center covers150–225 A
Fills main circuit breaker opening in 3Ø load center covers (S01 and S02 Series)
Fills main circuit breaker opening in “Q” style 3Ø load center covers (S03 Series)
Use with QO612L100DF/S, QO612L100DFCU/SCU, QO612L100DTF/S, QO816L100DF/S,
QO816L100DFCU/SCU, QO816L100DTF/S, QO48M30DSGP, or QO48M60DSGP
Use with convertible mains, 1Ø and 3Ø 100–225 A, and fixed mains,
3Ø 125–225 A indoor load centers
Use with 300 and 400 ampere indoor load centers
Field-installed for 12– 2 Al or 14–4 Cu AWG wire
Field-installed for 6–2/0 Al/Cu AWG wire
Field-installed for 14–2/0 Al/Cu AWG wire
Field-installed for 2–3/0 Al/Cu AWG wire
Field-installed for 4 AWG to 300 kcmil Al/Cu wire. Use in Series S,
150–225 A QO or HOM load center
Standard PK15GTA with a 1–4/0 Al/Cu Lug
Standard PK18GTA with a 1–4/0 Al/Cu Lug
Standard PK23GTA with a 1–4/0 Al/Cu Lug
Insulator Kit for PK7GTA through PK27GTA

Cat. No.
QOFP
QOM1FP
QOM2FP
KFP
Q2FP

50–125 A
100–225 A

For padlocking main circuit breakers in convertible load centers OFF

$ Price Schedule
3.60 DE3A
20.30 DE3A
20.30 DE3A
20.30 DE3A
20.30 DE3A

PK8FLa

98.00

DE3A

PK6FL

93.00

DE3A

PK4FL
LK70AN
LK100AN
LK125AN
LK150AN

90.00
10.10
10.80
22.10
32.40

PE1A
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A

LK225AN

33.20

DE3A

PK15GTAL
PK18GTAL
PK23GTAL
PKGTAB
QOM1PA
QOM2PA

35.00
37.80
40.70
43.80
11.00
11.00

DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
DE2E
DE2E

QO403L60NF/S does not have provisions for a field-installed lock.

QOFP

PKGTAB
PK4FL

PK6FL and PK8FL

Table 1.35:

Homeline Load Center Accessories
Description

Handle Padlock Attachment

50–125 A
100–225 A

For padlocking main circuit breakers in convertible load center, “OFF”
Fills opening in covers if twistout is removed in error

Filler Plates

Neutral Lugs

Retaining Kit for Breakers
Used as Back-fed Mains

100–125 A
150–225 A

Fills main circuit breaker opening in convertible load centers

Field-installed for 14–2 AWG Al or 14–4 AWG Cu wire
Field-installed for 6–2/0 AWG Al/Cu wire
Field-installed for 14–2/0 AWG Al/Cu wire
Field-installed for 4 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu wire. Use in Series S, 150–225 A QO or HOM load center
Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main.
For HOM612L100F/S, RB and HOM48L125GC, GRB load centers
Secures ONE circuit breaker right side of interior when used as a back-fed main
For 100–125 A convertible main load centers, Series S01 and S02
Secures ONE circuit breaker right side of interior when used as a back-fed main
For 150–225 A convertible main load centers, Series S01 and S02
Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main
For 2P 150–200 A circuit breakers

Cat. No.
QOM1PA
QOM2PA
HOMFP
QOM1FP
QOM2FP
LK70AN
LK100AN
LK125AN
LK225AN

$ Price Schedule
11.00 DE2E
11.00 DE2E
3.20 DE3C
20.30 DE3A
20.30 DE3A
10.10 DE3B
10.80 DE3B
22.10 DE3B
33.20 DE3A

HOM1RK

6.50

DE3C

HOM4RK2LA

14.70

DE3C

HOM4RK2HA

14.70

DE3C

HOM5RK

14.70

DE3C

Door Lock Kit

Use with convertible indoor load center covers (Series S-1)

PK6FL

93.00

DE3A

Replacement Cover Directory Label

1 through 42 numbered universal replacement directory label for load center covers

LSDL

0.54

DE5

Circuit Identification Stickers

Circuit identification stickers for use on cover directory labels to identify branch circuits
For use on “S” Series NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM1 2P main
circuit breaker of a load center (100–125 A) with a Homeline 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker
For use on “S” Series NEMA 1 and “S1” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker
of a load center (150–225 A) with a Homeline 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker
For use on “S2” and “S3” Series NEMA 3R QOM2 load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a
load center (150–225 A) with a Homeline 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker

PSDS

0.75

Generator Circuit
Breaker Interlock Kit

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2E

DE3A

DE3B

DE3C

DE3D

DE3E

DE5

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

DE5

HOMCRBGK1

105.00

DE3D

HOMCGK2

105.00

DE3D

HOMRBGK2

105.00

DE3D

1-13

LOAD CENTERS

QO Load Center Accessories

1

Table 1.34:

Homeline™ Circuit Breakers

Plug-On Circuit Breakers
Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

1

The Square D Homeline circuit breakers are in a 1 in. wide
format for 1-pole circuit breakers. They are designed to
plug into Homeline load centers.

Table 1.42:

HOMT Tandem Circuit Breakers

Ampere Ratingd

Table 1.36:
LOAD CENTERS

HOM 1P
1 Space Required

HOM 2P
2 Spaces Required

HOMT 1P
1 Space Required

Ampere
Rating

AIR

15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A

10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA

Table 1.37:

HOM
1P—120/240 Vac
Cat. No.
HOM115 ab
HOM120 ab
HOM125 b
HOM130 b
—
HOM140 b
—
HOM150 b
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip

$ Price
26.30
26.30
26.30
26.30
—
26.30
—
26.30
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Cat. No.
HOM215 b
HOM220 b
HOM225 b
HOM230 b
HOM235 b
HOM240 b
HOM245 b
HOM250 b
HOM260 b
HOM270 b
HOM280 b
HOM290 b
HOM2100 b
HOM2110 b
HOM2125 b
HOM2150BB bc
HOM2175BB bc
HOM2200BB bc

$ Price
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
123.00
168.00
168.00
168.00
369.00
369.00
428.00
428.00
428.00

HOM-HM

High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for applications
where high initial inrush current may occur.
1P—120/240 Vac

Amperes

Cat. No.
HOM115HMb
HOM120HMb

15 A
20 A

HOM2200BB
Branch Circuit Breaker
4 Spaces Required

Table 1.38:

HOM-CAFI

One-Pole
Combination Arc-Fault
Circuit Interrupter with
Pigtail Neutral
Plug-On Neutral
Combination Arc-Fault
Interrupter
Two-Pole
Combination Arc-Fault
Circuit Interrupter with
Pigtail Neutral

Table 1.39:

HOM 1P CAFI

Ampere
Rating

Poles
120 Vac

Cat. No.

15 A

1

HOM115CAFIb

267.00

20 A

1

HOM120CAFIb

267.00

15 A

1

HOM115PCAFIb

267.00

20 A

1

HOM120PCAFIb

267.00

15 A

2

HOM215CAFIb

595.00

20 A

2

HOM220CAFIb

595.00

Table 1.40:

Ampere Poles
Cat. No.
$ Price
Rating 120 Vac
15 A
1
HOM115DFb 312.00
20 A

1

15 A

1

HOM115PDFb 312.00

20 A

1

HOM120PDFb 312.00

HOM-GFI

1P—120 Vac

1-14

312.00

HOM-GFI circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection,
combined with Class A ground fault protection. Class A denotes a
ground fault circuit interrupter that will trip when a fault current to
ground is 6 milliamperes or more.

Ampere
Rating

HOM 2P GFI
(With Ground Fault
Circuit Interrupter)
2 Spaces Required

HOM120DFb

15 A
20 A
30 A
40 A
50 A

AIR

10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA

Table 1.41:

1 Space Required
Cat. No.
HOM115GFI
HOM120GFI
—
—
—

$ Price
212.00
212.00
—
—
—

2P—120/240 Vac
Common Trip
2 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
HOM215GFI
HOM220GFI
HOM230GFI
HOM240GFI
HOM250GFI

$ Price
413.00
413.00
413.00
413.00
413.00

HOM-EPD—10 k AIR

Homeline Equipment Protection Device—Circuit Breakers with 30 mA
Equipment Ground Fault Protection (UL Listed)
2P—120/240 Vac
1P—120 Vac
Common Trip
Amperes
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
15 A
HOM115EPD
374.00
HOM215EPD
660.00
20 A
HOM120EPD
374.00
HOM220EPD
660.00
25 A
—
—
HOM225EPD
660.00
30 A
—
—
HOM230EPD
660.00
40 A
—
—
HOM240EPD
660.00
50 A
—
—
HOM250EPD
660.00

DE3D

DE3C

DE2E

Discount
Schedule

AIR

1P Tandem—120/240 Vac (One Space
Required)

Cat. No.
$ Price
15 and 15 A
10 kA
HOMT1515 b
52.00
15 and 20 A
10 kA
HOMT1520 b
52.00
20 and 20 A
10 kA
HOMT2020 b
52.00
30 and 15 A
10 kA
HOMT3015 b
52.00
30 and 20 A
10 kA
HOMT3020 b
52.00
a
UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120
Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
b
UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and
refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked
for use with HACR type circuit breakers.

Table 1.43:

HOMT Quad Tandem Circuit Breakers

Ampere Rating d

AIR

2P Tandem—120/240 Vac (Two Spaces
Required)

1P
2P
Cat. No.
$ Price
(2) 15 A
15 A
10 kA
HOMT1515215 b
120.00
(2) 15 A
20 A
10 kA
HOMT1515220 b
120.00
(2) 15 A
25 A
10 kA
HOMT1515225 b
120.00
(2) 15 A
30 A
10 kA
HOMT1515230 b
120.00
(2) 15 A
40 A
10 kA
HOMT1515240 b
120.00
(2) 15 A
50 A
10 kA
HOMT1515250 b
120.00
(2) 20 A
20 A
10 kA
HOMT2020220 b
120.00
(2) 20 A
25 A
10 kA
HOMT2020225 b
120.00
(2) 20 A
30 A
10 kA
HOMT2020230 b
120.00
(2) 20 A
40 A
10 kA
HOMT2020240 b
120.00
(2) 20 A
50 A
10 kA
HOMT2020250 b
120.00
Note: Typical catalog number (e.g. HOMT 1515230) represents two 1P, outer
poles (two 15 A 1P CBs) and one 2P inner circuit breaker with common
trip (one 30 A 2P CB).

Table 1.44:

Circuit Breaker Wire Sizese

Breaker Type

Ampere
Rating

HOM
1P

15–30 A
40–50 A
15–30 A

HOM
2P
HOMT and Quad
Quad Only
HOM-GFI - 1P
HOM-GFI - 2P

Table 1.45:

Homeline Combination Arc Fault and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters
(Dual Function)—Provide overload and short circuit protection, plus arc
fault and ground fault protection in a single device in accordance with
the NEC, UL1699 and UL943.

Combination Arc-Fault and
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
with Pigtail Neutral
Plug-On Neutral Combination
Arc-Fault and Ground Fault
Circuit Interrupter

HOM 1P GFI
(With Ground Fault
Circuit Interrupter)
1 Space Required

$ Price

HOM-DF

Circuit Breaker Type

HOM 1P DF

—
—
—

Homeline Combination Arc Fault Circuit Interrupters—Provide overload
and short circuit protection, plus arc fault protection in accordance with
the NEC and UL1699.
Circuit Breaker Type

HOMT Quad
Circuit Breaker
2 Spaces Required

2Ps
$ Price
27.60
27.60

www.schneider-electric.us

35–70 A
80–125 A
150–200 A
15–30 A
40–50 A
15–20 A
15–50 A

Wire Size (AWG/kcmil)
Aluminum
Copper
14–8 AWG or
14–8 AWG
(2) 14–10 AWG
8–2 AWG
8–2 AWG
14–8 AWG or
14–8 AWG
(2) 14–10 AWG
8–2 AWG
8–2 AWG
4–2/0 AWG
4–2/0 AWG
4 AWG–300 kcmil 4 AWG–300 kcmil
14–8 AWG
14–8 AWG
6–12 AWG
6–14 AWG
14–10 AWG
14–10 AWG
12–4 AWG
14–6 AWG

Accessories

Description
Cat. No.
$ Price
Handle Attachments
Handle Tie: Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac
HOM1HTg
3.50
single HOM circuit breakers to independent trip 2P
Handle Tie: Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac
1P side-by-side HOMT circuit breakers to
HOMTHTg
3.80
independent trip 2P
Handle Clamp: Clamp for holding HOM 1P handle in
QO1LOh
3.80
the ON or OFF position
Handle Blocking Device: Attaches to standard HOM
2P circuit breakers for holding the handle in the OFF HOM2HBDg
10.70
position
Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking 1P
HOM1PAg
9.90
Standard HOM breakers in the ON or OFF position
15–70 A
HOM2PALAg
9.90
Handle Padlock Attachment: For
padlocking 2P Standard HOM circuit
80–125 A HOM2PAHAg
9.90
breakers in ON or OFF position
150–200 A HOM2PAVHAg 50.00
Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking 1P CAFI,
DF, GFI, and EPD HOM breakers in ON or OFF
HOMELEC1PA
9.90
position
Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking 2P CAFI, HOMELEC2PALA 9.90
GFI, and EPD HOM breakers in ON or OFF position
Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking center
HOMQPA
9.90
poles of Homeline Quad breakers in the OFF position
Handle Padlock Attachment: For
50–125 A QOM1PAfh
11.00
padlocking main circuit breakers in
11.00
convertible load center in OFF position 100–225 A QOM2PAfh
Sub-Feed Lugs
125 A 2P plug-on—2 spaces required
HOML2125
47.60
225 A 2P plug-on—4 spaces required
HOML2225c 296.00
c
Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu). Use only in 1Ø panel
rated 150 A or greater.
d
15–20 A tandem or quad tandem circuit breakers are suitable for use
with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 25–50 A tandem or quad tandem circuit
breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors only.
e
15–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC
conductors. 40–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC
conductors.
f
50–125 A QOM1 frame size; 100–225 A QOM2 frame size.
g
DE3C Discount Schedule
h
DE2E Discount Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Homeline™ Load Centers

Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breaker
Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed

Spaces

Max.
Single
Pole
Circuits a

Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

Load Center
Box, Interior and Cover b

Main Wire Size
AWG/kcmil

$ Price
(DE3C)

Cat. No.

Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Order HOM Circuit Breakers (See page 1-14)
Factory-installed Fixed Main Lugs
70 A
2
4
2
HOM24L70F/Sdc
59.00
78.00
100 A
6
12
6
HOM612L100F/Sce
125 A
4
8
4
HOM48L125GC
86.00
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs
QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)
8
16
8
HOM816L125C
8
16
8
HOM816L125TC
12
12
0
HOM12L125C
12
24
12
HOM1224L125TC
125 A
16
24
8
HOM1624L125C
20
20
0
HOM20L125C
20
24
4
HOM2024L125TC
24
24
0
HOM24L125TC
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)
30
30
0
HOM30L150C
150 A
30
30
0
HOM30L150TC
16
32
16
HOM1632L200TC
200 A
16
32
16
HOM1632L200TCFTf
20
40
20
HOM2040L200TC
30
30
0
HOM30L200C
30
30
0
HOM30L200TC
30
40
10
HOM3040L200TC
200 A
40
40
0
HOM40L200C
40
40
0
HOM40L200TC
40
60
20
HOM4060L200TC
42
52
10
HOM4252L200TC
225 A
42
42
0
HOM42L225C
I
N
D
O
O
R

Al

Cu

12–3

14–4
8–1

12–2/0

132.00
150.00
174.00
204.00
260.00
237.00
288.00
344.00

375.00
396.00
357.00
575.00
417.00
420.00
464.00
479.00
618.00
671.00
839.00
804.00
732.00

14–2/0

6–2/0

Equipment Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)
Cat. No.

$ Price
(DE3A)

PK3GTA1
11.40
PK7GTA
11.70
PK7GTA Factory-included

PK15GTA
Factory-installed
PK15GTA
Factory-installed
PK15GTA
PK15GTA
Factory-installed
Factory-installed

17.10
—
17.10
—
17.10
17.10
—
—

4–250
4–250

PK23GTA
Factory-installed

—

4–250

Factory-installed

—

4–250

6–250

PK23GTA
Factory-installed
Factory-installed
PK23GTA
Factory-installed
Factory-installed
Factory-installed
PK23GTA

21.30

21.30
—
—
21.30
—
—
—
21.30

Box No.
See
Page 1-17

2
4
21

6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8

10
10
9
10
9
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12

Main Circuit Breaker—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker
QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)
8
16
8
HOM816M100C
315.00
8
16
8
HOM816M100TC
333.00
12
12
0
HOM12M100C
294.00
100 A
12
24
12
HOM1224M100TC
384.00
20
20
0
HOM20M100C
396.00
24
24
0
HOM24M100C
513.00
30
30
0
HOM30M100C
672.00
12
24
12
HOM1224M125C
606.00
12
24
12
HOM1224M125TC
620.00
125 A
24
24
0
HOM24M125C
710.00
30
30
0
HOM30M125C
812.00
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)
16
32
16
HOM1632M150TC
636.00
150 A
20
30
10
HOM2030M150TC
750.00
30
30
0
HOM30M150C
776.00
12
24
12
HOM1224M200TC
572.00
16
32
16
HOM1632M200TC
675.00
20
40
20
HOM2040M200C
711.00
20
40
20
HOM2040M200TC
764.00
30
30
0
HOM30M200C
798.00
200 A
30
40
10
HOM3040M200TC
891.00
40
40
0
HOM40M200C
1019.00
40
60
20
HOM4060M200C
1367.00
42
42
0
HOM42M200C
1094.00
42
52
10
HOM4252M200C
1313.00
225 A
42
42
0
HOM42M225C
1116.00

6–1
6–1
6–2/0
6–2/0
6–1
6–2/0
6–2/0
6–2/0

4–250

4–250

4–250

Universal Mains—No Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Field-install Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs (See page 1-16)
16
32
16
HOM1632U200TC
293.00
200 A
20
40
20
HOM2040U200TC
357.00
4–250
30
40
10
HOM3040U200TC
530.00
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing HOM and/or HOMT circuit breakers.
b
C at end of catalog number indicates combination flush/surface cover included with device.
c
F/S at end of catalog number indicates to order F for flush device or S for surface device. The cover does not have a door.
d
HOM-GFI and HOM-AFI branch circuit breakers are limited to number 10 maximum wire.
e
70 A maximum branch circuit breaker, 100 A maximum back feed main circuit breaker.
f
Supplied with feed-thru lugs.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE3A

DE3C

Discount
Schedule

PK15GTA
Factory-installed
PK15GTA
Factory-installed
PK15GTA
PK15GTA
PK23GTA
PK15GTA
Factory-installed
PK15GTA
PK23GTA

Factory-installed
Factory-installed
PK23GTA
Factory-installed
Factory-installed
PK23GTA
Factory-installed
PK23GTA
Factory-installed
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA

Factory-installed
Factory-installed
Factory-installed

17.10
—
17.10
—
17.10
17.10
21.30
17.10
—
17.10
21.30

—
—
21.30
—
—
21.30
—
21.30
—
21.30
21.30
21.30
21.30
21.30

—
—
—

LOAD CENTERS

Mains
Rating

Convertible Main Load Centers (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)

1

Table 1.46:

5
5
6
6
7
8
10
6
6
8
10

9
9
10
9
9
9
9
10
10
12
12
12
12
12

9
9
10

1-15

Homeline™ Load
Centers

Rainproof, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breakers
Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed
Table 1.47:

Convertible Main Load Centers (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)

Mains Rating

Spaces

Max. Single
Pole
Circuits a

Max. Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

Load Center
Box, Interior and Cover
Cat. No. (DE3C)

Main Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
$ Price

Al

Cu

Equipment Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)
Cat. No. (DE3A)

$ Price

Box No.
See
Page 1-18

Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
LOAD CENTERS

R
A
I
N
P
R
O
O
F

Factory-installed Fixed Main Lugs, 10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
70 A
2
4
2
HOM24L70RBb
111.00
12–3
14–4
PK4GTA
10.80
1R
100 A
6
12
6
HOM612L100RBf
129.00
8–1
PK7GTA
11.70
2R
125 A
4
8
4
HOM48L125GRB
137.00
12–2/0
14–2/0
PK7GTA Factory-included
15R
Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Lugs c, QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See Below)
8
16
8
HOM816L125RB
248.00
PK15GTA
17.10
3R
12
12
0
HOM12L125RB
234.00
PK15GTA
17.10
3R
125 A
6–2/0
12
24
12
HOM1224L125RB
278.00
PK15GTA
17.10
3R
20
20
0
HOM20L125RB
383.00
PK15GTA
17.10
4R
Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Lugs c, QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See Below)
12
12
0
HOM12L200RB
423.00
PK23GTA
21.30
5R
20
40
20
HOM2040L200RB
560.00
PK23GTA
21.30
6R
30
30
0
HOM30L200RB
587.00
PK23GTA
21.30
7R
200 A
30
40
10
HOM3040L200RB
759.00
4–250
—
—
—
40
40
0
HOM40L200RB
911.00
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
40
60
20
HOM4060L200RB
1139.00
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
42
52
10
HOM4252L200RB
1092.00
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
Main Circuit Breaker—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible Mains with Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) d
8
16
8
HOM816M100RB
429.00
6–1
PK15GTA
17.10
3R
12
12
0
HOM12M100RB
416.00
PK15GTA
17.10
3R
100 A
20
20
0
HOM20M100RB
531.00
6–2/0
PK15GTA
17.10
4R
24
24
0
HOM24M100RB
606.00
PK15GTA
17.10
6R
8
16
8
HOM816M125RB
716.00
PK15GTA
17.10
3R
125 A
6–2/0
24
24
0
HOM24M125RB
858.00
PK15GTA
17.10
6R

Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below)
150 A
30
30
0
HOM30M150RB
978.00
4–250
PK23GTA
21.30
7R
R
20
40
20
HOM2040M200RB
872.00
PK23GTA
21.30
6R
A
30
30
0
HOM30M200RB
1004.00
PK23GTA
21.30
7R
I
30
40
10
HOM3040M200RB
1152.00
PK23GTA
21.30
7R
N
200 A
4–250
P
40
40
0
HOM40M200RB
1277.00
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
R
40
60
20
HOM4060M200RB
1596.00
PK23GTA
14.20
14R
O
42
52
10
HOM4252M200RB
1532.00
PK23GTA
14.20
14R
O
F
16
24
8
HOM1624M225RB
1182.00
PK15GTA
17.10
7R
225 A
4–250
42
42
0
HOM42M225RB
1323.00
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker with Feed-thru Lugs,
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) c
150 A
8
16
8
HOM816M150FTRB
785.00
4–250
PK15GTAL
35.00
6R
200 A e
8
16
8
HOM816M200FTRB
785.00
4–250
PK15GTAL
35.00
6R
Universal Main with Feed-thru Lugs—No Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs c
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Field-install Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs (See Kits Below)
200 A
8
16
8
HOM816U200FTRB
446.00
4–250
PK15GTAL
35.00
6R
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing HOM and/or HOMT circuit breakers.
b
HOM-GFI and HOM-AFI branch circuit breakers are limited to number 10 maximum wire.
c
Side hinge door device allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open.
d
22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of HOM and HOMT 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current.
e
Rated 200 A when using copper wire. Reference NEC® Table 310.15(B)(6) when using Al wire.
f
70 A maximum branch circuit breaker, 100 A maximum back feed main circuit breaker.

1Ø, Field-Installed Mains Kits
Table 1.48:
Main Lug Kit

QOL125

QOL225

1-16

For Convertible Load Centers Only

Main g
Use on Convertible Load
$ Price
Lug Wire Size j
Cat. No.
Ampere Rating
Center with Mains Rating
(DE3A)
AWG/kcmil
125 A
100–125 A
QOL125
44.10
6–2/0 Al or Cu
Main Lugs h
—
225 A
150–225 A
QOL225
104.00
6–300 Al or Cu
50 A
100–125 A
QOM50VH
140.00
60 A
100–125 A
QOM60VH
140.00
70 A
100–125 A
QOM70VH
140.00
80 A
100–125 A
QOM80VH
201.00
QOM1
12–2/0 Al or Cu
90 A
100–125 A
QOM90VH
201.00
100 A
100–125 A
QOM100VH
201.00
110 A
125 A
QOM110VH
468.00
Main Circuit
Breaker i
125 A
125 A
QOM125VH
468.00
100 A
150–225 A
QOM2100VH
468.00
125 A
150–225 A
QOM2125VH
468.00
150 A
150–225 A
QOM2150VH
468.00
QOM2k
4–300 Al or Cu
175 A
200–225 A
QOM2175VH
468.00
200 A
200–225 A
QOM2200VH
468.00
225 A
225 A
QOM2225VH
468.00
g
Do not exceed the load center mains rating.
h
If main circuit breaker knockout has been removed from the load center’s trim, order appropriate filler plate from page 1-13.
i
22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of HOM and HOMT 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with
up to 22 kA available fault current.
j
Wire range listed for main device kits is the wire range of that device. To find out maximum wire size permitted in a particular load center per UL, see
pages 1-5 through 1-11 under Main Wire Size.
k
Add suffix 1021 for 120, 208, 240 Vac shunt trip.
Field-Installed
Main Type

Frame Size

DE3A

DE3C

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ and Homeline™ Load Centers

Indoor, Dimensions and Knockouts
Class 1130, 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

Indoor Knockout Information and Enclosure Dimensions

A,B,C,D

A,B,C

A,B,C

A

Table 1.49:

A,B,C

A

A,B,C

Enclosure Dimensions
Dimensions

A

A,B

A

B,C,D,E

B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F,G

A A,B
B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F

B,C,D,E

A,B
A
A
B,C,D,E

B,C,D,E

A,B,C,D

B,C,D,E

B,C,D,E
B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F,G

mm
97
122
122
226
362
362
362
362
362
362
362
362

Table 1.50:

C,D,E,F,G

mm
171
236
236
319
379
455
531
661
758
858
965
1000

in.
3.00
3.19
3.19
3.80
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75

W

Box
No.

mm
76
81
81
97
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95

in.
5.88
14.25
20.00
20.00
20.00
5.88
7.56
9.62
8.88
8.55
14.25

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

H
mm
149
362
508
508
508
149
192
244
226
217
362

in.
13.12
20.92
50.00
62.00
53.00
16.12
23.12
26.12
14.80
23.92
29.86

D
mm
333
531
1270
1727
1346
409
587
663
376
608
758

in.
3.38
3.75
5.75
5.75
5.75
3.38
4.25
4.75
3.80
3.95
3.75

mm
86
95
146
146
146
86
108
121
97
100
95

Knockout Information
Knockouts

Symbol

A

B

C

Conduit
Size

1/2

3/4

1

B,C,D,E
A A,B
B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F

A A,B

D

in.
6.72
9.30
9.30
12.57
14.92
17.92
20.92
26.04
29.86
33.78
37.98
39.37

Box 5

Box 4

Dimensions

H

in.
3.81
4.81
4.81
8.88
14.25
14.25
14.25
14.25
14.25
14.25
14.25
14.25

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Box 3

Box 1

B,C,D,E

A

A,B

W

Box
No.

1

A

C,D,E,F,G

D

E

1-1/4 1-1/2

F

G

H

I

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

C,D,E,F,G

B,C,D,E
C,D,E,F

A A,B

D,E,F,G

C,D,E,F

B,C,D,E
C,D,E,F
A A,B
B,C,D,E
D,E,F,G

B,C

C,D,E,F,G

D,E,F,G

A A,B
B,C,D,E
D,E,F,G

B,C
A,B

B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F

A,B
A,B

A

A,B
A
A
A

A,B,C,D

A,B,C,D

B,C,D,E

A,B,C,D
C,D,E,F

D,E,F,G

A,B,C,D

B,C,D,E
C,D,E,F

C,D,E,F,G

D,E,F,G

A A,B
B,C,D,E
D,E,F,G

B,C,D,E
B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F,G

D,E,F,G

B,C

A,B,C,D
C,D,E,F

D,E,F,G

Box 9

Box 7

Box 10

A A,B
C,D,E,F
D,E,F,G

A,B

D,E,F,G,H

D,E,F,G,H,I

C,D,E,F

B,C
A

A,B

A,B,C

D,E,F,G
A,B

B,C,D,E
A,B

C,D,E,F

C,D,E,F
A,B,C,D

A

A,B

A

A

A,B,C,D
C,D,E,F

D,E,F,G

A,B,C,D
B,C,D,E

A,B,C,D
B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F

Box 14

Box 13

Box 11

A
C,D,E,F
D,E,F,G

A,B,C,D

A,B,C

D,E,F,G
A,B
B,C,D,E
D,E,F,G

B,C

C,D,E,F E,F,G,H

C,D,E,F

D,E,F,G

A,B

D,E,F,G

A

B,C,D,E

A,B

B,C,D,E

B,C,D,E

A
A
A,B
B,C,D,E

B,C,D,E
B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F

D,E,F,G

A,B,C,D
C,D,E,F

Box 19

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

LOAD CENTERS

A

1-17

QO™ and Homeline™ Load Centers

Rainproof, Dimensions, Knockouts and Bolt-on Hubs
Class 1130, 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

1

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

Table 1.51:

Enclosure Dimensions
Dimensions
W

H
in.
mm
in.
1NM
6.52
166
8.79
1Ra
4.88
124
9.38
2R
8.88
226
12.65
3R
14.75
375
18.92
4R
14.75
375
22.06
5R
14.75
375
26.04
6R
14.75
375
29.86
7R
14.75
375
33.78
8R
14.75
375
37.98
9R
4.56
116
6.50
10R
6.92
176
13.18
11R
7.56
192
23.24
12R
9.62
244
26.24
13R
6.92
176
16.18
14R
14.75
375
39.37
15R
8.88
226
14.80
16R
8.55
217
24.75
17R
8.88
226
12.65
HOME250SPA and QO260NATR top endwall has no hub opening.
Box No.

B,C

A,B

A
A,B

A,B,C,D

LOAD CENTERS

Box 1NM

B,C,D,E A

B,C,D,E

Box 1R

A,B

B,C,D,E

Box 2R

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

C,D,E,F,G

C,D,E,F,G

C,D,E,F

A,B,C
A A,B C,D,E,F,G

C,D,E,F

C,D,E,F

Box 3R, 4R

A,B,C
A A,B C,D,E,F,G

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

C,D,E,F

Box 5R
a

Table 1.52:

D
mm
223
238
321
481
560
661
758
858
965
165
335
590
666
411
1000
376
629
321

in.
3.90
4.00
4.27
4.52
4.52
4.52
4.52
4.52
4.52
3.88
4.12
4.75
5.50
4.12
4.52
4.27
4.16
4.27

mm
99
102
108
115
115
115
115
115
115
99
105
121
140
105
115
108
106
108

Knockout Information
Knockouts

C,D,E,F,G
A,B,C

Symbol

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Conduit Size

1/2 in.

3/4 in.

1 in.

1-1/4 in.

1-1/2 in.

2 in.

2-1/2 in.

3 in.

Box 9R
C,D,E,F

A,B,C
A A,B C,D,E,F,G

C,D,E,F

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

Box 6R, 7R, 8R
2 1 2" Hub Maximum
2 1 2" Hub Maximum
B,C,D,E

B,C,D,E

A

D,E,F,G

Box 11R
C,D,E,F

Box 15R

B,C,D,E

2 2" Hub Maximum
1

A,B,C,D

A,B

B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F,G

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

B,C,D,E

B, C, D, E

Box 10R, 13R

B, C, D, E
A
Power lnlet

B, C, D, E

17R
A,B
C,D,E,F

D,E,F,G
E,F

E,F,G,H

A,B,C
A A,B C,D,E,F,G

C,D,E,F
C,D,E,F

Box 14R

Box 12R

Box 16R

Bolt-On Hubs
Square D equipment with “R’’ or “RB’’ suffix, designated NEMA 3R rainproof construction,
utilizes bolt-on hubs listed below. “RB’’ devices will accept 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on
hubs without the use of reducers. Off-center conduit thread openings and elongated
mounting holes provide quick and easy adjustment to eliminate costly conduit offsets and
bends. Catalog suffix “R’’ devices require 3 in. through 4 in. field cut opening. Hubs are
suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread.
Table 1.53:

Bolt-On Hubs UL Listed for “RB” Devicesb

Conduit Size

3/4 in.

1 in.

1-1/4 in.

1-1/2 in.

2 in.

2-1/2 in.

Hub Cat. No.

B075

B100

B125

B150

B200

B250

$ Price
b

33.30

33.30

61.35

102.00

Bolt-On Hubs UL Listed for Mounting in Field-Cut Opening

Conduit Size

3 in.

3-1/2 in.

4 in.

Hub Cat. No.

B300

B350

B400

$ Price

1-18

33.30

Closing cap (Cat. No. BCAP) is provided factory-installed on each device having “RB’’ suffix.
Price if ordered separately; $2.50

Table 1.54:
“RB’’ Hub

33.30

DE1A

186.00

Discount
Schedule

300.00

Designed for mounting in field cut opening.
Includes gasket and four mounting bolts and nuts.

368.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Combination Service Entrance Devices

Rainproof, Meter Mains
Class 4119, 4120

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 1.55:

Meter Mains

Ringless

QO

200 A

Homeline
c
d
e
f
g
h
i

OH/UG

10 kA
22 kA

C125RB
CM200S

368.00
1022.00

22 kA

C2M200S

1083.00

Type
2P
separately Ampere
Circuits (Order
from
1-22 Rating
(Max.) exceptpage
as noted) (Max.)

1
1
1
1
2

QOM1-VH
QOM2-VH
QOM2-VH
QO-VH
QO

OH/UG
10 kA
C4L200S
1143.00
Surface Mount Only
125 A
None
OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA
SC8L125S
846.00
4
HOM
200 A
None
OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA
SC12L200S
1419.00
6
HOM
Semiflush Mount only
125 A
None
OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA
SC8L125F
846.00
4
HOM
None
OHd/UG OHd/UG 10 kA
SC12L200F
1419.00
6
HOM
200 A
None
OHd/UG OHd/UG 22 kA
SC816F200Fe
1187.00
1
QOM2200VHa
Surface Mount—Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
OH/UG 22 kA
SC816F150S e
1187.00
1
QOM2150VHa
150 A
None
OH/UG
—
SC816D150Ce f
1
HOM2150a
10 kA
1250.00
HOM
UG
SU816D150Ce f
1
OH/UG 22 kA
SC816F200S e
1187.00
1
QOM2200VHa
200 A
None
OH/UG
—
SC816D200Cef
1250.00
1
HOM2200a
10 kA
UG
SU816D200C ef
1250.00
1
HOM
Surface Mount Only
None
22 kA
RC200Sg
1022.00
1
QOM2-VH
Lever
10 kA
RCM200SLgi
1950.00
1
QOM2-VH
None
RC2M200Sg
1083.00
1
QOM2-VH
22 kA
1
QO-VH
Horn
RC2M200SHg
1136.00
200 A
OH/UG
—
1
QOM2-VH
Lever
10 kA
RC2M200SLgi
2090.00
1
QO-VH
None
22 kA
QC12L200Spgi
1562.00
6
QO-VH
None
22 kA
QC12L200Cg
1562.00
6
QO-VH
Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
100 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F100SHpegi 1356.00
1
QOM2100VHa
100 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F100CHegi 1356.00
1
QOM2100VHa
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA
QC816F125Segi
1304.00
1
QOM2125VHa
125 A
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA
QC816F125Ceg
1304.00
1
QOM2125VHa
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F125SHpegi 1356.00
1
QOM2125VHa
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F150Spegip 1304.00
1
QOM2150VHa
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA
QC816F150Ceg
1304.00
1
QOM2150VHa
150 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F150SHpegi 1356.00
1
QOM2150VHa
Lever
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F150SLqig 2690.00
1
QOM2150-VHa
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F200Spegi 1356.00
1
QOM2200VHa
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F200SHpegi 1356.00
1
QOM2200VHa
200 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA
QC816F200CHeg
1356.00
1
QOM2200VHa
Lever
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F200SLqig 2690.00
1
QOM2200-VHa
Surface Mount Only
125 A
None
OH/UG
—
10 kA
RC8L125So
846.00
4
HOM
200 A
None
OH/UG
—
10 kA
RC12L200Spgi
1419.00
6
HOM
200 A

a
b

None

—
—
—
—
—

$ Price

None

OH/UG

—

22 kA

QC12L200Cg

1419.00

6

HOM

125 A
200 A
200 A
50 A
100 A

Line
Hub
Side
Type
Main
(Order
Max. Quantity
Lugs
Ampere separately AWG/
1P
from
Rating
kcmil
page
1-17)
(Max.)
(Al/Cu)
Circuits Tandems

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

A

4–250

(2) 8–2/0 27, 20

A

4–250

(2) 8–2/0 27, 28

125 Ab —
200 Am —

—
—

—
—

—
—

A
A–L

6–2/0
4–250

6–2/0
8–2/0

31, 24
40, 10

110 A —
200 Aj —
200 A 8

—
—
16

—
—
8

—
A or B300
—
A–L
200 Aj
A–L

6–2/0
4–250
4–250

6–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0

37, 20
47, 10
51, 10

8

16

8

150 An

A–L

4–250

8–2/0

40, 10

8

16

8

100 Al

A or A–L

6–300

8–1/0

48, 18

8

16

8

200 Am

A–L

4–250

8–2/0

40, 10

8

16

8

100 Al

A or A–L

6–300

8–1/0

48, 18

A
A
A
A

6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350

26, 24
60 / 14
27, 20
27, 20

A

6–350

A
A

6–350
6–350

(2)8–2/0
8-1/0
(2)8–2/0
(2)8–2/0
8-1/0
8-1/0
8–2/0
12-2/0

43, 21
40, 21
43, 21
40, 21
43, 21
43, 21
40, 21
43, 21
74 / 12

150 A
150 A
50 A
200 A
200 A
50 A

200 A
200 A
200 A
50 A
—
200 A
50 A
200 A
200 Aj
100 A
100 A
125 A
125 A
125 A
150 A
150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

—

—

—

B
A

4–1/0
4–250

Service Weight
Ground Each
Lug
(Lbs)
AWG/
and
kcmil
Pallet
(Al/Cu)
Qty.

8–1/0 15, 54
(2) 8–2/0 26, 24

60 / 14
43, 21
40, 21

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

100
100
100
100
100
150 Ak
150 Ak
150 Ak
150 A
200 Aj
200 Aj
200 Aj
200 A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350

8–2/0
12-2/0
8–2/0
12-2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
12-2/0
8–2/0
8-2/0
8–2/0

43, 21

12-2/0
8–2/0

40, 21
74 / 12

125 Ab —
200 Aj —

—
—

—
—

—
—

A
A

6–2/0
6–350

6–2/0
8–2/0

27, 32
43, 21

200 Aj —

—

—

—

A

6–350

12-2/0

40, 21

Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
100 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F100SHpegi 1227.00
1
QOM2100VHa
100 A 8
16
8
100 A
8–2/0 43, 21
100 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F100CHegi 1227.00
1
QOM2100VHa
100 A 8
16
8
100 A
12-2/0 40, 21
125 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F125SHpegi 1227.00
1
QOM2125VHa
125 A 8
16
8
100 A
8–2/0 43, 21
125 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA
RC816F125CHeg
1227.00
1
QOM2125VHa
125 A 8
16
8
100 A
12-2/0 40, 21
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA
RC816F150Speg 1187.00
1
QOM2150VHa
150 A 8
16
8
150 Ak
8–2/0 43, 21
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA
RC816F150Ceg
1187.00
1
QOM2150VHa
150 A 8
16
8
150 Ak
12-2/0 40, 21
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F150SHpegi 1227.00
1
QOM2150VHa
150 A 8
16
8
150 Ak
8–2/0 43, 21
150 A
A
6–350
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F150CHegi 1227.00
1
QOM2150VHa
150 A 8
16
8
150 Ak
12-2/0 40, 21
Lever
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F150SLqig 2690.00
1
QOM2150-VHa 200 A 8
16
8
150 A
8-2/0 72 / 12
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F200Spegi 1227.00
1
QOM2200VHa
200 A 8
16
8
200 Aj
8–2/0 43, 21
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA
RC816F200Ceg
1227.00
1
QOM2200VHa
200 A 8
16
8
200 Aj
12-2/0 40, 21
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F200SHpegi 1227.00
1
QOM2200VHa
200 A 8
16
8
200 Aj
8–2/0 43, 21
200 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F200CHegi 1227.00
1
QOM2200VHa
200 A 8
16
8
200 Aj
12-2/0 40, 21
Lever
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F200SLqig 2690.00
1
QOM2200-VHa 200 A 8
16
8
200 A
8-2/0 72 / 12
1
HOM2200 a
200 A 8
200 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
10 kA RC816D200CHefoi 1292.00
16
8
100 Al A or B300 6–300
6–1/0 48, 18
1
HOM
50 A
Service disconnect supplied factory-installed.
j
Use only 15–100 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers.
125 A Homeline™ 2P circuit breaker can be installed in top position only. All other positions k
Use only 15–100 A and 150 A circuit breakers.
are limited to 100 A max.
l
A 100 A circuit breaker can be installed in bottom position only, all other positions are limited
UL short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any circuit breaker
to 70 A max.
installed.
m
Use only 15–110 A and 150–200 A breakers.
Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit SCTK20. Order separately.
n
Use only 15–110 A and 150 A breakers.
Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs, for 4 AWG–250 kcmil (Al/Cu) conductors.
o
Knockout provided in cover for use with barrel lock kit SCBRLLOCK (see Accessories, page
Convertible to semiflush with SC200F flange kit (order separately).
1-22).
Device supplied with barrel lock provisions factory-installed.
p
Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBS, see accessories
p 1-22, check with local utility for approval.
—
q
Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL, see accessories
5th jaw factory-installed.
p 1-22, check with local utility for approval.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

1-19

LOAD CENTERS

Surface Mount Only
125 A
None
OH/UG
OH/UG

UL and
EUSERC

Cat. No.

Load Center and Branch
Circuit Breakers (Order
separately Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-4)

1

Ring Type
Homeline™

QO™

UL

Service Disconnect(s)

Spaces

Service
(Type of Feed)

Short Circuit
Current Rating

Bypass
Type

Ampere
Rating

Meets Federal Spec. W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2, UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment, 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W, NEMA 3R enclosure

Combination Service Entrance Devices
100 to 225 A Maximum

Rainproof, All-In-Ones
Class 4120
www.schneider-electric.us

1

Meter Mains and All-In-Ones
• Ring or ringless type meter socket designs available
• UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment
• Meets EUSERC standards

•
•
•

List
$ Price

Max. Quantity
1P

Line
Side
Main
Lugs
AWG/
kcmil
(Al/Cu)

Service
Ground
Lug
AWG/
kcmil
(Al/Cu)

Weight
Each
(Lbs)
and
Pallet
Qty.

6–2/0

6–2/0

32, 24

4–250
6–300
6–300

6–2/0
8–1/0
8–1/0

45, 10
47, 18
47, 18

A or
B300

6–2/0

6–2/0

44, 20

A-L

4–250

8–2/0

51, 10

A-L

4–250

8–2/0

56, 10

A
A

6–1
6–350
4–250
4–250

8–4
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0

20, 42
43, 21
50, 10
52, 10

6–300

12–1/0

60, 15

6–2/0

6–2/0

32, 24

Circuits

Cat. No.
(DE3A)

Hub Type (Order
Separately page 1-22)

Service Disconnect(s)

Ampere
Rating (Max.)

Load Center and Branch
Circuit Breakers
(Order Separately
Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-14)

Spaces

Service
(Type
of Feed)
UL and
EUSERC

Short Circuit
Current Rating

All-In-One Combination Service Entrance Devices

Bypass
Type

Ampere
Rating

Table 1.56:

Tandems

100 A
None
OH/UG
125 A
None
OH/UG
200 A
None
OH/UG
200 A
None
OH/UGf
200 A
None
UG
Semiflush Mount Only

10 kA
10 kA
22 kA
10 kA
10 kA

SC1624M100S
SC1624M125S
SC2040M200S
SC2040M200C b
SU2040M200Cb

744.00
1518.00
1671.00
1799.00
1799.00

1
1
1
1
1

HOM2100
HOM2125
QOM2200VH
HOM2200
HOM2200

100 A
125 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

16
16
20
20
20

24
24
40
40
40

8
8
20
20
20

100 A
A
125 Aa
200 Ak
A-L
100 A A or A-L
100 A A or A-L

100 A

None

125 A

None

OH/UG
OH/UG
OHc/UG
OHc/UG

10 kA
10 kA
22 kA
22 kA

200 A

None

OHe/UG

22 kA

SC1624M100F
SC1624M125F
SC2040M125F
SC2040M200F
SC2636M200FPVd

744.00
1518.00
1671.00
1671.00
2244.00

1
1
1
1
1

HOM2100
HOM2125
QOM2125VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH

100 A
125 A
125 A
200 A
200 A

16
16
20
20
26

24
24
40
40
36

8
8
20
20
10

100 A
110 A
110 A
200 Ak
100 A

225 A

None

OHe/UG

22 kA

SC3040M200F
2064.00
SC3040M225F
2280.00
SC2636M225FPVd 2520.00

1
1
1

QOM2200VH
QOM2225VH
QOM2225VH

200 A
225 A
225 A

30
30
26

40
40
36

10
10
10

200 A
200 A
100 A

1
1
1
1

HOM2100
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH

100 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

10
20
30
40

20
40
40
40

10
20
10
0

80 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

200 Ak

2P
Circuits
(Max.)

Type
(Factory Installed)

Ampere
Rating
(Max.)

Ring Type

Homeline™

Surface Mount Only

Surface Mount Only
100 A
200 A

None
None

OHf
OHf

10 kA
22 kA

200 A

None

OH/UG

22 kA

SO1020M100S
SO2040M200S
SC3040M200S
SC40M200S

443.00
1161.00
2010.00
2432.00

A-L

REVERSE All-In-One—Semiflush Mount with Service Disconnect (outdoor access) and Load Center (indoor access)
200 A
225 A

None
None

UG
UG

10 kA
10 kA

None

OH/UGf

10 kA

Horn
Horn
Horn
Horn
Lever
None
None
Horn

OH/UGf
OH/UGf
OH/UGf
OH/UGf
OH/UG
OH/UGf
OH/UGf
OH/UGf

22 kA
22 kA
22 kA
22 kA
22 kA
22 kA
22 kA
22 kA

Horn
OH/UGf
Lever
OH/UG
None
OH/UGf
Surface Mount Only

22 kA
22 kA
22 kA

SU3040M200R
SU3040M225R

2223.00
2646.00

1
1

QOM2200VH
QOM2225VH

200 A
225 A

RC1624M100S
744.00
RC1624M125S
1518.00
RC2040M125SHlg 1601.00
RC2040M125CHgh 1601.00
RC2040M150SHlg 1713.00
RC2040M150CHgh 1713.00
RC3040M150SLm 4900.00
RC2040M200Slg 1713.00
RC2040M200Cg
1713.00
RC2040M200SHlg 1713.00

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

HOM2100
HOM2125
QOM2125VH
QOM2125VH
QOM2150VH
QOM2150VH
QOM2150VHa
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH

100 A
125 A
125 A
125 A
150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

1
1
1

QOM2200VH
QOM2200VHa
QOM2200VH

200 A
200 A
200 A

30

40

10

16

24

8

20
20
20
20
30
20
20
20

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

20
20
20
20
10
20
20
20

100 A
125 Aa
125 A
125 A
150 A
150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

20
30
20

40
40
40

20
10
20

200 A
200 A
200 A

A or
B300

Surface Mount Only

Ringless

Homeline

100 A
125 A
125 A
125 A
150 A

200 A

a
b
c
d
e
f

1-20

RC2040M200CHg
RC3040M200SLm
RC2040M200SGP

1713.00
4900.00
2602.00

Horn
OH/UGf
22 kA QC2442M150SHlg 1905.00
1
None
OH/UGf
22 kA
QC2442M200Slg 1905.00
1
None
OH/UGf
22 kA
QC2442M200Cg 1905.00
1
200 A
Horn
OH/UGf
22 kA QC2442M200SHlg 1905.00
1
Horn
OH/UGf
22 kA QC2442M200CHgh 1905.00
1
200 A
Hom
OH/UGf
22 kA
QC3040M200SHl 2120.00
1
125 A Homeline™ 2P circuit breaker can be installed in top position only. All other
positions are limited to 100 A max.
Convertible to semiflush with SC200F flange kit (order separately).
Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit (SCTK20). Order separately.
For use with Photovoltaic Systems. Provisions for field-installed CT. If required by
adopted code, order retaining kit PK2SCPV separately. See page 1-22.
Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit (SCTK30). Order separately.
Device does not meet EUSERC Specifications.
150 A

QO

LOAD CENTERS

•

Service disconnect(s) are supplied factory-installed, except
where noted
Semiflush-reverse design available, supplied with load center
(indoor access)
Supplied with 100% branch neutrals, all unused terminals
may be used for equipment grounding wires.
Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2

A
6–350

8–2/0

43, 21
40, 21
43, 21
40, 21
76 / 12
43, 21
40, 21
43, 21
40, 21
76 / 12
48 / 21

QOM2150VH
150 A
24 42
18
150 A
43, 21
QOM2200VH
200 A
24 42
18
200 A
43, 21
QOM2200VH
200 A
24 42
18
200 A
40, 21
A
6–350
8–2/0
QOM2200VH
200 A
24 42
18
200 A
43, 21
QOM2200VH
200 A
24 42
18
200 A
40, 21
QOM2200VH
200 A
30 40
10
200 A
40, 21
g
Device supplied with barrel lock provisions factory-installed.
h
5th jaw factory-installed.
i
Use only 15–100 A and 150 A circuit breakers.
j
Use only 15–100 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers.
k
Use only 15–110 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers.
l
Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBS, see accessories
p 1-22, check with local utility for approval.
m
Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL, see accessories
p 1-22, check with local utility for approval.

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Combination Service Entrance Devices
300—400 A Devices

Rainproof, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones
Class 4119, 4120

www.schneider-electric.us

Meter Mains and All-in-Ones

•
•

Ring or ringless type meter socket designs available
UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment
Meets EUSERC standards where indicated.

Table 1.57:

•

Service disconnects are supplied factory-installed, except where noted
Supplied with 100% branch neutrals; all unused terminals may be used for
equipment grounding wires
Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2

Meter Mains

Hub Type (Order
Separately page 1-22)

List
$ Price

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

115, 4

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

—
—
—

—
—
—

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

16

8

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

1P
Circuits

Cat. No.

Line
Side
Main
Lugs
AWG/
kcmil
(Al/Cu)

Max. Quantity

Ampere
Rating (Max.)

Service Disconnect(s) a

Load Center and Branch
Circuit Breakers
(Order Separately
Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-14)

Spaces

Service
(Type
of Feed)

Short Circuit
Current Rating

Tandems

3975.00

1
1
4
1
1
4
1

QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QO, QO-VH or QOH
QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QO, QO-VH or QOH
QDL22200 d

200 A
200 A
125 A h
200 A
200 A
125 A h
200 A

—
—
—
—
—
—
8

—
—
—
—
—
—
16

—
—
—
—
—
—
8

—
—
—
—
—
—
200 A

CU816D400CB cik

4151.00

1

QDL22200 d

200 A

8

16

8

65 kAa

CUM400CB ck

8688.00

1

DGP36400E20LHd

400 A

— 2f

—

1

QDL22200 d

200 A

—

—

—

—

25 kA

QU12L400SL gk

3810.00

1

QDL, QGL, QJLe

200 A

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8

16

8

—
—
—

—
—
—

8

Type
2P
separately
Circuits (Order
from
page
1-22
(Max.) except as noted)

UL and
UL EUSERC

Ampere
Rating
(Max.)

Service Weight
Ground Each
Lug
(Lbs)
AWG/
and
kcmil
Pallet
(Al/Cu)
Qty.

1

Bypass
Type

Ampere
Rating

Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2, UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment, 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W, NEMA 3R Enclosure

Surface and Semiflush Mount b

Ring Type

400 A

400 A

None

4007.00

CU12L400CB ck

3986.00

CU12L400FB ck

4182.00

25 kA

CU816D400CN ci

—

25 kA

—

—

25 kA

Class 320
Manual UG
Bypass

—

25 kA

UG

None
UG
Class 320
400 A Manual UG
Bypass

QO™

3810.00

CU12L400FN c

UG

400 A

400 A

CU12L400CN c
UG

Class 320
Manual UG
Bypass
Class
320
Lever

400 A

UG

4

QO, QO-VH or QOHm 125 A h

Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and Provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
l

Ringless Type

400 A

UG

—

25 kA

1
1

QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe

200 A
200 A

4007.00
4065.00
4262.00

1
1
4
1
1

QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QO, QO-VH or QOH
QDL22200d
QDL, QGL, QJLe

200 A
200 A
125 A h
200 A
200 A

QU816D400SLigk
QU816D400CK ik

4065.00

QU12L400CLgjk

3810.00

QU12L400FLgjk
QU816D400CLgjik
QU816D400FLgjik

Surface and Semiflush Mount b
400 A

UG

—

25 kA

Class 320
Lever
400 A

UG

—

25 kA

320 UG
400 A Class
Lever

—

65 kAa

QUM400CLgk

10000.00

1

DGP36400E20LHd

400 A

— 2f

—

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

120, 4

—

65kAa

QUM400CKck

11175.00

1

DGP36400E20LHd

400 A

— 2f

—

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

123, 4

QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe

200 A
100 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

30

40

10

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

100, 4

30

40

10

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

100, 4

30

40

10

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

100, 4

30

40

10

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

100, 4

30

40

10

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

100, 4

K-4 BoltNone

400 A

Table 1.58:

UG

All-in-One Combination Service Entrance Devices

Ringless
a
b
c
d
e

Homeline™

Ring Type

Surface and Semiflush Mount b
300 A
400 A

Class 320
Manual UG

25 kA

UG

UG

25 kA

Class 320
400 A Manual UG

—

25 kA

Class 320
UG
Lever

—

25 kA

—

25 kA

400 A

None

—

K-4 Bolt400 A
on

UG

SU3040D300CB cjk
SU3040D300FB cjk
SU3040D400CN cj
SU3040D400FN cj
SU3040D400CBcjk
SU3040D400FB cjk
RU3040D400CL gjk
RU3040D400FL gjk
RU3040D400CK jk
RU3040D400FK jk

6600.00
6797.00
7050.00
7247.00
7167.00
7364.00
6993.00
7190.00
6993.00
7190.00

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

UL short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any circuit
breaker installed.
For 400 A device with suffix CB, CK, CL, or CN, surface-mount convertible to semiflush
with FK400 flange kit (order kit separately). Devices wtih suffix FB, FL, FN or FK are
semiflush only, with the top endwall factory-installed and flanges factory-included.
For use only on 120/240 Vac 1Ø3W system (4-jaw meter socket).
Service disconnect supplied factory-installed.
Additional service disconnect for field-installation: order prefix QBL at 10 kA, QDL at 25
kA, QGL at 65 kA, or QJL at 100 kA. Order separately. For complete circuit breaker
catalog number, see Section 7.

f

g
h
i
j
k
l
m

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

LOAD CENTERS

•
•
•

Option for field installation of two Q-frame, 200 A max. 2-pole branch circuit breakers used as
mains for two downstream load centers. Purchase installation kit BMK2Q400 and two
Q-frame circuit breakers separately. Order QBL prefix at 10 kA, QDL prefix at 25 kA, or QGL
prefix at 65 kA.
Fifth jaw factory-installed.
QO panel is rated 200 A maximum.
Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs for 6 AWG–250 kcmil (Al/Cu) conductors.
Knockout provided in cover for use with barrel lock kit SCBRLLOCK (see Accessories, page 122).
Device configuration is not included in EUSERC standards. Consult applicable utility for
acceptance.
Device with suffix L has Class 320 lever bypass and device with suffix K has a K-4 bolt-on, no
bypass.
Order two pole circuit breakers for field installation: order catalog designation QO for 10 kA, QOVH for 22 kA or QOH for 42 kA short circuit current rating. See page 1-22 or 1-2.

1-21

Combination Service Entrance Devices

Circuit Breakers, Accessories and Hubs
Class 4119, 4120

1

Table 1.59:
Ampere
Rating
a

LOAD CENTERS

10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200

Circuit Breakers for use with Meter Mains and All-In-One Devices
Type: HOM, 1P
Cat. No.
(DE3D)
—
HOM115
HOM120
HOM125
HOM130
—
HOM140
—
HOM150
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

$ Price
—
26.30
26.30
26.30
26.30
—
26.30
—
26.30
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Type: HOM, 2P
Cat. No.
(DE3D)
—
—
—
—
HOM230
HOM235
HOM240
HOM245
HOM250
HOM260
HOM270
HOM280
HOM290
HOM2100
HOM2110
HOM2125
HOM2150BB
HOM2175BB
HOM2200BB

Type: QO, 1P

$ Price
—
—
—
—
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
123.00
168.00
168.00
168.00
369.00
369.00
428.00
428.00
428.00

Cat. No.
(DE2A)
QO110
QO115
QO120
QO125
QO130
QO135
QO140
QO145
QO150
QO160
QO170
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Type: QO, 2P

$ Price
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
67.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Cat. No.
(DE2A)
—
—
—
—
QO230
QO235
QO240
QO245
QO250
QO260
QO270
QO280
QO290
QO2100
QO2110
QO2125
QO2150
QO2175
QO2200

Type: QO-VH, 1P

$ Price
—
—
—
—
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
134.00
189.00
189.00
189.00
428.00
428.00
491.00
491.00
491.00

Ampere
Type: QOM1-VH, 2P
Type: QOM2-VH, 2P
Rating
Cat. No. (DE3D)
$ Price
Cat. No. (DE3D)
$ Price
a
50
QOM50VHb
140.00
—
—
60
QOM60VH
140.00
—
—
70
QOM70VH
140.00
—
—
80
QOM80VH
201.00
—
—
90
QOM90VH
201.00
—
—
100
QOM100VH
201.00
QOM2100VH
468.00
110
QOM110VH
468.00
—
—
125
QOM125VH
468.00
QOM2125VH
468.00
150
—
—
QOM2150VH
468.00
175
—
—
QOM2175VH
468.00
200
—
—
QOM2200VH
468.00
225
—
—
QOM2225VH
468.00
a
Do not exceed mains rating of device
b
Reference National Electrical Code Article 230-79.
c
For additional interrupting rating circuit breakers, order circuit breaker prefix QBL at 10 kA, QGL at 65 kA or QJL at 100 kA.

Table 1.60:

Cat. No.
(DE2A)
—
QO115VH
QO120VH
QO125VH
QO130VH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

$ Price
—
63.00
63.00
73.00
73.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Type: QO-VH, 2P
Cat. No.
(DE2A)
—
—
—
—
QO230VH
—
QO240VH
—
QO250VH
QO260VH
QO270VH
QO280VH
QO290VH
QO2100VH
QO2110VH
QO2125VH
QO2150VH
QO2175VH
QO2200VH

$ Price
—
—
—
—
146.00
—
146.00
—
146.00
146.00
224.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
1034.00
1034.00
1061.00
1061.00
1061.00

Type: QDL, 2Pc
Cat. No. (DE2A)

$ Price

—
—
QDL22070
QDL22080
QDL22090
QDL22100
QDL22110
QDL22125
QDL22150
QDL22175
QDL22200
—

—
—
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
—

Accessories, Hubs and Closing Plates

Accessories
Description

Hubs and Closing Plates
Cat. No.

$ Price

Disc.
Sch.

Generator Kit: Interlocks main service disconnect and generator circuit breaker (order
separately). For :
• Homeline™ CSED Devices RC816F-, RC2040M-, SO2040M• QO CSED Devices QC816F-, QC2442MBackfed inverter circuit breaker retaining kit for SC2636M200FPV and SC2636M225FPV
Meter Main Types: C, RC, SC, QC
Fifth Jaw Kit for:
All-In-One Types: SC, SU (100–225 A), QC, RC, SO
Bypass (Horn Type) for Ringless Type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones (100–200 A)
(except for RC8L125S, RC1624M100S and RC1624M125S–use RCHB).
Lexan Meter Socket Cover Plate for:
• Ring and Ringless Type Meter Mains
• Ring and Ringless Type All-In-Ones
Meter Socket Sealing Rings for Ring Type Meter Mains and All-In Ones:
• Snap Type Aluminum (Std.)
• Screw Type Aluminum
• Snap Type Stainless Steel
Anti-Inversion Kit . For use ONLY on 400 A Meter Mains and All-In-Ones with lever bypass.
Trim Kit for 2 in. X 6 in. stud wall, used with Reverse All-In-Ones, SU3040M200R, and
SU3040M225R

2920910001
29008W
ARP00026
MMLRK

7.95
20.10
16.70
12.00

DE5
DE4
DE4
DE4

SU2X6TRIM

266.00

DE4

Barrel Lock Kit (Barrel Lock not included), supplied with bracket and mounting screw, refer to
listings for where used.

SCBRLLOCK

53.00

DE4

SC200F

31.80

DE4

FK400

197.00

DE4

R400L

266.00

DE4

CMELK4

137.00

DE4

BMK2Q400

153.00

DE4

OCK400
PK49SP
PK15GTA
QOFP
HOMFP

567.00
39.00
17.10
3.60
3.20

DE4
DE1
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A

LK100AN

10.80

DE3A

OHBS
OHBL

86.00
94.00

DE4
DE4

Mains: SC816D150/200C and RC816D200CH
Semiflush Flange Kit for: Meter
All-In-Ones: SC2040M200C
Semiflush Flange Kit for ring- and ringless-type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones (400 A Only)
Ringless Type Utility Cover for RU3040D400CL/FL, QU12L400CL/FL, and QU816D400CL/FL.
Includes one piece meter socket and pull box cover with handles and closing plate.
Lug Kit includes (4) lugs, for use with 2 AWG–600 kcmil Al/Cu conductors. Lugs are for standard
2-Hole mounting. Meter Main and All-In-One units supplied with (2) studs per phase and neutral
will accept one lug per phase and neutral. Not for use on 400 A devices with “K” suffix.
Branch Circuit Breaker Field Installation Kit for two Q-Frame Circuit Breakers (QBL, QDL, or
QGL, order separately). For CUM400CB, QUM400CL or QUM400CK - includes (2) mounting
pans, (4) wires.
Overhead Feed Trough for 400 A ring- and ringless-type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones.
Touch-Up Paint (ASA49 Gray)
Ground Bar Kit, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones QC, RC, and SC (100–225 A)
Filler Plate for:
Meter Main Types: QC, CU All-In-One Types: QC
Filler Plate for:
Meter Main Types: RC, SC All-In-One Types: SC, RC, SU
Neutral Lug (6-2/0 AWG)
Meter Main Types: RC, SC, QC All-In-One Types: SC, SU, QC, RC
for:
Overhead Barrier Tunnel Kit for Ringless & Horn Bypass in RC/QC Devices
Overhead Barrier Tunnel Kit for Lever Bypass RC/QC Devices

1-22

www.schneider-electric.us

RCGK2
QCGK3
PK2SCPV

245.00
245.00
47.40

DE4
DE4
DE4

5J

18.30

DE4

MMHB

16.70

DE4

29007

10.10

DE4

Hub
Conduit Size
Series
(inches)
Closing Plate for “A” Hub opening
1.00
1.25
1.50
A

Cat. No.
ACP
A100
A125
A150

$ Price
13.40
33.90
33.90
33.90

2.00
A200
47.90
2.50
A250
61.00
Adapter plate to allow use of “A”
AAP
33.80
Hubs on “A-L” size hub openings
Closing Plate for “A-L” Hub
ACPL
18.30
opening
2.00
A200L d
83.00
2.50
A250L
87.00
A-L
3.00
A300L
111.00
3.50
A350L
114.00
4.00
A400L
119.00
Closing Plate for “B” Hub opening
BCAP
3.80
0.75
B075
33.30
1.00
B100
33.30
1.25
B125
33.30
B
1.50
B150
33.30
2.00
B200
61.35
2.50
B250
102.00
B300
3.00
B300
186.00
d
Supplied with AAP adapter plate and “A” hub.

Disc.
Sch.
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE1A
DE1A
DE1A
DE1A
DE1A
DE1A
DE1A
DE1A

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Combination Service Entrance Devices

Dimensions
Class 4119, 4120

www.schneider-electric.us

28.28
718

7.14

B,C,D
A

C,D,F

181

b
7.50

Drip Hood

191

c

Semi-Flush End Wall

Symbol

A

B

C

Conduit
Size (in.)

1/2

3/4

1

4.60

4.56

117

117

F

G

H

I

J

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

1-1/4 1-1/2

B lank End W all

191

19.58

351

E

7.50

116

13.82

D

21/2" Max “ A” H ub

“ A” H ub

“ B ” H ub

4.60

Knockouts

LOAD CENTERS

“A” Hub

380

Table 1.61:

Driphood supplied factory-installed and is required
for surface mount installation.
For semi-flush installation, remove driphood and
install flange kit SC200F (order separately).
Unit supplied with blank top endwall (factoryinstalled) for surface mount installation. For semiflush installation, install flange kit FK400 (order
separately). Kit includes replacement top endwall
(with knockouts) and flanges.
Unit supplied with semi-flush top endwall factory
installed and semi-flush flanges factory included.

a

14.97

13.46

497

28.25

342

7.44
189

10.70

12.80

718

6.44

8.00

164

203

272

18.23

20.79

463

1

325

528

A, B

C , D, E, F

41.25

E, F , G , H

A, B

1048

C , D, E, F

C125RB (Shown)
CQRB100

A
B ,C

D, F , G

Ring Type:
CM200S
C2M200S (Shown)
C4L200S

Ringless Type:
RC200S
RC2M200S
RC2M200SH

SO1020M100S

21/2" Max “ A” H ub
A

21/2" Max “ A” H ub

21/2" Max “ A” H ub

135

A, B
B ,C

C , D, F
A

CU12L400CNc
CU12L400CBc
QU12L400CLc
QU12L400SL
CU12L400FNf
CU12L400FBf
CU816D400FNf
CU816D400FBf
QU816D400CKc
QU12L400FLf
QU816D400FLf

466

3.39

Surf ace

C , D, F

18.35

119

122

G ,H ,I,J
“ A- L” H ub

5.32

4.67

4.80

A, B

86

14.37
365

14.77
375

10.94

14.50

12.57

278

368

10.04

319

255

10.87
276

10.87
276

40.93

48.62

1040

25.12

1235

35.13

638

892

B ,C

CU816D400CBc
CU816D400CNc
QU816D400CLc
QU816D400SL (Shown)
21/2" Max “ A” H ub
D, F , G
B ,C
C , D, F

6.95
176

25.12

14.50

638

368

Lever ByPass Devices
A

14.81

21/2" Max
“ A” H ub
D, F , G
C , D, F

C , D, F

QC12L200C
QC816F100CH
QC816F125C
QC816F150C
QC816F200C
QC816F200CH
RC12L200C
RC816F100CH
RC816F125CH
RC816F150C
RC816F150CH

A, B , C
C , D, E, F

SC8L125F (Shown)
SC1624M100F
SC1624M125F

C , D, E, F

RC816F200C
RC816F200CH
RC2040M125CH
RC2040M150CH
RC2040M200C
RC2040M200CH
QC2442M200C
QC2442M200CH

C , D, E, F
A, B
A

3.40
86

B ,C

14.62

7.90

371

A, B

E, F , G , H

A, B , C

A

A, B

D, F , G
21/2" Max
“ A” H ub or
B 300

A, B

D, E, F , G

SC8L125S (Shown)
RC8L125S
SC1624M100S
SC1624M125S
RC1624M100S
RC1624M125S

376

B ,C

A, B

A

A, B
B ,C

RC816F100SH
C , D, E, F
RC816F125SH
RC816F150SL
RC816F150S,SH
RC816F200SL
RC816F200S,SH
RC12L200S
RC2040M125SH
RC2040M150SH
RC2040M200S,SH
RC3040M150SL
RC3040M200SL

A
C , E, F , G , H
21/2" Max
“ A- L” H ub

191

SU816D150Cq
SU816D200Cq
SU2040M200Cq
RC816D200CH q
SC816D150C q
SC816D200C q (Shown)

B lank End W all

28.25
718

21/2" Max “ A” H ub

203

1006

899

686

8.00

39.60

35.40

27.00

B ,C

C , D, E, F

7.50

B ,C
A, B

377

CL
Top
B ranch
C ircuit
B reak er
803

819

14.85

201

31.61

32.23

QC816F100SH
QC816F125SH
QC816F150S,SH (Shown)
QC816F150SL
QC816F200SL
QC816F200S,SH
QC12L200S
QC2442M150SH
QC2442M200S,SH
SO2040M200S
QC3040M200SH

5.80
147

48.00

21.50

1219

546

262

CL
Meter
Sock et

C , E, F , G , H
21/2" Max
“ A- L” H ub
B ,C

D, F , G

4.40

A
B

“ A” H ub or
B 300 H ub
B

3.50
89

B

C ,D

SU3040M200R (Shown)
SU3040M225R

B

A

35.40
899

39.60

SC816F200F
SC12L200F
SC2040M125F
SC2040M200F (Shown)
SC3040M200F
SC3040M2225F
SC2636M200FPV
SC2636M225FPV

11.10
282

29.50
749

32.30
820

37.30

C , D, E, F

112

1006

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

1048

SC 40M200S

B ,C

41.25
SC 3040M200S

10.30

A

947

G ,H ,I,J
“ A- L” H ub
C , D, E, F
C , D, F

B ,C

SU3040D400CBc (Shown) SU3040D300CBc
RU3040D400CLc
SU3040D400CNc
RU3040D400CKc
RU3040D400FLf
SU3040D300FBf
RU3040D400FK f
SU3040D400FBf
CUM400CB c
SU3040D400FNf
QUM400CL c
QUM400CK c

C , E, F , G , H
21/2" Max
“ A- L” H ub

A
B ,C

B

SC12L200S
SC816F150S
SC816F200S

SC40M200S
SC2040M200S (Shown)
SC3040M200S

1-23

RC/QC Solar Ready CSED Devices
150 to 200 A Maximum

Rainproof, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones
Class 4120
www.schneider-electric.us

All-In-One Combination Service Entrance Devices
Hub Type (Order
Separately page 1-18)

8
8
8
8

16
16
16
16

8
8
8
8

150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A

A

350

8–2/0

Surface Mount—Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
None
OH/UG
22 kA
RC816F150SSbf
1270.00
1
QOM2150VH
Lever
OH/UG
22 kA
RC816F150SLSbg
2878.00
1
QOM2150VH
None
OH/UG
22 kA
RC816F200SSbf
1270.00
1
QOM2200VH
200 A
Horn
OH/UG
22 kA
RC816F200SHSbdf
1313.00
1
QOM2200VH
Lever
OH/UG
22 kA
RC816F200SLSbg
2878.00
1
QOM2200VH

150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

8

16
16
16
16
16

8
8
8
8
8

150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

A
A
A
A
A

6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350

8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0

42
42
40
40
40
40
40
40

18
18
20
10
20
20
20
10

200 A
200 A
150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350

8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0

Bypass
Type

Service Disconnect(s)
List
$ Price

Cat. No.

Max. Quantity
2P
Type
Circuits
(Factory Installed
(Max.) except where noted)

1P

Ampere
Rating (Max.)

Spaces

150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A

Short Circuit
Current Rating

Surface Mount—Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and Provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
None
OH/UG
22 kA
QC816F150SSbf
1408.00
1
QOM2150VH
150 A
Lever
OH/UG
22 kA
QC816F150SLSbg
2905.00
1
QOM2150VH
None
OH/UG
22 kA
QC816F200SSbf
1408.00
1
QOM2200VH
200 A
Lever
OH/UG
22 kA
QC816F200SLSbg
2905.00
1
QOM2200VH

Service
Type

Tandems

Line
Side
Main
Lugs
AWG/
kcmil
(Al/Cu)

Ampere
Rating

Ampere
Rating

Circuits

Load Center and Branch
Circuit Breakers
(Order Separately
Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-14)

Service
Ground
Lug
AWG/
kcmil
(Al/Cu)

Meter Mainsh

QO

Surface Mount Only

Homeline

LOAD CENTERS

Table 1.62:

socket with no provisions for barrel lock to secure the meter cover.
UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment
Service disconnect(s) are supplied factory-installed, except where noted
Supplied with 100% branch neutrals, all unused terminals may be used for equipment grounding wires.
Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2
Solar Ready kit SR69064A fits All Devices Below, order from Table 1.70
All devices have a 3" KO in the bottom endwall.
Provisions for Field Installed CTs All Devices

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

150 A

8
8

All-in-One Combination Service Entrance Devicesh
Surface Mount Only
QO

None
OH/UG
22 kA
QC2442M200SSf
2057.00
1
Horn
OH/UG
22 kA
QC2442M200SHSdf
2057.00
1
Horn
OH/UG
22 kA
RC2040M150SHSdf
1833.00
1
150 A
Lever
OH/UG
22 kA
RC3040M150SLSg
2226.00
1
None
OH/UG
22 kA
RC2040M200SSf
1833.00
1
Horn
OH/UG
22 kA
RC2040M200SHSdf
1833.00
1
200 A
None
OH
22 kA
SO2040M200SSf
1242.00
1
Lever
OH/UG
22 kA
RC3040M200SLSg
2226.00
1
* Kit is to be installed between meter socket and Main Disconnect. May be used with Solar PV, Wind,
fuel generators, and other power generation sources up to 80% of Mains Rating Maximum 160 A.
a
Order two pole QO, QO-VH or QOH circuit breakers separately from page 1-22 or 1-2.
The short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any
circuit breaker installed.
b
Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs, for 4AWG-250 kcmil Al/Cu conductors.
c
Ring style device. Barrel lock provisions not provided.
d
Device supplied with horn bypass and 5th jaw factory installed
e
Order two pole Homeline circuit breakers separately from page 1-22.
f
Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBS.
See accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval.
g
Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL.
See accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval.
h
Solar Ready Kit Part Number SR69064A * (This Kit Fits All Solar Ready Devices)
List Price: $78.00
200 A

Homeline

1

Meter Mains and All-In-Ones
• Ringless Meter Sockets with barrel lock provisions factory installed except for Cat. No. SO2040M200SS which is a Ring Style meter

SC/SU SOLAR READY
CSED Devices Coming
Soon—See On-Line
Digest Updates for
Availability

QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2150VH
QOM2150VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH

200 A
200 A
150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

21/2" Max “A” Hub

5.32
135

18.35
466

10.94

12.57

278

319

40.93

48.62

1040

Table 1.63:

24
24
20
30
20
20
20
30

1235

Knockouts

Symbol

A

B

C

Conduit
Size (in.)

1/2

3/4

1

D

E

1-1/4 1-1/2

F

G

H

I

J

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

Lever ByPass Devices

RC816F150SS
RC816F200SS
RC816F200SHS
QC816F150SS
QC816F200SS
RC2040M150SHS
RC2040M200SS
RC2040M200SHS
SO2040M200SS
QC2442M200SS
QC2442M200SHS
QC816F150SLS
RC816F150SLS
RC3040M150SLS
QC816F200SLS
RC816F200SLS
RC3040M200SLS

A,B

E,F,G,H

A,B,C
C,D,E,F

1-24

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Enclosed Devices
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—240 Vac—UL Listed

Cat. No.
QO260NATS

240 Vac

60 Aab

120/240 Vac

100 Ad

QO2000NS

Rainproof

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Box. No.
See Page
1-17

QO200TR
161.00
161.00 QO200TRNM 191.00
QO260NATR 168.00

2, 9Rc
1NM
1R

276.00 QO2000NRB

13, 10R

338.00

Housing Bracket

Description
Bracket used with QO200TR for stucco, aluminum and vinyl siding.
Order quantity multiples of 10.

Cat. No.

$ Price

PKHB

6.30

Enclosed GFCI Circuit Breakers, GFCI Circuit Breaker
Included—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating

120/240 Vac

Table 1.67:

QO3100BNF
With Cover Removed

Ampere
Rating

QO250GFI
HOM250GFI

1NM (Nonmetallic)
1R (Metallic)

General Purpose e
Cat. No.

Rainproof

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Box. No.
See Page
1-17

100 A
125 A

QO2100BNF/S
QO2125BNF/S

83.00 QO2100BNRB
108.00 QO2125BNRB

135.00
158.00

13, 10R
18, 13R

240 Vac

100 A

QO3100BNF/S

149.00 QO3100BNRB

207.00

13, 10R

60A Max. Circuit Breaker Enclosures—10 kA Short
Circuit Current Rating

Circuit breaker not included. Order separately from page 1-2. Will not accept QO-GFI
circuit breaker nor QO circuit breakers with factory-installed accessories.
60 A a

—

—

QO2TR

95.00

9R c

Q Frame Enclosures and Q Frame Circuit Breakers
Type 1—General Purpose e
Cat. No.

Circuit Breaker (Order Separately)

Type 3R—Rainproof

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Box No.
See Page
1-17

2P 240 Vac
Maximum

Q22200NS h
or
Q23225NF/S

176.00 Q22200NRBh
or
218.00 Q23225NRB

380.00

19, 11R

417.00

20, 12R

3P 240 Vac

Q23225NF/S

218.00

278.00

20, 12R

Table 1.70:

528.00
473.00

Box. No.
See Page
1-17

120/240
Vac

Enclosure Only g
Service

QOE250GFINM
HOME250SPA

Circuit Breaker
Included

2-Pole Circuit Circuit Breaker Enclosures—22 kA
Short Circuit Current Rating

240 Vac

Table 1.69:

$ Price

Not for use with one pole QO or QOVH breakers. Circuit breakers not included. Order
QO™, QOVH, QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-EPD and QO-PL circuit breakers separately from pages
1-2 and 1-3. Accepts QO circuit breakers with factory-installed accessories. Order
equipment ground bar PKOGTA2, if required.

Table 1.68:
QO200TRNM

Cat. No.

50 A

Service

PKHB
Housing
Bracket

Type 3R—Rainproof

Ampere
Rating

Service

Q23225NRB

10 k AIR

25 k AIR

65 k AIR

100 k AIR

Ampere
Rating

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
225 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
225 A

QBL22070
QBL22080
QBL22090
QBL22100
QBL22110
QBL22125
QBL22150
QBL22175
QBL22200
QBL22225
QBL32070
QBL32080
QBL32090
QBL32100
QBL32110
QBL32125
QBL32150
QBL32175
QBL32200
QBL32225

474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00

QDL22070
QDL22080
QDL22090
QDL22100
QDL22110
QDL22125
QDL22150
QDL22175
QDL22200
QDL22225
QDL32070
QDL32080
QDL32090
QDL32100
QDL32110
QDL32125
QDL32150
QDL32175
QDL32200
QDL32225

1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00

QGL22070
QGL22080
QGL22090
QGL22100
QGL22110
QGL22125
QGL22150
QGL22175
QGL22200
QGL22225
QGL32070
QGL32080
QGL32090
QGL32100
QGL32110
QGL32125
QGL32150
QGL32175
QGL32200
QGL32225

1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00

QJL22070
QJL22080
QJL22090
QJL22100
QJL22110
QJL22125
QJL22150
QJL22175
QJL22200
QJL22225
QJL32070j
QJL32080j
QJL32090j
QJL32100j
QJL32110j
QJL32125j
QJL32150j
QJL32175j
QJL32200j
QJL32225j

1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00

QOM2 Enclosures and QOM2 Circuit Breakers
QOM2 Circuit Breaker
(Order Separately) i

Enclosure Onlyf
Service

Type 1
General Purposee
Cat. No.

QOM22225NS
With Cover Removed

Q22200NS
With Cover Removed

Q23225NF

(Order Q-Frame circuit breaker separately)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

$ Price

Type 3R
Rainproof
Cat. No.

$ Price

Box No.
See
Pages
1-17

Ampere
Rating

22 k AIR
Cat. No.k

$ Price

100 A
QOM2100VH 468.00
125 A
QOM2125VH 468.00
150 A
QOM2150VH 468.00
QOM22225NF/S 234.00 QOM22225NRB 440.00 22, 16R
175 A
QOM2175VH 468.00
2P 240 Vac
Maximum
200 A
QOM2200VH 468.00
225 A
QOM2225VH 468.00
a
Not suitable for service equipment.
h
Accepts 200 A max. 2P Q Frame circuit breakers.
b
Maximum 10 hp 240 Vac.
i
Add suffix 1021 for 120, 208 or 240 Vac shunt
trip. Add $126.
c
Top endwall has no hub opening.
j
When these 3P circuit breakers are mounted in
d
Maximum 20 hp 240 Vac.
an enclosure, the maximum AIR rating is 65 kA at
e
Order F for flush, S for surface.
240 Vac and 100 kA at 208 Vac.
f
Equipment ground bar kit PKOGTA2
k
DE3A Discount Schedule.
factory-included.
g
Factory-installed groundable neutral assembly
includes (2) ground lugs and (2) neutral lugs.
Equipment ground kit PKOGTA2 also included.

DE2A

DE3A

LOAD CENTERS

General Purpose

Ampere
Rating

Service

Table 1.65:

Table 1.66:

Enclosed Molded Case Switch, Switch Included,
Does NOT provide overcurrent protection

Discount
Schedule

1-25

1

Table 1.64:

Servicepak™ Power
Outlet Panels

Class 1140
www.schneider-electric.us

1

(For Dimensions/Drawings go to Supplemental
Digest, hardcopy or on-line version.)

T

LOAD CENTERS

T

T

1C
T

T

•
•
•
•
•

T

2C
T

T

3C
T

T

For Construction Sites
• Provide temporary power at construction sites.
• Each receptacle protected by QO-GFI circuit breaker in compliance with NEC®
requirements.
Each enclosure is rainproof.
10 kA short circuit current rating.
UL Listed as suitable for use as temporary site service equipment.
Provided with neutral bonding provisions.
Boxes have provisions for type “B’’ hubs to be field-installed.

T

Table 1.71:
4C

T

T

5C

T

T

T

6C

T
T

7C

T

10C

T

T

11C

12C

T

13C

T

9C

8C

T

T

T

14C

Construction Site Panels

Power
Outlet
Configuration

Service
a

Mains
Ampere
Rating

1C
2C
2C

1Ø2W
1Ø2W
1Ø2W

40 A
40 A
40 A

3C

1Ø3W

70 A

4C

1Ø3W

70 A

5C

1Ø3W

70 A

6C

1Ø3W

70 A

7C

1Ø3W

70 A

8C

1Ø3W

70 A

9C

1Ø3W

100 A

Circuit Breaker
(Included)
(1) QO120GFI
(2) QO120GFI
(2) QO120GFI
(1) QO120GFI
(1) QO230GFI
(1) QO120GFI
(1) QO220GFI
(1) QO120GFI
(1) QO250GFI
(1) QO120GFI
(1) QO250GFI
(2) QO120GFI
(1) QO220GFI
(2) QO120GFI
(1) QO250GFI
(1) QO120GFI
(2) QO250GFI

20 A 125 V 2W and Grd.
NEMA 5-20R

B

30 A 125 V 2W and Grd
ANSI 73.13

C

50 A 125/250 V 3W and Grd.
NEMA 14-50R

D

20 A 250 V 2W and Grd.
NEMA 6-20R

Table 1.72:

E

30 A 125/250 V 3W and Grd.
NEMA 14-30R

Mains Circuit Breaker
Power Outlet Service Ampere
Configuration
a
(Included)
Rating

All non-pedestal devices have provisions to fieldinstall a Type “B’’ hub on the bottom endwall for
bottom feed from a conduit riser. Order Type “B’’
bolt-on hub (B250 Max.) and two mounting screws
(Cat. No. 8002505501) and two hex nuts (Cat. No.
2340102000).

C

D

1

E

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

2

1

1

2

$ Price

PAK10C1
PAK11Ce
PAK11C1

441.00
818.00
818.00

Cu
14–6
14–6
14–6

Al
12–6
12–6
12–6

F

1

1

PAK31CGFI

974.00

8–1

8–1

PAK36C1GFI

974.00

8–1

8–1

PAK51CGFI

974.00

8–1

8–1

PAK55CGFI

974.00

8–1

8–1

PAK72CGFI

1323.00

8–1

8–1

PAK76CGFI

1323.00

8–1

8–1

PAK1004CGFI 1581.00

14–1

12–1

Recreational Vehicle Park Panels
Receptacles
(Included) b
A

50 A 250 V 2W and Grd.
NEMA 6-50R

A
1
2
2

Main Wire Size
AWG d

Cat. No. c

For Recreational Vehicle Parks
• Provide electrical power to individual recreational vehicle park sites.
• Each receptacle protected by appropriate GFI or Standard QO™ circuit breaker.
• All receptacles and circuit breakers included.
• 10 kA short circuit current rating.
• UL Listed.
• All enclosures are rainproof.
• No neutral bonding provisions.
• Loop-feed provisions.

A

F

Receptacles
(Included)

B

Main Wire Size
AWG/kcmil f
Cat. No.

$ Price

C

Underground or Overhead Loop-Feed Terminals—Non-Pedestal cg
11C
1Ø2W
40 A (2) QO120GFI
2
PAK11CTG
QO120GFI
12C
1Ø2W
50 A (1)
1
1
PAK41CTG h
(1) QO130
(2) QO130
(1) QO120GFI
PAK75CTG
14C
1Ø3W 100 A (1) QO250
1
1
1
(Not Loop Feed) h
(1) QO130

Phase and Neutral
Cu

Al

14–6

12–6

795.00
564.00

12–1
669.00

14–1

12–1

Pedestal Mounted—Underground Loop-Feed Terminals ij
11C
1Ø2W
40 A (2) QO120GFI
2
PAK11PG
1035.00
QO120GFI
12C
1Ø2W
50 A (1)
1
1
PAK41PG h
852.00
(1) QO130
(1)
QO120GFI
13C
1Ø2W
75 A (2) QO130
1
2
PAK61PG h
914.00 (2)6–250 (2)6–250
(1) QO120GFI
14C
1Ø3W 100 A (1) QO250
1
1
1
PAK75PG h
1007.00
(1) QO130
a
(1Ø2W 120 Vac) (1Ø3W 120/240 Vac)
b
20 A receptacles protected by 20 A GFI circuit breaker.
c
Devices have a bolt-on factory-installed closing cap. Order type “B’’ bolt-on hub separately from page 1-18.
d
Equipment ground terminal suitable for (2) 14 or 12 AWG Cu or (2) 12 or 10 AWG Al.
e
Receptacles in this device are in bottom endwall and are accessible with outer door padlocked.
“Order Only’’ from Lexington—Minimum order quantity is 50 devices.
f
Two wires each per phase, neutral, and equipment ground—for loop feed (except PAK75CTG).
g
Equipment ground terminal suitable for (2) 14–12 AWG Cu or (2) 12–10 Al.
h
GFI circuit breaker can be substituted for standard 30 A circuit breaker. For 30 ampere receptacles add $140.00 per
circuit breaker. Add suffix "FI’’ to catalog number. Example: PAK41CTGFI.
i
Stabilizer foot available for use in unstable ground, order HNPSF $27.50 list.
j
Equipment ground terminals suitable for (2) 10–2/0 AWG Cu or (2) 6–2/0 AWG Al.

1-26

DE4

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ Load Centers

Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Breaker
Class 736, 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

QO Plug-on Neutral Load Centers and CAFI Breakers connect are engineered for a quick Plug-on Neutral
connection on every unit.

Load Center Box and
Interior

$ Price
Max.
Max.
Spaces
1P
Tandem (Interior,
Box &
Circuits Breakers Cover)

Cat. No.

Equipment
Main Wire
Ground Bar Kit Box No.
Size
(Order
Separately
See
AWG/kcmil
If Priced)
Page
1-17
$ Price
Al/Cu
Cat. No. $ Price

Indoor Cover with Door
(Order Separately)
Flush
Cat. No.

$ Price

Surface
Cat No.

Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus
QOM1 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker
125 A
24
24
0
572.00 QO124L125PG
534.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70
6–2/0

I
N
D
O
O
R

QO154M200P

PK15GTA

Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus
QOM2 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker
200 A
30
30
0
684.00 QO130L200PG
597.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00
6–250 PK23GTA, LK100AN
42
42
0
1018.00 QO142L225PG
907.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00
(2) PK15GTA
225 A
6–300
54
54
0
1356.00 QO154L225PG 1177.00 QOC54UF
—
179.00
PK23GTA, LK100AN
Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus
QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker
100 A
24
24
0
743.70 QO124M100P
706.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70
6–2/0
PK15GTA
17.10
Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus
QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker
30
30
0
1069.00 QO130M200P
982.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00
PK18GTA
18.80
42
42
0
1410.00 QO142M200P 1299.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00
PK23GTA
21.30
200 A
4–250
54
54
0
1720.00 QO154M200P 1541.00 QOC54UF
—
179.00
PK23GTA
21.30
60
60
0
1956.00 QO160M200PCa 1689.00 QOC60UFa
—
267.00
PK23GTA
21.30
Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Cu Bus
QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker — Equipment Ground Bar Included
125 A
24
24
0
712.00 QO124L125PGRB 712.00
—
—
—
6–2/0
PK15GTA

Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Cu Bus
QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker — Equipment Ground Bar Included
30
30
0
856.00 QO130L200PGRB 856.00
—
—
—
6–250
O 200 A
U 225 A
42
42
0
1500.00 QO142L225PGRB 1500.00
—
—
—
6–300
T
D Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaer — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus
O Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5),
O QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size
R 100 A
24
24
0
1144.00 QO124M100PRB 1144.00
—
—
—
6–2/0
b
Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaer — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus
Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5),
QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size
150 A
30
30
0
1344.00 QO130M150PRB 1344.00
—
—
—
30
30
0
1344.00 QO130M200PRB 1344.00
—
—
—
4–250
200 A
42
42
0
1659.00 QO142M200PRB 1659.00
—
—
—
a
Door kit available separately Order QOCDK60 $237.00.
b
All OUTDOOR devices are available FACTORY ORDER only.

Table 1.74:

PK23GTA, LK100AN
(2) PK15GTA

7

9
11
12

7

9
11
12
24

4R

6R
8R

PK15GTA

17.10

4R

PK18GTA
PK18GTA
PK23GTA

18.80
21.30
21.30

6R
6R
8R

QO Arc Fault Circuit Breakers
1P 120 Vac

Circuit Breaker
Type

Ampere
Rating

Combination Arc-fault
Interrupter
(Pigtail Neutral)
Plug-On Neutral
Combination Arc-fault
Interrupter

15

1P 120 Vac

10 k AIR

22 k AIR

1 Space Required

1 Space Required

Cat. No.
QO115CAFI

$ Price
282.00

Cat. No.
QO115VHCAFI

$ Price
534.00

20

QO120CAFI

282.00

QO120VHCAFI

534.00

15

QO115PCAFI

282.00 QO115VHPCAFI

534.00

20

QO120PCAFI

282.00 QO120VHPCAFI

534.00

QO-K
Key operated QO circuit breakers are available in single-pole construction and can be mounted in any single-pole
space which will accept a standard QO. These circuit breakers can be turned ON or OFF or to RESET with a special
key (catalog number QOK10) included with the circuit breaker. These circuit breakers are UL Listed and available
as shown in the table.
Table 1.75:

QO-K Circuit Breakers
120 Vac—10 k AIR (1 Space Required)

Ampere
Ratingc
10
15
20
25
30

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Cat. No.

$ Price

QO110K
QO115K
QO120K
QO125K
QO130K

DE2A

DE3A

164.00
164.00
164.00
164.00
164.00

Discount
Schedule

LOAD CENTERS

Mains
Rating

QO Plug-on Neutral CAFI Load Center (accepts QO Circuit Breakers only)

1-27

1

Table 1.73:

www.schneider-electric.us

1
LOAD CENTERS

1-28

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 2
Metering Equipment
Meter Sockets
Ring and Ringless Type Individual Meter Sockets

2-2

Horizontal Ganged, Test Block Bypass Sockets and Accessories

2-3

Dimensions

2-4

MP Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers
Individual Meter Socket
Page 2-2

Ring and Ringless Devices

2-5

Tenant Circuit Breakers and Accessories

2-6

Dimensions

2-7

2-8

Selection Information

2-9

1 Phase Main Devices

2-10

1 Phase Branch Devices

2-11

3 Phase Main Devices

2-12

3 Phase Branch Devices

2-13

3 Phase Branch Devices and Main Devices with Busway Taps

2-14

Tenant Circuit Breakers and EZM Accessories

2-15

Dimensions

2-16

2

Indoor/Rainproof EZM General Information

METERING EQUIPMENT

EZ Meter-Pak Meter Centers

MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment
Page 2-5

EZ Meter-Pak Metering Equipment
Page 2-8

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

2-1

Meter Sockets

Ring and Ringless Type Individual Meter Sockets
Class 4131 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

•

Available single or three phase, 600 Vac max., with and without horn or lever bypass, overhead and underground
service feed.
• 10 kA short circuit current rating (or higher with utility approval).
• UL Listed, NEMA 3R enclosure.
• Units supplied with bonded neutral.
• Units supplied with hub opening in top endwall require the use of a bolt-on hub, or closing plate.
• Units supplied with solid top are for underground feed only.
• Accessories, refer to page 2-3.
This metering is generally utility specific. Always check with local utility company before installing. Contact
your nearest Field Sales Office for additional catalog numbers, if required by utility.
Table 2.1:

Individual Meter Sockets
Lug Wire Range (Al/Cu)

UTRS101B

Ampere Jaw
Ratingj Qty.

Service
Type

Cat. No.a

$ Price

Line, Load,
and Neutral
(AWG/kcmil)

2

Ringless Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., Without Bypass or Jaw Release
125
4
UG
UTZRS101Ad
123.00
8–2/0
125
4
OH
UTRS101B
123.00
8–2/0
125
4
OH
UATRS101B
137.00
8–2/0
125
4
OH
URS101BCPL
135.00
8–2/0
125
5
OH/UG
1003880Ae
161.00
8–2/0
200
4
OH
UTRS202B
177.00
8–250
200
4
OH
UATRS202B
195.00
8–250
200
4
UG
UTRS213Ad
212.00
1/0–350
200
4
OH/UG
UTRS213Be
212.00
1/0–350
200
4
OH/UG
UATRS213Be
225.00
1/0–350
200
4
OH/UG
U92197CCCPLg
240.00
1/0–350

METERING EQUIPMENT

UTRS202B
(cover not shown)

UTH5203T
(cover not shown)

Enclosure Information
Top Endwall Conf.

Wire
Binding

Gnd.
(AWG)

Material

Hub
Openingb

Closing
Plate b

1/2 in. Hex
Slotted
Slotted
Slotted
Slotted
1/2 in. Hex
1/2 in. Hex
1/2 in. Hex
1/2 in. Hex
1/2 in. Hex
1/2 in. Hex

14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2

Steel
Steel
Aluminum
Steel
Steel
Steel
Aluminum
Steel
Steel
Aluminum
Steel

Solid Topd
Series A
Series A
Series A
Series A
Series A
Series A
Solid Topd
Series A
Series A
(2)Series A

—
ACP
ACPA
ACP
ACP
ACP
ACPA
—
ACP
ACPA
(2)ACPg

Box No.
see
page 2-4

1R
1R
1R
1R
1R
3R
3R
5R
5R
5R
7R

Ringless Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., With Horn Bypass, Without Jaw Release
125
4
OH/UG
UHTRS101B
161.00
8–2/0
Slotted
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP
1R
125
5
OH
UGHTRS101Lc
161.00
8–2/0
Slotted
14–2
Steel
A125 c
—
1R
125
4
OH
URS101BDQh
138.00
8–2/0
1/2 in. Hex
None
Steel
Series A
ACP
1R
125
5
OH/UG
UGHTRS111Cf
207.00
8–2/0
Slotted
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP f
4R
200
4
OH/UG
UBHMRS212Be
210.00
8–250
1/2 in. Hex
None
Steel
Series A
ACP
4R
200
4
OH
UHTRS202B
206.00
8–250
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP
3R
200
4
OH/UG
UHTRS212Be
206.00
8–250
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP
4R
200
4
OH/UG
UHTRS213Be
213.00
1/0–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP
5R
200
4
UG
UHTRS223Ad
272.00
1/0–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Solid Topd
—
2R
200
4
UG
URS212ADQdh
203.00
8–250
1/2 in. Hex
None
Steel
Solid Topd
—
4R
Ringless Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., With Lever Bypass and Jaw Release
200
4
OH
UTH4203T
465.00
6–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
8R
200
4
OH/UG
UTH4213Te
479.00
6–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
9R
200
5
OH
UTH5203T
494.00
6–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
8R
200
5
OH/UG
UTH5213Te
564.00
6–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
9R
320
4
OH/UG
UTH4330Tei
749.00 Studs Only
3/8 in. dia. studs 14–1/0
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
11R
Ringless Type, 3Ø4W 600 Vac Max., With Lever Bypass and Jaw Release
200
7
OH/UG
UTH7213Te
666.00
6–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
9R
320
7
OH
UTH7300Ti
830.00 Studs Only 3/8 in. dia. studs
14–1/0
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
10R
Ringless Type, 3Ø4W 600 Vac Max., Bolt-On Socket Without Bypass
1/2 in.–20
1/2 in.–20
400
7
OH/UG
UK7T ei
2423.00 Studs Only
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
12R
dia. studs
dia. studs
1/2 in.–20
1/2 in.–20 Aluminum
400
7
OH/UG
UAK7Tei
2678.00 Studs Only
Series
A-L
ACPLA
12R
dia. studs
dia. studs
Ring Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., Without Bypass or Jaw Release
125
4
OH/UG
URTRS101Be
123.00
8–2/0
Slotted
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP
1R
200
4
OH/UG
URTRS213Be
212.00
1/0–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP
5R
a
Device requires approval from the serving utility, consult your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.
b
Order appropriate bolt-on hub or closing plate separately and install on TOP endwall.
c
Device supplied with 1-1/4 in. bolt-on hub (Cat.No. A125) mounted on TOP endwall.
d
Device supplied with solid top endwall (without hub opening).
e
When unit is installed for underground feed, the appropriate closing plate must be ordered separately and installed over hub opening in TOP endwall of
device.
f
Device supplied with closing plate ACP mounted on TOP endwall.
g
Device supplied with two closing plates ACP mounted in TOP endwall.
h
Contains “Duquesne Light Co.” approved label.
i
Order lugs separately, refer to accessories, page 2-3.
j
Rating is continuous.

URTRS213B

2-2

DE4

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Meter Sockets

Horizontal Ganged, Test Block Bypass Sockets and Accessories
Class 4131 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Horizontal Ganged Meter Sockets

•

1Ø, 600 Vac max., main lugs only, 2 through 6 meter positions, with and without
horn or lever bypass, end or center feed, overhead and underground service feeds.
10 kA short circuit current rating (or higher with utility approval).
UL Listed, NEMA 3R enclosure.
Supplied with ground lugs.
Supplied with hub opening in top endwall, requires the use of a bolt-on hub, or closing plate.

•
•
•
•

This metering is generally utility specific. Always check with local utility company before installing. Contact
your nearest Field Sales Office for additional catalog numbers, if required by utility.
Ringless Type, 1Ø3W, 600 Vac Max., Without Bypass or Jaw Release

Branch Ratings
Socket Service
No. of
Amperesc Positions
Jaw
Type
Qty.b

100 A

200 A

2
3
4
5
6
2
4

4

5

4

OH/UG

OH/UG

6
a
b
c

Mains
Rating
(A)

Cat. No.

200
205
205
250
300
205
360

UT2R1121B
UT3R1121B
UT4R1131B
UT5R1131B
UT6R1131B
UT2R2122B
UT4R2352T

453.00
560.00
660.00
908.00
1157.00
647.00
1106.00

500

UT5R2392TU

1383.00

620

UT6R2392TU

1548.00

$ Price

Main Lugs
Phase and
Neutral
Al/Cu
(AWG/kcmil)

Branch Lugs
Phase and
Neutral
Al/Cu (AWG)

6–250
6–250
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–250
1/0–500
1/0–500 or
(2)1/0–350
1/0–500 or
(2)1/0–350

8–2/0

8–250

Top Endwalla
Hub Type Closing Plate Box No.
See Page 2-4
(Order
(Order
Separately) Separately)

Series A

ACP

Series A
Series A-L

ACP
ACPL

13R
13R1
14R
15R
16R
17R
18R

Series A-L

ACPL

19R

Series A-L

ACPL

20R

For hubs and closing plates, see Accessories table below.
Fifth jaw kit available to convert 4-jaw socket to a 5-jaw socket. See Accessories table below.
Rating is continuous.

Meter Mains with Test Block Bypass (Meets EUSERC Requirements)
Table 2.3:

Ring Type, 1Ø3W and 3Ø4W, Meter Main with Test Block Bypass (Meets EUSERC Requirements)

Supplied with bondable neutral, suitable for use as service equipment. Suitable for overhead or underground service. UL Listed File E6294.

EMT3225CB

d
e
f
g

System (Incoming)
Meter Ampere Short Circuit
Main Circuit Breaker Type
and
Socket Rating Current
Cat. No.f
$ Price
Rating
(Order Separately)d
Service (Outgoing)
Type
(Max.)
120/240 Vac 1Ø3W
5-Jaw
225 A
100 kA max.
EMT1225CB
4095.00
2P Type QB, QD, QG, QJ, QOe, QO-VHe or QOHe
208Y/120 Vac 3Ø4Wg
or
7-Jaw
225 A
65 kA max.
EMT3225CB
5355.00
3P Type QB, QD, QG or QJ
240/120 Vac 3Ø4W Delta
Refer to page 2-15 to select main circuit breaker.
Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately), when using QO (40 A–125 A, 2-pole) 10 kA max. SCCR, QO-VH (40 A–60 A, 2-pole) 22 kA
max. SCCR, or QOH (40 A–60 A, 2-pole) 42 kA max. SCCR. Refer to page 2-15 for pricing.
Refer to page 2-4 for box dimensions.
100 kA max.

Table 2.4:

EMT Terminal Wire Size h

Line Phase Lug
Line Neutral Lug
Service Ground Lug
6 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu
6 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu
4 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu
h
Refer to circuit breaker listings for usable load lug wire sizes.

Equipment Ground Lug
6 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu

Load Neutral Lug
4 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu

Meter Socket Accessories
Table 2.5:
EMT1225CB
Without Covers

Meter Socket Accessories
Accessory

Fifth-Jaw Kit
Closing Plates
(to seal hub openings)

Series A
Hubs
(listed by conduit size)
Series A-L

Series B
Adapter Plate

Lug Kits

Sealing Ring
i

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Description
Cat. No.
Converts a 4-jaw meter socket to a 5-jaw meter socket.
A5J
For use on meter sockets supplied without lever bypass or jaw release only.
For Series A (steel)
ACP
For Series A (aluminum)
ACPA
For Series A-L (steel)
ACPL
For Series A-L (aluminum)
ACPLA
1.00 inch
A100
1.25 inch
A125
1.50 inch
A150
2.00 inch
A200
2.50 inch
A250
2.00 inch
A200L
2.50 inch
A250L
3.00 inch
A300L
3.50 inch
A350L
4.00 inch
A400L
3.00 inch
B300i
To allow the use of a Series A Hub on a device that is setup for a series A-L Hub.
AAP
For use on meter sockets supplied with Line, Load, and Neutral Studs only. Be sure
to order enough lugs for each device (a typical 1Ø device requires 6 lugs).
Includes one, two-barrel lug (6-250 kcmil)
ARP00118
Includes one, single barrel lug (4-600 kcmil)
ARP00129
Includes three, two-barrel lugs (6-350 kcmil)
ARP00427
Snap-on Aluminum (Standard)
2920910001
Snap-on Stainless Steel (Non-standard)
ARP00026
Screw Type Aluminum (Non-standard)
29008W

$ Price
14.90
13.40
11.90
18.30
16.50
33.90
33.90
33.90
47.90
61.00
83.00
87.00
111.00
114.00
119.00
186.00
33.80

38.10
55.00
135.00
8.00
16.70
20.10

DE1A Discount.

DE4

DE1A

Discount
Schedule

2-3

METERING EQUIPMENT

Table 2.2:

2

UT2R1121B

Meter Sockets

Dimensions
Class 4131 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

D

W

Hub
Opening

Meter
Socket

W

D

Solid
Top

W

Hub
Opening

Meter
Socket
H

H

E,F,G

S
A,B,C,D C,D,E,F A,B,C,D

S A

A

2R

W

Hub
Opening

Meter
Socket

D

3R, 6R
Hub
Opening

W

D

W

Hub
Opening

Meter
Socket

Meter
Socket
Offset

H

C,D,E,F,G
S

S

C,D,E,F,G

F,G,H

1R
D

H

D,E,F,G

A

S

H

F,G,H

A,B

A

A,B

S

2

D,E,F,G

A

F,G,H

F,G,H

4R, 5R

8R

7R
D

W

METERING EQUIPMENT

Hub
Opening

Meter
Socket
A,B

D

W

D

Hub
Opening

S

H
F,G,H,I

A,B

A

Enclosure Dimensions

Hub
Opening

F,G,H,I

9R

10R

Box
Hub Opening
H
W
D
No.
(Max. Conduit Size) a
1R
10.88
8.00
3.50
Series A
2R
13.00
13.00
4.94
Solid Top
3R
14.00
8.00
4.38
Series A
4R
14.00
11.00
4.38
Series A
5R
15.00
11.00
4.38
Series A
6R
15.50
8.00
4.36
Series A
7R
17.13
13.00
4.94
(2) Series A
8R
19.00
10.50
4.94
Series A-L
9R
19.00
13.00
4.94
Series A-L
10R
34.50
15.00
5.68
Series A-L
11R
36.62
15.00
5.68
Series A-L
12R
43.00
20.25
6.00
Series A-L
13R
14.12
24.31
4.50
Series A
13R1
14.12
32.50
4.50
Series A
14R
14.12
40.62
4.50
Series A
15R
14.12
48.75
4.50
Series A
16R
14.12
57.00
4.50
Series A
17R
14.12
24.31
5.38
Series A
18R
14.12
40.62
5.38
Series A-L
19R
14.12
54.75
5.38
(2) Series A-L
20R
14.12
63.00
5.38
(2) Series A-L
aRefer to page 2-3 for closing plates and hubs.

Table 2.7:

Knockouts
Symbol
S
A
B
C
D
E
Conduit 5/16
1/2 3/4
1 1-1/4 1-1/2
Size (in.) b
bKnockout for grounding conductor.

S

A

Knockout Information

H

F,G,H,I

H

S

A

F,G,H

D

W

Meter
Socket
Offset

Meter
Socket
F,G,H

Table 2.6:

www.schneider-electric.us

Dimensions (Inches)

Meter
Socket
Offset

H

A,B,C,D,E

D

F,G,H,I

Hub
Opening

G,H,I,J

H

Meter
Socket

Main
Lugs
S

C,D,E,F,G
(13R, 17R)

A,B

12R

Meter
Socket

H

S

A

C,D,E,F,G (13R)
F,G,H (17R)

C,D,E,F,G
(13R, 17R)

C,D,E,F,G
(14R, 18R)

D
Main
Lugs

H

A

C,D,E,F,G (14R)
F,G,H (18R)

Meter Socket
Left position omitted on
5-Gang unit (15R)
W

C,D,E,F,G
(14R, 18R)

Hub Opening

H

A

Main
Lugs
S

C,D,E,F,G

4

14R and 18R

W

S

J

3-1/2

Main
Lugs

13R and 17R

Meter
Socket

I

3

Hub Opening

Hub Opening
D

H

2-1/2

W

D

W

D

Meter
Socket

G

2

11R

Hub Opening

W

F

C,D,E,F,G

H

A

C,D,E,F,G

13R1
C,D,E,F,G

7.50
191

22.44
570

Supplied with (2)
ACP Closing Plates.
Order A-Hubs
separately for
overhead service
feed.

C,D,E,F,G

15R and 16R

D

Meter Socket
Left position omitted on
5-Gang unit (19R)
W

Hub Opening (2 Locations)

Main
Lugs

30.00
762

C,D,E,F,G

S

C,D,E (3 Locations)

H

A

E,F,G,H (8 Locations)
C,D,E,F,G
(19R, 20R)

F,G,H
(19R, 20R)

C,D,E,F,G
(19R, 20R)

19R and 20R
A,B

EMT1225CB and EMT3225CB

2-4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

MP Meter-PakTM Meter Centers

Ring and Ringless Devices
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Ring and Ringless Type Devices

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

MP44125

Ring Type MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment with 125 A (42 kA Maximum SCCR) or
200 A (22 kA Maximum SCCR) Meter Socket Positions
Cat. No.

200

MP22125 b

977.00

3

300

300

MP33125 c

1187.00

4

400

400

MP44125 c

1730.00

5

500

MP55125 c

2079.00

6

400 Al
500 Cu
400 Al
500 Cu

600

MP66125 c

2415.00

2

400

400

MP42200 c

1274.00

3

400

400

MP43200 c

2151.00

4

400

600

MP64200 c

2814.00

5
600 Al, 750 Cu
800
MP85200 c
6
600 Al, 750 Cu
800
MP86200 c
For A and A-L Hubs see page 2-3, for B Hubs see page 3-9.
Meets EUSERC standards.
Meets EUSERC standards with addition of lug landing kit, MMSK2.

3377.00
4040.00

No. of
Poles

125

Line Lug Wire
Size Al/Cu
AWG/kcmil

$ Price

(1) 4–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(2) 3/0–500
(2) 3/0–500

200

a
b
c

Table 2.9:

200

No. Bypass
Cat. No.

$ Price

Horn
Bypass
Cat. No.

$ Price

Lever
Bypass
Cat. No.

QOM2-MM,
QOM2-MVH

Semi-Flush
Flange Kit

Wt Lbs

Box No.

A/B300

MPSF12

46

1R

A-L

MPSF14

95

2R

A-L

MPSF14

97

2R

(4) A-L

MPSF16

130

3R

MPSF16

132

3R

MPSF23

99

4R

(4) A-L

$ Price

MPR22125

995.00

MPH22125

1002.00

—

—

3

300

300

MPR33125

1220.00

MPH33125

1253.00

—

—

4

400

400

MPR44125

1781.00

MPH44125

1830.00

—

—

5

500

MPR55125

2246.00

MPH55125

2330.00

—

—

600

MPR66125

2615.00

MPH66125

2715.00

—

—

2
3
4
2
3

400 Al
500 Cu
400 Al
500 Cu
400
400
400
350
400

400
400
600
350
500

MPR42200
MPR43200
MPR64200
—
—

1290.00
2186.00
2865.00
—
—

MPH42200
MPH43200
MPH64200
—
—

1299.00
2219.00
2916.00
—
—

4

400

600

—

6

QO,
QO-VH,
QOH

Hub Prov.a

MPSF23

99

4R

MPSF24

135

5R

MPSF26
MPSF26

173
173

6R
6R

(4) A-L

Ringless Type MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment with 125 A (42 kAMaximum SCCR) or
200 A Type MPR, MPH (22 kA Maximum SCCR) or 225 A Type MPL (100 kA Maximum SCCR) Meter Socket Positions

Factory-Installed
Amperes No.
Main Lugs
Main Bus
Per of Pos.
Ampacity
Pos.
(See page 2-6 for Ampacity
alternate lugs)
2
200
200

125

Circuit
Breaker Type
(2P)

—

—

MPL32225
MPL53225

1739.00
2741.00

MPL64225

3656.00

—
—

—
—

225
—

—

—

5
600 Al, 750 Cu
800
MPR85200
3545.00 MPH85200
3627.00
200
6
600 Al, 750 Cu
800
MPR86200
4241.00 MPH86200
4341.00
d
For A and A-L Hubs see page 2-3, for B Hubs see page 3-9.
e
Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately). Refer to oage 2-15 for pricing.

Line Lug
Wire Size
Al/Cu
AWG/kcmil
(1) 4–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250

(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(2) 3/0–500
(2) 3/0–500

Circuit Breaker
Type
Hub
(2P)
Prov. d
(See page 2-6)
A/B300

QO,
QO-VH,
QOH

Semi-Flush
Flange Kit

Wt
Lbs

Box
No.

MPSF12

46

1R

MPSF14

95

2R

MPSF14

97

2R

MPSF16

130

3R

MPSF16

132

3R

MPSF23
MPSF23
MPSF24
N/A
N/A

99
99
135
105
147

4R
4R
5R
7R
8R

N/A

200

9R

MPSF26
MPSF26

173
173

6R
6R

A-L

(2) A-L

QOM2-MM,
QOM2-MVH
QBP-TM,
QDP-TM,
QGP-TM or (2) A-L
QJ-TM
QOe, QO-VHe
or QOHe
QOM2-MM,
QOM2-MVH

UL Listed short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE4

Discount
Schedule

METERING EQUIPMENT

Main Bus
Ampacity
(A)

2

Factory-Installed
Main Lug Ampacity
(See page 2-6 for
alternate lugs)
200

Amperes
per Pole

2-5

2

Table 2.8:

Consult local utility for approval before installation.
120/240 Vac 1Ø3W.
Main lugs only—two to six meter sockets.
Enclosures are indoor/rainproof NEMA 3R construction.
Suitable only for use as service equipment.
Swingable mounting feet supplied at bottom of device.
Factory-installed mechanical lugs, alternate lugs and NEMA/EUSERC lug landing kits available.
Surface mount, convertible to semi-flush with field installed flange kit.
Ring type devices supplied with 4-jaw meter sockets (5th jaw kits available, order separately).
Ringless type devices supplied with 5-jaw meter sockets, available with and without horn or lever bypass.
Provisions for mounting 2-pole circuit breaker for each meter socket position (order circuit breakers separately).
Mounting channel supplied, except for box 1R (125 A, 2-position).
Combination overhead/underground feed.

MP Meter-PakTM Meter Centers

Tenant Circuit Breakers and Accessories
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Tenant Circuit Breakers
UL Listed Short Circuit Current Rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. (Refer to the
table on the bottom of page 2-9 for Square D certified ratings for downstream panelboards and load centers.)
Table 2.10:
Amperes

QO2100VH
2P, Plug-on Type
Circuit Breaker

2
QDP22200TM
2P, Bolt-on Type
Circuit Breaker

Tenant Circuit Breakers
10 k AIR
120/240 Vac

$ Price
(DE2A)

22 k AIR
120/240 Vac

$ Price
(DE2A)

42 k AIR
120/240 Vac

For use in 125 A Max. Type MP, MPR and MPH Meter-Pak Metering Equipment
40
QO240
67.00
QO240VHa
146.00
50
QO250
67.00
QO250VHa
146.00
60
QO260
67.00
QO260VH
146.00
70
QO270
134.00
QO270VH
224.00
80
QO280
189.00
QO280VH
315.00
90
QO290
189.00
QO290VH
315.00
100
QO2100
189.00
QO2100VH
315.00
125
QO2125
428.00
QO2125VH
1034.00

QOH240
QOH250a
QOH260a
QOH270a
QOH280a
QOH290
QOH2100
QOH2125

For use in 200 A Max. Type MP, MPR and MPH Meter-Pak Metering Equipment
100
QOM2100MM
474.00
QOM2100MVH
1143.00
125
QOM2125MM
474.00
QOM2125MVH
1143.00
150
QOM2150MM
474.00
QOM2150MVH
1143.00
175
QOM2175MM
474.00
QOM2175MVH
1143.00
200
QOM2200MM
474.00
QOM2200MVH
1143.00
10 k AIR
$ Price
25 k AIR
$ Price
Amperes
120/240 Vac
(DE2A)
120/240 Vac
(DE2A)

—
—
—
—
—
65 k AIR
120/240 Vac

METERING EQUIPMENT

For use in 225 A MPL Lever Bypass Meter-Pak Metering Equipment
40
QO240b
67.00
QO240VHacb
146.00
QOH240bd
50
QO250b
67.00
QO250VHacb
146.00
QOH250bda
60
QO260b
67.00
QO260VHacb
146.00
QOH260bda
70
QBP22070TM
474.00
QDP22070TM
1143.00
QGP22070TM
80
QBP22080TM
474.00
QDP22080TM
1143.00
QGP22080TM
90
QBP22090TM
474.00
QDP22090TM
1143.00
QGP22090TM
100
QBP22100TM
474.00
QDP22100TM
1143.00
QGP22100TM
110
QBP22110TM
474.00
QDP22110TM
1143.00
QGP22110TM
125
QBP22125TM
474.00
QDP22125TM
1143.00
QGP22125TM
150
QBP22150TM
474.00
QDP22150TM
1143.00
QGP22150TM
175
QBP22175TM
474.00
QDP22175TM
1143.00
QGP22175TM
200
QBP22200TM
474.00
QDP22200TM
1143.00
QGP22200TM
225
QBP22225TM
474.00
QDP22225TM
1143.00
QGP22225TM
a
Order only. Not stocked in PDS. Order Point: Lincoln.
b
Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately). Refer to page 2-15 for pricing.
c
QO-VH tenant circuit breakers are rated 22 kAIR at 120/240 Vac.
d
QOH tenant circuit breakers are rated 42 k AIR at 120/240 Vac.

$ Price
(DE2A)
317.00
317.00
317.00
528.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
1389.00
—
—
—
—
—
$ Price
(DE2A)
317.00
317.00
317.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00

100 k AIR
120/240 Vac

$ Price
(DE2A)

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
100 k AIR
120/240 Vac

—
—
—
—
—
$ Price
(DE2A)

—
—
—
QJP22070TM
QJP22080TM
QJP22090TM
QJP22100TM
QJP22110TM
QJP22125TM
QJP22150TM
QJP22175TM
QJP22200TM
QJP22225TM

—
—
—
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00

QOM2200MVH

Accessories
Table 2.11:

Accessories

Accessory

Description
Cat. No.
Fifth Jaw Kit
5J
For MPR and MPH only
MMHB
For Bolt-on Q2M tenant circuit breakers (40–125 A, 2P)
EZM125QOA
125 A Ring Style 2 Position Top Meter (Only)
MM125MBe
Slider Type Manual Circuit Closing:
125 and 200 A Ring Style
MM200MBe
Snap-on Aluminum
2920910001
Sealing Rings:
Screw Type Aluminum
29008W
Snap-on Type Stainless Steel
ARP00026
™
™
Meter Cover-Lexan
Meter Cover-Lexan
29007
(1) 1/0–600 AWG/kcmil or
MMLK250fg
(2) 1/0–250 AWG/kcmil per phase
Optional Lug Kits:
(2) 3/0–500 AWG/kcmil per phase
MMLK500g
(2) 2–600 AWG/kcmil per phase
MMLK600g
125 A 2 Position
MPSF12
125 A 3–4 Position
MPSF14
125 A 5–6 Position
MPSF16
Semiflush Kits:
200 A 2–3 Position
MPSF23
200 A 4 Position
MPSF24
200 A 5–6 Position
MPSF26
For 3 through 6 position 125 A and 200 A devices. Each pad rated 600 A maximum and
NEMA/EUSERC Lug Landing Kit:
MMSK2g
includes (2) 1/2-13 studs and mounting hardware.
For use ONLY on MPL43225, MPL53225 and MPL64225 with optional lugs. See wiring
NEMA Lug Landing Kit:
MMSK4
diagram of each device for optional lugs.
125 A 2 Position ONLY
MP43X8PED
125 A 3–6 Position
MP43X11PED
200 A 2–6 Position
MP43X11PED
MP Meter-Pak Wireway:
(Wall Mount Pedestal)
MPL32-225
MP35X11PEDh
MPL53-225
MP43X11PED
MPL64-225
MP35X11PEDh
Used ONLY with MP43X8PED
MP12X8PEDEXTh
MP Meter-Pak Wireway Extensions:
Used with MP43X11PED and MP35X11PED
MP12X11PEDEXTh
e
The meter center short circuit current rating is 10 kA when manual circuit closing is used. Not rated for continuous duty.
f
Standard lug for 3 through 6 position 125 A and 2 through 4 position 200 A devices.
g
Cannot be installed on 2 position 125 A device.
h
Order only. Not stocked in PDS. Order point: Lexington.
Fifth Jaw Kit
Horn Bypass Kit
QO Adapter

MMLK500

$ Price
18.30
16.70
273.00
171.00
171.00
8.00
20.10
16.70
10.10
150.00
200.00
233.00
101.00
134.00
218.00
144.00
171.00
255.00
185.00
276.00
441.00
504.00
504.00
504.00
504.00
504.00
102.00
126.00

For hubs and closing plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2-3

2-6

DE4

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

MP Meter-PakTM Meter Centers

Dimensions
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Dimensions and Knockouts
A Hub Opening Supplied
with ACP Closing Plate

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plate

7.28

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

7.28

7.28

185

185

185

12.28

Mounting Holes
(4) Locations
(Supplied without
Mounting Channel)

36.46

24.34

312

926

618

Top Position
Omitted on
3-Gang Unit

Top Left
Position
Omitted on
5-Gang Unit

37.50
953

9.00

9.00

229
Typ.

9.00

229
Typ.

229

48.12

42.37

1222

1076

18.50
470

11.19

C,D,F

284

C,D,F

11.19

C,D,F

284

C,D,F

A,B

D,F,G and A or
B300 Hub Provision
A

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

C,D,F

Box 1R

A

Box 3R
A,B

Box 2R

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

8.28
210

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

METERING EQUIPMENT

C,D,F

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

8.28
210

8.28
210

29.44

46.68

748

1186

29.44
748

Top Position
Omitted on
2-Gang Unit

Top Left
Position
Omitted on
5-Gang Unit

9.00
229
Typ.

9.00

9.00

229
Typ.

229
Typ.

43.41

43.41

1103

2

1103

52.00
1321

12.22

12.22

310

C,D,F

310

C,D,F

12.22

C,D,F

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision

310

C,D,E,F

C,D,E,F

Box 4R

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

A,B

A,B,C

C,D,E,F

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

Box 5R

9.62
244

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

A,B

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

19.43

9.62
244

35.37

9.62

494

Box 6R

898

244

35.37
898

14.00
356

60.25

53.12

1530

67.37

1349

34.00

1711

14.00

864

14.00

356
Typ.

356
Typ.

C,D,E,F

13.43

C,D,E,F

341

C,D,E,F

13.43
341

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

C,D,E,F

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

C,D,E,F

Box 7R

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

C,D,E,F

A,B
A,B

Box 8R

Box 9R

A,B

Knockouts
Symbol
Conduit Size
(in.)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

A

B

C

1/2

3/4

1

D

E

1-1/4 1-1/2

F

G

H

I

J

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

2-7

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

Indoor/Rainproof EZM General Information
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

NEMA 3R Construction

Branch Units

240 Vac Maximum, for use on AC systems, suitable for
use as Service Equipment.
Utility Company Requirements Review local utility
requirements to ensure that metering equipment
meets their standards.

•

2

Incoming Service to Main Device 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W
Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards:

METERING EQUIPMENT

120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W
(4-jaw ring type meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers)
(5-jaw ringless meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers).

Incoming Service to Main Device 240/120 Vac, 3Ø4W
Delta

•

Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards:

•

•

120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W (Fed from transformer’s “A-Phase” and
“C-Phase” only.) NOTE: Connection to High-Leg “B-Phase”
not permitted for this service
(4-jaw ring type meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers)
(5-jaw ringless meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers)
Standard 3Ø IN/1Ø OUT branch units are not suitable for
use on this Delta System. Special branch units are
available for this System by adding suffix: “CA” to catalog
number (Typical Examples: EZM313125CA,
EZM313125XCA, EZM313125CUXCA, EZM314225CA,
EZM314225XCA, EZM314225CUXCA, EZM315225CA,
EZM314225CUCA, etc.).
240/120 Vac, 3Ø4W Delta (7-jaw meter sockets, three-pole
circuit breakers).

Incoming Service to Main Device 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W
Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards:

•
•

120/208 Vac, 1Ø3W (5-jaw meter sockets, two-pole circuit
breakers)
208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W (7-jaw meter sockets, three-pole circuit
breakers).

•
•

mounted.

•
•

2000 A main disconnect must be center mounted and
requires use of branch units having 1200 A continuous
horizontal cross bus.
400, 800 and 1200 A Type EZM-TBU terminal boxes supplied
with lug landings to meet EUSERC requirements.

Main Circuit Breaker ratings: 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200,
1600 and 2000 A
Main Fusible Switch ratings: 400, 600, 800, and 1200 A
(1Ø3W only)
Main Lugs Terminal Box ratings:
225, 400, 600, 800, 1200, 1600, and 2000 A

2-8

Tenant circuit breakers must be ordered separately for these
branch units. 125 A max. units make use of Type QO, QO-VH
or QO-H two-pole tenant circuit breakers (40–125 A). 225 A
max. units make use of Type QDP-TM, QBP-TM, QGP-TM
and QJP-TM two-pole tenant circuit breakers (70–225 A), and
may also make use of two-pole Type QO (40–125 A at 10 kA
max.), two-pole Type QO-VH (40–60 A at 100 kA max.), or
two-pole Type QO-H (40–60 A at 100 kA max.) tenant circuit
breakers.
225 A commercial branch units are available in ring type
or ringless type construction and are supplied with 1200 A
copper horizontal cross bus with aluminum vertical
connectors as standard (Example: EZML314225). For
optional 1200 A continuous all-copper bussing, add suffix
“CU” to catalog number (Example: EZML314225CU). Plugin style commercial meter sockets are available as ring type
EZMT with test block bypass (meets EUSERC
requirements), ringless type EZMR without bypass, and
ringless type EZML with lever bypass.
225 A max. units make use of type QDP-TM, QBP-TM, QGPTM and QJP-TM two-pole or three-pole tenant circuit breakers
(70– 225 A), and may also make use of two-pole type QO
(40–125 A at 10 kA max.), two-pole type QO-VH (40–60 A at
100 kA max.), or two-pole type QO-H (40–60 A at 100 kA
max.) tenant circuit breakers.

Note: QO, QO-VH and QO-H tenant circuit breakers used
in 225 A branch units require the use of adapter
EZM125QOA (purchased separately). Refer to page 2-15
for pricing.
• 400 A branch units are available in ringless type

Main Devices
• 400, 600 and 800 A main disconnects may be end mounted
with branch units having 800 A or 1200 A continuous
horizontal cross bus.
1000 and 1200 A main disconnect or terminal box must be
center mounted when used with branch devices with main
bus rated 800 A continuous.
1600 A main disconnect or terminal box must be center

125 A and 225 A residential branch units are available
in ring type or ringless type construction and are supplied with
800 A continuous aluminum horizontal cross bus as standard
(Example: EZM314125). For optional 1200 A continuous
copper horizontal cross bus with aluminum vertical
connectors, add suffix “X” to catalog number (Example:
EZM314125X). For optional 1200 A continuous all-copper
bussing, add suffix “CUX” to catalog number (Example:
EZM314125CUX). NOTE: 5-gang 225 A EZM, EZMR and
EZMH residential branch units are supplied with 1200 A
continuous Cross Bus as standard, do not add suffix “X” or
“CUX” to these units (Examples: EZMR315225 or
EZMR315225CU). Plug-in style residential meter sockets are
available as ring type EZM without bypass, ringless type
EZMR without bypass, and ringless type EZMH with horn
bypass.

EZ Meter-Pak meter center enclosures meet NEC wire
bending requirements, and are designed for wall mounting
only (not suitable for floor mounting). All unmetered
conductor compartments may be sealed by the utility
company.
EZ Meter-Pak meter centers have UL Listed short circuit
current ratings up to 100 kA at 240 Vac when properly
applied. For three-tier series ratings refer to Data Bulletin
4100DB0301 and Instruction Bulletin 80043-303-22.
Suitable incoming services for an EZM main device
and available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream
panelboards from EZM branch section(s)—

•

www.schneider-electric.us

•
•

construction only, and are supplied with 1200 A continuous
all-copper bussing as standard (Example: EZML332400).
These branch units are supplied with factory-installed type
DJM tenant circuit breakers that have a field adjustable
ampere rating trip setting from 160 A min. to 400 A max.
A tamper-evident seal kit is available where needed, order
seal kit 29375 (refer to NEC 240-6 [c]). 400 A branch units
are available as Type EZML with plug-in style lever bypass
type meter sockets, or Type EZMK with bolt-on style with
manual bypass type meter sockets.
Units having 800 A continuous horizontal cross bus
WILL CONNECT with units having 1200 A continuous
horizontal cross bus.
Single phase units (three bus bars in horizontal cross bus)
WILL NOT CONNECT with three phase units (four bus
bars in horizontal cross bus).

For Load Center Three-Tiered Series Ratings used
downstream from Metering Equipment, refer to Data
Bulletins : 4100DB0301 and 2700DB9901.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

Selection Information
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

•

Review local utility requirements to ensure that metering
equipment meets their standards.
Check local utility to determine available fault current at the
meter center.

•

•

Using the SCCR table:
—

—
—
—

Table 2.12:

Select meter center configuration, main lugs only (Six
Disconnect Rule), or remote main, main circuit breaker, or
main fusible switch.
Read down to select SCCR equal to, or greater than desired
rating.
Read across to select branch unit tenant circuit breaker type.
Continue reading across to select EZM main device type.

UL Listed Meter Center Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)

Tenant circuit breakers of same frame size having higher AIR values may replace tenant circuit breakers as listed in tables below and maintain the series rating.

EZM Branch Units

Load
Centers
(Main Lugs)

f

Service
Disconnects
(6 Max.)
T ransformer

EZM Main Lugs
Terminal Box

Figure 1

EZ Meter-Pak (Six Disconnect Rule Applications)—See Figure 1
QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
10 kA
QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d
QB (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A )
22 kA
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
25 kA
QD (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
QOH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
42 kA
QOH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
65 kA
QG (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
QJ (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) c
100 kA
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)ec

EZM Main Device with Integral Mounted Main,
Remote Mounted Main or without an Upstream Mounted Main
(Six Disconnect Rule)

400–2000 A Main Lugs Terminal Box
(Tenant Circuit Breakers used as Service Disconnects—6 maximum)

EZ Meter-Pak 225–2000 A Main Lugs Terminal Box Applications Protected by Remote Main—See Figure 2
QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d
Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 10 k AIR
10 kA
QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
minimum
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P 160–400 A)e
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 22 k AIR
22 kA
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
minimum
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
25 kA

EZM Main Lugs Terminal Box
EZM Branch Units

42 kA

Transformer

Tenant
Circuit
Breakers

Load
Centers
(Main Lugs)

f

Upstream Disconnection
Means and Overcurrent
Protection as required

65 kA

Figure 2

100 kA

QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
QOH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QOH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
QG (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160-400 A)e
QJ (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A )c
DJM (400 A 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)ec
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A)
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160-400 A)e
QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c

Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 25 k AIR
minimum
Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 42 k AIR
minimum
Must be protected by a Square D circuit breaker Type LA (400 A max.) or MA
(1000 A max.) Rated 42 k AIR minimum
Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 65 k AIR minimum
Must be protected by a Square D circuit breaker Type LH (400 A max.), MG (800
A max.), MH (1000 A max.), PG (1200 A max.) or RG (2000 A max.) rated 65 k
AIR minimum.
Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 100 k AIR
minimum
Must be protected by an upstream disconnection means with Class R (600 A
Max.); Class J (600 A Max); Class T6 (800 A Max.); Class T3 (1200 A Max.) or
Class L (1200 A Max.).
Must be protected by an upstream disconnection means with Class R (600 A
Max.); Class J (600 A Max); Class T6 (800 A Max.); Class T3 (1200 A Max.) or
Class L (1200 A Max.) fuses or by a Square D circuit breaker Type MJ (800 A
Max.); PJ (1200 A Max.); or RJ (2000 A Max.) rated 100 k AIR minimum.

EZ Meter-Pak—Main Circuit Breaker Applications—See Figure 3
QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
10 kA
QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d
QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
400-2000 A EZM Main Device with Type LH (400 A Max.); MH (1000 A Max.); PG
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
or PJ (1200 A Max.); RG or RJ (2000 A Max.)
QO-VH
(225
A,
2P,
40–60
A)d
65 kA
QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
1000 A Main Device with catalog number suffix "CBU" supplied with
EZM Circuit Breaker Main
QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A)
Type MHF circuit breaker.
or EZM Main Fusible Switch
QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c
EZM Branch Units
100 kA
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A)
QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c
1200–2000 A EZM Main Device with Type PJ (1200 A Max.) or RJ (2000 A Max.)
DJM (400 A 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
EZ Meter-Pak—Main Fusible Switch Applications—See Figure 3
Transformer
QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
Tenant
Load
Circuit
Centers
10 kA
QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d
400–1200 A EZM Main Device (1Ø or 3Ø) with Class T (300 Vac) fuses installed.
Breakers
(Main Lugs)f
QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
Figure 3
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
100 kA
QD (225 A 2P, only, 70–225 A)
400–1200 A EZM Main Device (1Ø or 3Ø) with Class T (300 Vac) fuses installed.
QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
a
Meter center short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest short circuit current rating given in table for any circuit breaker installed in any meter panelboard in the meter center.
b
Short circuit current rating is measured at the LINE SIDE terminals of the integral mounted or remote mounted main providing overcurrent protection for the EZM metering equipment lineup.
c
3P only tenant circuit breaker(s) are limited to: 100 kA Max. at 208Y/120 Vac or 65 kA Max at 240/120 Vac.
d
Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately). Refer to page 2-15 for pricing.
e
Supplied with factory-installed circuit breaker(s), with an adjustable trip range of 160–400 A.
f
For three-tier series ratings refer to Data Bulletin 4100DB0301 and Instruction Bulletin 80043-303-22.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

METERING EQUIPMENT

Figures

EZM Meter Center Overcurrent Protection Devices
EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breaker
Types Available (Branch Unit Amperes max.,
Number of Poles, Tenant Circuit Breaker
Amperes Rating Range)

2-9

2

Short Circuit
Current Rating
(240 Vac
Maximum)ab

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

Indoor/Rainproof 1 Phase Main Devices
Class 4161 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø 3W 120/240 Vac EZ Meter-Pak Meter Centers—1Ø, Indoor/Rainproof, UL Listed
1200 A Main CB/Fusible Switch Devices come Standard with 2-STEP Removable
Service Entrance Endwalls
Select EZM meter center short circuit current rating from Table 2.12 on page 2-9. Using this table as a reference, make
the following selections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Select EZM 1Ø main device from Table 2.13 or 2.14, below, with an equal or higher short circuit rating than the application.
Select EZM 1Ø branch units from Tables 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17.
Select proper 2P type QO, QO-VH, QOH, QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM branch circuit breakers for use as tenant mains
in branch unit from Table 2.24, page 2-15.
Select accessories as required from Table 2.25, page 2-15.
Dimensions; page 2-16.

Select Main Devices—NEMA 3R Construction
Table 2.13:

Main Devices, Overhead/Underground Feed

Cross
Ampere Horizontal
Bus Rating and
Rating Bus
Bar Material

Width
(in.)

Cat. No.f

Factory-Installed Line Side Lug
(Conductors per Phase and Neutral)
Wire Size (AWG/kcmil)

2

Main Circuit Breaker (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)

METERING EQUIPMENT

EZM1800CB

65 kA
$ Price
100kA
$ Price
400 400 A Al
EZM1400CBa
6180.00
—
—
18.66
600 600 A Al
EZM1600CBa
8573.00
—
—
18.66
800 800 A Al
EZM1800CBa
11364.00
—
—
18.66
1000 1000 A Al
EZM11000CBa
15767.00
—
—
18.66
1200 1200 A Cu
EZM11200GCBTbj
20366.00 EZM11200JCBTbj
23563.00
23.69
1600 1200 A Al/Cu
EZM11600GCBCcb
29904.00 EZM11600JCBCcb
34650.00
30.19
2000 1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZM12000CBc
54518.00
30.19
Main Fusible Switches (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately)
400 400 A Al
—
—
EZM1400FS
3989.00
18.66
600 600 A Al
—
—
EZM1600FS
6978.00
18.66
800 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1800FS
8972.00
18.66
1200 1200 A Cu
—
—
EZM11200FSTj
11564.00
23.69
Main Lug Terminal Boxes (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)
225 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1225TBd
798.00
11.66
400 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1400TBg
915.00
17.15
600 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1600TBg
998.00
17.15
800 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1800TBg
1236.00
18.66
800 800 A Cu
—
—
EZM1800TBCUhg
1658.00
24.08
1600 1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZM11600TBchg
3588.00
22.48
2000 1200 A Cu
—
—
EZM12000TBg
9600.00
30.19

Table 2.14:

(1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250
(3) 3/0–500
(3) 3/0–500
(3) 3/0–500
(4) 3/0-500
(6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
(6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
(1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250
(3) 3/0–500
(3) 3/0–500
(4) 3/0-500
(1) 4–300
(2) 3/0–500
(2) 1/0–750 or (4) 1/0–300
(4) 3/0–500
(4) 3/0–500
(6) 1/0-750 or (12) 1/0-300
6 (Order Lugs Separately)

Main Devices, Underground Feed Only

Cross
Ampere Horizontal
Bus Rating and
Rating Bus
Bar Material

Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

Factory-Installed Lug Landings
for use with Crimp-Type Lugs
(2-Hole Mounting)
Qty. per Phase and Neutral, except
non-EUSERC 1200A device. e

20.46
26.19
26.19
34.19
23.69
32.39
30.19
30.19

1 (Order Lugs Separately)
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
(4) 3/0-500
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
6 (Order Lugs Separately)
6 (Order Lugs Separately)

Main Circuit Breakers (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)e
400
600
800
1000
1200
1200
1600
2000

EZM1800CBU

2-10

400 A Al
600 A Al
800 A Al
1000 A Al/Cu
1200 A Cu
1200 A Cu
1200 A Al/Cu
1200 A Al/Cu

65 kA
EZM1400CBUa
EZM1600CBUa
EZM1800CBUa
—
EZM11200GCBUifb
EZM11200GCBEb
EZM11600GCBUcfb
—

$ Price
100 kA
6380.00
—
9171.00
—
11762.00
—
—
EZM11000CBUc
17590.00 EZM11200JCBUifb
18550.00 EZM11200JCBEb
31658.00 EZM11600JCBUcfb
—
EZM12000CBUfc

$ Price
—
—
—
16547.00
20372.00
21332.00
36404.00
52755.00

Main Fusible Switches (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)e Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately)
400 400 A Al
—
—
EZM1400FSU
6180.00
20.46
1 (Order Lugs Separately)
600 600 A Al
—
—
EZM1600FSU
9369.00
20.46
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
800 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1800FSU
11564.00
20.46
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200 1200 A Cu
—
—
EZM11200FSBi
13194.00
23.69
(4) 3/0-500
1200 1200 A Cu
—
—
EZM11200FSE
14154.00
32.39
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
Main Lug Terminal Boxes (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)
400 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1400TBUg
1544.00
17.16
1 (Order Lugs Separately)
800 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1800TBUg
1827.00
25.16
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200 1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZM11200TBUg
3725.00
33.16
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
a
Available by special order with main circuit breaker supplied with other standard ampere ratings, consult local Field Office (allow 6 weeks for delivery).
b
Ampere rating of the circuit breaker supplied with this device can be changed to a LOWER value in the field by changing the setting on the circuit breaker.
c
Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars.
d
225 A terminal box supplied with isolated neutral that cannot be bonded Not suitable for use on the LINE side of service equipment.
e
For mechanical lugs (3/0 AWG–600 kcmil) order kit CMELK4, Price $91.00. Kit includes 4 lugs only. Multiple kits may be required, consult factory. For
crimp-type lugs refer to Anderson Electrical Connector Products Catalog AEC-40R.
f
Does not meet EUSERC Standards.
g
Terminal box is suitable for use on LINE or LOAD side of service equipment. Supplied with isolated neutral and provided with neutral bonding kit for use
as required. Refer to page 2-9 for appropriate short circuit current ratings.
h
Feed-thru lug kit available, see Accessories, page 2-15.
i
For field installed Lug Landing Kit Order catalog number EZM1200ULL, List Price $460.00, order lugs separately.
j
Top feed only.

DE4

Discount
Schedule

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

1 Phase Branch Devices
Class 4161 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Branch Devices—NEMA 3R Construction
Branch Units—1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing
Width
(in.)

Ring Type
4-Jaw Meter Socketm
without Bypassa

Number Horizontal Cross
of Meter Bus Rating and
Sockets Bus Bar Material

Cat. No.

Ringless Type
5-Jaw Meter Socket
without Bypass

$ Price

125 A Maximum (Order Type QO, QO-VH or QOH Circuit Breakers Separately) b
800 A Al
EZM113125c
1436.00
3
1200 A Cu
EZM113125CUX
2282.00
800 A Al
EZM114125c
1914.00
1Ø3W
4
1200 A Cu
EZM114125CUX
3043.00
120/240 Vac
12.25
2P Branch
800 A Al
EZM115125c
2354.00
5
Circuit Breakers
1200 A Cu
EZM115125CUX
3742.00
800 A Al
EZM116125c
2792.00
6
1200 A Cu
EZM116125CUX
4438.00

EZMH114125

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

EZMR113125c
EZMR113125CUX
EZMR114125c
EZMR114125CUX
EZMR115125c
EZMR115125CUX
EZMR116125c
EZMR116125CUX

1436.00
2282.00
1914.00
3043.00
2354.00
3742.00
2792.00
4438.00

EZMH113125c
EZMH113125CUX
EZMH114125c
EZMH114125CUX
EZMH115125c
EZMH115125CUX
EZMH116125c
EZMH116125CUX

1755.00
2282.00
2153.00
3043.00
2910.00
3742.00
3549.00
4438.00

225 A Maximum Branch Units (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately) d
800 A Al
EZM112225c
2273.00
EZMR112225c
2273.00
EZMH112225c
2474.00
2
1200 A Cu
EZM112225CUX
3615.00 EZMR112225CUX
3615.00 EZMH112225CUX 3615.00
800 A Al
EZM113225c
2792.00
EZMR113225c
2792.00
EZMH113225c
3069.00
1Ø3W
3
1200 A Cu
EZM113225CUX
4438.00 EZMR113225CUX
4438.00 EZMH113225CUX 4438.00
120/240 Vac
17.38
2P Branch
800 A Al
EZM114225c
3588.00
EZMR114225c
3588.00
EZMH114225c
4028.00
4
Circuit Breakers
1200 A Cu
EZM114225CUX
5705.00 EZMR114225CUX
5705.00 EZMH114225CUX 5705.00
1200 A Al/Cu
EZM115225
4715.00
EZMR115225
4715.00
EZMH115225
4715.00
5
1200 A Cu
EZM115225CU
7090.00 EZMR115225CU
7090.00 EZMH115225CU
7090.00
a
Snap-on aluminum sealing rings supplied as standard.
b
Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided.
c
For 1200 A main cross bus add suffix “X” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125X). Add 3% adder to list per device. Allow 6 weeks for delivery.
d
Type QO, QO-VH and QOH branch circuit breakers (40–60 A) may be installed with use of EZM125QOA adapter kits, refer to page 2-15.

Table 2.16:

Branch Units—225 A Maximum Commercial
(Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately, see page 2-15)e
Number
of Meter
Sockets

System
Type

EZML113225
e
f
g
h

1Ø3W
120/240 Vac
2P Branch
Circuit Breakers
i
j

Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

Ring Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket
with Test Block Bypass.
Meets EUSERC Requirements

$ Price

Cat. No.

Branch Units—400 A Maximum Commercial

System
Type

EZMT111225

Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket
with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release

Horizontal Cross Bus
Ratingand Bus Bar
Material

Width
$ Price
(in.)
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML111225
2453.00
EZMT111225f
22.42
3387.00
1
1200 A Cu
EZML111225CU
19.44
3901.00
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML111225Dg
2576.00
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML112225
4466.00
EZMT112225f
22.42
6143.00
2
1200 A Cu
EZML112225CU
19.44
7101.00
—
—
—
1Ø3W
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML112225Dg
4689.00
—
—
—
120/240 Vac
2P Branch
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML113225
6579.00
EZMT113225fh
22.42
9215.00
Circuit Breakers
3
1200 A Cu
EZML113225CU
19.44
10461.00
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML113225Dg
6908.00
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML114225
8813.00
—
—
—
4
1200 A Cu
EZML114225CU
19.44
14013.00
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML114225Dg
9254.00
—
—
—
2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using
EZM125QOA adapter kit, refer to page 2-15.
Supplied with bondable neutral, suitable for use as service equipment. Use main lugs terminal box type EZM-TBU for Six Disconnect Rule applications
to feed this device. Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars.
Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided.
Does not meet EUSERC 48 in. minImum / 75 in. maximum meter height requirements for outdoor installations. The bottom meter socket is 37 inches above
ground when the device is mounted with the top meter socket at 75 inches above ground. EUSERC indoor requirements are 36 in. minimum / 75 in. maximum.

Table 2.17:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Ringless Type
5-Jaw Meter Socket
with Horn Bypass

Number
of Meter
Sockets

Main
Cross Bus
Rating
and Bus Bar
Material

Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket
with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release.
Includes Factory-Installed 400 A Type DJM
Circuit Breaker ij
Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

$ Price

Ringless Type K Bolt-on
4-Jaw Meter Socket with Manual Bypass.
Includes Factory-Installed 400 A Type DJM
Circuit Breaker i
Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

$ Price

1

1200 A Cu

EZML111400

23.21

5981.00

EZMK111400

27.56

7424.00

2

1200 A Cu

EZML112400

23.21

11963.00

EZMK112400

27.56

14531.00

DJM circuit breaker has adjustable trip settings from 160–400 A. Use seal kit 29375, if required. DJM circuit breaker terminal lug kit 32508 factoryinstalled and accomodates (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu per phase. Alternate lug kit 32510 for DJM circuit breaker is available,
see Accessories, page 2-15. Additional field-installed DJ circuit breaker accessories are available, see page 7-35.
Supplied with Class 320 lever bypass meter socket. Utilizes anti-inversion clip kit MMLRK, if required, refer to page 2-15.

DE4

Discount
Schedule

2-11

METERING EQUIPMENT

System
Type

2

Table 2.15:

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

3 Phase Main Devices
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

3Ø4W 208Y/120 Vac or 240/120 Vac Delta EZ Meter-Pak Meter Centers—
3Ø Indoor/Rainproof, UL Listed
1200 A Main CB/Fusible Switch Devices come Standard with 2-STEP Removable Service Entrance Endwalls
Select EZM meter center short circuit current rating from Table 2.12 on page 2-9. Using this table as a reference, make
the following selections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Select 3Ø EZM main device below with an equal or higher short circuit rating than the application from Tables 2.18 and 2.19.
Select EZM 3Ø branch units from Tables 2.20, 2.21 and 2.22.
Select proper 2P type QO, QO-VH, QOH, QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM or 3P QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM
branch circuit breakers for use as tenant mains in branch unit; from Table 2.24.
Select accessories as required, from Table 2.25.
Dimensions, page 2-16.

Main Devices—NEMA 3R Construction
Table 2.18:

Main Device, Overhead/Underground Feed

Cross
Ampere Horizontal
Bus Rating and
Rating Bus
Bar Material

Width
(in.)

Cat. No.f

Factory-Installed Line Side Lug
(Conductors per Phase and
Neutral) Wire Size (AWG–kcmil)

Main Circuit Breakers (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing)
65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating (400–1600 A Max.), 100 kA Short Circuit Current Rating (2000 A Max.)

2
METERING EQUIPMENT

Short Circuit Rating
400
400 A Al
600
600 A Al
800
800 A Al
1000
1000 A Al
1200
1200 A Cu
1600
1200 A Al/Cu
2000
1200 A Al/Cu

65 kA
EZM3400CBa
EZM3600CBa
EZM3800CBa
EZM31000CBa
EZM31200GCBTbk
EZM31600GCBCc
—

$Price
6620.00
10247.00
13650.00
17027.00
23127.00
35288.00
—

100 kA
—
—
—
—
EZM31200JCBTbk
EZM31600JCBCc
EZM32000CBc

$Price
—
—
—
—
26237.00
40034.00
57518.00

18.66
18.66
18.66
18.66
23.69
30.19
30.19

Main Fusible Switches (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately)
400
400 A Al
—
—
EZM3400FS
4466.00 18.66
600
600 A Al
—
—
EZM3600FS
8373.00 18.66
800
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3800FS
11565.00 18.66
1200
1200 A Cu
—
—
EZM31200FSTk
14906.00 23.69
Main Lug Terminal Boxes (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing)
225
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3225TBd
1013.00 11.66
400
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3400TBg
1113.00 17.15
600
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3600TBg
1196.00 17.15
800
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3800TBg
1442.00 18.66
800
800 A Cu
—
—
EZM3800TBCUhg
3545.00 24.08
1600
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZM31600TBchg
4028.00 22.48
2000
1200 A Cu
—
—
EZM32000TBg
11820.00 30.19

EZM3600FS

Table 2.19:

(1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250
(3) 3/0–500
(3) 3/0–500
(3) 3/0–500
(4) 3/0-500
(6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
(6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
(1) 1–600 or (2 )1–250
(3) 3/0–500
(3) 3/0–500
(4) 3/0-500
(1) 4–300
(2) 3/0–500
(2) 1/0–750 or (4) 1/0–300
(4) 3/0–500
(4) 3/0–500
(6) 1/0-750 or (12) 1/0-300
6 (Order Lugs Separately)

Main Device, Underground Feed Only

Cross
Ampere Horizontal
Bus Rating and
Rating Bus
Bar Material

Cat. No.

Factory-Installed Lug Landings
For use with Crimp-Type Lugs
Width (2-Hole
Mounting) Qty. per Phase
(in.) and Neutral,
except non-EUSERC
1200A device.e

Main Circuit Breakers (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing)

EZM31600CB

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k

2-12

Short Circuit Rating
65 kA
$ Price
100 kA
$Price
400
400 A Al
EZM3400CBUa
7178.00
—
—
20.46
1 (Order Lugs Separately)
600
600 A Al
EZM3600CBUa
10806.00
—
—
26.19
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
800
800 A Al
EZM3800CBUa
14115.00
—
—
26.19
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
1000
1000 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZM31000CBUc
17943.00 34.19
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200
1200 A Cu
EZM31200GCBUifb
20609.00 EZM31200JCBUifb
23363.00 23.69
(4) 3/0-500
1200
1200 A Cu
EZM31200GCBEb
21569.00
EZM31200JCBEb
24323.00 32.39
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
1600
1200 A Al/Cu
EZM31600GCBUcfb
37170.00 EZM31600JCBUcfb
41916.00 30.19
6 (Order Lugs Separately)
2000
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZM32000CBUcf
57255.00 30.19
6 (Order Lugs Separately)
Main Fusible Switches (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately)
400
400 A Al
—
—
EZM3400FSU
6978.00 20.46
1 (Order Lugs Separately)
600
600 A Al
—
—
EZM3600FSU
11364.00 26.19
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
800
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3800FSU
15152.00 26.19
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200
1200A Cu
—
—
EZM31200FSBif
17586.00 23.69
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200
1200A Cu
—
—
EZM31200FSE
18546.00 32.39
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
Main Lugs Terminal Boxes (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing)
400
400 A Al
—
—
EZM3400TBUg
1838.00 17.16
1 (Order Lugs Separately)
800
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3800TBUg
2100.00 25.16
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200
1200 A Cu
—
—
EZM31200TBUg
4463.00 33.16
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
Available by special order with main circuit breaker supplied with other standard ampere ratings, consult your nearest Field Sales Office (allow 6 weeks
for delivery).
Ampere rating of the circuit breaker supplied with this device can be changed to a LOWER value in the field by changing the setting on the circuit breaker.
Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars.
225 A terminal box supplied with isolated neutral that cannot be bonded.
For mechanical lugs (3/0 AWG–600 kcmil) order kit CMELK4, Price $91.00. Kit includes 4 lugs only. Multiple kits may be required, consult factory. For
crimp-type lugs refer to Anderson Electrical Connector Products Catalog AEC-40R.
Does not meet EUSERC requirements.
Terminal box is suitable for use on LINE or LOAD side of service equipment. Supplied with isolated neutral and provided with neutral bonding kit for use
as required. Refer to page 2-9 for appropriate short circuit current ratings.
Feed-thru lug kit available, see Accessories, page 2-15.
For field installed Lug Landing Kit order catalog number EZM1200ULL, List Price $460.00, order lugs separately.
Does not meet EUSERC requirements.
Top feed only.

DE4

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

3 Phase Branch Devices
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Branch Devices—NEMA 3R Construction

Width
(in.)

Number
of
Meter
Sockets

Horizontal
Cross Bus
Ratinga
and Bus Bar
Material

Ring Type
5-Jaw Meter Socket
without Bypassb
Cat. No.

$ Price

125 A Maximum (Order Type QO, QO-VH or QOH Circuit Breakers Separately)cd
800 A Al
EZM313125a
1554.00
3
800 A Cu
EZM313125M10e
4253.00
1200 A Cu
EZM313125CUX
2473.00
800 A Al
EZM314125a
2034.00
3Ø4W
4
800 A Cu
EZM314125M10e
5670.00
208Y/120 Vac
5-Jaw-Meter Socket
12.25
1200 A Cu
EZM314125CUX
3234.00
2P Branch
800 A Al
EZM315125a
2592.00
Circuit Breakers
5
800 A Cu
EZM315125M10e
7088.00
1200 A Cu
EZM315125CUX
4121.00
800 A Al
EZM316125a
2991.00
6
1200 A Cu
EZM316125CUX
4756.00

EZML313225

Ringless Type
5-Jaw Meter Socket
without Bypass
Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

EZMR313125a
—
EZMR313125CUX
EZMR314125a
—
EZMR314125CUX
EZMR315125a
—
EZMR315125CUX
EZMR316125a
EZMR316125CUX

1554.00
—
2473.00
2039.00
—
3234.00
2592.00
—
4121.00
2991.00
4756.00

EZMH313125a
—
EZMH313125CUX
EZMH314125a
—
EZMH314125CUX
EZMH315125a
—
EZMH315125CUX
EZMH316125a
EZMH316125CUX

1875.00
—
2980.00
2474.00
—
3933.00
3111.00
—
4947.00
3788.00
6023.00

225 A Maximum (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM,QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately)cf
800 A Al
EZM312225a
2273.00
EZMR312225a
2273.00
EZMH312225a
2474.00
2
1200 A Cu
EZM312225CUX
3615.00 EZMR312225CUX 3615.00 EZMH312225CUX
2473.00
3Ø4W
800 A Al
EZM313225a
2792.00
EZMR313225a
2792.00
EZMH313225a
3111.00
3
208Y/120 Vac
1200 A Cu
EZM313225CUX
4438.00 EZMR313225CUX 4438.00 EZMH313225CUX
4947.00
5-Jaw-Meter Socket
17.38
800 A Al
EZM314225a
3749.00
EZMR314225a
3749.00
EZMH314225a
4148.00
2P Branch
4
Circuit Breakers
1200 A Cu
EZM314225CUX
5961.00 EZMR314225CUX 5961.00 EZMH314225CUX
6595.00
1200 A Al/Cu
EZM315225
4920.00
EZMR315225
5457.00
EZMH315225
5718.00
5
1200 A Cu
EZM315225CU
7409.00 EZMR315225CU
7409.00 EZMH315225CU
8154.00
a
For 1200 A main cross bus, add suffix “X” to catalog number. Example: EZMR313125X. Add 3% adder to list per device. Allow 6 weeks for delivery.
b
Snap-On aluminum sealing rings supplied as standard.
c
For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price remains
the same as the base catalog number. Order only branch units, not stocked in PDS (6-week delivery).
d
Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided.
e
Distance between meter sockets as measured from centerline to centerline is 10 inches.
f
2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using
EZM125QOA adapter kit, refer to page 2-15.

Table 2.21:

Branch Units—225 A Maximum Commercial

EZMT311225
System
Type

Horizontal
Number Cross
Bus
of
Meter andRating
Bus
Bar
Sockets Material

Ringless Type
Meter Socket
without Bypass
Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

Ringless Type Meter Socket
with Lever Bypass
and Jaw Release
$ Price

Cat. No.

3Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing g
(Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM,QGP-TM or QJP-TM circuit breakers separately) h
1
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML312225
3Ø4W
2
1200 A Cu
—
—
—
EZML312225CU
208Y/120 Vac
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML312225Dj
5-Jaw
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML313225
Meter Sockets
2P
3
1200 A Cu
—
—
—
EZML313225CU
Branch
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML313225Dj
Circuit
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML314225
Breakers
4
1200 A Cu
—
—
—
EZML314225CU
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML314225Dj

EZMT311225
Without Cover

Ringless Type
5-Jaw Meter Socket
with Horn Bypass

Width
(in.)

—

$ Price

Ring Type Meter Socket
with Test Block Bypass.
Meets EUSERC
Requirements
Cat. No.

—
EZMT311225i
4266.00 EZMT312225i
19.44 6785.00
—
4479.00
—
6420.00 EZMT313225ik
19.44 10208.00
—
6741.00
—
8732.00
—
19.44 13884.00
—
9168.00
—

Width
(in.)

$ Price

22.42
22.42
—
—
22.42
—
—

3545.00
6695.00
—
—
10041.00
—
—
—
—
—

—

3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing (Order QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM circuit breakers separately, see page 2-15)
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML331225
2792.00 EZMT331225i
22.42
3938.00
1
1200 A Cu
—
—
—
EZML331225CU 19.44 4438.00
—
—
—
3Ø4W
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML331225Dj
2931.00
—
—
—
240/120 Vac
1200 A Al/Cu
EZMR332225
4686.00
EZML332225
5105.00 EZMT332225i
22.42
6957.00
Delta
or
2
1200 A Cu
EZMR332225CU
19.44
7451.00 EZML332225CU 19.44 8117.00
—
—
—
208Y/120 Vac
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZML332225Dj
5360.00
—
—
—
7-Jaw
1200 A Al/Cu
EZMR333225
7337.00
EZML333225
7794.00 EZMT333225ik 22.42 10304.00
Meter Socket
3P
3
1200 A Cu
EZMR333225CU
19.44 11664.00 EZML333225CU 19.44 12395.00
—
—
—
Branch
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZML333225Dj
8184.00
—
—
—
Circuit
1200 A Al/Cu
EZMR334225
10169.00
EZML334225
10667.00
—
—
Breakers
4
1200 A Cu
EZMR334225CU
19.44 16167.00 EZML334225CU 19.44 16959.00
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZML334225Dj
11214.00
—
—
g
For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price remains
the same as the base catalog number. Order only branch units, not stocked in PDS (6-week delivery).
h
2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using
EZM125QOA adapter kit, refer to page 2-15.
i
Supplied with bondable neutral, suitable for use as service equipment. Use main lugs terminal box type EZM-TBU for Six Disconnect Rule applications
to feed this device. Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars.
j
Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided.
k
Does not meet EUSERC 48 in. minImum / 75 in. maximum meter height requirements for outdoor installations. The bottom meter socket is 37 inches above
ground when the device is mounted with the top meter socket at 75 inches above ground. EUSERC indoor requirements are 36 in. minimum / 75 in. maximum.
400 A maximum Commercial Branch Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2-14.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE4

Discount
Schedule

METERING EQUIPMENT

System
Type

Branch Units—3Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing

2-13

2

Table 2.20:

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

EZM 3 Phase Branch and Main Devices with Busway Taps
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Branch Devices—NEMA 3R Construction (Continued)
Table 2.22:

Branch Units—400 A Maximum Commercial

System
Type

Number
of Meter
Sockets

3Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing c
3Ø4W
208Y/120 Vac
5-Jaw Meter Socket
2P Branch Circuit Breakers

Horizontal
Cross Bus
Rating

Ringless Type Meter Socket
with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release—
IncludesFactory-Installed
400 A Type DJM Circuit Breaker. ab
Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

$ Price

Ringless Type K Bolt-on Meter Socket
with Manual Bypass—
Includes Factory-Installed
400 A Type DJM Circuit Breaker. a
Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

$ Price

1

1200 A Cu

EZML311400

23.21

5981.00

EZMK311400

27.56

8924.00

2

1200 A Cu

EZML312400

23.21

11963.00

EZMK312400

27.56

17534.00

2

3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing
3Ø4W
1
1200 A Cu
EZML331400
23.21
6978.00
EZMK331400
27.56
10515.00
240/120 Vac Delta
or 208Y/120 Vac
2
1200 A Cu
EZML332400
23.21
13956.00
EZMK332400
27.56
20715.00
7-Jaw Meter Socket
3P Branch Circuit Breakers
a
DJM circuit breaker has adjustable trip settings from 160–400 A. If required, order seal kit, catalog number 29375. DJM circuit breaker terminal lug kit
32508 factory-installed and accomodates (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu per phase. Alternate lug kit 32510 for DJM circuit breaker
is available, see Accessories, page 2-15. Additional field-installed DB circuit breaker accessories are available, see page 7-35.
b
Supplied with Class 320 lever bypass meter socket. Use anti-inversion clip kit, catalog number MMLRK, if required. Order from page 2-15.
c
For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZML312400CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price
remains the same as the base catalog number. “Order only” branch units, not stocked in PDS (4–6 week delivery). Order point Lexington.

EZM Main with Busway Tap
METERING EQUIPMENT

EZMK311400

EZ Meter-Pak metering equipment is available for use in high rise applications for connection to 800–5000 A I-Line™ or
I-Line II plug-in busway installed as a vertical riser. Three phase only EZM main devices in the form of a main circuit
breaker or main fusible switch are available with an integral busway tap extending from the right or left side of the main
device and phased to align with the busway for either neutral front or neutral back installations.

Busway Mains, 3Ø only (Indoor only) ordering instructions:

Wall

5.75

146
CL of
Busway

Plan View Detail

Step 1: Determine height to center line of busway plug-in opening, check local utility requirements for minimum and
maximum meter socket heights.
Step 2: Determine side of EZM main section for busway tap to extend from (busway tap is an integral part of the main
and extends to the left or right on the EZM device as viewed from the front).
Step 3: Check phasing of busway riser to insure that it matches phasing of busway tap on main section (indicated as
neutral front or neutral back as viewed from the front).
Step 4: Select Cat. No. from tables below.
Step 5: Busway main devices are build to order specials and require 4 to 6 weeks for delivery (order point Lexington).

Width
Top of EZM
Mounting
Channel
(See Note)

EZM
Bus Tap

Table 2.23:

1200 A EZM Mains with Busway Tap (Three Phase Only—Note positioning left or right below)

Horizontal
Ampere Width Cross
Bus
Rating (in.) Rating

Main Circuit Breaker with Busway Tap d
Neutral Front

Neutral Back

Main Fusible Switch with Busway Tap e
$ Price

Neutral Front

Neutral Back

Busway to Right of metering equipment lineup
56.11
400 18.66 400 A Al
EZM3400CBNFBTR
EZM3400CBNBBTR
8886.00
EZM3400FSNFBTR
EZM3400FSNBBTR
1425
CL of Busway
600 18.66 600 A Al
EZM3600CBNFBTR
EZM3600CBNBBTR
12513.00
EZM3600FSNFBTR
EZM3600FSNBBTR
Plug-in Opening
800 18.66 800 A Al
EZM3800CBNFBTR
EZM3800CBNBBTR
15744.00
EZM3800FSNFBTR
EZM3800FSNBBTR
31.11
790
1000 18.66 1000 A Al
EZM31000CBNFBTRg
EZM31000CBNBBTRg
19292.00
—
—
4.11
104
Busway to Left of metering equipment lineup
Floor Level
400 18.66 400 A Al
EZM3400CBNFBTL
EZM3400CBNBBTL
8886.00
EZM3400FSNFBTL
EZM3400FSNBBTL
600 18.66 600 A Al
EZM3600CBNFBTL
EZM3600CBNBBTL
12513.00
EZM3600FSNFBTL
EZM3600FSNBBTL
EZM3800CBNFBTR
800 18.66 800 A Al
EZM3800CBNFBTL
EZM3800CBNBBTL
15744.00
EZM3800FSNFBTL
EZM3800FSNBBTL
1000 18.66 1000 A Al
EZM31000CBNFBTLg
EZM31000CBNBBTLg
19292.00
—
—
Main Circuit Breaker with Busway Tap
Width
Busway to Right of Metering Equipment Lineup
A EZM31200GBNFTBRfgd EZM31200GBNFBTRdfg 25394.00 EZM31200JBNFBTRhfg EZM31200JBNBBTRhfg
1200 23.36 1200
Top of EZM
AI/Cu
Mounting
Channel
Busway to Left of Metering Equipment Lineup
A EZM31200GBNFTBLfgd EZM31200GBNFBTLdfg 25394.00 EZM31200JBNFBTLhfg EZM31200JBNBBTLhfg
1200 23.36 1200
(See Note)
EZM
AI/Cu
Bus Tap

56.11
1425

CL of Busway
Plug-in Opening

31.11
790

4.11
104

Floor Level

EZM3800FSNBBTL

2-14

$ Price
6732.00
10640.00
13830.00
—
6732.00
10640.00
13830.00
—

29108.00

29108.00

Main Fusible Switch with Busway Tap
Busway to Right of Metering Equipment Lineup
A
1200 23.36 1200
—
—
— EZM31200FSNFBTRefg EZM31200FSNBBTRefg 23480.00
AI/Cu
Busway to Left of Metering Equipment Lineup
A
1200 23.36 1200
—
—
— EZM31200FSNFBTLefg EZM31200FSNBBTLefg 23480.00
AI/Cu
d
Has a maximum 65 kA short circuit current rating.
e
Has a 100 kA short circuit current rating. Requires Class T ( 300 Vac) fuses, order separately.
f
Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars.
g
Requires use of branch units supplied with 1200 A horizontal cross bus.
h
Has a 100 kA short circuit current rating.
Note: Dimensions shown will position the centerline of top meter socket of a 125 A, 5-Gang or 6-Gang branch unit at 72" above floor level. Check with utility
to meet local requirements.

DE4

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

Tenant Circuit Breakers and EZM Accessories
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Tenant Circuit Breakers
Ampere
Rating

10 k AIR
Cat. No.

22 k AIR
$ Price

125 A Max. EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breakers
40
QO240
67.00
50
QO250
67.00
60
QO260
67.00
70
QO270
134.00
2
80
QO280
189.00
90
QO290
189.00
100
QO2100
189.00
110
QO2110
428.00
125
QO2125
428.00

QO2100VH
2P, Plug-on Type
Circuit Breaker

QDP22200TM

Poles

Ampere
Rating

10 k AIR

Description
1Ø3W Bus Extension (6 in.wide)
1200 A Bus
1Ø3W Bus Extension (12 in.wide)
Extension (Indoor/
3Ø4W Bus Extension (6 in. wide)
Outdoor Cu bus)
3Ø4W Bus Extension (12 in. wide)
1Ø3W Inside Corner (14.75 in. wide)
1200 A Bussed
1Ø3W Outside Corner (6.20 in. wide)
Corner Sections
Inside Corner (14.75 in. wide)
(Indoor Cu bus only) 3Ø4W
3Ø4W Outside Corner (6.20 in. wide)
1200 A Transition
Add right of old style 1Ø EZM lineup
Sections—
Add right of old style 3Ø EZM lineup
Old to New
Add left of old style 1Ø EZM lineup
(10.7 in. wide Cu
Add left of old style 3Ø EZM lineup
bus)
Mounting Channel
Secondary Surge
Arrester Mounting kit
Stud Kit for EZM-TB
400–600 A terminal
box

Anti-inversion Clip
QO Adapter for bolton Q-frame tenant
circuit breakers
DJM Circuit Breaker
Alternate Lug (DE2)
DJM Circuit Breaker
Seal Kit
Meter Socket Closing
Plates

146.00
146.00
146.00
224.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
1034.00
1034.00

72" long
For use with 1 or 2-SDSA1175 or 1-SDSA3650
(order surge arrester separately)
Includes (2) 1/2 in.-13 studs per pad and mounting
hardware. Four pads per kit.

Cat. No.
EZM1EXT6
EZM1EXT
EZM3EXT6
EZM3EXT
EZM1CORNER
EZM1ELBOW
EZM3CORNER
EZM3ELBOW

$ Price
767.00
767.00
966.00
966.00
1788.00
1788.00
2217.00
2217.00

EZM1TRANR
EZM3TRANR
EZM1TRANL
EZM3TRANL

237.00
252.00
315.00
332.00

EZM72MC

63.00

MMSAMKe

80.00

EZMSK2

246.00
150.00
200.00
233.00
480.00

(24) additional lugs, 600 kcmil Al/Cu, (6) per phase EZM1600FTLK3 915.00
and neutral.
1 per kit
5J f
Use with Type EZMR 1Ø meter socket only
MMHB
For (1) 125–225 A ring-type socket only—
MM200MBgh
indoor/outdoor
Rejects 100 A and 200 A watt-hour meters in Class
MMLRK
320 meter sockets in Type EZML branch units.
For 2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter
center SCCR) or QO-VH and QOH (40–60 A, 100 EZM125QOA
kA max. meter center SCCR)
Kit includes (3) 2-barrel lugs for (2) 2/0 AWG–350
32510
kcmil AL/Cu or (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil AL per lug.
Tamper-evident kit to seal DJM trip dial cover, (1)
29375
per circuit breaker, if required. Meets NEC 240-6 [c]
Lexan Closing Plate—EZM, EZMR, EZMH, EZMT
29007
Metal Closing plate—EZMR, EZMH, EZML
RSG4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Cat. No.

QO240VHba
QO250VHba
QO260VHba
QDP22070TM
QDP22080TM
QDP22090TM
QDP22100TM
QDP22110TM
QDP22125TM
QDP22150TM
QDP22175TM
QDP22200TM
QDP22225TM
QDP32070TM
QDP32080TM
QDP32090TM
QDP32100TM
QDP32110TM
QDP32125TM
QDP32150TM
QDP32175TM
QDP32200TM
QDP32225TM

100 k AIR
$ Price

QOH240
QOH250
QOH260
QOH270
QOH280
QOH290
QOH2100
QOH2110
QOH2125

Cat. No.

$ Price

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

317.00
317.00
317.00
528.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
1389.00
1389.00

65 k AIR

100 k AIR

146.00
QOH240ca
317.00
—
—
146.00
QOH250ca
317.00
—
—
146.00
QOH260ca
317.00
—
—
1143.00
QGP22070TM
1521.00
QJP22070TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22080TM
1521.00
QJP22080TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22090TM
1521.00
QJP22090TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22100TM
1521.00
QJP22100TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22110TM
1521.00
QJP22110TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22125TM
1521.00
QJP22125TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22150TM
1521.00
QJP22150TM
1890.00
1521.00
QJP22175TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22175TM
1143.00
QGP22200TM
1521.00
QJP22200TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22225TM
1521.00
QJP22225TM
1890.00
1784.00
QGP32070TM
2442.00
QJP32070TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32080TM
2442.00
QJP32080TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32090TM
2442.00
QJP32090TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32100TM
2442.00
QJP32100TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32110TM
2442.00
QJP32110TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32125TM
2442.00
QJP32125TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32150TM
2442.00
QJP32150TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32175TM
2442.00
QJP32175TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32200TM
2442.00
QJP32200TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32225TM
2442.00
QJP32225TMd
2796.00
c
QOH tenant circuit breaker is rated 42 k AIR max.
d
3-pole QJP tenant circuit breaker is rated 65 k AIR max. at 240/120 Vac,
3Ø4W High Leg Delta, or 100 k AIR max. at 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W.

Accessories (continued)

Accessory

(1) 1/0–600 kcmil or (2) 1/0–250 kcmil per lug
MMLK250
Al/Cu Lug Kits
(Each kit includes
(2) 3/0–500 kcmil per lug
MMLK500
three, 2-barrel lugs.) (2) 2–600 kcmil per lug
MMLK600
Feed -Thru for
(4) 750 kcmil Al/Cu lugs per phase and neutral. Al EZM600FTLK3
EZM-TBCU 800 A
wire 600 A max. Cu wire 800 A max.
Terminal Box
Feed-Thru for
EZM-TB 1600 A
Terminal Box
Fifth jaw Kit
Horn Bypass Kit
Slider Type Manual
Circuit Closer

QO240VH
QO250VH
QO260VH
QO270VH
QO280VH
QO290VH
QO2100VH
QO2110VH
QO2125VH

Table 2.25:
Accessories

Accessory

42 k AIR
$ Price

25 k AIR

225 A Max. EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breakers
40
QO240a
67.00
50
QO250a
67.00
60
QO260a
67.00
70
QBP22070TM
474.00
80
QBP22080TM
474.00
90
QBP22090TM
474.00
2
100
QBP22100TM
474.00
110
QBP22110TM
474.00
125
QBP22125TM
474.00
150
QBP22150TM
474.00
175
QBP22175TM
474.00
200
QBP22200TM
474.00
225
QBP22225TM
474.00
70
QBP32070TM
1248.00
80
QBP32080TM
1248.00
90
QBP32090TM
1248.00
100
QBP32100TM
1248.00
110
QBP32110TM
1248.00
3
125
QBP32125TM
1248.00
150
QBP32150TM
1248.00
175
QBP32175TM
1248.00
200
QBP32200TM
1248.00
225
QBP32225TM
1248.00
a
Must use EZM125QOA adapter.
b
QO-VH tenant circuit breaker is rated 22 k AIR max.

Accessories
Table 2.25:

Cat. No.

18.30
16.70

Description
Cat. No.
$ Price
Snap-on (Stainless Steel)
ARP00026
16.70
Sealing Rings
Screw-Type (Aluminum)
29008W
20.10
Latch-Type (Aluminum)-standard
2920910001
8.00
For use on ringless EZM or MP branch unit covers,
Barrel Lock Kit
includes 6 each of head protectors, lock nuts and
MMBLC
66.00
sealing caps. (Barrel lock not included.)
Tenant Circuit
125 A Branches—2P Type QO (2 per opening)
QOFP
3.60
Breaker Filler Plates 225 A Branches—2P and 3P Q-Frame
EZMPCP
26.00
e
Consult your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for details.
f
All sockets include 5th Jaw factory-installed except EZM11__ devices.
g
Meter center short circuit current rating is 10,000 RMS symmetrical amperes with manual
circuit closers installed (bypass is not designed for use as continuous duty).
h
For use on ring type meter sockets only.

Busway Transition Section
EZM busway transition section provides no overcurrent protection for
the downstream EZM branch units. Tenant main circuit breakers in
these branch units must be selected as “fully rated” equipment.
(Examples: QO for 10 kA, QO-VH for 22 kA or QOH for 42 kA.)
Table 2.26:

EZM Busway Transition Sections (3Ø only)

Ampere
I-Line™ Busway location
Rating
1200 RIGHT of EZM Transition Section
1200 LEFT of EZM Transition Section

Neutral Front

Neutral Back

EZM3BUSRF
EZM3BUSLF

EZM3BUSRB
EZM3BUSLB

16.11

273.00

4.11

4.11

—

10.10
122.00

104

EZM
Bus Tap
Top of EZM
Mounting
Channel

EZM
Bus Tap

1.00

1.00

55.11

55.11

25

Top of EZM
Mounting
Channel

25

CL of Busway
Plug-in Opening

CL of Busway
Plug-in Opening

56.11

—

2625.00
2625.00

409
Width

104

12.00

$ Price

16.11

409
Width

171.00

Width
(in.)
12.00
12.00

1425

1400

Floor Level

EZM3BUSRF and EZM3BUSRB

1400

56.11
1425

Floor Level

EZM3BUSLF and EZM3BUSLB

2-15

METERING EQUIPMENT

Poles

2

Table 2.24:

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

Dimensions
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

W

Table 2.27:

Main Devices Dimensions (in.)
Height

MC (Mounting Channel)

Cat. No.

H

Main Device
W
T

METERING EQUIPMENT

B

MC (Mounting Channel)

2
H

Branch Device

53.97
70.05
46.90
66.20
46.90
66.20
65.30
65.30
44.71
68.70
68.70
55.09
68.70
68.70
71.09
21.81
53.97
69.03
53.97
69.03
30.46
35.71
53.97
69.03
53.97
69.03
30.46
53.97
69.03
53.97
69.03
53.97
51.76
39.96
19.34
19.34
19.50

18.66
34.19
23.69
32.39
23.69
32.39
23.69
23.69
33.16
30.19
30.19
22.48
30.19
30.19
30.19
11.66
18.66
20.46
18.66
20.46
17.15
17.16
18.66
20.46
18.66
20.46
17.15
18.66
20.46
18.66
20.46
18.66
22.48
25.16
11.66
6.00
14.40

Depth
11.50
18.33
13.69
13.69
13.69
13.69
13.69
13.69
11.68
18.33
18.33
13.00
18.33
18.33
21.46
6.37
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
7.09
8.00
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
7.09
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
7.09
11.68
6.37
6.37
8.02

MC

Cat. No.

34.30
46.99
13.75
50.09
13.75
50.09
49.11
49.11
31.17
38.13
49.12
27.92
44.25
44.25
37.62
13.00 b
34.30
49.37
34.30
49.37
16.29
27.17
34.30
49.37
34.30
49.37
16.29
34.30
49.37
34.30
49.37
34.30
28.01
31.17
11.85 b
11.85 b
11.85 b

Height

Width

Depth

MC

19.50
53.97
70.05
46.90
66.20
44.71
65.30
65.30
46.90
66.20
68.70
68.70
55.09
68.70
68.70
71.09
21.81
53.97
69.03
53.97
69.03
30.46
35.71
53.97
69.03
53.97
69.03
30.46
53.97
69.03
53.97
69.03
53.97
51.76
39.96
19.34
19.34
19.50

14.52
18.66
34.19
23.69
32.39
33.16
23.69
23.69
23.69
32.39
30.19
30.19
22.48
30.19
30.19
30.19
11.66
18.66
20.46
18.66
20.46
17.15
17.16
18.66
26.19
18.66
26.19
17.15
18.66
26.19
18.66
26.19
18.66
22.48
25.16
11.66
6.00
14.40

8.01
11.50
18.33
13.69
13.69
11.68
13.69
13.69
13.69
13.69
18.33
18.33
13.00
18.33
18.33
21.46
6.37
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
7.09
8.00
11.50
11.65
11.50
11.65
7.09
11.50
11.65
11.50
11.65
11.50
7.09
11.68
6.37
6.37
8.02

11.85 b
34.30
46.99
13.75
50.09
31.17
49.11
49.11
13.75
50.09
38.13
49.12
27.92
44.25
44.25
37.62
13.00 b
34.30
49.37
34.30
49.37
16.29
27.17
34.30
49.37
34.30
49.37
16.29
34.30
49.37
34.30
49.37
34.30
28.01
31.17
11.85 b
11.85 b
11.85 b

Branch Device Dimensions (in.)d
Cat. No.

Single Phase
EZM112225 [X, CUX]
EZM113125 [X, CUX]
EZM113225 [X, CUX]
EZM114125 [X, CUX]
EZM114225 [X, CUX]
EZM115125 [X, CUX]
EZM115225 [CU]
EZM116125 [X, CUX]
EZMH112225 [X, CUX]
EZMH113125 [X, CUX]
EZMH113225 [X, CUX]
EZMH114125 [X, CUX]
EZMH114225 [X, CUX]
EZMH115125 [X, CUX]
EZMH115225 [CU]
EZMH116125 [X, CUX]
EZMK111400
EZMK112400
EZML111225 [CU]
EZML111225D
Three Phase
EZM312225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZM313125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZM313125M10
EZM313225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZM314125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZM314125M10
EZM314225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZM315125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZM315125M10
EZM315225 [CU, CA, CUCA]
EZM316125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZMH312225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMH313125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMH313225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMH314125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMH314225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMH315125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMH315225 [CU, CA, CUCA]
EZMH316125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMK311400 [CA]
EZMK312400 [CA]
EZMK331400
EZMK332400
EZML311400 [CA]
EZML311225 [CU, CA, CUCA]
EZML312225 [CU, CA, CUCA]
EZML312225D [CA]
EZML312400 [CA]
EZML313225 [CU, CA, CUCA]
EZML313225D [CA]

2-16

Width

EZM1ELBOW (indoor only) a
EZM31000CB
EZM31000CBU
EZM31200G/JCBT
EZM31200G/JCBE
EZM31200TBU
EZM31200G/JCBU
EZM31200FSB
EZM31200FST
EZM31200FSE
EZM31600G/JCBC
EZM31600G/JCBU
EZM31600TB
EZM32000CB
EZM32000CBU
EZM32000TB
EZM3225TB
EZM3400CB
EZM3400CBU
EZM3400FS
EZM3400FSU
EZM3400TB
EZM3400TBU
EZM3600CB
EZM3600CBU
EZM3600FS
EZM3600FSU
EZM3600TB
EZM3800CB
EZM3800CBU
EZM3800FS
EZM3800FSU
EZM3800TB
EZM3800TBCU
EZM3800TBU
EZM3EXT
EZM3EXT6
EZM3CORNER (indoor only)
Each leg of elbow section measures 6.17 in. corner of wall to start of next enclosure.
Device supplied without mounting channel, secure to wall by use of swingable mounting feet.
Each leg of this corner section measures 14.72 in. from wall to start of next enclosure.

EZM11000CB
EZM11000CBU
EZM11200G/JCBT
EZM11200G/JCBE
EZM11200FST
EZM11200FSE
EZM11200G/JCBU
EZM11200FSB
EZM11200TBU
EZM11600G/JCBC
EZM11600G/JCBU
EZM11600TB
EZM12000CB
EZM12000CBU
EZM12000TB
EZM1225TB
EZM1400CB
EZM1400CBU
EZM1400FS
EZM1400FSU
EZM1400TB
EZM1400TBU
EZM1600CB
EZM1600CBU
EZM1600FS
EZM1600FSU
EZM1600TB
EZM1800CB
EZM1800CBU
EZM1800FS
EZM1800FSU
EZM1800TB
EZM1800TBCU
EZM1800TBU
EZM1EXT
EZM1EXT6
EZM1CORNER (indoor only) c
a
b
c

Table 2.28:

www.schneider-electric.us

Dimensions

Height

Width

Depth

MC

Top

Bottom

Cat. No.

Height

Width

Depth

MC

Top

Bottom

43.41
42.37
43.41
48.12
52.00
57.12
61.00
66.12
43.41
42.37
43.41
48.12
52.00
57.12
61.00
66.12
45.55
72.99
39.06
39.06

17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
27.56
27.56
19.44
19.44

8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
9.74
9.74
9.44
9.44

32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.35
40.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.35
40.30
37.81
37.81
25.51
25.51

22.18
13.18
13.18
9.93
12.77
9.93
12.77
9.93
22.18
13.18
13.18
9.93
12.77
9.93
12.77
9.93
24.51
22.26
25.67
25.67

12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
21.04
21.04
13.39
13.39

EZML111400
EZML112225 [CU]
EZML112225D
EZML112400
EZML113225 [CU]
EZML113225D
EZML114225 [CU]
EZML114225D
EZMR112225 [X, CUX]
EZMR113125 [X, CUX]
EZMR113225 [X, CUX]
EZMR114125 [X, CUX]
EZMR114225 [X, CUX]
EZMR115125 [X, CUX]
EZMR115225 [CU]
EZMR116125 [X, CUX]
EZMT111225
EZMT112225
EZMT113225

44.55
39.06
39.06
69.61
53.06
53.06
67.06
67.06
43.41
42.37
43.41
48.12
52.00
57.12
61.00
66.12
25.45
60.56
79.56

23.21
19.44
19.44
23.21
19.44
19.44
19.44
19.44
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
22.42
22.42
22.42

9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
9.38
9.38
9.38

37.81
25.51
25.51
37.81
39.51
39.51
39.51
39.51
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.35
40.30
16.19
43.63
48.25

24.02
11.67
11.67
20.64
11.67
11.67
11.67
11.67
22.18
13.18
13.18
9.93
12.77
9.93
12.77
9.93
4.67
12.67
12.67

21.53
13.39
13.39
21.53
13.39
13.39
13.39
13.39
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
20.45
28.89
28.89

43.41
42.37
42.37
43.41
48.12
52.12
52.00
57.12
62.12
61.00
66.12
43.41
42.37
43.41
48.12
52.00
57.12
61.00
66.12
45.55
72.99
45.55
72.99
45.55
39.06
39.06
39.06
69.61
53.06
53.06

17.38
12.25
12.25
17.38
12.25
12.25
17.38
12.25
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
27.56
27.56
27.56
27.56
23.21
19.44
19.44
19.44
23.21
19.44
19.44

8.09
7.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
9.74
9.74
9.74
9.74
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44

32.34
31.30
24.29
32.34
31.30
34.29
32.34
31.30
34.29
32.35
40.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.35
40.30
30.60
37.81
30.60
37.81
37.81
25.51
25.51
25.51
37.82
39.51
39.51

22.18
13.18
10.18
13.18
9.93
9.93
12.77
9.93
9.93
12.77
9.93
22.18
13.18
13.18
9.93
12.77
9.93
12.77
9.93
24.51
22.26
24.51
22.26
24.02
25.67
11.67
11.67
20.64
11.67
11.67

12.23
11.19
12.19
12.23
11.19
12.19
12.23
11.19
12.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
21.04
21.04
21.04
21.04
21.53
13.39
13.39
13.39
21.53
13.39
13.39

EZML314225 [CU, CA, CUCA]
67.06
19.44
9.44
EZML314225D [CA]
67.06
19.44
9.44
EZML331225 [CU]
39.06
19.44
9.44
EZML331225D
39.06
19.44
9.44
EZML331400
45.55
23.21
9.44
EZML332225 [CU]
39.06
19.44
9.44
EZML332225D
39.06
19.44
9.44
EZML332400 [CU]
69.61
23.21
9.44
EZML333225 [CU]
53.06
19.44
9.44
EZML333225D
53.06
19.44
9.44
EZML334225 [CU]
67.06
19.44
9.44
EZML334225D
67.06
19.44
9.44
EZMR312225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
43.41
17.38
8.09
EZMR313125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
42.37
12.25
8.09
EZMR313225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
43.41
17.38
8.09
EZMR314125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
48.12
12.25
7.09
EZMR314225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
52.00
17.38
8.09
EZMR315125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
57.12
12.25
7.09
EZMR315225 [CU, CA, CUXCA]
61.00
17.38
8.09
EZMR316125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
66.12
12.25
7.09
EZMR332225 [CU]
39.06
19.44
9.44
EZMR333225 [CU]
53.06
19.44
9.44
EZMR334225 [CU]
67.06
19.44
9.44
EZMT311225 [CA]
25.45
22.42
9.38
EZMT312225 [CA]
60.56
22.42
9.38
EZMT313225 [CA]
79.56
22.42
9.38
EZMT331225
25.12
22.42
9.38
EZMT332225
60.56
22.42
9.38
EZMT333225
79.56
22.42
9.38
d
Standard branch units are available without suffix added.

39.51
39.51
25.51
25.51
37.81
35.51
35.51
37.82
39.51
39.51
39.51
39.51
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.35
40.30
25.51
39.51
39.51
16.19
43.63
48.25
16.19
43.63
48.25

11.67
11.67
25.67
25.67
24.02
11.67
11.67
20.64
11.67
11.67
11.67
11.67
22.18
13.18
13.18
9.93
12.77
9.93
12.77
9.93
11.67
11.67
11.67
4.67
12.67
12.67
4.67
12.67
12.67

13.39
13.39
13.39
13.39
21.53
13.39
13.39
21.53
13.39
13.39
13.39
13.39
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
13.39
13.39
13.39
20.45
28.89
28.89
20.45
28.89
28.89

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 3
Safety Switches
Light Duty
Fusible

3-2

Application Data and Dimensions

3-3

Standards:
•
•

UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches.
UL Listed under File E2875.
NEMA Standards Publication KS1. Enclosed Switches.

General Duty
Light Duty, p. 3-2

Fusible and Non-Fusible

3-2

Application Data and Dimensions

3-3

Standards:
•
•

UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches.
UL Listed under File E2875.
NEMA Standards Publication KS1. Enclosed Switches.

Heavy Duty
Fusible

3-4

Non-Fusible

3-6

Special Application Enclosures

3-7

Motor Disconnect and Receptacle Switches
General Duty, p. 3-2

3-8

Accessories

3-11

Application Data and Dimensions

3-13

Standards:
•
•
•

UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches.
UL Listed under files E2875, E154828, E233505 and E317818.
UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment, file E 164864.
NEMA Standards Publication KS1 Enclosed Switches (UL98 Switches Only).

Fusible and Non-Fusible

3-15

Accessories

3-18

Standards:
•
•
Heavy Duty, p. 3-4

UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches.
UL Listed under files E2875 (unless otherwise noted).
NEMA Standards Publication KS1 Enclosed Switches (applies to Type DT and
DTU series F only).

Application Data and Dimensions

1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty
Disconnect Switch

3-19
3-22

3

Standards:
•
•
•
•
•
•

UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches
UL Listed under file E343347
IEC 60947 - 1 Electrical
IEC 60947 - 3 Mechanical
NEMA standard. Publication KS-1 Enclosed Switches
IP 63 and NEMA 3 Enclosure

Stainless Steel Heavy Duty, p. 3-7

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

SAFETY SWITCHES

Double Throw

3-1

General Duty Safety Switches

Light Duty
Class 3130 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Light Duty—Visible Blades 10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
The Square D light duty enclosed switch is ideal for home applications in disconnecting power to workshops, hobby rooms,
furnaces, and garages.
Table 3.1:
System

L221N

Fusible

Amperes Fuse

NEMA 1 Indoor

Cat. No.
$ Price
2 Wire (1 Blade and Fuseholder, 1 Neutral)—120 Vac

30

a

Plug

L111N

Horsepower Ratings
Std.

Max.

1/2

2

$54.00

System

NEMA 1 Indoor

Amperes Fuse

Horsepower Ratings

Cat. No.
$ Price
Std.
3 Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—120/240 Vac

Max.

30

Plug

L211N

72.00

1-1/2a

3a

30

Cart.

L221N

98.00

1-1/2a

3a

For single phase hp rating, use two switching poles.

General Duty—Up To 100 kA Short Circuit Current Rating With Proper Current Limiting Fusing
General duty safety switches are designed for residential and commercial applications where durability and economy are
prime considerations. Typical loads are lighting, air conditioning, and appliances. They are suitable for use as service
equipment when equipped with a factory- or field-installed neutral assembly or a field-installed service grounding kit, (see
Table 3.6) as applicable.
General duty safety switches are UL Listed, File E2875, and meet or exceed the NEMA Standard KS1.
D223N

Table 3.2:

Fusible

UL Listed Short Circuit
Withstand Rating
Short
Circuit
Rating
Plug
10 kA
H
10 kA
K
10 kA
Fusible
J
100 kA
R
100 kA
T
100 kA
H
10 kA
K
10 kA
NonJ
100 kA
Fusiblea
R
100 kAb
T
100 kA
a
The UL Listed short-circuit
current rating for
Square D general duty,
not fusible switches is
based on the switch being
used in conjunction with
fuses. Evaluation of nonfusible switches in
conjunction with molded
case circuit breakers
above 10,000 amps has
not been performed. For
applications requiring
greater protection,
consider using a heavy
duty safety switch. Refer
to UL Listed Maximum
Short Circuit Current
Ratings—AC only—on
page 3-6. If a UL Listed
short-circuit current rating
is required, this nonfusible switch must be
replaced with a Square D
general duty fusible safety
switch equipped with the
appropriate class and size
fusing. Consult the wiring
diagram of the switch to
verify the UL Listed shortcircuit current rating.
b
50 kA for 60 A non-fusible
switch.
Switch
Type

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

3-2

Fuse
Class

NEMA 1
Indoor
System

Amperes

NEMA 3Ra
Rainproof

Class R Fuse Kits
Field-Installedb

Fuse
Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

2 Wire (1 Blade and Fuseholder, 1 Neutral)—120 Vac
30
Plug
Use Light Duty Device for this Application (see below)
30

Cart.

Use three-wire devices for this application.

Horsepower Ratings
Std. (Fast Acting
One-Time Fuses)

Max. (Dual Element
Time-Delay Fuses)

1Ø

3Ø

1Ø

3Ø

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3 Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—120/240 Vac (Plug), 240 Vac (Cart.) Maximum
30
Plug
D211N
90.00 D211NRB
177.00
—
—
1-1/2
—
3
—
30
Cart.
D221N
122.00 D221NRB
188.00
DRK30
25.65
1-1/2
3c
3
7-1/2c
60
Cart.
D222N
206.00 D222NRB
326.00 RFK03H
25.50
3
7-1/2c
10
15c
100
Cart.
D223N
426.00 D223NRB
480.00
RFK10
47.70
7-1/2
15 c
15
30c
200
Cart.
D224Ne
884.00 D224NRBe 1200.00 HRK1020
47.70
15
25 c
—
60c
400
Cart.
D225N
2555.00
D225NR
3459.00
DRK40
111.00
—
—
—
—
600g
Cart.
D226N
5109.00
D226NR
6569.00 DRK600
111.00
—
—
—
—
4 Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac Maximum
30
Cart.
D321N
188.00 D321NRB
293.00
DRK30
25.65
1-1/2
3
3
7-1/2
60
Cart.
D322N
326.00 D322NRB
441.00 RFK03H
25.50
3
7-1/2d
10
15d
100
Cart.
D323N
564.00 D323NRB
816.00
RFK10
47.70
7-1/2
15d
15
30d
200
Cart.
D324Ne
1202.00 D324NRBe 1461.00 HRK1020
47.70
15
25d
—
60d
400
Cart.
D325N
3113.00
D325NR
3893.00
DRK40
111.00
—
50
—
125
400f
Class T D325NT
2994.00 D325NTR
3741.00
—
—
—
50
—
—
600g
Cart.
D326N
5823.00
D326NR
7877.00 DRK600
111.00
—
75
—
150
600f
Class T D326NT
5598.00 D326NTR
7569.00
—
—
—
75
—
—
800f
Class T
T327N
9722.00
T327NR
12438.00
—
—
—
100
—
—
a
Bolt-on hubs—Refer to page 3-10.
b
When installed, this kit rejects all but Class R fuses.
c
For corner grounded delta systems only. Use switching poles for ungrounded conductors. See data bulletin 2700DB0202 for additional information.
d
If corner grounded delta, use outer switching poles for ungrounded conductors.
e
For 200% neutral, order (1) additional neutral kit SN20A and (1) neutral jumper kit SN20NI.
f
Class T 400–800 A general duty safety switches use 300 Vac Class T fuses and are UL Listed for use on systems with up to 100 kA available fault current.
g
Order Class J fuse kit: GDJK600 for Class J fuses.

Table 3.3:
System

Non-Fusible
Amperes

NEMA 3R Rainproof h

NEMA 1 Indoor
Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Horsepower Ratings (Max.)
1Ø

3Ø

2 Wire (2 Blades)—240 Vac Maximum
30
—
—
DU221RB
177.00
3
—
60
—
—
DU222RB
353.00
10
—
60
QO260NATSij
161.00
QO200TR ijk
161.00
10
—
100
QO2000NSij
276.00
QO2000NRBik
338.00
20
—
200
Use 3P Switch
—
Use 3P Switch
—
—
—
400p
Use 3P Switch
—
Use 3P Switch
—
—
—
600
Use 3P Switch
—
Use 3P Switch
—
—
—
3 Wire (3 Blades)—240 Vac Maximum
30
DU321
155.00
DU321RB
293.00
3
7-1/2
60
DU322
206.00
DU322RB
443.00
10
15
100
DU323l
477.00
DU323RBl
816.00
15
30
200
DU324m
884.00
DU324RBm
1461.00
15
60n
400p
DU325
2198.00
—
—
—
125
600
DU326n
4191.00
—
—
—
150
h
Bolt-on hubs—Refer to page 3-10.
i
Enclosed molded case switch—Refer to page 1-24.
j
Includes factory-installed grounding kit.
k
Not service entrance rated—Refer to page 1-19 for more information.
l
If a neutral assembly is required, order and field-install SN0610.
m
If a neutral assembly is required, order and field install a SN20A Neutral Assembly Kit. For a 200% neutral application, order and field install (2) SN20A
Neutral Assembly Kits and (1) SN20NI Neutral Jumper Kit.
n
If a neutral assembly is required, order part number D600SN. Available for field-installation.
o
For single phase hp rating, use two switching poles.
p
To accept J class fuses, move fuse bases to the embossed guide inside of the switch.

DE1A

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

General Duty Safety Switches

Accessories, Lug Data and Dimensions
Class 3130 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Terminal Lug Data a

Table 3.4:

Table 3.6:

Wire Range
Amperes Conductors
Per NEC Table 312.6
Per Phase Wire Bending Space
AWG/kcmil
30
60
100
200

1
1
1
1
1
or
2

Lug Wire Range
AWG/kcmil

12–6 (Al) or 14–6 (Cu)
10–2 (Al) or 14–2 (Cu)
12–1/0 (Al) or 14–1/0 (Cu)
6 –300 (Al/Cu)
(1) 1/0 –750 (Al/Cu)
400
or
NEMA 1
(2) 1/0 –300 (Al/Cu)
(1) 1 –600 (Al/Cu)
400
2
1/0–250
(Al/Cu)
or
NEMA 3R
(2) 1/0 –250 (Al/Cu)
600
2
4 –500 (Al/Cu)
4 –600 (Al/Cu)
800
3
3/0 –500 (Al/Cu)
3/0 –500 (Al/Cu)
o
o
a
30–100 A switches suitable for 60 C or 75 C conductors. 200–800 A switches suitable for
75oC conductors.

Cat. No.

30

PK3GTA1

11.40

60a

PK3GTA1

11.40

60b

GTK03

11.40

12–6 (Al) or 14–6 (Cu)
10–3 (Al) or 14–3 (Cu)
12–1 (Al) or 14–1 (Cu)
6 –250 (Al/Cu)
1/0 –600 (Al/Cu)
or
1/0 –300 (Al/Cu)

a
b

NOTE: Field-installed lug kits are located in the Supplemental
Digest page 2.2.

Kit consists of three fuse pullers as required for a 3P, fusible, 60 and 100 A
general duty switch. Kits can be installed in 60 and 100 A Series F switches.
Table 3.5:
Fuse Puller Kits
Description

Cat. No.
FPK03
FPK0610

100
GTK0610
200
PKOGTA2
400
PKOGTA2
600
(Two Required)
800
PKOGTA3
Series E switch only.
Series F switch only.

$ Price

18.90
55.00
55.00
123.00

Wire Size (AWG)
(2) 12 Cu or
(2) 10 Al or
(1) 4 Al/Cu Max.
(2) 12 Cu or
(2) 10 Al or
(1) 4 Al/Cu Max.
(2) 12 Cu or
(2) 10 Al or
(1) 4 Al/Cu Max.
(2) 1/0 Al/Cu Max.
(2) 2/0 Al/Cu Max.
(2) 2/0 Al/Cu Max.
Per Lug
(6) 3/0 Al/Cu Max.

Field-Installed Electrical Interlock Kits

Field-Installed Fuse Puller Kits

Series F 60 A Fuse Puller Kit
Series F 100 A Fuse Puller Kit

Field-Installed Service Grounding Kits

Amperes

$ Price
30.00
42.60

W

Electrical interlocks for Series F 100–200 A general duty safety switches
and Series F 60 A fusible general duty safety switches are available in
kit form for field installation. Each kit contains instructions for proper field
mounting. A pivot arm operates from switch mechanism, breaking the
control circuit before the main switch blades break. Switches with
electrical interlocks installed are UL Listed.
Table 3.7:
Electrical Interlock Kit
Switch’s
Amperes Rating

Electrical Interlock Kit
$ Price
Cat. No.a
EIK031
or
60
Fb
218.00
EIK032
EIK1
or
100–200
F
311.00
EIK2
a
Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with -1 suffix indicates one normally open and one
normally closed contact; -2 indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts.
Kits are UL Listed.
b
Fusible series.
Series

H

W/H

H
W
W/H
D
Std.
Cat. No.
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm Pack
L111N
E2
7.63
194
5.00 127
6.13 156 4.00 102
1
D325NTRc
L211N
E2
7.63
194
5.00 127
6.13 156 4.00 102
1
D326Nc
L221N
E2
7.63
194
5.00 127
6.13 156 4.00 102
1
D326NTc
D211Nc
E3
9.25
235
6.75 171
7.25 184
3.63
92
5
D326NRc
D211NRBc
E2
9.63
245
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
D326NTRc
D221Nc
E3
9.25
235
6.75 171
7.25 184
3.63
92
5
DU221RBc
D221NRBc
E3
9.63
245
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
DU222RBc
D222N
F1
14.63
372
6.50 165
7.45 189
4.88 124
1
DU321c
D222NRB
F1
14.88
378
6.63 168
7.45 189
4.88 124
1
DU321RBc
D223N
F3
17.50
445
8.50 216 10.50 267
6.50 165
1
DU322c
D223NRB
F3
17.50
445
8.50 216 10.50 267
6.50 165
1
DU322RBc
D224N
F1
29.00
737 17.25 438 19.00 483
8.25 210
1
DU323
D224NRB
F1
29.25
743 17.25 438 19.00 483
8.25 210
1
DU323RB
D225N
E3
45.12 1146 24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
DU324
D225NR
E1
30.63
778 21.38 543 22.25 565 10.13 257
1
DU324RB
D226Nc
E3
49.13 1248 24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
DU325c
D226NRc
E1
49.13 1248 24.75 629 25.13 638
8.88 226
1
DU326c
D321Nc
E3
9.25
235
6.75 171
7.25 184
3.63
92
5
QO200TRc
D321NRBc
E3
9.63
245
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
QO260NATSc
D322N
F1
14.63
372
6.50 165
7.45 189
4.88 124
1
QO2000NRBc
D322NRB
F1
14.88
378
6.63 168
7.45 189
4.88 124
1
QO2000NSc
D323N
F3
17.50
445
8.50 216 10.50 267
6.50 165
1
T327Nc
D323NRB
F3
17.50
445
8.50 216 10.50 267
6.50 165
1
T327NRc
D324N
F1
29.00
737 17.25 438 19.00 483
8.25 210
1
D324NRB
F1
29.25
743 17.25 438 19.00 483
8.25 210
1
D325Nc
E3
45.12 1146 24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
D325NTc
E3
45.12 1146 24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
D325NRc
E1
30.63
778 21.38 543 22.25 565 10.13 257
1
c
30–100 A switches suitable for 60oC or 75oC conductors. 200–800 A switches suitable for 75oC conductors.
Cat. No.

Series

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE1

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

Series
E1
E3
E3
E1
E1
E2
E1
E2
E2
E1
E1
F3
F3
F1
F1
E3
E3
G3
E2
E1
E1
E1
E1

H
in.
30.63
49.13
49.13
49.13
49.13
9.63
9.63
9.25
9.63
9.25
9.63
17.50
17.50
29.00
29.25
45.12
49.13
6.50
9.25
14.00
13.38
49.13
49.13

mm
778
1248
1248
1248
1246
245
245
235
245
235
245
445
445
737
743
1146
1248
165
235
356
340
1248
1248

W
W/H
D
Std.
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm Pack
21.38 543 22.25 565 10.13 257
1
24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
24.75 629 25.13 638
8.88 226
1
24.75 629 25.13 638
8.88 226
1
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
6.75 171
7.25 184
3.63
92
5
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
6.75 171
7.25 184
3.63
92
5
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
8.50 216 10.50 267
6.50 165
1
8.50 216 10.50 267
6.50 165
1
17.25 438 19.00 483
8.25 210
1
17.25 438 19.00 483
8.25 210
1
24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
4.63 118
—
—
3.88
99
5
4.88 124
—
—
3.25
83
1
7.75 197
—
—
4.50 114
1
6.13 156
—
—
3.50
89
1
24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
24.75 629 25.13 638
8.88 226
1

3-3

SAFETY SWITCHES

Approximate Dimensions

3

Table 3.8:

D

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

240 Volt
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Visible blade heavy duty safety switches are designed for application where maximum
performance and continuity of service are required. All heavy duty safety switches
feature quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism, a dual cover interlock and a
color coded indicator handle. They are suitable for use as service equipment when
equipped with a field- or factory-installed neutral assembly or equipment grounding kit,
unless a 600Y/347 V or 480 Y/277 V, 1000 A or greater, solidly grounded WYE system
is used, per NEC 215-10. Heavy duty safety switches are UL Listed (except as noted),
File E2875 and 154828 and meet or exceed the NEMA Standard KS1. For UL Listed
short circuit current ratings, see page 3-6.

NEMA 3R NEMA 4, 4X and 5
Stainless Steel

NEMA 1

Table 3.9:

System

NEMA 12

240 Volt—Single Throw Fusible

Amperes

NEMA 1
Indoor

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 3R
Rainproof
(Bolt-on Hubs,
page 3-10)
Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 4, 4X, 5, a
304 Stainless Steel (for
316 stainless, see
page 3-7) Dust tight,
Watertight, Corrosion
Resistant (Watertight
Hubs, page 3-10)
Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 12K
With
Knockouts
(Watertight Hubs,
page 3-10)
Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA
12, 3R b
Without
Knockouts
(Watertight Hubs,
page 3-10)
Cat. No.

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

2-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30
H221DS
1947.00 H221A
504.00
H221AWK
30
—
—
—
—
H2212AWKe
Use
three-wire
devices
60
H222DS
2337.00
—
—
H222AWK
For two-wire applications
100
H223DS
5094.00 H223A
1008.00
H223AWK
200
H224DS
6960.00 H224A
1737.00
H224AWK
400
H225
2729.00
H225R
3884.00
H225DS
14481.00
—
—
H225AWK
600
H226
5424.00
H226R
7281.00
H226DS
20772.00
—
—
H226AWK
800
H227
8459.00
H227Rf 11483.00
—
—
—
—
H227AWK
—
—
—
—
H228AWK
1200
H228 11682.00 H228Rf 15486.00
3-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30
H221N
236.00 H221NRB
447.00
Use two-wire devices,
60
H222N
471.00 H222NRB
842.00
Field-installed solid neutral assemblies
100
H223N
716.00 H223NRB
1086.00
Order separately See page 3-11.
200
H224N
1289.00 H224NRB
1562.00
400
H225N
3092.00
H225NR
4245.00 H225NDS 14787.00
—
—
H225NAWK
600
H226N
5819.00
H226NR
7677.00 H226NDS 21081.00
—
—
H226NAWK
800
H227N 10067.00 H227NRf 12216.00
—
—
—
—
H227NAWK
1200
H228N 12422.00 H228NRf 16665.00
—
—
—
—
H228NAWK
3-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30
H321DS
2049.00 H321A
639.00
H321AWK
60
H322DS
2532.00 H322A
914.00
H322AWK
Use four-wire devices
For three-wire applications
100
H323DS
5346.00 H323A
1412.00
H323AWK
200
H324DS
7496.00 H324A
2040.00
H324AWK
400
H325
3425.00
H325R
3975.00
H325DS
14961.00
—
—
H325AWK
600
H326
6170.00
H326R
8286.00
H326DS
21399.00
—
—
H326AWK
800
H327 11456.00 H327Rf 14849.00
—
—
—
—
H327AWK
1200
H328 14517.00 H328Rf 18728.00
—
—
—
—
H328AWK
4-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30
H321N
314.00 H321NRB
555.00
Use three-wire devices,
60
H322N
528.00 H322NRB
891.00
Field-installed solid neutral assemblies
100
H323N
842.00 H323NRB
1278.00
Order separately. See page 3-11
200
H324N
1451.00 H324NRB
1748.00
400
H325N
3788.00
H325NR
4322.00 H325NDS 15321.00
—
—
H325NAWK
600
H326N
6519.00
H326NR
8622.00 H326NDS 21759.00
—
—
H326NAWK
800
H327N 12189.00 H327NRf 15563.00
—
—
—
—
H327NAWK
1200
H328N 15314.00 H328NRf 19709.00
—
—
—
—
H328NAWK
4-Wire (4 Blades and Fuseholders)
30
60
100
Use 600 Vac devices. See page 3-5.
200
400
600
a
Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12. For NEMA 3R applications, remove drain screw from bottom endwall.
b
Also suitable for NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
c
For switching dc, use two outside switching poles.
d
For corner grounded delta systems only and with neutral assembly installed. Use switching poles for ungrounded conductors.
e
60 ampere switch with 30 ampere fuse spacing and clips. Must use 60 A enclosure accessories including electrical interlocks.
f
Suitable for NEMA 5 applications with drain screw installed.

Horsepower Ratings
240 Vac
Std.
(Using Fast
Acting,
One Time Fuses)

Max.
(Using Dual
Element, Time 250 Vdcc
Delay Fuses)

$ Price

1Ø

3Ø

1Ø

3Ø

473.00
588.00
647.00
948.00
1643.00
4163.00
6543.00
10325.00
15815.00

1-1/2
1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
—
—
50
50

3d
—
7-1/2 d
15 d
25 d
—
75 d
—
—

3
3
10
15
—
—
—
50
50

7-1/2d
—
15 d
30 d
60 d
—
200 d
—
—

5
5
10
20
40
50
50
50
50

4304.00
6936.00
12338.00
17184.00

1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
—
—
50
50

3 d
7-1/2 d
15 d
25 d
50 d
75 d
—
—

3
10
15
—
—
—
50
50

7-1/2 d
15 d
30 d
60 d
125 d
200 d
—
—

5
10
20
40
50
50
50
50

639.00
864.00
1331.00
1926.00
4253.00
7365.00
14528.00
17450.00

1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
—
—
50
50

3
7-1/2
15
25
50
75
100
100

3
10
15
—
—
—
50
50

7-1/2
15
30
60
125
200
250
250

5
10
20
40
50
50
50
50

4635.00
7757.00
15879.00
20015.00

1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
—
—
50
50

3
7-1/2
15
25
50
75
100
100

3
10
15
—
—
—
50
50

7-1/2
15
30
60
125
200
250
250

5
10
20
40
50
50
50
50

Accessories: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3-10 through 3-12
Dimensions: NEMA 1 and 3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-13
Dimensions: NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless and NEMA 12 . . . . . . . page 3-14

3-4

DE1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

600 Volt
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 3.10:

600 Volts—Single Throw Fusible
Horsepower Ratings

System

NEMA 1
Indoor

Amperes

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 3R
Rainproof
(Bolt-on Hubs,
page 3-10)

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 4, 4X, 5a
304 Stainless Steel
NEMA 12K
(for 316 stainless, see
With Knockouts
page 3-7) Dust tight,
(Watertight
Hubs,
Watertight, Corrosion
page 3-10)
Resistant
(Watertight Hubs, page 3-10)
Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

480 Vac
NEMA 12, 3Rb
Without Knockouts
(Watertight Hubs,
page 3-10)

Cat. No.

600 Vac

Max.
Std.
Max.
Std.
(Using (Using (Using
(Using
Dual
Fast
Dual
Fast
Acting, Element,
Acting, Element,
Time
One
Time
One Time Delay
Time
Delay
Fuses)
Fuses) Fuses) Fuses)

dcd

$ Price

3Ø

3Ø

3Ø

3Ø

250 600

5025.00
7341.00
15276.00
18044.00

—
—
—
—
100 c
150 c
—
—

—
—
—
—
250 c
400 c
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
50
50
50
50

—
—
—
—
50
50
50
50

5
5
15
25
50
100
150
200
200

15
15
30
60
125
250
400
500
500

7-1/2
7-1/2
15
30
60
125
200
250
250

20
20
50
75
150
350
500
500
500

5
—
—
—
40
50
50
50
50

15
15
30
50
50
50
50
50
50

5
15
25
50
100
150
200
200

15
30
60
125
250
400
500
500

7-1/2
15
30
60
125
200
250
250

20
50
75
150
350
500
500
500

—
—
—
40
50
50
50
50

15
30
50
50
50
50
50
50

2Ø
7-1/2
15
25
50
100
150
3Ø
25

2Ø
20
40
50
—
250
400
3Ø
60

2Ø
10
20
30
50
125
200
3Ø
30

2Ø
25
50
75
—
350
500
3Ø
75

5
10
20
40
50
50

15
30
30
50
50
50

—

—

2-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30
60
100
200
400
600
800
1200

Use three-wire devices
for two-wire applications
H265
H266
H267
H268

4206.00
6653.00
10365.00
14570.00

H265R
5424.00
H266R 10686.00
H267Rf 16385.00
H268Rf 17991.00

H265DS
H266DS
—
—

14961.00
21399.00
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

H265AWK
H266AWK
H267AWK
H268AWK

3-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc d
30
30
60
100
200
400
600
800
1200

H361
H361-2f
H362
H363
H364
H365
H366
H367
H368

528.00 H361RB
899.00
617.00 H3612RBe 1049.00
638.00 H362RB
1055.00
1188.00 H363RB
1644.00
1707.00 H364RB
2259.00
4551.00
H365R
5532.00
7649.00
H366R 10899.00
13319.00 H367R f 16500.00
17507.00 H368Rf 20009.00

H361DS
—
H362DS
H363DS
H364DS
H365DS
H366DS
—
—

2520.00
H361A
—
H361-2A e
2771.00
H362A
5493.00
H363A
7685.00
H364A
15321.00
—
21084.00
—
—
—
—
—

1014.00
H361AWK
956.00
1035.00 H3612AWKe
977.00
1047.00
H362AWK
984.00
1626.00
H363AWK
1539.00
2544.00
H364AWK
2400.00
—
H365AWK
5462.00
—
H366AWK
9203.00
—
H367AWK 16352.00
—
H368AWK 19706.00

4-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—600 Vac, 600 Vdcd
H361N
617.00 H361NRB
986.00
H362N
710.00 H362NRB 1134.00
H363N 1278.00 H363NRB 1737.00
H364N 1869.00 H364NRB 2408.00
H365N 4898.00 H365NR 5765.00
H366N 8019.00 H366NR 11054.00
H367N 14043.00 H367NRf 17205.00
H368N 18114.00 H368NRf 20993.00

Use three-wire devices field-installed solid neutral
assemblies. Order separately. See page 3-11.
H364NDS
H365NDS
H366NDS
—
—

7871.00
15668.00
22122.00
—
—

H364NA
—
—
—
—

2715.00
—
—
—
—

H364NAWK 2558.00
H365NAWK 5823.00
H366NAWK 9600.00
H367NAWK 17253.00
H368NAWK 20820.00

H461DS
H462DS
H463DS
H464DS
—
—

2937.00
3069.00
8345.00
12596.00
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

H461AWK
H462AWK
H463AWK
H464AWK
H465AWK
—

4-Wire (4 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac, 600 Vdcg
30
60
100
200
400
600

H461
H462
H463
H464
H465
H466

914.00
1065.00
1778.00
2957.00
6210.00
10104.00

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

1115.00
1257.00
1932.00
3222.00
6807.00
—

6-Wire (6 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac g

a
b
c
d
e
f
g

100

—

—

—

—

H663DS

25964.00

—

—

H663AWK

200

—

—

—

—

H664DS

35393.00

—

—

H664AWK

5112.00

For applications requiring motor disconnect
12222.00 capability,
use electrical interlock. Refer to page 3-10.

Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12.
Also suitable for NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
For corner grounded delta systems only and with neutral assembly installed. Use switching poles for ungrounded conductors.
For switching dc use two outside switching poles.
60 A switch with 30 A fuse spacing and clips. Must use 60 A enclosure accessories including electrical interlocks.
Suitable for NEMA 5 applications with drain screw installed.
Not suitable for use as service equipment.

Class H Fuse Provisions:
Fusible Square D 30 through 600 A heavy duty safety switches accept Class H fuses as standard. With Class H fuses
installed, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 10 kA available fault current.

SAFETY SWITCHES

30
60
100
200
400
600
800
1200

Fusible Square D 30–600 A heavy duty safety switches will accept Class R fuses as standard. A field-installed rejection
kit is available which, when installed, rejects all but Class R fuses. With the installation of the rejection kit and Class R
fuses, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 200 kA available fault current. See Class R fuse kits on
page 3-10.

Class J Fuse Provisions:

Class R Fuse

Provisions for installing Class J fuses are included in 30 through 400 A 600 Volt, and 100 through 400 A 240 Volt,
fusible heavy duty safety switches. Conversion to Class J fuse spacing requires relocating the load side fuse base
assembly from the standard Class H fuse location to an alternate position as marked in the enclosure. With Class J
fuses installed, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 200 kA available fault current. Switches rated
600 A, 240 or 600 Volt, require the addition of an adapter kit, H600J at $456. One kit per 3P switch.

Class L Fuse Provisions:
Fusible 800 A and 1200 A safety switches use Class L bolt-in fuses and are rated for use on systems with up to 200 kA
at 600 Vac maximum. 1200 A switches accept class L fuses from 601–1200 A, 800 A switches accept class L fuses
from 601–800 A.
Accessories: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 3-10 through 3-12
Dimensions: NEMA 1 and 3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-13
Dimensions: NEMA 4, 4X and 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-14

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE1

Discount
Schedule

3-5

3

Class R Fuse Provisions:

Heavy Duty Safety Switches
Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901
Table 3.11:

System

www.schneider-electric.us

600 Volt—Single Throw Non-Fusible

NEMA 1
Indoor

Amperes

Cat. No.

$ Price

2-Wire (2 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30
60
100
200
400
HU265
2750.00
600
HU266
4896.00
800
HU267
7467.00
1200
HU268 10226.00

NEMA 4, 4X, 5 a
304 Stainless Steel
(for 316 stainless, see
page 3-7)
Dust tight, Watertight
Corrosion Resistant
(Watertight Hubs, page 3-10)

NEMA 3R
Rainproof
(Bolt-on Hubs, page 3-10)

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 12K
With
Knockouts
(Watertight Hubs,
page 3-10)
Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 12, 3Rb
Without
Knockouts
(Watertight Hubs,
page 3-10)
Cat. No.

$ Price

Use three-wire devices
for two-wire applications.
HU265R
HU266R
HU267Rd
HU268Rd

3764.00
7533.00
12884.00
17393.00

HU265DS
HU266DS
—
—

12812.00
18455.00
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

HU265AWK
HU266AWK
HU267AWK
HU268AWK

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

3-Wire (3 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30
HU361
279.00
HU361RB
488.00
HU361DS
2120.00
HU361A
689.00
HU361AWK
30 HU361EIe 638.00 HU361RBEIe
846.00 HU361DSEIe
2480.00 HU361AEIe 1047.00 HU361AWKEIe
30 HU3612f
369.00 HU3612RBf
638.00
—
— HU3612Af
710.00 HU3612AWKf
60
HU362
488.00
HU362RB
876.00
HU362DS
2520.00
HU362A
875.00
HU362AWK
60
—
—
—
—
HU362DSEIe
2972.00
—
—
—
100
HU363
783.00
HU363RB
1226.00
HU363DS
5102.00
HU363A
1265.00
HU363AWK
200
HU364
1209.00
HU364RB
1485.00
HU364DS
6960.00
HU364A
1697.00
HU364AWK
400
HU365
2804.00
HU365R
3840.00
HU365DS
14294.00
—
—
HU365AWK
600
HU366
4992.00
HU366R
7683.00
HU366DS
19062.00
—
—
HU366AWK
800
HU367
9978.00 HU367R d 13050.00
—
—
—
—
HU367AWK
1200
HU368 13421.00 HU368R d 17867.00
—
—
—
—
HU368AWK
4-Wire (4 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc j
30
HU461g
827.00
—
—
HU461DS
2586.00
—
—
HU461AWKh
60
HU462g
914.00
—
—
HU462DS
3027.00
—
—
HU462AWK
100
HU463g 1647.00
—
—
HU463DS
7401.00
—
—
HU463AWK
200
HU464g 2399.00
—
—
HU464DS
11244.00
—
—
HU464AWK
400
HU465
5201.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
HU465AWK
600
HU466
9072.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6-Wire (6 Blades)—600 Vacj
30
—
—
—
—
HU661DS
11903.00
—
—
HU661AWKk
60
—
—
—
—
HU662DS
13254.00
—
—
HU662AWKk
100
—
—
—
—
HU663DS
20643.00
—
—
HU663AWKk
200
—
—
—
—
HU664DS
28316.00
—
—
HU664AWKk
a
Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12.
b
Also suitable for NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
c
For switching dc, use two outside switching poles.
d
Suitable for NEMA 5 applications with drain screw installed.
e
Switches with EI suffix are stocked with factory-installed electrical interlocks with one normally-open and one normally-closed contact.
f
Use 60 A enclosure accessories, including electrical interlocks.
g
No knockouts are provided.
h
Requires 60 A accessories. See page 3-14 for series rating..
i
HU461AWK (Series F6) is rated 5 hp@250 Vdc, 10 hp@600 Vdc.
j
Not suitable for use as service equipment.
k
One enclosure for NEMA 1, 3, 3R or 12 applications. UL Listed.

3212.00
5408.00
12957.00
17522.00
647.00
1007.00
666.00
833.00
—
1194.00
1604.00
4023.00
6711.00
13097.00
17940.00

Horsepower Ratings
(Max.)
Volts ac
240

480

600

dcc

1Ø 3Ø

1Ø

3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 250 600

—
—
—
—
—
—
50
50

—
—
—
—
—
—
50
50

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

915.00
1008.00
1791.00
2832.00
5672.00
—

5
5
5
10
10
20
15
—
—
50
50
2Ø
10
20
30
50
—
—

3357.00
3884.00
4793.00
10538.00

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
50
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
50
50
—
50

—
—
—
—
50
50
50
50

10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15
10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15
10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15
20 25
50 30 60 10 30
20 25
50 30 60 10 30
40 40
75 40 100 20 50
60 50 125 50 150 40 50
125 — 250 — 350 50 50
200 — 400 — 500 50 50
250 50 500 50 500 50 50
250 50 500 50 500 50 50
3Ø 2Ø 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø
10 20
20 25 30 10i 15i
20 40
50 50 60 10 30
40 50
75 50 75 20 30
60 50 125 50 150 40 50
125 — 250 — 350 50 50
200 — 400 — 500 50 50
3Ø
3Ø
3Ø
10 —
20 — 30 — —
20 —
50 — 60 — —
40 —
75 — 75 — —
60 — 125 — 150 — —

UL Listed Maximum Short Circuit Current Ratings—AC only
NOTE: Consult the wiring diagram of the switch to verify the
UL Listed short circuit current rating.

Table 3.12:

Non-Fusible Safety Switches

Fusible Safety Switches

For the short circuit current rating, refer to the table below.
Heavy Duty
Safety Switch Type

l

UL Listed
UL Listed Short Circuit
Fuse Class
Current Ratings
H, K
10 kA
Fusible
R, J, L
200 kAl
On 600 V, 200 A switches, 100,000 A max. on corner grounded delta when protected by
Class J or R fuses.

Any brand of circuit breaker or fuse not exceeding the ampere rating of the
switch may be used in conjunction with an non-fusible safety switch when
there is up to 10 kA short circuit current available (see table below).
Above 10 kA—When applied on systems with greater than 10 kA short
circuit current available, the UL Listed short circuit current rating for
Square D non-fusible switches is based upon the switch being used in
conjunction with fuses or Square D circuit breakers or Mag-Gard motor
circuit protectors.
Table 3.13:

Non-Fusible Safety Switches

Heavy Duty
Switch Rating
Safety Switch Type
(A) m

Fuse or Circuit
Breaker Typen

3-Phase

480 Vac
600 Vac
Any brand circuit
breaker
Up to 10 kA
All
H, K
R,T,J.L
200 kA
200 kA
200 kA
30–100
Ho
65 kA
35 kA
35 kA
Non-Fusible
Switches
30–100
FA
14 kA
14 kA
14 kA
30–100
FH
18 kA
18 kA
18 kA
200
H, J o
65 kA
35 kA
35 kA
400
LA
22 kA
22 kA
22 kA
400
LH
25 kA
25 kA
25 kA
m
Applies to NEMA 1, 3R, 4X stainless, 12 switches.
n
Ampere rating of fuse or circuit breaker not to exceed switch ampere rating.
o
All H and J circuit breakers are acceptable, but will only support the noted Short Circuit
Current Ratings.

3-6

DE1

Discount
Schedule

240 Vac

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Safety
Switches

Special Applications
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

316 Grade Stainless Steel—NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12
Type 316 stainless steel enclosure safety switches offer superior corrosion resistance to a wider range of chemicals than
Type 304 stainless switches. Type 316 better resists chloride and is often used in marine, waste treatment and transportation
applications. Use watertight hubs from page 3-10. Equipment grounding lugs are supplied as standard.
(For Type 304 stainless switches see pages 3-4–3-6.)
Table 3.14:

3P 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Horsepower Ratings– 3Øa

Amperes

Cat. No

$ Price

480 Vac

600 Vac

600 Vdcb

Std.

Max.

Std.

Max.

Max.

Fusible

H361SS

30
60
100
200
400
600
Non-Fusible
30
60
100
200
400
600

H361SS
H362SS
H363SS
H364SS
H365SS
H366SS

3444.00
3792.00
7562.00
10592.00
21622.00
30528.00

5
15
25
50
100
150

15
30
60
125
250
400

7-1/2
15
30
60
125
200

20
50
75
150
350
500

15
30
50
50
50
50

HU361SS
HU362SS
HU363SS
HU364SS
HU365SS
HU366SS

2898.00
3444.00
7029.00
9623.00
17758.00
26306.00

—
—
—
—
—
—

20
50
75
125
250
400

—
—
—
—
—
—

30
60
100
150
350
500

15
30
50
50
50
50

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Enclosures—NEMA 4X
Fiberglass reinforced polyester enclosures are watertight, corrosion resistant, and impervious to windblown dust, rain, and
splashing liquid. The molded fiberglass is extremely stable in a wide range of operating temperatures and can withstand
heavy impact. Switches are furnished with hubs (page 3-14) and equipment grounding lugs. UL Listed.
Table 3.15:
Amperes

H363DF

Fusible
30
60
100
200
Non-Fusible
30
60
100
200

3P 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

H361DF
H362DF
H363DF
H364DF

3570.00
3968.00
7613.00
9729.00

RFK06
RFK06H
RFK10
HRK1020

HU361DF
HU362DF
HU363DF
HU364DF

3402.00
3782.00
7241.00
9695.00

—
—
—
—

Horsepower Ratings– 3Øa

Electrical Interlock Kits
Field-Installed Cat. No.

Class R Fuse Kits

480 Vac

600 Vac

600 Vdcb

1 NO/1 NC Contacts

2 NO/2 NC Contacts

Std.

Max.

Std.

Max.

Max.

25.50
25.50
47.70
47.70

9999TC10
9999TC10
9999TC10
9999R8

9999TC20
9999TC20
9999TC20
9999R9

5
15
25
50

15
30
60
125

7-1/2
15
30
60

20
50
75
150

15
30
50
50

—
—
—
—

9999TC10
9999TC10
9999TC10
9999R8

9999TC20
9999TC20
9999TC20
9999R9

—
—
—
—

20
50
75
125

—
—
—
—

30
60
100
—

15
30
50
50

Krydon™ Enclosures—NEMA 4X
Krydon enclosures are compression molded of fiberglass reinforced polyester, specially formulated to withstand attack from
almost any corrosive atmosphere found in the toughest industrial application. Switches are furnished with hubs
(page 3-14) and equipment grounding lugs. UL Listed.

Amperes

3P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

H361DX

Fusible
30
60
100
Non-Fusible
30
60
100

Electrical Interlock Kits
Field-Installed Cat. No.

Class R Fuse Kits

H361DX
H362DX
H363DX

4161.00
4626.00
8858.00

RFK06
RFK06H
RFK10

HU361DX
HU362DX
HU363DX

3960.00
4406.00
8438.00

—
—
—

$ Price

Horsepower Ratings– 3Øa
480 Vac

600 Vac

600 Vdcb

1 NO/1 NC Contact

2 NO/2 NC Contacts

Std.

Max.

Std.

Max.

Max.

25.50
25.50
47.70

9999TC10
9999TC10
9999TC10

9999TC20
9999TC20
9999TC20

5
15
25

15
30
60

7-1/2
15
30

20
50
75

15
30
50

—
—
—

9999TC10
9999TC10
9999TC10

9999TC20
9999TC20
9999TC20

—
—
—

20
50
75

—
—
—

30
60
100

15
30
50

SAFETY SWITCHES

Table 3.16:

An enclosed automatic molded case switch for use in Divisions 1 and 2 of the following: Class I, Groups C and D; Class II,
Groups E, F and G; or Class III, Hazardous Locations as defined in NEC™ Article 500. Furnished with threaded conduit
openings in both top and bottom endwall (page 3-14). Suitable for use as service equipment and listed as “Raintight’’ for
outdoor applications. cULus Listed. Equipment grounding lugs supplied as standard.
Table 3.17:
Amperes

H60XFA
a
b
c
d
e
f
g

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

3 Pole Molded Case Switch, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc Maximum, Short Circuit Current Rating 10 kA AIR
Enclosed Molded Case Switchd

Solid Neutral Assembly

Horsepower Ratings—3Ø

Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
240 Vac
480 Vac
60
H60XFA
2571.00
100SNA
143.00
15
30
60
H60XFA1212e
2886.00
100SNA
143.00
15
30
100
H100XFA
3045.00
100SNA
143.00
30
60
100
H100XFA1212e
3287.00
100SNA
143.00
30
60
225
H225XJGg
6387.00
225SNA
189.00
60
125
225
H225XJGAAeg
6701.00
225SNA
189.00
60
125
Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
For switching dc use two switching poles.
Electrical interlock not available. For auxiliary switches, refer to page 7-4 for catalog number suffix and price adder (e.g. H60XFA1212).
Includes PKDB1, breather and drain kit, required for rainproof application—NEMA 7 only.
Includes auxiliary contacts.
For available options, contact customer service prior to placing an order.
Not UL listed or CSA Certified due to wire bending space.

DE1

Discount
Schedule

600 Vacb
50
50
75
75
150
150

3-7

3

NEMA 7 and 9

UL508 Motor Disconnect
Switches

MD Motor Disconnect Switches
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

The MD motor disconnect switch is listed UL508 Suitable For Motor Control (UL File
E164864). It is in a compact NEMA 4X enclosure suitable for use in NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4,
4X and 12 applications. The MD's key benefits are an extremely small footprint, a more
economically efficient NEMA 4X solution and a handle interlock preventing cover removal
when the switch is in the ON position.
Table 3.18:

MD Motor Disconnect Switch—Non Metallic NEMA 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X and
12 Enclosureabc
Maximum Horse Power Ratings

Amperes

a
b
c

Cat. No.

$ Price

Height
(in.)

220–240
440–480
600
30
MD3304X
7.5
20
25
121.00
6.38
60
MD3604X
20
40
40
161.00
8.27
See table 8.9 for accessories.
Complies with OSHA lockout/tagout requirements—accepts up to three 8 mm padlocks.
Suitable for NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X and 12 enclosure applications.

Table 3.19:
D

Three Phase Vac

Cat. No.
MDSAN20
MDSAN11
MDS30P

Width
(in.)

Depth
(in.)

3.9
4.94

4.37
4.37

MD Motor Disconnect Accessories
Description
2 Normally open auxiliary contact module
1 normally open and 1 normally closed auxiliary contact module
30 Amp Add on power pole

$ Price
57.00
27.00
35.00

H

W

MD Motor Disconnect Switches

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

3-8
DE1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

Receptacle Switches
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Interlocked Receptacle Switches
Interlocked Receptacle Switches are furnished with a factory-installed three-phase four-wire Appleton
Powertite™, Crouse-Hinds Style 2 Arktite™, or Hubbellock™ receptacle. The fourth wire is connected to the switch
equipment grounding terminal and is not a neutral termination. Interlocking linkage between the receptacle and
switch mechanism prevents insertion or removal of the plug while the switch is in the “ON’’ position or insertion of
any plug other than specified. Grounding lugs are included.

Appleton Powertite Receptacle

•
•
•

Devices are UL Listed and CSA Certified, suitable for use as service equipment.
Receptacles are epoxy powder coated over copper-free cast aluminum and NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X and 12 rated. Appleton receptacles
are UL Classified for use with the Crouse-Hinds plugs listed below.
Short circuit rating: 10 kA when used in conjunction with Class H or K fuses; 200 kA when used in conjunction with Class R or J fuses.
NEMA
3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12
304 Stainless Steel
Enclosure

NEMA 1
Amperes
Cat. No.

H362AWA
Interlocked Receptacle
Switch with Appleton
Powertite Receptacle

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

Horsepower
Ratings–3Øb

Use with Plug a

NEMA 12, 3R

$ Price

Cat. No.

480 Vac

$ Price

600 Vac

250 Vdcc

Std. Max. Std. Max. Std. Max.

Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30
H361WA
2076.00
H361DSWA
4401.00
H361AWA
2289.00
ACP3034BC
1235.00
5
15 7-1/2 20
5
60
H362WA
2412.00
H362DSWA
4668.00
H362AWA
2508.00
ACP6034BC
1295.00 15
30
15
50
10
100
H363WA
3689.00
H363DSWA
8468.00
H363AWA
3758.00
ACP1034CD
1928.00 25
60
30
75
20
Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30
HU361WA 1893.00 HU361DSWA 4001.00 HU361AWA 2076.00
ACP3034BC
1235.00 —
20
—
30
—
60
HU362WA 2306.00 HU362DSWA 4412.00 HU362AWA 2357.00
ACP6034BC
1295.00 —
50
—
60
—
100
HU363WA 3153.00 HU363DSWA 8010.00 HU363AWA 3347.00
ACP1034CD
1928.00 —
75
—
100
—
a
Receptacle UL Listed for use with “Appleton ACP or CPH” plugs; UL Classified for use with Crouse-Hinds “APJ” Arktite plugs listed on this page.
b
Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
c
For switching dc, use two switching poles.

—
—
—
5
10
20

Crouse-Hinds Arktite Receptacle

•
•

UL Listed, suitable for use as service equipment.
Short circuit ratings: 10 kA when used in conjunction with Class H or K fuses; 200 kA when used in conjunction with Class R or J fuses.

Table 3.20:

Amperes
Cat. No.

H362AWC
Interlocked Receptacle
Switch with Crouse-Hinds
Arktite Receptacle

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 12, 3R

Cat. No.

Horsepower
Ratings–3Ød

Use with Plug

$ Price

Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum
30
H361WC
2139.00
H361DSWC
6377.00
H361AWC
2355.00
60
H362WC
2751.00
H362DSWC
7749.00
H362AWC
2846.00
100
H363WC
6005.00
H363DSWC
14826.00
H363AWC
6087.00
Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum
30
HU361WC
1952.00 HU361DSWC
5888.00
HU361AWC
2136.00
60
HU362WC
2634.00 HU362DSWC
7374.00
HU362AWC
2678.00
100
HU363WC
5249.00 HU363DSWC
14025.00
HU363AWC
5444.00
d
Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.

Cat. No.

$ Price

480 Vac

600 Vac

Std.

Max.

Std.

Max.

APJ3485
APJ6485
APJ10487

1235.00
1295.00
1928.00

5
15
—

15
30
60

7-1/2
15
—

20
50
75

APJ3485
APJ6485
APJ10487

1235.00
1295.00
1928.00

—
—
—

20
50
60

—
—
—

30
60
100

Hubbellock Receptacle

•
•

UL Listed, suitable for use as service equipment.
Short circuit rating: 10 kA.

Note: The Hubbellock receptacle switch utilizes the Square D interlocked plug SD12781 available only from Square D.

SAFETY SWITCHES

NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12
304 Stainless Steel
Enclosure

NEMA 1

Table 3.21:

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 12
Cat. No.

$ Price

Use with Plug
Cat. No.

$ Price

Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum
60
H362WH
2351.00 H362AWH
2459.00 SD12781f
609.00
Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum
60
HU362WH
2237.00 HU362AWH
2310.00 SD12781f
609.00
e
Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
f
Hubbell plug is furnished with a Kellems grip for 1-1/2 in. to 1-21/64 in. cable diameter.

Horsepower Ratings—3Øe
480 Vac

600 Vac

3

NEMA 1
Amperes

Std.

Max.

Std.

Max.

15

30

15

50

—

50

—

60

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3-10 through 3-12.

H362AWH
Interlocked Receptacle
Switch with Hubbell™
Hubbellock Receptacle

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE1

Discount
Schedule

3-9

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

Accessories
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Rainproof Bolt-On Hubs—for use on NEMA 3R Enclosure
RB Hub

Conduit Size

3/4

1

1-1/4

1-1/2

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

Closing Cap

Hub Cat. No.

B075

B100

B125

B150

B200

B250

B300

B350

B400

BCAP

$ Price Each
33.30
33.30
33.30
33.30
61.00
102.00
186.00
300.00
368.00
3.80
(DE1A)
Note: NEMA 3R rainproof enclosures with Cat. No. ending in RB have a bolt-on closing cap factory-installed. Order bolt-on hubs separately
from table above. For more details see page 1-13. Hubs through size 2-1•2 can be directly installed on RB devices. Devices requiring threeinch or larger hubs must have holes cut in the field. Gaskets are provided on three-inch and larger hubs.
Note: All hubs are UL Listed for indoor and rainproof applications and suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread.

Watertight Hubs—for use on NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless Steel and NEMA 12 Enclosures
Conduit Trade Size

1/2

3/4

1

1-1/4

1-1/2

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

Standard-Zinc
Hub Cat. No.

H050

H075

H100

H125

H150

H200

H250

H300

H350

H400

138.00

177.00

282.00

Zinc $ Price Each
Chrome Plated
Hub Cat. No.
Chrome Plated $ Price
Each

31.10

45.00

47.10

54.00

83.00

120.00

H050CP

H075CP

H100CP

H125CP

H150CP

H200CP

—

—

—

—

40.70

56.00

64.00

67.00

96.00

137.00

—

—

—

—

Electrical Interlock Kits

Table 3.24:

Electrical interlocks for heavy duty 30–1200 A safety switches are
available factory-installed or in kit form for field installation. Each kit
contains instructions for proper field mounting. A pivot arm operates
from switch mechanism, breaking the control circuit before the main
switch blades break. Switches with electrical interlocks installed are UL
Listed. For factory-installed electrical interlocks add EI (for one contact)
or EI2 (for two contacts) suffix to catalog number. See Supplemental
Digest page 2-3 for electrical interlock contact ratings.
Table 3.22:

Electrical Interlock Kit

a

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

Switch’s
Series Number
Electrical Interlock Kit $ Price Factory-Installed
Amperes Rating (See pages 3-13, 3-14)
Cat. No.b
$ Price
EIK031c d
F1, F5–F7
218.00
359.00
EIK032c d
30
EIK1
F3
311.00
452.00
EIK2
EIK1
F1-F3
311.00
452.00
F5–F7 (600 V)
EIK2
60
EIK031e
F4
218.00
359.00
F5–F6 (240 V)
EIK032e
EIK1
100–200
F2–F7
311.00
452.00
EIK2
EIK40601
400–1200
E1–E4
533.00
674.00
EIK40602
a
See page 3-7 for electrical interlocks on NEMA 4X fiberglass reinforced polyester and
Krydon™.
b
Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with 1 suffix indicates one normally open and one
normally closed contact; 2 indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts.
Kits are UL Listed.
c
HU461AWK uses EK3061 or EK3062.
d
The following Series F5–F7 devices use EIK-1, 2: H3612, H3612A, H3612AWK,
H3612RB, H461, H461DS, H461AWK, HU461, HU461DS, HU661DS, HU661AWK,
H361AWA, H361AWC, HU361AWA and HU361AWC.
e
H362WA, HU362WA, H362WC, H362AWA, HU362AWA, H362AWC, HU362AWC, and
H2212AWK use EIK1 or EIK2 electric interlock.
f
Single-pole single-throw interlock kits are rated 1/2 hp @ 110 and 220 Vac.

Class R Fuse Kits
When installed, this kit rejects all but Class R fuses. Kits are available for
field installation. For factory installation, add “CLR’’ suffix to catalog
number.
Table 3.23:

Class R Fuse Kits—240 V (one kit per 3P switch)

Series Number
Class R Fuse Kit
(See pages 3-13, 3-14)
Cat. No.
30
F5–F7
RFK03Lg
60
F1, F2, F3
RFK06
60
F4–F7
RFK03H
100
F2–F7
RFK10
200
F5–F6
HRK1020
400–600
E
HRK4060
g
H221-2AWK uses RFK06 Class R fuse kit.
Amperes

$ Price
25.50
25.50
25.50
47.70
47.70
111.00

Series Number
Class R Fuse Kit $ Price Factory-Installed
(See pages 3-13, 3-14)
Cat. No.
$ Price
30h
F1, F5–F7
RFK03Hi
25.50
293.00
30 h
F3
RFK06
25.50
293.00
60 h
F1–F7
RFK06H i
25.50
293.00
100 h
F2–F7
RFK10
47.70
231.00
200
F5–F6
HRK1020
47.70
231.00
400–600
E2–E4
HRK4060
111.00
360.00
h
See page 3-7 for Class R Fuse Kits in NEMA 4X Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester and
Krydon switches.
i
The following Series F5–F7 devices use RFK06: H3612, H3612A, H3612AWK, H3612RB,
H461, H461DS, H461AWK, H361AWA and H361AWC.

Internal Barrier Kits
Internal Barrier Kits provide an additional barrier that helps prevent
accidental contact with live parts. Field-installed transparent barriers do
not restrict visual inspection of the switch. Barriers provide IEC529 IP2X
“finger safe” protection when door of enclosed disconnect switch is
open. Convenient door allows use of test probes without accessing
fuses and replacement of fuses without removing barrier. Barrier can
also be used with the skirt kit to enclose a panel mounted Type 9422
disconnect.
Safety Switch Application
9422 Type T
(F Series Only)
Disconnect Application $ Price
240 / 600 Vac – 30 A
Interior Barrier for 30 A
SS03
NA
150.
Safety Switchj
240 Vac – 60 A
Interior Barrier for 60 A
600 Vac – 30 A
SS06
Safety Switch, 30 or
600 Vac – 60 A
165.
600 Vac – 60 A
60 A 9422 Switch
Interior Barrier for 100 A
SS10
Safety Switch or
240 / 600 Vac – 100 A
600 Vac – 100 A
195.
100 A 9422 Switch
Interior
Barrier
for
200
A
SS20
240 / 600 Vac – 200 A
NA
225.
Safety Switch
Skirt Kit to Enclose 30 or
600 Vac – 30 A
SS0306SK
60 A 9422 Switch
NA
225.
600 Vac – 60 A
(requires SS06)
Skirt Kit to Enclose 100 A
SS10SK
9422 Switch
NA
600 Vac – 100 A
255.
(requires SS10)
j
Requires arc shield on 240 V switches be changed to 600 V arc suppressor.
Cat. No.

Description

Fuse Puller Kits

Factory-Installed
$ Price
195.00
195.00
195.00
231.00
231.00
360.00

DE1

Class R Fuse Kits—600 V (one kit per 3P switch)

Amperes

Kit consists of three fuse pullers as required for a 3-pole fusible 240 V or
600 V heavy duty switch. Kits can be installed in switches manufactured
after February, 1980. Fuse pullers supplied as standard equipment on
NEMA 12, 12K, NEMA 4, 4X, 5 stainless steel, NEMA 4X fiberglass
reinforced polyester and KRYDON switches through 100 A.

k
l

3-10

381.00

DE1A

Amperes

Series Number

Fuse Puller Kit Cat. No.

$ Price

30
30

F1, F5–F7
F3

FPK03 k
FPK0610

30.00
42.60

60
60 l

F1, F2, F3, F5–F7 (600 V)
F4 l, F5–F7 (240 V)

FPK0610
FPK03 l

42.60
30.00

100

F2–F7

FPK0610

42.60

30 A 4- and 6-pole, H361-2 and H361-2RB Series F5 use FPK0610.
H362WA, H362WC, H362AWA, H362AWC, H362WH and H362AWH use FPK0610 fuse
puller kit.

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

Accessories and Special Features
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Neutral Assemblies—Field-Installed Neutral Assemblies for Fusible and Non-Fusible 240 and 600 Volt Safety Switches
Series Number
Amperes (See
pages 3-13, 3-14)
30

F1, F5–F6
F1–F3,
F5–F6 (600 V)
F4,
F5–F6 (240 V)

60

Standard
Neutral Kit
Cat. No.
SN03a
SN0610
SN03a

Terminal Data
AWG/kcmil

Copper Only
$ Price Optional
Neutral Kit Cat. No.

(3) 2 Max. Al/Cu
(2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu
(2) 6 Max. Al/Cu
(3) 2 Max. Al/Cu

(3) 6 Max. Cu
(2) 1/0 Max. Cu
(2) 6 Max. Cu

102.00
114.00

83.00

SN03Ca

107.00

SN0610C

SN20A

200.00

SN20C

H600SN

(4) 750 Max. Al/Cu
(1) 300 Max. Al/Cu

327.00

H600SNC

753.00

—

—

—

1034.00

—

—

—

F2–F6

SN0610

200b

F5–F6

400 and
600

E1–E4

(6) 750 Max. Al/Cu
(2) 350 Max. Al/Cu
(8) 750 Max. Al/Cu
1200
E2–E4
H1200SNE4
(2) 350 Max. Al/Cu
Note: Neutrals cannot be installed in 4P, 6P, or 200 A NEMA 4X fiberglass reinforced polyester
safety switches.
a
The following Series F5–F6 devices use SN0610(C): H-361-2, H-361-2RB, H-361-2A and
H-361-2AWK.
b
For 200% neutral, order (2) neutral kits and (1) SN20NI neutral jumper kit.
(2) 350 Max. Al/Cu.
E2–E4

SN03C a
SN0610C

$ Price

(2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu
(2) 6 Max. Al/Cu
(2) 250 Max. Al/Cu
(1) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu

100

800

83.00
107.00

Terminal Data
AWG/kcmil

H800SNE4

(3) 6 Max. Cu

102.00

(2) 1/0 Max. Cu
(2) 6 Max. Cu
(2) 250 Max. Cu
(1) 1/0 Max. Cu
(2) 600 Max. Cu
(2) 350 Max. Cu
(1) 250 Max. Cu

114.00
246.00
452.00

Equipment Grounding Kitsg
Equipment grounding kits are field-installed and UL Listed in 30–1200 A
heavy duty switches. For factory installation of equipment grounding kit, add
suffix GL to standard Cat. No. (Example: H361GL).
Price = Switch + Kit Price.
Equipment Grounding Kits—Field- or Factory-Installed Equipment Grounding Kits–240 and 600 V

30
60 d
60

Standard
Cat. No.
GTK03 c
GTK0610 d
GTK03

Terminal Data
AWG/kcmil
(2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Max. Al/Cu

Optional Copper Only
Cat. No.
11.40
GTK03C c

Terminal Data
AWG/kcmil
(1) 6 Max. Cu

(2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu

18.90

GTK0610Cd

(2) 4 Max. Cu

22.70

(2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Max. Al/Cu

11.40

GTK03C

(1) 6 Max. Cu

13.40

$ Price

$ Price
13.40

GTK0610
(2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu
18.90
GTK0610C
(2) 4 Max. Cu
22.70
PKOGTA2
(2) 2/0 Max. Al/Cu
55.00
PKOGTC2
(2) 4 Max. Cu
58.00
PKOGTA2e
PKOGTC3
400 and 600
E2–E4
(2) 2/0 Max. Al/Cu
55.00
(3) 1/0 Max. Cu
107.00f
(2 Required)
800
E2–E4
PKOGTA7
(4) 350 Max. Al/Cu
198.00f
—
—
—
1200
E2–E4
PKOGTA8
(8) 350 Max. Al/Cu
203.00f
—
—
—
c
The following Series F5–F6 devices use GTK0610(C): H-361-2 and H-361-2RB.
d
4- and 6-pole 30 A F Series.
e
Two required if grounding conductors are run in parallel.
f
PE1A Discount Schedule
g
Equipment Ground Kits are factory-installed standard in 30–200 A series F NEMA 4-4X-5 (stainless) and 12. Equipment Ground Kits are standard on all NEMA Types, Series F 30–200 A
4 and 6 pole switches.

Table 3.25:

Square D Gray Paint

Description
16 oz. Aerosol Paint Can, Square D Gray Paint
Note: Shipped in quantities of 6.

Price Adder Each Switch
Cat. No.
PK49SP

$ Price
39.00 ea.

Quantity

$ Price
30 A
242.00

10

60 A
278.00

100 A
434.00

200 A
479.00

400 A
1137.00

Special Paint

Lock-Off Guard Kitsd

UL Listed heavy duty switches are available painted with special safety
colors. To order safety colored switches add suffixes as noted in
Table 3.26 to the standard switch commercial reference number.
All colors comply with OSHA Standard 1910.144 and ANSI Specification
Z535.1 for marking physical hazards.

Available factory- or field-installed the
lock-off guard works by covering the
lockout/tagout opening whenever the switch
is in the ON position. This prevents a
padlock from being inadvertantly inserted
into the switch lockplate. The device is
designed to help prevent accidental
misapplication of a lockout device. These
kits are marked cURus (UL Component
Recognized) for field or factory installation.

Table 3.26:

Safety Colors

Safety Color
Suffix
Black
SP0
Red
SP2
Orange
SP3
Yellow
SP4
Green
SP5
Blue
SP6
Purple
SP7
Gray
SP8
Gray ANSI 61
SP861a
White
SP9
a
Standard Square D ANSI 49 grey paint, when selecting this suffix, switches will receive
additional coat of paint.

A minimum quantity of 10 is required. Not available for NEMA Type 7/9
or stainless steel products.

Amperesc
30 A
60 A 240 V
60 A 600 V
100 and 200 A
b
c
d

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE1

PE1A

600 A
2801.00

800 A
3501.00

1200 A
4376.00

3

100
200

Series Number
(See pages 3-13, 3-14)
F1, F5–F7
F1–F3d,
F5–F7 (600 V)
F4,
F5–F6 (240 V)
F2–F7
F5–F7

FactoryInstalled
$ Price

Kit Cat.
No.

Field-Installed
$ Price

LOGK1

44.30

146.00

LOGK2

45.00

177.00

For factory installation, add suffix “LOG” to the switch
catalog number.
For use with 30–200 Ampere Series F NEMA 1, 3R,
12 and 12K switches only.
Factory install and kits are available for NEMA 1, 3R,
12 and 12K switch enclosures only.

Discount
Schedule

SAFETY SWITCHES

Amperes

3-11

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

Accessories and Special Features
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

Key Interlock Systems
Factory-installed only on heavy duty safety
switches and double throw safety switches.
Interlocks are used to prevent the authorized
operator from making an unauthorized operation.
Not available on hazardous location devices
(NEMA 7/9) or fiberglass reinforced polyester
(NEMA 4X).
The key interlock system is a simple and easy
method of applying individual key interlock units
and assemblies to the above equipment so as to
require operation in a predetermined sequence.
UL Listed.

Table 3.30:

Contact Schneider Electric for catalog number, availability, and pricing prior
to quoting a job.
Detailed information is required before an order can be processed.
Please see Supplemental Digest Section 2 for further information.
Use these suffixes on switch catalog numbers:

Double Lug Kits

KI = 1 lock per switch
KI2 = 1 lock with 2 cylinders (2 keys) per switch
KIKI = 2 separate locks per switch

Table 3.27:

a

Price Adder Per Lock a

Switch Type
$ Price
30–1200 A Heavy Duty
2055.00
30–600 A Double Throw
1988.00
Prices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked, as these schemes
normally require more than one key assembly per device.

Al/Cu to Cu Only

Lug Kitc
Cat. No.

Amperes

Lock-On Provisions
Lock-off provisions are standard on all heavy duty safety switches.
Provision for one 3•8-inch hasp padlock is available factory-installed on
NEMA 1, 3R, 4-4X-5 stainless steel and 12 switches. This modification
will allow the switch to be locked in the “ON’’ position. UL Listed.
Table 3.28:

Price Adder Per Each Switch

3

Safety Switch
Rating
To order, add suffix SPLO to standard
catalog number. Example: H364-SPLO

$ Price

30–1200 A

155.00

Cover Viewing Window
SAFETY SWITCHES

Optional cover viewing window is positioned over the
blades to allow visual verification of “ON-OFF’’ status.
Available on 30 through 1200 A heavy duty switches, all
NEMA Types. (Not available on NEMA 4X fiberglass
reinforced polyester, Krydon™ enclosures, or NEMA 7
and 9 devices.)
Factory-installed only: add “VW’’ suffix to the Cat. No.
See table below for price adder.
Table 3.29:
Class
Heavy Duty
Heavy Duty
Double Throw

Price Adder Per Switch—UL Listed
Amperes
30–100 A
400–1200 A
30–100 A

2- and 3-Pole
38.00
2297.00
255.00

4- and 6-Pole
75.00
—
510.00

Kit $ Priced

200 A heavy duty F-series switches
are supplied standard with lugs listed
on page 3-13 (one wire per phase).
For lugs that accept two wires per
phase and neutral, order the following
kit:

Lug wire range
per phase and neutral
AWG/kcmil
(2) 6 –300 Cu/Al

Field maintenance lubricant is available for servicing blade and jaw
components in switches 600 V and below. Catalog number SWLUB (list
price $24.14) consists of one tube of BG20 High Performance Synthetic
Grease manufactured by Dow Corning®. SWLUB is available in
warehouse stock, shipped individually or in multiples of 12 units per
carton.

Table 3.31:

800 and 1200 A Compression Lug Kits–
Field- Installed (See page 3-13 for 100–600 A Switches)
Series E4 800 and 1200 A safety switches are equipped as standard
with mechanical lugs. Alternate compression lug kits are available for
field installation and are UL Listed. Each kit consists of VCEL07512H1
Versa-Crimp™ Compression Lugs and lug landing connectors capable
of converting line and load side of one switch pole or neutral.
Order one field-installed kit per pole or neutral per table below.
Example: Three-pole three-wire requires three kits; three-pole, four-wire
requires four kits.
Lug Kit
Cat. No.
800
H8LKE2
1200
H12LKE2
Note: For terminal lug data, refer to table below.
Amperes

Amperes

System

2 Wire
800
3 Wire
4 Wire
2 Wire
1200
3 Wire
4 Wire
Note: For terminal Lug data refer to table below.

Amperes
800

1200

DE5

$ Price Per
Pole or Neutral
893.00
1109.00

Table 3.32:
Factory-Installed
Series E4 800 and 1200 A safety switches are available with factoryinstalled VCEL-075-12H1 Versa-Crimp compression lug kits (above).
For factory installation, add suffix LK to standard Cat. No. (Example:
H367LK) and use price adder from table below based on system type.

Table 3.33:

DE1

Switch wire range
per phase and neutral
AWG/kcmil
(2) 6 –250 Cu/Al

200
AL20DTF
159.00
c
Not UL Listed.
d
Kit contains 3 lugs. For double lugs for line and load, order 2 kits.

Switch Lubricant

3-12

Kits–Wire size (pp 3-13)

Lug Kit
Kit
Factory-Installed
Amperes Cat.
No.b $ Price
Adder per Switch
30
CL0306F
69.00
224.00
60
CL0306F
69.00
224.00
100
CL10F
159.00
431.00
200
CL20F
264.00
717.00
400
CL40F
549.00
1490.00
600
CL60F
893.00
2426.00
800
—
—
—
1200
—
—
—
bOne kit includes all phase line/load lugs for a 3pole switch.

Quoting:

•
•
•

www.schneider-electric.us

Copper Only Lug Kits
Heavy duty safety switches are supplied standard with Al lugs, which
accept both Cu and Al wires. For field installation of copper-only lug kits,
order kits below. For factory installation of copper only lugs, add suffix
SLC to standard Cat. No. Note: 30 through 200 Amperes NEMA 12, 12K
and stainless steel switches with factory-installed lugs bear the UL
Marine Listed manifest for use on vessels over 65 feet long. 30 through
200 Amperes NEMA 12, 12K and stainless steel switches using fieldinstalled copper only lug kits are UL Marine Listed, but do not bear the
marine manifest.

Discount
Schedule

Factory-Installed
$ Price Adder Per Switch
2106.00
2972.00
3839.00
2591.00
3696.00
4806.00

Terminal Lug Data—800 and 1200 A Compression Lugs
Conductors
Per Phase
(3) Line
and
(3) Load
(4) Line
and
(4) Load

Compression Lug (VCEL-075-12H1)
Wire Range
500–750 kcmil (Al)
or
500 kcmil (Cu)
500–750 kcmil (Al)
or
500 kcmil (Cu)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

NEMA Type 1 and 3R—Dimensions, Lug Data
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 3.34:
Rating
(A)

W

30c
60d
100
200e

D

W/H

W/H

D

Typical NEMA 3R

Approximate Dimensions
Cat. No.
H221N
H221NRB
H222N
H222NRB
H223N
H223NRB
H224N
H224NRB
H225, N
H225NR, R
H226, N
H226NR, R
H227, N
H227NR, R
H228, N
H228NR, R
H265
H265R
H266
H266R
H267
H267R
H268
H268R
H321N
H321NRB
H322N
H322NRB
H323N
H323NRB
H324N
H324NRB
H325, N
H325R, NR
H326, N
H326R, NR
H327, N
H327R, NR
H328, N
H328R, NR
H361, N
H361-2
H361NRB, RB
H361WA
H361WC
H362, N
H362NRB, RB
H362WA
H362WC
H362WH
H363, N
H363NRB, RB
H363WA
H363WC

Series
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
E4
E5
E4
E5
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E5
E4
E5
E4
E4
E4
E4
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
E4
E5
E4
E5
E4
E4
E4
E4
F5
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
F5
F6
F6

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

H
in.
14.60
14.88
14.60
14.88
21.25
21.25
29.00
29.25
50.25
50.31
50.25
50.31
69.13
69.13
69.13
69.13
50.25
50.31
50.25
50.31
69.13
69.13
69.13
69.13
14.60
14.88
14.60
14.88
21.25
21.25
29.00
29.25
50.25
50.31
50.25
50.31
69.13
69.13
69.13
69.13
14.60
17.50
14.88
18.19
18.19
17.50
17.50
18.19
16.75
18.19
21.25
21.25
21.85
21.85

W
mm
371
378
371
378
540
540
737
743
1276
1278
1276
1278
1756
1756
1756
1756
1276
1278
1276
1278
1756
1756
1756
1756
371
378
371
378
540
540
737
743
1276
1278
1276
1278
1756
1756
1756
1756
371
445
378
462
462
445
445
462
425
462
540
540
462
555

in.
6.50
6.63
6.50
6.63
8.50
8.50
17.13
17.25
27.63
27.76
27.63
27.76
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
27.63
27.76
27.63
27.76
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
6.50
6.63
6.50
6.63
8.50
8.50
17.13
17.25
27.88
27.76
27.63
27.76
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
6.50
9.00
6.63
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
8.50
8.50
9.00
9.00

in.
4.88
4.88
4.88
4.88
6.38
6.38
8.25
8.50
10.13
9.53
10.13
9.53
17.75
17.75
17.75
17.75
10.13
9.53
10.13
9.53
17.75
17.75
17.75
17.75
4.88
4.88
4.88
4.88
6.38
6.38
8.25
8.50
10.13
9.53
10.13
9.53
17.75
17.75
17.75
17.75
4.88
6.38
4.88
6.81
6.81
6.38
6.38
6.81
7.00
6.81
6.38
6.38
6.81
6.81

12–2 (Al)
or
14–2 (Cu)
12–2 (Al) or 14–2 (Cu)
12–1/0 (Al) or 14–1/0 (Cu)
6–300 (Al/Cu)

—

—

Approximate Dimensions

D
mm
165
168
165
168
216
216
435
438
702
705
702
705
930
930
930
930
702
705
702
705
930
930
930
930
165
168
165
168
216
216
435
438
708
705
702
705
930
930
930
930
165
229
168
229
229
229
229
229
229
229
216
216
229
229

Optional Versa-Crimp™
Compression Lug
Field-Installedb

VCEL02114S1
VCEL030516H1
VCEL07512H1
1
1/0–750 (Al/Cu)f
1/0–750 (Al/Cu)
or
400
or
or
and
VCEL030516H1g
2
1/0–300 (Al/Cu)
1/0–300 (Al/Cu)
and
VCEL05012H1
600
2
3/0–500 (Al/Cu)
3/0–500 (Al/Cu)
VCEL05012H1
800
3
3/0–750 (Al/Cu)
3/0–750 (Al/Cu)
H8LKE2h
1200
4
3/0–750 (Al/Cu)
3/0–750 (Al/Cu)
H12LKE2 h
o
a
30–100 A switches suitable for 60°C or 75°C conductors. 200–1200 A switches suitable for 75 C conductors.
b
For NEMA 1 and 3R only.
c
HU461AWK— 14–3 AWG (Al or Cu).
d
H60XFA— 14–6 AWG (Cu).
e
H225XKA— 4 AWG–300 kcmil (Cu).
f
Max. wire range is (1) 600 kcmil or (2) 300 kcmil Al/Cu on NEMA 4X Stainless and NEMA 12.
g
Order two PK516KN mounting kits when installing VCEL030516H1 lugs.
Only one kit is required on 2-Pole switches.
h
See page 3-12, 800 and 1200 A compression lug kits for additional information.

H

Typical NEMA 1

1
1
1

Lug Wire Range
AWG/kcmil

W/H
mm
124
124
124
124
162
162
210
216
257
242
257
242
451
451
451
451
257
242
257
242
451
451
451
451
124
124
124
124
162
162
210
216
257
242
257
242
451
451
451
451
124
162
124
173
173
162
162
173
178
173
162
162
173
173

in.
7.55
7.55
7.55
7.55
10.50
10.50
18.50
18.63
27.63
27.88
27.63
27.88
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
27.63
27.88
27.63
27.88
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
7.55
7.55
7.55
7.55
10.50
10.50
18.50
18.63
27.88
27.88
27.63
27.88
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
7.55
10.50
7.55
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50

Cat. No.
mm
192
192
192
192
267
267
470
473
702
708
702
708
930
930
930
930
702
708
702
708
930
930
930
930
192
192
192
192
267
267
470
473
708
708
702
708
930
930
930
930
192
267
192
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267

H364, N
H364RB, NRB
H365, N
H365R, NR
H366, N
H366NR, R
H367, N
H367NR, R
H368, N
H368NR, R
H461
H462
H463
H464
H465
H466
HU265
HU265R
HU266
HU266R
HU267
HU267R
HU268
HU268R
HU361
HU361RB
HU361WA
HU361WC
HU362
HU362RB
HU362WA
HU362WC
HU362WH
HU363
HU363RB
HU363WA
HU363WC
HU364
HU364RB
HU365
HU365R
HU366
HU366R
HU367
HU367R
HU368
HU368R
HU461
HU462
HU463
HU464
HU465
HU466

Series
F5
F5
E4
E5
E4
E5
E4
E4
E4
E4
F5
F5
F5
F5
E4
E4
E4
E5
E4
E5
E4
E4
E4
E4
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
E4
E5
E4
E5
E4
E4
E4
E4
F5
F5
F5
F5
E4
E4

H
in.
29.00
29.25
50.25
50.31
50.25
50.31
69.13
69.13
69.13
69.13
20.50
20.50
20.50
29.00
50.25
50.25
50.25
50.31
50.25
50.31
69.13
69.13
69.13
69.13
14.60
14.88
18.19
18.19
17.50
17.50
18.19
16.75
18.19
21.25
21.25
21.85
21.85
29.00
29.25
50.25
50.31
50.25
50.31
69.13
69.13
69.13
69.13
20.50
20.50
20.50
29.00
50.25
50.25

W
mm
737
743
1276
1278
1276
1278
1756
1756
1756
1756
521
521
521
737
1276
1276
1276
1278
1276
1278
1756
1756
1756
1756
371
378
462
462
445
445
462
425
462
540
540
462
555
737
743
1276
1278
1276
1278
1756
1756
1756
1756
521
521
521
737
1276
1276

in.
17.13
17.25
27.63
27.76
27.63
27.76
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
14.75
14.75
14.75
23.25
33.88
33.88
27.63
27.76
27.63
27.76
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
6.50
6.63
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
8.50
8.50
9.00
9.00
17.13
17.25
27.63
27.76
27.63
27.76
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
14.75
14.75
14.75
23.25
33.88
33.88

D
mm
435
438
702
705
702
705
930
930
930
930
375
375
375
591
861
861
702
705
702
705
930
930
930
930
165
168
229
229
229
229
229
229
229
216
216
229
229
435
438
702
705
702
705
930
930
930
930
375
375
375
591
861
861

in.
8.25
8.50
10.13
9.53
10.13
9.53
17.75
17.75
17.75
17.75
6.85
6.85
6.85
8.75
10.13
10.13
10.13
9.53
10.13
9.53
17.75
17.75
17.75
17.75
4.88
4.88
6.81
6.81
6.38
6.38
6.81
7.00
6.81
6.38
6.38
6.81
6.81
8.25
8.50
10.13
9.53
10.13
9.53
17.75
17.75
17.75
17.75
6.85
6.85
6.85
8.75
10.13
10.13

W/H
mm
210
216
257
242
257
242
451
451
451
451
174
174
174
222
257
257
257
242
257
242
451
451
451
451
124
124
173
173
162
162
173
178
173
162
162
173
173
210
216
257
242
257
242
451
451
451
451
174
174
174
222
257
257

in.
18.50
18.63
27.63
27.88
27.63
27.88
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
16.13
16.13
16.13
24.88
33.88
33.88
27.63
27.88
27.63
27.88
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
7.55
7.55
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
18.50
18.63
27.63
27.88
27.63
27.88
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
16.13
16.13
16.13
24.88
33.88
33.88

mm
470
473
702
708
702
708
930
930
930
930
410
410
410
632
861
861
702
708
702
708
930
930
930
930
192
192
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
470
473
702
708
702
708
930
930
930
930
410
410
410
632
861
861

3-13

SAFETY SWITCHES

H

2

Wire Range Wire Bending Space
Per NEC Table 312.6
AWG/kcmil
12–6 (Al) or 14–6 (Cu)
14–10 (Cu) solid or 14–10 (Cu)
stranded
14–3 (Al) or 14–3 (Cu)
12–1/0 (Al) or 14–1/0 (Cu)
6–250 (Al/Cu)

3

W

Terminal Lug Data (NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9, 12)a

Conductors
Per Phase
and Neutral
1

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

NEMA Types 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9, 12 and 12K Dimensions
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9 and 12
W

Approximate Dimensions
Cat. No.

W

D

H

H

H

W/H
D
Typical NEMA 4X
Typical NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12,
Fiberglass Reinforced
12K (Stainless has flat front)
Polyester and Krydon™

Table 3.35:

W

D

Typical NEMA 7, 9

Optional Copper Only Lug Kits

(See page 3-12 for pricing. See page 3-13 for terminal lug data for the series switches listed in the
dimension table below.)
Amperes
Optional Lug Kit Cat. No.a
Lug Wire Range Per Phase AWG/kcmil
30–60
CL0306F
(1) 14–8 Cu solid or 14–4 Cu strand
100
CL10F
(1) 14–8 Cu solid or 14–1/0 Cu strand
200
CL20F
(1) 6–250 Cu
400
CL40F
(1) 1–600 Cu plus (1) 6–250 Cu
600
CL60F
(2) 4–350 Cu
a
One kit includes all phase line/load lugs for a 3-pole switch.

Table 3.36:

Conduit Provisions

(NEMA 4X Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester and Krydon, NEMA 7 and 9.)
Top and Bottom Endwall
Amperes

b
c

NEMA 4X Fiberglass
Reinforced Polyester and Krydonb
30
3/4 in.
60
1-1/4 in.
100
2 in.
200
2-1/2 in.
Hubs and hub drilling templates are provided for field-installation.
Threaded conduit opening.

NEMA 7 and 9c
—
3/4 in.
1-1/4 in.
2-1/2 in.

Approximate Dimensions
Cat. No.

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

H60XFA
H100XFA
H221AWK, A
H221DS
H221-2AWK
H222AWK, A
H222DS
H223AWK, A
H223DS
H224A,AWK
H224DS
H225AWK, DS
H225NAWK, NDS
H225XJG
H226AWK, DS
H226NAWK, NDS
H227AWK, NAWK
H228AWK, NAWK
H265AWK, DS
H266AWK, A, DS
H267AWK, NAWK
H268AWK, NAWK
H321AWK, A
H321DS
H322AWK, A
H322DS
H323AWK, A
H323DS
H324A,AWK
H324DS
H325AWK, DS
H325NAWK, NDS
H326AWK, DS
H326NAWK, NDS
H327AWK, NAWK
H328AWK, NAWK
H361AWA
H361AWC
H361AWK, A
H361DS
H361DSWA
H361DSWC
H361DF
H361DX
H361SS
H361-2AWK, A
H362AWA
H362AWC
H362AWH
H362AWK, A
H362DS

3-14

Series
E1
E1
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
E4
E4
C2
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
F7
F7
F6
F6
F7
F7
F1
F1
F6
F6
F7
F7
F6
F6
F6

H
in.
15.93
15.93
14.60
14.93
16.50
14.60
14.93
20.50
20.82
29.00
29.00
46.25
46.25
22.56
46.25
46.25
69.13
69.13
46.25
46.25
69.13
69.13
14.60
14.93
14.60
14.93
20.50
20.82
29.00
29.00
46.25
46.25
46.25
46.25
69.13
69.13
16.50
16.50
14.60
14.93
16.87
16.87
16.50
19.40
14.93
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.87

W
mm
405
405
371
379
419
371
379
521
529
737
737
1175
1175
573
1175
1175
1756
1756
1175
1175
1756
1756
371
379
371
379
521
529
737
737
1175
1175
1175
1175
1756
1756
419
419
371
379
428
428
419
493
379
419
419
419
419
419
428

in.
9.87
9.87
6.63
7.22
9.00
6.63
7.22
9.00
9.36
17.25
17.75
26.25
26.25
10.88
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
6.63
7.22
6.63
7.22
9.00
9.36
17.25
17.75
26.25
26.25
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
9.00
9.00
6.63
7.22
8.92
8.92
11.00
11.40
7.22
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
8.92

www.schneider-electric.us

D
mm
251
251
168
183
229
168
183
229
238
438
451
667
667
276
667
667
930
930
667
667
930
930
168
183
168
183
229
238
438
451
667
667
667
667
930
930
229
229
168
183
227
227
279
290
183
229
229
229
229
229
227

in.
6.96
6.96
4.96
5.11
7.00
4.96
5.11
7.00
6.97
8.75
8.88
10.13
10.13
7.75
10.13
10.13
17.75
17.75
10.13
10.13
17.75
17.75
4.96
5.11
4.96
5.11
7.00
6.97
8.75
8.88
10.13
10.13
10.13
10.13
17.75
17.75
7.00
7.00
4.96
5.11
5.11
5.11
8.80
8.60
5.11
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
6.97

W/H
mm
177
177
125
130
178
125
130
178
177
216
226
259
259
197
259
259
451
451
259
259
451
451
125
130
125
130
178
177
216
226
259
259
259
259
451
451
178
178
125
130
130
130
224
218
130
178
178
178
178
178
177

in.
9.87
9.87
7.55
8.67
10.50
7.55
8.67
10.50
11.25
18.63
19.25
26.25
26.25
10.88
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
7.55
8.67
7.55
8.67
10.50
11.25
18.63
19.25
26.25
26.25
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
10.50
10.50
7.55
8.67
10.81
10.79
11.00
11.40
8.67
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.81

mm
251
251
192
220
267
192
220
267
286
473
489
667
667
276
667
667
930
930
667
667
930
930
192
220
192
220
267
286
473
489
667
667
667
667
930
930
267
267
192
220
275
274
279
290
220
267
267
267
267
267
275

H362DSWA
H362DSWC
H362DF
H362DX
H362SS
H363AWA
H363AWC
H363AWK, A
H363DS
H363DSWA
H363DSWC
H363DF
H363DX
H363SS
H364A,AWK
H364DS,NDS
H364NA,NAWK
H364DF
H364SS
H365AWK, DS, SS
H365NAWK, NDS
H366AWK, DS
H366NAWK, NDS, SS
H367AWK, NAWK
H368AWK, NAWK
H461AWK
H461DS
H462AWK
H462DS
H463AWK
H463 DS
H464AWK
H464DS
H465AWK
H663AWK
H663DS
H664AWK
H664DS
HU265AWK, DS
HU266AWK, DS
HU267AWK
HU268AWK
HU361AWA
HU361AWC
HU361AWK, A
HU361DS
HU361DSWA
HU361DSWC
HU361DF
HU361DX
HU361SS
HU362AWA
HU362AWC
HU362AWH
HU362AWK, A
HU362DS
HU362DSWA
HU362DSWC
HU362DF
HU362DX
HU362SS
HU363AWA
HU363AWC
HU363AWK, A
HU363DS
HU363DSWA
HU363DSWC
HU363DF
HU363DX
HU363SS
HU364A,AWK
HU364DF
HU364DS
HU364SS
HU365AWK, DS, SS
HU366AWK, DS, SS
HU367AWK
HU368AWK
HU461AWK
HU461DS
HU462AWK
HU462DS
HU463AWK
HU463DS
HU464AWK
HU464DS
HU465AWK
HU661AWK
HU661DS
HU662AWK
HU662DS
HU663AWK
HU663DS
HU664AWK
HU664DS

Series
F7
F7
F1
F1
F6
F7
F7
F6
F6
F7
F7
F1
F1
F6
F6
F6
F6
E1
F6
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
E4
F6
F6
F6
F6
E4
E4
E4
E4
F7
F7
F6
F6
F7
F7
F1
F1
F6
F7
F7
F6
F6
F6
F7
F7
F1
F1
F6
F7
F7
F6
F6
F7
F7
F1
F1
F6
F6
E1
F6
F6
E4
E4
E4
E4
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
E4
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6

H
in.
16.87
16.87
16.50
19.40
16.87
20.50
20.50
20.50
20.82
20.82
20.82
24.80
25.25
20.82
29.00
29.00
29.00
31.30
29.00
46.25
46.25
46.25
46.25
69.13
69.13
20.50
20.82
20.50
20.82
20.50
20.82
29.00
29.00
46.25
20.50
20.82
29.00
29.00
46.25
46.25
69.13
69.13
16.50
16.50
14.60
14.93
16.87
16.87
16.50
19.40
14.93
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.87
16.87
16.87
16.50
19.40
16.87
20.50
20.50
20.50
20.82
20.82
20.82
24.80
25.25
20.82
29.00
31.30
29.00
29.00
46.25
46.25
69.13
69.13
20.50
20.82
21.25
20.82
20.50
20.82
29.00
29.00
46.25
20.50
20.82
20.50
20.82
20.50
20.82
29.00
29.00

W
mm
428
428
419
493
428
521
521
521
529
529
529
630
641
529
737
737
737
795
737
1175
1175
1175
1175
1756
1756
521
529
521
529
521
529
737
737
1175
521
529
737
737
1175
1175
1756
1756
419
419
371
379
428
428
419
493
379
419
419
419
419
428
428
428
419
493
428
521
521
521
529
529
529
630
641
529
737
795
737
737
1175
1175
1756
1756
521
529
540
529
521
529
737
737
1175
521
529
521
529
521
529
737
737

in.
8.92
8.92
11.00
11.40
8.92
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.36
9.36
9.36
13.70
11.40
9.36
17.25
17.75
17.25
26.30
17.75
26.25
26.25
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
14.75
15.08
14.75
15.08
14.75
15.08
23.25
23.75
32.50
14.75
15.08
23.25
23.75
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
9.00
9.00
6.63
7.22
8.92
8.92
11.00
11.40
7.22
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
8.92
8.92
8.92
11.00
11.40
8.92
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.36
9.36
9.36
13.70
11.40
9.36
17.25
26.30
17.75
17.75
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
14.75
15.08
16.13
15.08
14.75
15.08
23.25
23.75
32.50
14.75
15.08
14.75
15.08
14.75
15.08
23.25
23.75

D
mm
227
227
279
290
227
229
229
229
238
238
238
348
290
238
438
451
438
668
451
667
667
667
667
930
930
375
383
375
383
375
383
591
603
826
375
383
591
603
667
667
930
930
229
229
168
183
227
227
279
290
183
229
229
229
229
227
227
227
279
290
227
229
229
229
238
238
238
348
290
238
438
668
451
451
667
667
930
930
375
383
410
383
375
383
591
603
826
375
383
375
383
375
383
591
603

in.
5.11
5.11
8.80
8.60
6.97
7.00
7.00
7.00
6.97
6.97
6.97
12.00
8.60
6.97
8.75
8.88
8.75
11.80
8.88
10.13
10.13
10.13
10.13
17.75
17.75
6.80
6.97
6.80
6.97
6.80
6.97
8.75
8.88
10.13
6.80
6.97
8.75
8.88
10.13
10.13
17.75
17.75
7.00
7.00
4.96
5.11
5.11
5.11
8.80
8.60
5.11
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
6.97
5.11
5.11
8.80
8.60
6.97
7.00
7.00
7.00
6.97
6.97
6.97
12.00
8.60
6.97
8.75
11.80
8.88
8.88
10.13
10.13
17.75
17.75
6.80
6.97
6.80
6.97
6.80
6.97
8.75
8.88
10.13
6.80
6.97
6.80
6.97
6.80
6.97
8.75
8.88

W/H
mm
130
130
224
218
177
178
178
178
177
177
177
305
218
177
216
226
216
300
226
259
259
259
259
451
451
173
177
173
177
173
177
222
226
259
173
177
222
226
259
259
451
451
178
178
125
130
130
130
224
218
130
178
178
178
178
177
130
130
224
218
177
178
178
178
177
177
177
305
218
177
216
300
226
226
259
259
451
451
173
177
173
177
173
177
222
226
259
173
177
173
177
173
177
222
226

in.
10.81
10.79
11.00
11.40
10.81
10.50
10.50
10.50
11.25
11.25
11.25
13.70
11.40
11.25
18.63
19.25
18.63
26.30
19.25
26.25
26.25
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
16.13
16.85
16.13
16.85
16.13
16.85
24.88
25.25
32.50
16.13
16.85
24.88
25.25
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
10.50
10.50
7.55
8.67
10.81
10.79
11.00
11.40
8.67
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.81
10.81
10.79
11.00
11.40
10.81
10.50
10.50
10.50
11.25
11.25
11.25
13.70
11.40
11.25
18.63
26.30
19.25
19.25
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
16.13
16.85
16.13
16.85
16.13
16.85
24.88
25.25
32.50
16.13
16.85
16.13
16.85
16.13
16.85
24.88
25.25

mm
275
274
279
290
275
267
267
267
286
286
286
348
290
286
473
489
473
668
489
667
667
667
667
930
930
410
428
410
428
410
428
632
641
826
410
428
632
641
667
667
930
930
267
267
192
220
275
274
279
290
220
267
267
267
267
275
275
274
279
290
275
267
267
267
286
286
286
348
290
286
473
668
489
489
667
667
930
930
411
428
410
428
410
428
632
641
826
410
428
410
428
410
428
632
641

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Double Throw Safety Switches

Fusible and Non-Fusible
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

30–100 A Types DT, DTU (Series F)
•Fusible (DT) and non-fusible (DTU) switches available
•Manually-operated switch suitable for use in accordance with article 702 of the NEC, ANSI/NFPA 70
•Standards: UL 98, NEMA KS1, CSA, and NOM
•Modular design—switch handle, lock-plate, switch mechanism; line and load bases are field replaceable
•UL Listed short circuit current ratings up to 200 kA (using Class R, J, or T fuses—see table for rating)
•Load make/break rated
•Meets NEMA hp ratings
•Dual cover interlock
•May be padlocked ON (I) or OFF (O)
•Lock-off accepts up to three padlocks
•Side-opening door
•Quick make / quick break mechanism
•Meets NEMA requirements as heavy duty switch
•Field-installed electrical interlock kits
•Field-installed neutral assembly kits (2P and 3P switches)
•UL Listed as suitable for use as service equipment
•Supplied as standard for switching one load between two power sources, and may be field-converted to switch on power
source between two loads.

30 (Series T4), 200–600 A Types 82,000 and 200 A DTU (Series E, A)
•Non-fusible
•Designed for manual transfer of loads from one supply to another
•UL Listed switches are suitable for use in accordance with Article 702 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI / NFPA 70
•All 82,000 and DTU double throw switches are continuous duty rated for their nameplate ampere rating
•The 82,000 and DTU (Series E, A) switches are load make/break rated
•UL Listed as suitable for use as service equipment
•Horsepower rated only as footnoted.
Field-Installed Accessories:

SAFETY SWITCHES

—Neutral
—Electrical Interlock
—Grounding Terminals

3

30–100 A DT, DTU (Series F)
NEMA 1

82,000 Line
NEMA 1

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

3-15

Double Throw Safety
Switches
Table 3.37:

240 Volt
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

240 V Double Throw Safety Switches
Horsepower Ratings ab

System

Amperes Current
Series

NEMA 1

NEMA 4,4X,5
304 Stainless Steel

NEMA 3R

NEMA 12
Gasketed

240 Vac
Std.

Cat. No.

$ Price

Max.

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

1Ø

3Ø

1Ø

3Ø

250 Vdcc

Fusible—2P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc

Line

F

DT223

2379.00

DT223RB

3056.00

—

—

—

—

7.5

15 d

15

30 d

20

30
60

F
F

DT321
DT322

1646.00
1970.00

DT321RB
DT322RB

2216.00
2612.00

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

1.5 e
3e

3d
7.5 d

3e
10 e

7.5 d
15 d

5
10

100

F

DT323

3104.00

DT323RB

3725.00

—

—

—

—

7.5 e

15 d

15 e

30 d

20

—
DTU223RB

—
1347.00

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

10
15

—
—

10 f
20 f

100

Line

Load
Fusible—3P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc

Line

Line

Load
Non-Fusible—2P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc

Line

Line

60
100

F
F

DTU222
DTU223

962.00
1371.00

30
200
—
400

T4
E
—
A

92251 g
82254 k
—
82255 g

585.00
—
1815.00 DTU224NRB ghk
—
—
5850.00
82255R g

—
2177.00
—
8715.00

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
H82254
—
H82255 g

—
4671.00
—
10335.00

—
15
15
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

804.00
1119.00
1764.00

—
—
1953.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

3d
—
—

5e
10 e
15 e

10 d
15 d
30 d

5f
10 f
20 f

687.00
—
—
2564.00 DTU324NRB gh 3005.00
2798.00
—
—
8040.00
82355R g
13038.00
12555.00
DTU326R
13890.00

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
15
15
—
125

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
50

Load

3

Non-Fusible—3P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc

Line

SAFETY SWITCHES

30
60
100

F
F
F

DTU321
DTU322
DTU323

30
200
200
400
600
Non-Fusible—4P, 240 Vac
30
200
400

T4
E
E
A
A

92351 g
82354 g
DTU324N gh
82355 g
DTU326

T4
E
A

92451
82454 k
82455

953.00
5184.00
11505.00

—
82454R k
82455R

—
7517.00
16200.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
H82454 j
H82455

—
6779.00
15975.00

—
—
—

—
15 j
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

600

A

DTU426

20355.00

DTU426R

20595.00

—

—

—

—

—

125

—

—

50

Line

—
—
DTU323RB

Load

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k

—
—
H82354 gi 5408.00
—
—
H82355 g 11715.00
—
—

Refer to page 7-31 for additional motor application data. The starting current of motors or more than standard horsepower may require the use of fuses with appropriate time delay
characteristics.
Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
For switching dc, use two switching poles.
If used on corner grounded delta systems, install neutral and use outer switching pole for ungrounded conductors.
Use outer switching poles.
Maximum rating.
240 Vac only.
Neutral included with device.
Suitable for use as service equipment.
Hp rating applies only to H82454.
250 V dc rated.

600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19
Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20
Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21

3-16

DE1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Double Throw Safety Switches

600 Volt
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 3.38:

600 V Double Throw Safety Switches
Horsepower Ratings ao
NEMA 1

Amperes Current
Series

System

NEMA 4,4X,5
304 Stainless Steel

NEMA 3R

NEMA 12
Gasketed

240 Vac
std

max

480 Vac
std

600 Vac

max

std

max

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

3Ø

3Ø 3Ø b 3Øb

3Ø

3Ø

DT361
DT362
DT363

2016.00
2111.00
3686.00

DT361RB
DT362RB
DT363RB

2678.00
3135.00
4427.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

7.5
15
30

20
50
75

Vdcb
250 600

Fusible 3P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc

Line

30
60
100

Line

F
F
F

5
15
25

15
30
60

5
—
—

15
30
50

10
30
40

30
5
60 g 10
75 h 20

15
30
50

—
—
50

—
—
—

Load
1Ø d 3Ø b 1Ø d 3Ø b 1Ø d 3Ø

Non-Fusible 3P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc

Line

Line

30
60
100

F
F
F

200
400
600

E
A
A

DTU361
DTU362
DTU363

879.00 DTU361RB
1254.00 DTU362RB
2036.00 DTU363RB

1544.00
—
2045.00 DTU362DS
3425.00 DTU363DS

—
—
—
6306.00 DTU362AWK p 3635.00
9414.00 DTU363AWK p 3894.00

5
10
20

10
20e
40h

7.5
20
25
50 g
40 75 hi

82344jn 2783.00 82344RB jn 5868.00 82344DSjr 11415.00 H82344ljq 7503.00
82345 n
8213.00 82345R n 13140.00 82345DS n 15675.00
H82345 n
12105.00
DTU366 ns 13890.00 DTU366R ns 19800.00
—
—
DTU366AWKns 21675.00

—
—
—

—
—
125

—
—
—

15 k
—
250

—
—
—

—
—
350

2Ø

3Ø

2Ø

3Ø

2Ø

3Ø

20
30

20
40

40
50

50
75

50
50

60
75

10
20

30
30

—
—
—

—
—
125

—
—
—

—
—
250

—
—
—

—
—
350

—
—
50

—
—
—

1Ø

3Ø

1Ø

3Ø

1Ø

3Ø

—
—

20
40

—
—

50
75

—
—

60
75

10
20

30
50

Load

Non-Fusible 4P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc

Line

Line

60
100

F
F

200
400
600

E
A
A

DTU462
DTU463

3035.00
Use NEMA 12
3851.00

—
—

DTU462DS
DTU463DS

6683.00 DTU462AWK p 4184.00
9978.00 DTU463AWK p 6123.00

82444 n
6143.00 82444R n 8130.00 82444DS n 15105.00
82445 n 12578.00 82445Rn 16800.00
—
—
DTU466 n 20355.00 DTU466R n 23475.00
—
—

H82444 ljn 7143.00
H82445n
16845.00
—
—

Non-Fusible 6P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc

Line

Line

60
100

F
F

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

DTU662AWK p 8474.00
DTU663AWK p 12735.00

—
—

SAFETY SWITCHES

Load

3

Load

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h

Refer to page 7-31 for additional motor application data. The starting current of motors or more than
standard horsepower may require the use of fuses with appropriate time delay characteristics.
If used on corner grounded delta systems, install neutral and use outer switching pole for ungrounded
conductors.
For switching dc, use two switching poles.
Use outer switching poles.
Maximum Hp is 15 for corner grounded delta systems.
Maximum Hp is 30 for corner grounded delta systems.
Use 75oC #4 Cu or #2 Al conductors only.
Use 75oC #1 Cu conductors only.

i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
r
s

Maximum Hp is 60 for corner grounded delta systems.
480 Vac maximum only, 250Vdc.
Standard Hp rating.
Not suitable for use as service equipment.
600 Vac max.
250 V dc rated.
Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay
fuses.
(Non-fusible switches have max rating unless noted.)
Complete rating on switch is NEMA 3R or 12.
For 3R applications, remove drain screw from bottom endwall.
H82 ... and H92 ... devices are NEMA 12 only, intended for use indoors only.
Not UL Listed.
Copper lugs not listed or available.

240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19
Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20
Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE1

Discount
Schedule

3-17

Double Throw Safety Switches

Accessories
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

Table 3.38:

www.schneider-electric.us

Neutral Assembly

Field-Installed
Terminal
Field-Installed
Terminal
Standard Neutral Kit
Data
$ Price
Copper only
Data
$ Price
Cat. No.
AWG/kcmil
Neutral Kit Cat. No. AWG/kcmil
30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) (2- and 3-pole switches only)
SN0310
14–1/0 Al/Cu 114.00
SN0310C
14–1/0 Cu 120.00
30 A (Series T4) (2- and 3-pole switches only)
a
a
908.00
—
—
—
200 A Type 82000 and DTU (Series E) b
a
a
1110.00
—
—
—
(1) 4–600kcmil or 105.00
400 A Type 82000
DT400N
—
—
—
(2) 1/0–250kcmil
600 A Type DTU (Series A)
DT600NKD
250–500kcmil 452.00
—
—
—
a
For Type 82,000 switches, neutral is available factory-installed on 2P and 3P double throw switches. Not UL Listed. To order, add suffix N to the standard
catalog number and add the above price to the list price of the switch. For DTU switches, neutral is factory-installed in standard device and is UL Listed.
b
Neutral assembly catalog number DT200N can be added to 4P Type 82000 switches in the field.
Switch

Table 3.39:

Electrical Interlocks (For Electrical Interlock Contact Ratings, see Supplemental Digest page 2-4.)

Factory-Installed
Field-Installed Electrical Interlock Kit Cat. No. c
$ Price $ Price
Adder Per Switch
30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F)
EIK1, EIK2 dh
311.00
905.00e
200 A Type 82000 and DTU (Series E) f
g
—
1113.00e
400 A Type 82000
EK400DTU2
260.00
1533.00
600 A Type DTU (Series A)
DS200EK2D
438.00
—
c
Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with “1” suffix indicate one normally open and normally closed contact; “2” indicates two normally open and two
normally closed contacts. See page 3-10 for electrical interlock ratings.
d
30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) switches contain (2) separate switching mechanisms. Each mechanism will accept an electrical interlock. Some
applications may therefore require (2) electrical interlocks.
e
30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) switches with factory-installed electrical interlocks installed are UL Listed and interlocks are furnished with 2 N.O. /2
N.C. contacts installed in both “ON” positions. To order, add suffix EI to standard catalog number.
f
Electrical interlock EK400DTU2 can be added to 4-pole Type 82000 switches in the field.
g
Type 82000 and DTU switches are available with electrical interlock factory-installed only. Not UL listed. Electrical interlocks are furnished with 2
N.O./N.C. contacts and are installed in both “ON” positions. To order, add suffix EI to standard switch catalog number.
h
Double throw switches 92251, 92351, and 92451 are not available with factory or field installed electrical interlocks.
Switch

Table 3.40:

Service Grounding Kit (Required for service equipment use.)

Switch
30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F)
30 A Type 92,000
200 A Type 82000 and DTU (Series E)

Field-Installed Service Grounding Lug Kit Cat. No.
Included
DT30SG
DT100SG
PKOGTA2
(2 required)
DS468GKD

400 A Type 82000
600 A Type 82000 (Series A)

Table 3.41:

Terminal Data AWG/kcmil
Included
(4) 14–4 Cu/Al
(3) 14–1/0 Cu/Al
(4) 10–2/0 Cu or
(4) 6–2/0 Al
6–250kcmil

$ Price
std.
29.40
30.00
55.00
309.00

Class R Fuse Kits

When installed, this kit rejects all but Class R fuses. Kits are available for field installation. For factory installation, add “CLR” suffix to catalog number.
Switch

Series Number

Class R Fuse Kit Cat. No.

3

Class R Fuse Kits—240 V (two kits per 3P switch)
30 A
F5
60 A
F5
100 A
F5
Class R Fuse Kits—600 V (two kits per 3P switch)
30 A
F5
60 A
F5
100 A
F5

$ Price

Factory-Installed

$ Price

RFK03
RFK06
RFK10

24.50
25.50
47.70

390.00
390.00
390.00

RFK06
RFK06H
RFK10

25.50
25.50
47.70

390.00
390.00
390.00

SAFETY SWITCHES

Viewing Windows
See Table 3.29 for list price. Accessory available on 30–100 A DTU switches only.
Key Interlock Systems
For factory-installed key interlocks, refer to page 3-12.
Phenolic Legend Plate
For factory-installed phenolic legend plates, refer to Supplemental Digest page 2.3.
Lock-On Provisions—UL Listed
Standard and feature on 30–100 A type DT and DTU (Series F), 82,000 (400 A only) and type 92,000 switches.
Feature available as facatory installed option for Type 82,000 (200 A only) and 200 A DTU (Series E) switches. Add the
suffix SPLO to the catalog number and add $410. to the switches list price.
Table 3.42:

“RB Hub”

Rainproof Bolt-On Hubs—for use on NEMA 3R Enclosures

Conduit Size

3/4

1

1-1/4

1-1/2

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

Closing
Cap

Hub Cat. No.

B075

B100

B125

B150

B200

B250

B300

B350

B400

BCAP

$ Price Eachi
33.30
33.30
33.30
33.30
61.00
102.00
186.00
300.00
368.00
3.80
Note: NEMA 3R rainproof enclosures with catalog number ending in RB have a bolt-on closing cap factory-installed. Order bolt-on hubs separately
from table above. For more details see page 1-13. Hubs through size 2-1/2 in. can be directly installed on RB devices. Devices requiring 3
in. or larger hubs must have holes cut in the field. Gaskets are provided on 3 in. and larger hubs.
Note: All hubs are UL Listed for indoor and rainproof applications and suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread.
i
See Discount Schedule.

Table 3.43:

Watertight Hubs—for use on NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless Steel and NEMA 12 Enclosures

Conduit Trade Size

1/2

3/4

1

1-1/4

1-1/2

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

Standard-Zinc Hub Cat. No.

H050

H075

H100

H125

H150

H200

H250

H300

H350

H400

120.00

138.00

177.00

282.00

381.00

Zinc $ Price Each
Chrome Plated Hub Cat. No.
Chrome Plated $ Price Each

31.10
H050CP

45.00
H075CP

40.70

47.10
H100CP

56.00

64.00

54.00
H125CP
67.00

83.00
H150CP
96.00

H200CP
137.00

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16
600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19
Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20
Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21

3-18

DE1

DE1A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Double Throw Safety Switches

Application Data
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

30–100 A Type DT
(Series F):
Select DT switches from
pages 3-16, 3-17, which
have provisions for
accepting fuses.
30 A, 200–600 A Type
82,000 (Series E, T4, A),
all DTU devices:
Use the non-fusible
double throw switches
from pages 3-16, 3-17 in
conjunction with standard
fusible devices, and
install them according to
diagram 1 or 2, below.
Line
Non-Fusible
Double Throw
Switch
Line

Table 3.44:

UL Listed Short Circuit Current Ratings

Switch Type
Type DT
(Series F)
DTU b

Type
(Series F)
DTU224NRB and
DTU324NRB
(Series E)
DTU324N
(Series E)

Voltage
Rating

UL Listed
Fuse Class

30–100 A

240 V or
600 V

30–100 A

240 V or
600 V

H, K
R, J
H or K
R, J or T

Short Circuit
Current Rating a
(A)
10,000
200,000
10,000 c
200,000

200 A

240 V

H, K

10,000 c

H, K
10,000 c
R, J
100,000
H, K
10,000 c
240 V
Type 82,000
all
R, J
100,000 d
600 V
H, K
10,000 c
H, K
10,000
Type DTU (A series)
600 A
240 V or 600 V
R, J, T
100,000
a
Rating applies to AC only. The UL Listed short circuit current rating for non-fusible switches is based on the switch being used in conjunction with the
corresponding fuse type. Evaluation of non-fusible switches in conjunction with molded case circuit breakers has not been performed.
b
The DTU361 and DTU361RB are also suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than
(A) 18 kA, 600 Vac maximum when protected by Type FH circuit breaker rated 30 A maximum or
(B) 14 kA, 600 Vac maximum when protected by Type FA circuit breaker rated 30 A maximum.
c
Any brand of circuit breaker or fuse not exceeding the ampere rating of the switch may be used ahead of a non-fusible safety switch when there is up to
10 kA short circuit current available.
d
400 A 82,000 switch is only 10 kA.

Table 3.45:

200 A

240 V

Terminal Lug Data for Type DT, DTU (Series F) Double Throw Safety Switches
NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12

Wires
per
Phase

Wire Range Wire Bending Space
Per NEC Table 373-6
AWG/kcmil
30–60 A
12–2 Al
Type DT, DTU
1
or
(Series F)
14–2 Cu
100 A
12–1/0 Al
Type DT, DTU
1
or
(Series F)
14–1/0 Cu
e
Thomas and Betts catalog numbers.
f
Hubbell Versa-Crimp™ catalog numbers.
Switch Type

Fusible Single
Throw Switch
or Circuit
Breaker

Amperes

Table 3.46:
Load

Standard Lug
Wire Range
AWG/kcmil
12–2 Al
or
14–2 Cu
12–1/0 Al
or
14–1/0 Cu

Amperes

Wires per
Phase

Wire Range Wire Bending Space
Per NEC Table 373-6
AWG/kcmil

30 A (Series T4) h

1

14–8 Al/Cu

Line
200

Non-Fusible
Double
Throw
Switch

Load

1
1
or
2
600
2
o
200–600 A switches suitable for 75 C conductors.
30 A switches suitable for 60oC or 75oC conductors.
Hubbell Versa-Crimp™ catalog numbers.
400

g
h
i

VCEL02114S1 f

Optional Copper Only Lug

See pages 3-12 and 3-14 for appropriate
kit.
Order two kits per switch.

Terminal Lug Data for Types 82,000 and for A and E-Series DTU devices

Diagram 1

Fusible
Single Throw
Switch or
Circuit
Breaker

Optional
Compression Lug
Field-Installed
C10-14,
D8-14,
or E6-14 e

6–300 Al/Cu
1/0–600 Al/Cu
or
1/0–300 Al/Cu
250–500 Al/Cu

Lug Wire Range
AWG/kcmil

g
Optional Compression Lugs
Field-Installed

12–2 Al
or
14–2 Cu
6–300 Al/Cu

VCEL030516H1 i

1/0–600 Al/Cu

—

250–500 Al/Cu

—

—

SAFETY SWITCHES

Situations Requiring
Fuses

240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-16
600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-18
Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-20
Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-21

3

Fusible
Single Throw
Switch or
Circuit
Breaker
Line

Diagram 2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE1

Discount
Schedule

3-19

Double Throw Safety Switches

Dimensions—Series F Devices
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901
Table 3.47:

W

H

D

W/H

NEMA 1
W

H

3
W/H

D

www.schneider-electric.us

30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F)—Approximate Dimensions

Cat. No.

Series

DT223
DT223RB
DT321
DT321RB
DT322
DT322RB
DT323
DT323RB
DT361
DT361RB
DT362
DT362RB
DT363
DT363RB
DTU222
DTU223
DTU223RB
DTU321
DTU322
DTU323
DTU323RB
DTU361
DTU361RB
DTU362
DTU362AWK
DTU362DS
DTU362RB
DTU363
DTU363AWK
DTU363DS
DTU363RB
DTU462
DTU462AWK
DTU462DS
DTU463
DTU463AWK
DTU463DS
DTU662AWK
DTU663AWK

F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F6
F6
F6
F6

H
in.
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
29.94
29.94
30.50
29.94
29.94
29.94
30.50
29.94
30.50
29.94
29.94
30.26
30.50
29.94
29.94
30.26
30.50
29.94
30.26
30.26
29.94
30.26
30.26
30.26
30.26

W
mm
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
760
760
775
760
760
760
775
760
775
760
760
769
775
760
760
769
775
760
769
769
760
769
769
769
769

in.
9.88
6.87
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
9.88
6.87
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
9.88
6.87
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
15.50
15.50
10.25
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50

W/H
mm
251
174
260
260
260
260
251
174
260
260
260
260
251
174
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
394
394
260
394
394
394
394

in.
11.13
8.12
11.50
11.80
11.50
11.80
11.13
8.12
11.50
11.80
11.50
11.80
11.13
8.12
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.50
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.50
11.96
11.96
16.75
16.75
11.96
16.75
16.75
16.75
16.75

D
mm
283
206
292
300
292
300
283
206
292
300
292
300
283
206
304
304
304
304
304
304
304
304
304
304
304
292
304
304
304
292
304
304
425
425
304
425
425
425
425

in.
6.75
6.60
6.75
6.60
6.75
6.60
6.75
6.60
6.75
6.60
6.75
6.60
6.75
6.60
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
7.12
6.93
6.93
6.93
7.12
6.93
6.93
7.12
7.12
6.93
7.12
7.12
7.12
7.12

mm
171
168
171
168
171
168
171
168
171
168
171
168
171
168
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
181
176
176
176
181
176
176
181
181
176
181
181
181
181

240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16
600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19
Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21

NEMA 3R
SAFETY SWITCHES

W

H

W/H

D

NEMA 4, 4X, 5 and 12

3-20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Double Throw Safety Switches

Dimensions—Series A, E, and T4 Devices
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

30, 200–600 A Types 82,000 and E-Series DTU devices, NEMA 1 and
3R—Approximate Dimensions

Cat. No.

W/H
W

D

H

NEMA 1

W/H
W

D

H

DTU—200 A
NEMA 3R

DTU224NRB a
82254 a
82254NW a
82344 a
82344RB a
82354
92251
82344DS
DTU324N
DTU324NRB
H82344
H82444 a
H82454
82454
82444
82454R a
82444R
H82254
H82354
82444DS a
82255 a
82255R
82345a
82345DSa
82345Ra
82355 a
82355R a
82445
82445R
82455 a
82455R
H82255
H82345
H82355
H82445
H82455
DTU326
DTU426
DTU366
DTU466
DTU326R
DTU426R
DTU366R
DTU466R
DTU366AWK
a
250 V dc rated.

Series
E1
E1
E1
E2
E1
E1
T4
E1
E1
E1
E2
E2
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1

H
in.
32.50
30.88
30.88
30.88
32.50
30.88
10.00
30.88
32.50
32.50
32.50
32.50
32.50
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
32.50
32.50
38.00
38.50
39.00
38.50
39.00
39.00
38.50
39.00
38.50
39.00
38.50
39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00
63.31
63.31
63.31
63.31
63.76
63.76
63.76
63.76
63.76

W
mm
826
784
784
784
826
784
254
784
826
826
826
826
826
965
965
965
965
826
826
965
978
991
978
991
991
978
991
978
991
978
991
991
991
991
991
991
1608
1608
1608
1608
1619
1619
1619
1619
1619

in.
20.63
15.75
20.00
20.00
20.63
20.00
8.00
20.00
24.50
24.50
24.50
30.21
30.21
29.62
29.62
29.62
29.62
24.50
24.50
29.62
26.10
26.62
26.10
26.62
26.62
26.10
26.62
30.10
30.21
30.10
30.21
26.62
26.62
26.62
30.21
30.21
23.66
27.00
23.66
27.00
23.66
27.00
23.66
27.00
23.66

W/H
mm
524
400
508
508
524
508
203
508
622
622
622
767
767
753
753
753
753
622
622
753
663
676
663
676
676
663
676
765
767
765
767
676
676
676
767
767
601
686
601
686
601
686
601
686
601

in.
24.00
19.63
23.88
23.88
24.00
23.88
9.75
23.88
26.25
26.25
26.25
33.61
33.61
33.02
33.02
33.02
33.02
26.25
26.25
33.02
29.51
30.02
29.51
30.02
30.02
29.51
30.02
33.50
33.61
33.50
33.61
30.02
30.02
30.02
33.61
33.61
24.46
27.80
24.46
27.80
24.46
27.80
24.46
27.80
24.46

D
mm
610
499
607
607
610
607
248
607
667
667
667
854
854
839
839
839
839
667
667
839
750
763
750
763
763
750
763
851
854
851
854
763
763
763
854
854
621
706
621
706
621
706
621
706
621

in.
10.63
9.75
11.75
11.75
10.63
11.75
4.75
11.75
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
8.88
8.88
8.88
8.88
8.88
8.88
8.88
8.88
8.88

mm
270
248
298
298
270
298
121
298
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
226
226
226
226
226
226
226
226
226

3

240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16
600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20
Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20

SAFETY SWITCHES

Table 3.48:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

3-21

Dimensions

1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty
Disconnect Switch

Class 3110
www.schneider-electric.us

Put over 100 years of Schneider Electric’s experience as
a global specialist in energy management to work on your
photovoltaic (PV) project. The Square D™ 1000 Vdc
disconnect switch is the perfect solution for your 1000 Vdc

PV disconnect applications. It is compact and available in
both a 100 and 200 amp non-fusible versions. IEC 609471 and 3 certified (file 136861) and UL 98 certified (file
E343341).

Extended Life Expectancy

Designed for Harsh PV Environments

Exceeds IEC 60947-3 mechanical endurance
requirements by factor of 18
Exceeds IEC 60947-1 electrical endurance requirements
by factor of 10
Exceeds NEMA KS-1 mechanical endurance
requirements by factor of 3.

NEMA Type 3 and IP63 enclosure

•
•

Resists windblown dirt/dust
Exceeds NEMA Type 1, 3R and 12

Operating range of -37°C to 50°C
Specially designed PV paint reduces solar gain up to 35%
over standard grey enclosures

Easy to Install
Preconfigured solar solution
Familiar enclosed safety switch design
Suitable for both grounded and ungrounded PV
Table 3.49:

1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty Disconnect Switch Pricing and Accessories
Factory Installed Accessories
NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 3
and IP63

System

Amperes

Cat. No.

Electrical Interlock Electrical Interlock
Single Contacta
Two Contactsb

Viewing
Windows

Terminal Blocks
(Copper)c

3 Wire
Ground
Lugd

Price No. Suffix $ Price No. $ Price No. $ Price No. $ Price
$ Price No. Suffix $Adder
Adder Suffix Adder Suffix Adder Suffix Adder

Height Width
(in.)
(in.)

Depth
(in.)

3 Pole Groundede
Three-Pole (Grounded System)

Connector

Line

Connector

100

REHU393IP 1672.00

EI

452.00

EI2

496.00

VW

150.00

TBC

409.00

GL

263.00

22.13

18.63

8.75

200

REHU394IP 2246.00

EI

452.00

EI2

496.00

VW

175.00

TBC

409.00

GL

263.00

22.13

18.63

8.75

100

REHU493IP 2507.00

EI

452.00

EI2

496.00

VW

150.00

—

—

GL

263.00

29.00

18.63

8.75

200

REHU494IP 3965.00

EI

452.00

EI2

496.00

VW

175.00

—

—

GL

263.00

29.00

18.63

8.75

Load

PE
Protective earth terminal

3

4 Pole Ungrounded
Four-Pole (Ungrounded System)

SAFETY SWITCHES

Load

Line

Load

Line

Connector

PE
Protective earth terminal

a
b
c

Order EIK1PV for single contact field-installed kit $311.00.
Order EIK2PV for double contact field-installed kit $355.00.
Accommodates (2) 250 max Cu or (1) 1/0 max Cu wiring; Order

d
e

SN20CPV for field-installed kit $246.00.
Order REHGND KIT for field installable kit $100.00.
Terminal blocks standard with 3 pole switches; accommodates (2) 1/0
max Al/Cu or (2) 6 max Al/Cu wiring.

Schneider Electric gives the Photovoltaic market place the most comprehensive one stop shop
for Residential and Light Commercial Photovoltaic Balance of System components. Schneider
Electric's Inverters, and Square D brand DC and AC disconnect switches and Load Centers are
ideal solutions to your Balance of Systems requirements. See the Balance of System solution
chart below for your single phase PV system.
Table 3.50:

200 A Enclosed Switch Dimensions (inches)

PV Balance of System Solution Package—Grid Tie

System Voltage

Kilowatts

Amps

DC Disconnect

Inverter

250 Vdc

2.8

30

HU361RB

878-2801

D221NRB

250 Vdc

3.3

60

HU362RB

878-3301

D222NRB

QO140M225

250 Vdc

3.3

100

HU363RB

878-3301

D223NRB

QONQ42MS400

600 Vdc

3.8

30

HU361RB

878-3801

D221NRB

QO130M200

600 Vdc

5.0

60

HU362RB

878-5001

D222NRB

QO140M225

600 Vdc

5.0

100

HU363RB

878-5001

D223NRB

QONQ42MS400

For internal 600 Vdc PV combiner box switches please see our offering of 9422
switches 600 Vdc UL98 listed in digest pages 8-14.

3-22

DE1

Discount
Schedule

AC Disconnect Load Center Product
QO130M200

For our 600 Vdc PV switch offering please see digest pages 3-5–3-6.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

String Combiner Boxes

Dimensions
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Square D PV string combiner boxes are used to integrate multiple PV strings into one output
circuit. Its tough exterior and safety features protect wiring from weather and overcurrent. The
exterior coating ensures low operating temperatures and longer life of internal components.
The specially engineered enclosure is designed to provide dust tight and rain tight protection;
it meets or exceeds NEMA® 3R, 12, and 4 requirements. Traditional Square D visible blade
switch architecture confirms disconnection, while touch-safe interior shielding protects
against accidental contact with live components.

Features
Flexible

•
•
•

Vertical, horizontal, and angled mounting options
Flexible installation with top, bottom, and side entry
Substantial wire-bending space

Robust

•
•
•

Dust tight and rain tight engineered enclosure for outdoor use
UV-resistant white exterior coating to reduce solar gain by 35%
Meets or exceeds NEMA 3R, 12, and 4 requirements

Safe

•
•
•
•

Square D traditional visible blade switch architecture for confirmation of disconnect
Touch-safe interior shielding guards against accidental contact with current-carrying components
Seismic-certified 100–400 amp string combiner boxes for earthquake safety
Optional integrated 2.5 kV surge arrestor to protect PV electronics from lightning strikes

Listings
• UL 1741
• Switches tested to UL98B
• CSA C22.2 Spec 107.1
600 Vdc Photovoltaic Combiner Boxes

Maximum
Wire Range (AWG/kcmil—Copper Only)
Continuous Maximum Continuous
Output
DC Output PV Module
Input
List
Input Output Circuit Number
of
Ground
Current
Isc Rating
Current
Price $
Circuit
(+
and
-)
Conductors
In
(Max.)
(Amps)
Per String
(+ and -)
(+ or -)
(Amps)
REHSC126100
12
100
838.00 #12–#6
#6–1/0
1
REHSC166200
16
200
1067.00 #12–#6 #6–300 MCM
1
#14–4 Or
10.4
13
2X #14–#12
REHSC246300
24
300
1378.00 #12–#6
1/0–300
2
REHSC326400
32
400
2226.00 #12–#6
1/0–300
2
a
For factory installed surge protection device add the suffix “S” to the catalog number.
Catalog
Numbera

Table 3.52:

Number
Input
Circuits
(Max.)

Width

Depth

Ground
Out

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

#6–2/0
#6–2/0
#6–2/0
#6–2/0

20.78
27.78
35.78
35.78

528
706
909
909

14.50
20.25
20.25
20.25

368
514
514
514

6.13
6.13
6.13
6.13

156
156
156
156

600 Vdc Photovoltaic Combiner Boxes With Disconnects

Maximum
Wire Range (AWG/kcmil—Copper Only)
Continuous Maximum Continuous
Output
DC Output PV Module
Input
List
Input Output Circuit Number
of
Ground
Current
Isc Rating
Current
Price $
Circuit
(+
and
-)
Conductors
In
(Max.)
(Amps)
Per String
(+ and -)
(+ or -)
(Amps)
REHSC126100DU
12
100
1438.00 #12–#6
#6–1/0
1
REHSC166200DU
16
200
1899.00 #12–#6 #6–300 MCM
1
#14–4 Or
10.4
13
2X #14–#12
REHSC246300DU
24
300
3035.00 #12–#6
1/0–300
2
REHSC326400DU
32
400
3883.00 #12–#6
1/0–300
2
a
For factory installed surge protection device add the suffix “S” to the catalog number.
Catalog
Numbera

Outside Dimmensions
Height

Number
Input
Circuits
(Max.)

Outside Dimmensions
Height

Width

Depth

Ground
Out

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

#6–2/0
#6–2/0
#6–2/0
#6–2/0

31.00
31.00
41.00
41.00

787
787
1041
1041

19.00
25.00
25.00
25.00

483
635
635
635

9.00
9.00
10.50
10.50

229
229
267
267

SAFETY SWITCHES

Table 3.51:

The 600 Vdc Type 2 Surge Protection Device (SPD) is for medium risk PV applications. The
SPD when installed in a Square D combiner box protects solar modules, power tracking and
blocking diodes from physical damage resulting from lightning induced transients. The SPD
device uses Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV)/Gas-Filled Spark Gap (GSP) protection circuits for
longer life and no current leakage. The devices are UL1449 ed 2 compliant Low Voltage
TVSS. The SP are available as factory installed by adding the suffix “S” to the combiner box
catalog number or as kits a kit: REHTYPE2SP.
Table 3.53:

Typical String Combination Box Dimensions

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

600 Vdc Type 2 Surge Protection Device

Catalog
Number

Network
Voltage

Nominal
Discharge
Current
per 20
micro sec

Maximum
Discharge
Current
per 20
micro sec

Operating
Current

Operating
Temperature;
Celsius

List Price $

REHTYPE2SP

600 Vdc

20kA

40kA

<0.1nA

-40 to +85

Kit
337.00

Factory
Installed
490.00

3-23

3

Surge Protection Device

www.schneider-electric.us

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

3-24

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 4
Power Monitoring and Control
PowerLogic™ Energy and Power Management Systems

Remote Energy
Management
ION-E software

CM4000

ION7650

Sepam series 80
HDM4 Panel

Introduction
Power Monitoring Software
PowerLogic ION Enterprise Software
Remote Energy Management
PowerLogic Scada
PowerLogic ION EEM Enterprise Energy
Management Software
PowerLogic Metering
ION8650
ION7550/7650
ION7350/7330/7300
ION6200
PowerLogic ION and Power and Energy Meter
Selection
DM6200 Panel Meter
PM1200 Multifunctional Power Meter
Series 700 Power Meter
Series 800 Power Meter
Series 4000 Circuit Monitor
Submetering
Tenant Metering Software
PowerLogic E5600 Socket Meter
High Density Meter Enclosures (HDM)
Multi Circuit Energy Meters
Energy Meter
Enercept™ Meter
Split Core Current Transformers
Branch Circuit Power Meter
Branch Current Monitor
Multi-Circuit Meter
Submeter Display
Remote Energy Management Solutions
PowerLogic Energy Profiler Online
Communications
Ethernet Gateways
Web Page Generator
Engineering Services
Consulting & Analysis
Industrial Energy Efficiency
Power Monitoring Applications
Power System Control Applications
System Integration
Factory Assembled Enclosures
Technical Support
Power Management University

4-2, 4-3
4-4
4-4
4-5
4-6

4-7
4-7
4-8
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-10
4-10
4-10
4-11
4-13
4-13
4-14
4-14
4-15
4-15
4-15
4-16
4-16
4-16
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-19
4-20
4-20
4-21
4-21
4-21
4-22
4-23
4-23

Sepam Digital Protective Relays
Series 80, 60, 40 & 20 Features
Series 80, 60, 40, 20 & 10 Applications

4-24
4-25

Arc Flash Protection and Mitigation Systems
4-26

Active Harmonic
Filter

4-28
4-29
4-31
4-32
4-33
4-34
4-36

4

Low Voltage
Automatic Capacitor
Bank

Reactive Power Compensation and Harmonic Mitigation Solutions
Low Voltage Fixed Capacitor
Low Voltage Automatic Capacitor Banks
LV Transient Free Reactive Compensation Banks
Medium Voltage Capacitors
Accusine™ PCS Active Harmonic Filter
Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC)

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

VAMP 221

ReactiVar™ Reactive Power Compensation and
Harmonic Mitigation Solutions

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-1

PowerLogic™
www.powerlogic.com

Three dimensions of energy and power management savings
Volatile energy prices and stringent emissions standards have made it more challenging to
control operational costs thus putting profits at risk. Square D PowerLogic™ energy and
power management systems will help you make the most of your energy by:

Reducing Utility Costs & Increasing Energy Efficiency
Achieve significantly reduced direct consumption-related costs through improved efficiency,
lower emissions and more accountability. And if you're a property manager, you can
increase the accuracy of energy settlements that can help attract or retain tenants. By
simply installing a PowerLogic™ power monitoring system, our customers over the past
twenty years have reported realizing a 2–4% savings in utility costs-but that's just the “tip of
the iceberg” in terms of your potential savings.

Optimizing Equipment Utilization
Avoid or defer capital costs by better utilizing existing electrical infrastructure typically
results in another 2–5% savings. By monitoring key points and collecting system loading
information, engineering is able to make decisions on a plant's capacity to handle new
production lines or to determine if additional distribution equipment is required for a building
expansion.

Improving System Reliability & Safety
Typically, another 10% can be found by discovering power system reliability improvements
with powerful PowerLogic™ metering that offers extremely accurate and high speed event
capture information. Once detected, future power disturbances are often correctable and
can help facilities avoid expensive and often hidden risks to productivity. As an added
benefit, PowerLogic monitoring system information is accessible from the safety of your
personal computer. This offers improved worker safety since it is not necessary to suit up in
personal protective equipment to access energized equipment over the network.
PowerLogic™ systems give you the power to achieve this kind of savings, resulting in a
quick return on your investment. We pride ourselves on reliable products, innovative
systems, expert engineering services, and our ability to provide single-source energy and
power management solutions. It's not just a concept to us, it's a legacy and a promise-for
companies that seek an edge in productivity. That's why leaders turn to Schneider Electric.

4
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

4-2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™
www.powerlogic.com

Table 4.1:
Data Presentment & Management

Data Acquisition, Alarms & Monitoring

Enterprise

Online
Energy
Analysis

Data Centers;
Industrial Buildings, Property
Management, Utilities

Utilities

For products see DIGEST section:

4–6

4–17

4–5

4–4 thru 4–12

4–13 thru 4–16

For services see DIGEST section:

4–20

4–20

4–21

4–21

4–22

Automatic Meter Reading

•

••••

••

Revenue Metering

•

••••

••

Supervisory Control &
Data Acquisition

Power Monitoring System

Tenant Submetering

Water/Wastewater, Heavy
Industrial, large
Commercial Buildings,
Process Industry, Data
commercial buildings, Government Buildings,
Centers, Critical Power Military Bases, Healthcare
Military Bases

Meter Application

WAGES Utility Pulses
Sub-billing

•••
•••

•••

••••

••

••••

•••

•

••

••

•••

•

•

•••

•

••

•••

•••

•••

•••

Commissioning & Troubleshooting

•••

••••

Equipment Monitoring: transformers, MCCs,
switchgear, switchboards, circuit breaker status,
protective equipment, capacitors, generators,
panelboards, PDU, UPS, etc.

•••

••••

Measurement & Verification

••••
•••

Cost Allocation & Utility Billing
Energy Usage Analysis
Reduce Energy
Costs & Energy Procurement Optimization
Efficiency
Allocate Energy Costs

•

Interval Benchmarking & Profiling

••••

Total Load Aggregation

••••

•

•

Energy Efficiency
Emissions Tracking

••

•••

Power Factor Correction

•

•

Peak Demand Reduction

••

•

•••

Demand Response & Curtailment
Improve Maintenance Practices

Optimize
Equipment
Utilization

Facility Planning
Identify Equipment Capacity

•••

Determine Transformer Stress
Equipment Asset Optimization

•••
••

••

•••

Improve Efficiency
Balance Circuit Loading

•••

Balance Generator Usage

•••

Optimize Chiller & Mechanical Equipment

•

System Monitoring & Analysis

Improve
Reliability &
Safety

Transient Voltage Detection

••••

Sag/Swell Disturbance Monitoring

••••

Power Quality & Harmonic Analysis
Power Quality Compliance

••••
••••

•

•••

•

•••

••••

Alarm & System Diagnositics
Electrical Distribution Alarm & Event Analysis
Waveform capture viewing

••••

Remote alarm notification

••••

•••

Energy Services
••••

see section
4–20 for
Engineering
Services
••••

Peak Shaving/Generator Control
Load Management/Shedding

•••

see section 4–20 for Engineering Services

••••

WAGES

••

see section 4–20 for
Engineering Services

••
•••

Advanced Reliability Services
Engineering
Services

Auto Throw Over (ATO)

••••

Emergency Power Supply System Test Reporting
Sequence of Events Recording (1ms time/stamp)
GPS Time Stamping

••
••••

see section 4–20 for Engineering Services

••••

•••

••••

•••

Power System Control

••••

•

Network Protection

••••

••

see section 4–20 for
Engineering Services

Consulting Services
System Studies (SC/TCC/Arc Flash)

see section 4–20 for Engineering Services

4

Power System Assessments

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Total Energy Control Services

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-3

PowerLogic™

PowerLogic Operations Software
www.powerlogic.com

Remote Energy Management

ION Enterprise Software

PowerLogic ION Enterprise Software
PowerLogic ION Enterprise software is an all-in-one package for operational power system monitoring, analysis and
control that helps you reduce energy-related costs. It offers control capabilities, comprehensive power quality and
reliability analysis and helps reduce energy related costs. The software is a suite of applications that allows you to
collect, process, analyze, store, and share data across your entire enterprise. PowerLogic ION Enterprise software is
designed to give you the information and analysis tools you need to make sound decisions. Its cutting-edge flexibility
and compatibility allow you to extend your energy management system at your own pace, adding newer components
as they become available, without interrupting or impacting existing functions. PowerLogic ION Enterprise collects
data through serial, wireless, modem or Ethernet links and can manage a single site or, through the Internet, connect
a global network of devices.
Table 4.2:

PowerLogic ION Enterprise Software Ordering Information
Description

Catalog No.

$ Price

Core Software Productsa
ION Enterprise Base software
ION Enterprise Device license (For 100+ devices, please call the factory for volume pricing)
ION Enterprise Client license
ION Enterprise Quantity 50 Pack Device licenses
ION Enterprise v6.0 Device licenses
OPC Server support for ION Enterprise
SQL Server 2005 bundle option (CD and 1-CPU license)
SQL Server 2005 additional CPU license
PQDIF Exporter for ION Enterprise

IE60BASEENG
IE60DLS
IE60CL
IE60DLS50
IE60DLUNLTD
IONEOPCV1
IONESQL2005
IONESQL2005CPU
IONEPQDIFV1

1079.00
252.00
1079.00
10080.00
24750.00
3055.00
3509.00
2157.00
3660.00

IE60BASEENGUPG
IE60DLSUPG
IE60DLS50UPG
IE60DLUNLTDUPG
IE60CLUPG

288.00
126.00
5040.00
12375.00
520.00

Upgrades to PowerLogic ION Enterprise 6.0
ION Enterprise Base Upgrade from v5.5 or later
ION Enterprise Single Device License Upgrade
ION Enterprise Quantity 50 Pack Device Licenses Upgrade
ION Enterprise v6.0 Unlimited Device License Upgrade
ION Enterprise Client license upgrade
Related Items
ION Enterprise Replacement CD
IONE60REPCD
215.00
a
Every new system must be ordered with 1 IONE56-Base software and a minimum of 5 IONE56-DL device licenses.
Note: Software versions may have upgraded since release of this digest. Please check with your Schneider Electric Sales Rep or local distributor for latest
ION Enterprise version.

Remote Energy Management Web-Hosted Service
Schneider Electric Remote Energy Management (REM) is a web-hosted service that easily turns energy usage data
into actionable information, accessible via any standard web browser. With REM, users can easily identify energy
waste, reduce energy consumption, save on utility bills, and measure, report on and implement energy and emission
reduction initiatives...all easily made available through predefined reports and customizable dashboards

•

4

•
•

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

•
•

Compare energy usage among similar facilities to establish
benchmarks and identify poorly performing facilities.
Normalize consumption against weather, production, hours
of operation, sq footage, and occupancy.
Measure the effectiveness of various energy efficiency
efforts.
View carbon emissions reports.
Easily view all monitored sites around the globe on a single
screen through the Enterprise Map View.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Optimize equipment run hours and setting to avoid setting
costly new demand peaks.
Compare consumption data between different meters or a
group of meters.
Identify exceptional usage patterns.
Track, report, and analyze information from all utility sources
including water, gas, electric, and steam.
Compare usage to utility bills to verify correct billing from the
utility.
Use “what if” analysis tools to make accurate assessments of
what utility costs would be on different utility rates.

Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for pricing and availability.

4-4

PM1

PL1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

SCADA Software

www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic Scada Software

PowerLogic SCADA

4

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

PowerLogic™ SCADA software was created to meet the requirement for real-time monitoring and control of electrical
distribution systems, including fast response times and high reliability through redundancy. PowerLogic SCADA is
powered by Citect™ SCADA technology but is specifically designed for electrical power systems applications. The
complete PowerLogic supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) solution includes a dynamic graphical user
interface, enhanced alarm management, one second response times for control operation and status, transparent
redundancy, and reliable communications (through hardware components and network topology). The system also
features Sequence of Events Recorder (SER) logs with time stamps of 1ms resolution. PowerLogic SCADA software
includes a web-based client for remote viewing capability. The graphical user interface consists of animated objects
which change according to status information. The flexible graphics editor includes both ANSI and IEC electrical
symbols to facilitate easy one-line diagram creation. Real-time and historical trending is also supported.
For pricing information, please contact your local PowerLogic representative.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PL1

Discount
Schedule

4-5

PowerLogic™

ION EEM Enterprise Energy Management Software
www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic ION EEM is a complete enterprise
energy management solution that unites
business and energy strategies across your
entire enterprise by unifying and extending the
benefits of your existing energy-related data
resources. Stakeholders from management to
operations will be empowered by actionable
energy intelligence to reveal opportunities,
isolate problems and drive cost and risk
reduction strategies.
Personalized dashboards
help management and
operations personnel
monitor all aspects of
energy use and respond to
opportunities or threats.

PowerLogic ION EEM automatically acquires
data from power monitoring and control
systems, building and process automation
systems, utility information systems, weather
services, spot-market energy pricing feeds, and
enterprise business applications, cleanses and
warehouses it. Personalized, browser-based
dashboards and innovative visualization and
modeling tools then make the information
available to whomever needs it, so you can
accurately monitor, validate, predict and control
energy-related expenses.
From operational cost reductions to procurement support through cost allocation, benchmarking and budgeting, key
performance indicators and advanced analytics, PowerLogic ION EEM helps you manage energy in financial terms. It
also helps you gain unique insight into the impacts of power quality on your business and all energy assets. From the
service entrance to the boardroom, PowerLogic ION EEM software allows energy to be managed as a variable cost.

Key features
Produce aggregate billing,
load profile, cost allocation,
power quality, forecasting or
budget reports to help inform
stakeholders and track
results against goals.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

True enterprise-level software architecture: data quality assurance, data warehouse, web framework
Web portal: personalized dashboards, key performance indicators, charts, trends, real-time conditions
Reporting: rich and customized content, support for complex data and graphics, scheduled distribution
Trending: advanced visualization, dimensional analysis, prediction, statistical rollups
Modeling: regression analysis, normalization, correlation, integration of all relevant drivers and contextual data
Billing: built-in rate engine and rate wizard
Power quality analysis: wide-area event monitoring, classification, filtering, correlation
Alarms and events: triggering on complex conditions, notification, logging
Integration: data acquisition systems, weather and pricing feeds, other enterprise applications (e.g. BAC, ERP)
CO2 Report

Typical applications

Use advanced billing
functions to support energy
procurement and manage
load or generation assets in
response to curtailment or
pricing signals.

4
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Monitor power quality risk
factors, benchmark
performance, determine
impacts, validate contract
compliance, isolate problem
sources, and confirm your
return-on-investment.

4-6

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Manage all utilities (electricity, gas, water, etc.) and emissions through a single, unified interface
Benchmark facility performance across an entire enterprise to identify energy inefficiencies
Measure and verify savings from energy conservation projects or performance contracts
Reduce operational costs, improve processes, and prolong asset life
Meet corporate environmental stewardship goals or mandated impact targets
Manage demand control schemes, load shedding, peak shaving, base loading or on-site generation
Enable participation in real-time pricing and load curtailment programs
Optimize procurement by forecasting and budgeting for energy needs and comparing utility rates
Identify utility billing errors and validate contract compliance
Allocate and recover utilities costs from tenants, departments, processes, etc.
Maximize the use of existing infrastructure capacity and avoid overbuilding
Identify and reduce risks to uptime

Data presentation tier
Web portal delivers enterprise-wide access
through personalized dashboards, reports,
detailed analytics, and integration of views
from third-party systems. Schedule information
and report distribution to the people who need
it, for use on their desktop or mobile devices.
Business applications tier
Standard and optional modules tailor
functionality to specific needs. Advanced
analytics and reporting on every driver and
relationship affecting energy cost and
reliability.
Data management tier
Integration of data from many sources: power
monitoring and control systems (PowerLogic or
third party), utility metering systems (water, air,
gas etc.), Internet weather, real-time energy
pricing feeds, manual input, energy assets
(power distribution and reliability equipment,
generators), line-of-business systems (BAC,
DCS, ERP, EAM, accounting). Data quality
module assures complete and reliable data
from all inputs.
For price and ordering information, contact your local PowerLogic Sales Specialist or PowerLogic
Inside Sales at 615-287-3535.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

ION8650/7550/7650 Power and Energy Meters

www.powerlogic.com

ION8650/7550/7650 Power and Energy Meters
The web-enabled PowerLogic ION8650 is used to monitor electric distribution networks, service entrances and substations. It enables businesses
to manage complex energy supply contracts that include power quality guarantees. Low-range current accuracy makes it ideal for independent
power producers and cogeneration applications that require the accurate bi-directional measurement of energy. It is well suited to load curtailment,
equipment monitoring and control and energy pulsing and totalization applications. Integrate it with PowerLogic ION EEM enterprise energy
management software, PowerLogic ION Enterprise operations software or other energy management and SCADA systems.

PowerLogic ION8650 Power and Energy Meter Features
Feature set C includes:
•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•
•
•

Table 4.3:

9S, 35S, 36S socket and switchboard cases
True RMS 3-phase voltage, current, power and meets stringent ANSI
revenue metering standards including ANSI C12.20 0.2 and Class 2,
10, & 20
Power quality: sag/swell, individual, even, odd, total harmonics to the
31st and symmetrical components
32MB log/event memory, min/max for any parameter, historical logs up
to 64 channels, timestamp resolution to 0.001 seconds and GPS time
synchronization
Transformer/line loss compensation and Instrument transformer
correction
Communications: Ethernet, Serial, Modem, Internet and Ethernet to
serial gateway and ION, DNP 3.0, Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, MV-90
protocols, IEC 61850
Dial-out capability when memory is near full
Multi-user, multi-level security with control and customized access to
sensitive data for up to 16 users
Data push capability through SMTP (email)
65 setpoints — math, logic, trig, log, linearization formulas

•
•

Password protection and anti-tamper seal protection
Built-in I/O: 4 KYZ digital outs and 3 form A digital ins, 4 KYZ
digital outs and 1 form A digital out and 1 form A digital in, an
optional external I/O expander provides additional I/O
Feature set B adds the following to feature set C:
• Harmonics—individual, total even, total odd up to the 63rd
• 64MB standard memory
• Historical logs up to 320 channels
• Modbus RTU Master on serial ports
• Cycle setpoint minimum response time
Feature set A adds the following to feature sets C and B:
•

•
•
•
•

Waveform capture up to 1024 samples/cycle, PQ compliance
monitoring, flicker to EN50160, IEC 61000-4-7/4-15 (also
configurable to IEEE 519-1992, IEEE159, SEMI) CBEMA/ITIC
Transient detection to 6517µs at 60Hz;
Harmonics: magnitude, phase and inter-harmonics to the 50th
128MB standard memory
Max 96 cycles of waveform logs and 800 channels of historical
logs

Typical PowerLogic ION8650 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations

Description
ION8650, feature set A, 9S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 10MB memory, 127–177 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: 10BaseT, RS-232/485, RS-485,
Optical port, 4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs
ION8650, feature set A, 35S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 10MB memory, 120–480 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: 10Base T, RS-232/485, RS-485,
Optical port, 4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs
ION8650, feature set C, 9S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 2MB memory, 120–277 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: RS-232/485, RS-485, Optical port,
4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs
ION8650, feature set C, 35S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 2MB memory, 120–277 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: RS-232/485, RS-485, Optical port,
4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs

Catalog No.

$ Price

S8650A0C0E6E0B0A

7077.00

S8650A1C0E6E0B0A

7077.00

S8650C0C0E6A0B0A

2889.00

S8650C1C0E6A0B0A

2889.00

PowerLogic ION7550 and ION7650 Power and Energy Meters
Used at key distribution points and sensitive loads, the web-enabled PowerLogic ION7550 and PowerLogic ION7650 meters combine a wealth of
advanced features from power quality analysis capabilities, revenue accuracy and multiple communications options, through web compatibility, and
control capabilities. Both are compatible with PowerLogic ION EEM enterprise energy management software, PowerLogic ION Enterprise
operations software can be integrated with other energy management or building control systems through multiple communication channels and
protocols.
The meters are ideal for compliance monitoring, disturbance analysis, cost allocation and billing, demand and power factor control and equipment
monitoring and control. The meters have a high visibility, adjustable front panel display that can depict TOU, harmonics, event logs, phasers, and
instantaneous power parameters. They meet stringent ANSI C12.20 0.2, Class 10 & 20 revenue metering standards.

PowerLogic ION7550 and ION7650 Power and Energy Meter Features
The PowerLogic ION7550 includes:

•

•
•

•

•

•

•
•

Table 4.4:

Multi-user, multi-level security with control and customized
access to sensitive data for up to 16 users
65 configurable 1/2 cycle setpoints for single, multi-condition and
dial out on alarm and math, logic, trig, log, linearization formulas
• Password protection and anti-tamper seal protection enhance
meter security
• Extensive standard I/O includes: 8 digital inputs, 4 digital outputs
and 3 onboard relays
The ION7650 has all the features of the ION7550 and adds:
•
•
•
•
•
•

Waveform capture up to 1024 samples/cycle
Transient detection to 17µs at 60Hz
Harmonics: magnitude, phase and inter-harmonics to the 40th
Flicker to EN50160 and IEC 61000-4-7/4-15 (also configurable
for IEEE 519-1992, IEEE159, SEMI), plus CBEMA/ITIC
Symmetrical components
Power quality measurements per IEC 61000-4-30 Class A, Ed. 2

Typical PowerLogic ION7550/7650 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations
Description

Catalog No.

$ Price

Typical PowerLogic ION7550 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations
Integrated display, with 256 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2
optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O
Integrated display, with 256 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2
optical port), standard I/O

S7550A0C0B6E0A0A

6318.00

S7550A0C0B6A0A0A

5589.00

S7650B1C0B6E0A0E

9279.00

S7650A0C0B6E0A0A

7869.00

S7650A0C0B6C1A0A

8409.00

S7650A0C0B6A0A0A

7140.00

S7650B1C0B6E0A0A

9279.00

Integrated display, with 1024 samples/cycle, 10 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type
2 optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O, EN50160 compliance monitoring
Integrated display, with 512 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2
optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O
Integrated display, with 512 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2
optical port) plus Ethernet and 56k modem, standard I/O
Integrated display, with 512 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2
optical port), standard I/O
Integrated display, with 1024 samples/cycle, 10 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type
2 optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O
Note: Please refer to powerlogic.com for the most complete and up-to-date list of feature availability. Some features are optional.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PM1

Discount
Schedule

4

Typical PowerLogic ION7650 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

•

3.5” x 4.5” (87 x 112 mm) backlit LCD display
True RMS 3-phase voltage, current, and power that meets stringent ANSI
C12.20 0.2, Class 2, 10, & 20
Power quality: sag/swell, harmonics - individual, even, odd, total to the
63rd, waveform capture at 256 samples/cycle
5MB log/event memory (10MB optional), waveform logging up to 96
cycles, up to 800 channels historical, min/max, timestamp resolution to
0.001 seconds, GPS time synchronization and historical trends through
front panel
Communications: fiber, Ethernet, serial, internal modem, optical port, and
a gateway functionality, ION, DNP 3.0, Modbus RTU - master & slave,
Modbus TCP, MV-90, and IEC 61850. IEC 61850 only available with 5MB
memory and Ethernet options
Dial-out capability when memory is near full
Data push capability through SMTP (email)

4-7

PowerLogic™

ION7350/7330/7300/6200 Power and Energy Meters
www.powerlogic.com

Used in diverse applications such as feeder monitoring and sub-metering, the PowerLogic ION7300 series meters are also
suitable for high-accuracy power and energy metering, bill verification, cost allocation and billing, demand and power factor
control, load studies, circuit optimization, equipment monitoring and control and preventative maintenance. They are ideal
replacements for analog meters, with a multitude of power and energy measurements, analog and digital I/O,
communication ports and industry-standard protocols. The ION7330 meter adds on-board data storage, emails of logged
data and an optional modem. The ION7350 meter is further augmented by more sophisticated power quality analysis,
alarms and a call-back-on-alarm feature. They are compatible with PowerLogic ION EEM enterprise energy management
software, PowerLogic ION Enterprise operations software or can be integrated with other energy management or building
control systems through multiple communication channels and protocols.

PowerLogic ION7350, ION7330 and ION7300 Power and Energy Meter Features
The PowerLogic ION7300 includes:
•
•
•
•

•

•
•

Multiple form factors: transducer integrated and
remote display models
True RMS 3-phase voltage, current, and power that
meets stringent ANSI C12.16, Class 10
Power quality: harmonics—individual, even, odd, total
to the 15th, maximum 32 samples/cycle
Communications: 1 RS-485 port, 1 optional Ethernet
port, 1 ANSI Type 2 infrared optical port, 1 PROFIBUS
DP port (ION7300 only), onboard web server
Supported protocols include : ION, Modbus RTU slave
on serial, modem, I/R ports, Modbus TCP through
Ethernet
Extensive standard I/O includes: 4 analog inputs,
4 analog outputs, 4 digital relay outputs
Minimum/maximum recording

-

The ION7330 adds the following features:
• Time of use - multi-year scheduling, hourly activity profiles
• 4 digital inputs for status monitoring and pulse counting
• Communications: a second RS-485 port, internal modem, DNP 3.0
through serial, modem and I/R ports, EtherGate and ModemGate,
data/alarms via e-mail and MV-90 on serial and Ethernet ports
• 12, one second setpoints for single, multi-condition alarms, plus math,
logic, trig, log, and linearization formulas
• Non-volatile onboard memory capacity of 300kb, min/max logging,
min/max logging, up to 32 channels of historical logs, timestamp
resolution to 0.001 seconds
The ION7350 includes the following additional features:
•
•
•

Power Quality: sag/swell, individual, even, odd, total harmonics up to
31st , maximum 64 samples/cycle
Up to 96 channels of logs and up to 48 cycles of waveform logs
Alarm notifications via e-mail

-

Table 4.5:

Typical PowerLogic ION7350/7330/7300 Power and Energy Ordering Configurations
Description

Catalog No.

$ Price

Typical PowerLogic ION7350 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations
Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports) plus 10BaseT Ethernet S7350A0B0B0E0A0A 3567.00
Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports)
S7350A0B0B0A0A0A 2906.00

Typical PowerLogic ION7330 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations
Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports) plus 10BaseT Ethernet S7330A0B0B0E0A0A 2800.00
Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports)
S7330A0B0B0A0A0A 2159.00

Typical PowerLogic ION7300 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations
Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (one RS-485 port)

S7300A0B0B0A0A0A 1436.00

The modular PowerLogic ION6200 is a low-cost, ultra-compact meter that offers outstanding versatility and
functionality. It is simple to use, and has a big, bright LED display. It offers four-quadrant power, demand, energy,
power factor and frequency measurements, and is available in a variety of flexible configurations. It is available as a
low-cost base model to which enhanced functionality can be added over the long term. The PowerLogic ION6200 is
ideal for customers who need revenue-accurate and/or certified measurements and want easy integration with power
distribution assemblies and building automation systems. A Megawatt version is available for applications requiring
readings in megawatts and kilovolts. It is well suited for sub-metering, energy cost tracking load profiling, and
substation panel metering and is an ideal replacement for analog meters. It can be used for stand-alone metering in
custom panels, switchboards, switchgear, gensets, motor control centers and UPS systems.
The meter consists of a base unit with options card and a power supply pack, with a remote display being optional.

PowerLogic ION6200 Power and Energy Meter Features
•

•
•

4
•
•
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

•
•

Only two inches deep, and fits a standard
ANSI four-inch switchboard cutout, or as a
TRAN model with no display and can be
fastened to a flat surface with a 4” (10cm)
ANSI bolt pattern or mounted to a DIN rail.
A remote display module (RMD) can be
ordered for the TRAN and mounted through
an ANSI 4” (10cm) and DIN 96 cutout.
LED display with twelve 3/4” (19mm) high
digits that display all basic power parameters
Pulse Outputs: optional kWh, kVARh and/or
kVAh pulsing
Via two Form A outputs
Communications: optional RS-485 port with
Modbus RTU and ION compatible
64 samples per cycle true RMS
3-phase voltage and current inputs

-

Table 4.6:

The standard ION6200 is available with the following parameters:
Voltage L-N average and per phase, Voltage L-L average and per phase,
Current average and per phase
Option EP#1, includes the standard measurements and provides the
following additional parameters:
I4, kW/mW total, kWh/mWh total, kW/mW peak, Current demand
average and per phase, Current peak demand average and per phase,
Power factor total
Optional Enhanced Package, includes the standard measurements
and provides the following additional parameters:
kW/mW per phase, kVAR/mVAR total and per phase, kVA/mVA total and
per phase, kWh/mWh and del/rec per phase, kVARh/mVARh total and
del/rec per phase, kVAh/mVAh total and per phase, kW/mW demand,
kVAR/mVAR demand and peak, kVA/mVA demand and peak, Power
Factor per phase, Voltage THD per phase, Current THD per phase

-

Typical PowerLogic ION6200 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations

Description
Catalog No.
Integrated display, 10 A inputs, standard 100–240 Vac power supply, RS485 port (Modbus RTU), 2 pulse outputs, Enhanced
S6200A0A0B0A0B0R
Package #2
TRAN Model, with remote display, 10 A inputs, standard 100–240 Vac power supply, RS485 port (Modbus RTU), 2 pulse outputs, S6200R1A0B0A0B0R
Enhanced Package #2
TRAN Model, (no display), 10 A inputs, standard 100–240 Vac power supply, RS485 port (Modbus RTU), 2 pulse outputs,
S6200T1A0B0A0B0R
Enhanced Package #2
Note: Please refer to powerlogic.com for the most complete and up-to-date list of feature availability. Some features are optional.

4-8

PM1

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
1021.00
1055.00
831.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Circuit Monitor and Power Meter Selection

www.powerlogic.com

Table 4.7:

PowerLogic ION Power and Energy Meter Selection
Featuresb

ION8650

ION7650

ION7550

ION7350

ION7330

ION7300

ION6200

•/•
8,8 / 3,4
AC/DC

•/•
16,4 / 4,4
AC/DC

•/•
16,4 / 4,4
AC/DC

•/•
4,4 / 4,4
AC/DC

•/•
4,4 / 4,4
AC/DC

•/•
4,4 / 4,4
AC/DC

•/•
0,2 /
AC/DC

•
•
•/•
0.2

•
•
•/•
0.2

•
•
•/•
0.5
•

•
•
•/
0.5
•

•
•/
0.5
•

•

•
•
•/•
0.2
•
•

•
•
•/•
0.5
•

•

•
•
•/•
0.2
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
63 rd
•

•
•
63 rd
•

•
31st
•

15th

15th

THD

•/•
•
•
0.001
•

•/•
•
•
0.001
•

•/•
•
•
0.001
•

•
•
•
0.001

•
•
•
0.001

•/•
•
•

•/•
•
•

•/•
•
•

•/•
•
•

•/•
•
•

•/
•
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

A

B

C

•/•
8,8 / 3,4
AC/DC

•/•
8,8 / 3,4
AC/DC

•
•
•/•
0.2
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

•

63 rd
•

63 rd

31st

•/•
•
•
0.001
•

•/•
•
•
0.001
•

•/•
•
•

Inputs, outputs and control power
3-phase / single-phase
Digital in and out / analog in and out
Power supply options
Power and energy measurements
V, I, F, PF
Power, demand
Energy / time-of-use (energy per shift)
ANSI energy accuracy class (% of reading)
Measurement Canada Approval
Loss compensation
Power quality analysis
Compliance monitoring (e.g. EN50160)
Flicker measurement
Transient disturbance capture
Sag and swell monitoring
Disturbance direction detection
Harmonics measurement
Waveform capture
Data and event logging
Trend / snapshot
Min/max
Events
Timestamp resolution (seconds)
GPS sync
Setpoints, alarms and control
Annunciation / call out on alarm
Trigger logging
Trigger relay or digital output control
Special features
Custom programming: arithmetic, boolean,
object-oriented
Downloadable firmware
Communications

4

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Ethernet port / web / email
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/
•/ /
Telephone modem port
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Infrared port
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
RS485 / RS232 ports
•/•
•/•
•/•
•/•
•/•
•/
•/
•/
•/
Modbus / DNP / MV-90 protocols
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/ /
•/ /
IEC 61850 protocol
•
•
•
•
•
b
Specifications represent maximum capabilities with all options installed. Some options are not available concurrently. This is not a complete feature list,
please refer to detailed product specifications.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PL1

Discount
Schedule

4-9

PowerLogic™

Metering
www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic DM6200 Panel Meter and PowerLogic PM1200 Multifunction Power Meter
The PowerLogic DM6200 digital panel meter and the PM1200 multifunction power meter provide all the basic features
needed to monitor an electrical panel or circuit affordably. Rugged enough to withstand industrial and commercial
environments, these meters will help save on energy and installation costs, are easy to use, and adapts to various circuit
requirements onsite.
DM6200
Panel Meter

DM6200 Features

PM1200 Features

•
•

•

•
•
•

Measures basic measurements (V, A, Hz & PF).
Used for equipment monitoring, preventative maintenance scheduling,
monitoring load locally, and replacing multiple analog meters.
Onsite configuration of CT and PT ratios and various other set points.
Configurable analog bar for at-a-glance check of lad on feeders.
Standard modbus output fo remote monitoring and data logging.

•

Measures basic measurements (V, A, Hz & PF) PLUS
energy, power, demand, and THD.
Used for energy and power monitoring, demand monitoring,
load studies and circuit optimization, energy balancing and
optimization, etc.

Table 4.8:
PM1200
Multifunction
Power Meter

Description

Catalog No.

Basic V, A, F, PF meter w/display, Modbus RS 485 comm port
Power Meter w/display basic readings, THD, demand, Modbus RS 485 comm port

METSEDM6200
METSEPM1200

$ Price
400.00
550.00

PowerLogic Series 700 Power Meter
The PowerLogic PM700 series power meters offer all of the measurement capabilities required to monitor an electrical
installation in a single 96 x 96 mm unit extending only 50 mm behind the mounting surface (less than 2 inches).
With its large display, you can monitor all three phases and neutral at the same time. The anti-glare display features large
11 mm high characters and powerful backlighting for easy reading, even in extreme lighting conditions and viewing angles.

•
•
Series 700
Power Meter

•
•

Panel instrumentation (OEMs)
Sub-billing and cost allocation

Remote monitoring of an electrical installation
Harmonic monitoring (THD)

Power and current demand, THD and min/max reading in basic version
A high-performance solution for trouble-free monitoring of your electrical installation.
Energy IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S (PM750 Only) and IEC62053-21 Class 1 (PM710)
Suitable for sub-billing and cost-allocation applications.
Alarms and Digital I/O
The PM750 adds alarming functionality (no RTC) and two digital inputs and one output.
Table 4.9:
Description
Series 700 Power Meters
PM710 Class 1 (IEC62053-21) Power Meter with integrated display and RS-485 communications port
PM750 Class 0.5S (IEC 62053-22) Power Meter with integraded display, alarms (no RTC), (2) digital inputs, (1) digital output and RS-485
communications port

Catalog No. $ Price
PM710

710.00

PM750

950.00

PowerLogic Series 800 Power Meters
The PowerLogic PM800 series Power Meter is a high-performance power-monitoring unit able to provide advanced power
measurement capabilities in a compact 96x96 mm unit. Its large, easy to read display allows you to monitor all three phases
and neutral simultaneously. With its easy to use intuitive interface and self guiding menus, the large anti-glare and back lit
display makes this meter the easiest yet to navigate and use. The modular design allows for flexibility with an easy upgrade
path to grow the meter's capabilities with the addition of Communication and I/O Modules.

Series 800
Power Meter

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Monitor current, voltage, power and energy simultaneously
Trending/Forecasting Curves functionality (PM850/870)
128 samples/cycle-zero blind metering
Waveform capture (PM850), configurable waveform capture (PM870)
Onboard logging (80k in PM820, 800k in PM850/PM870)
Detection of sub-cycle sags/swells on both voltage and current (PM870 Only)
V & I individual harmonics up to 31st (PM820) or up to the 63rd for the PM850 and
PM870.
Five input metering channels WAGES
PQ Advanced Evaluation (EN50160, ITI/CBEMA, SEMI F-47) for the PM850 and PM870
Type 12 Remote Display Compliant

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Complies with ANSI C37.90 for Surge Withstand
Capability (SWC) and IEC 61000-4-12 for Surge
Immunity
Available with 2 standard Digital I/O
Field installable Digital and Analog I/O
THD measurement
Meets ANSI 12.20 Class 0.2 and IEC 62053-22
Class 0.5S accuracy for active energy.
Optional field installable Ethernet communications
card with standard and custom web pages
GPS Time Synchronization

Table 4.10:

4

Description

Catalog No. $ Price

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Series 800 Power Meters
PM820 Power Meter with integrated display, THD, Alarming, 80 kb Logging
PM850 Power Meter with integrated display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, Waveform Capture
PM870 Power Meter with integrated display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, configurable Waveform Capture, Sag/Swell Detection
PM820RD Power Meter with remote display, THD, Alarming, 80 kb Logging
PM850RD Power Meter with remote display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, Waveform Capture
PM870RD Power Meter with remote display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, configurable Wafeform Capture, Sag/Swell Detection
PM820 Meter unit only without display
PM850 Meter unit only without display
PM870 Meter unit only without display

PM820
PM850
PM870
PM820RD
PM850RD
PM870RD
PM820U
PM850U
PM870U

2390.00
3889.00
4799.00
2550.00
4058.00
4958.00
2050.00
3529.00
4460.00

Series 800 Power Meter Accessories
PM800 Display for integrated meter unit
PM8D
443.00
PM800 remote display and adapter with 12’ cable
PM8RD
584.00
PM800 remote display adapter only
PM8RDA
428.00
PM800 Module, 2 digital outputs (relays), 6 digital inputs
PM8M26
635.00
PM800 Module, 2 digital out, 2 digital in, 2 analog out, 2 analog in
PM8M2222 856.00
PM800 Mounting adapter for CM2000
PM8MA
267.00
PM8ECC Ethernet Communications Card; provides a 10/100 Base Tx UTP port, an RS-485 Modbus serial master port, Ethernet-to-serial line gateway functionality, and an embedded
web server that is fully compliant with Transparent Ready—Level 1 (TRe1) systems. The PM8ECC supports a private host PM8ECC MIB. Use of this MIB allows the reading of Basic PM8ECC 1150.00
Metering Data, Configuration and Status of I/Os and Configuration and Status of Alarms, plus SNMP Trap generation in response to any PM8 on-board alarms.

4-10

PL1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Metering

www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic Series 4000 Circuit Monitor
The award winning, Web-enabled PowerLogic Series 4000 Circuit Monitor (CM4250) is the most advanced
permanently mounted circuit monitor in the industry today. Designed for critical power and large energy users who
cannot afford to be shut down, the CM4250 provides the ability to monitor, troubleshoot and preempt power quality
problems. Transients (disturbances lasting less than one cycle) are particularly difficult to detect, due to their short
duration. The CM4000T detects and captures oscillatory and impulsive transients (up to 10,000V peak, line-to-line at 5
MHz per channel) as short as one microsecond in duration. The CM4000T automatically performs a high-speed
transient waveform capture and a longer disturbance capture to show the conditions surrounding an event. The
CM4000T maintains a complete historical record of the number of transients per phase, along with the magnitude,
duration and time of occurrence of each. It also performs a stress calculation to determine the circuits that have
received the greatest stress from transient overvoltages.

•
•
CM4000T with VFD Display

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Waveform capture with up to 512 samples/cycle
Built-in Trending and Forecasting functionality allows you to
forecast energy usage up to 4 days in advance
Sag/Swell disturbance monitoring
Two option card slots for field installable cards
Optional field installable Ethernet communications card with
standard and custom web pages
Alarm Setpoint Learning feature allowing optimum threshold setting
(patent pending)
Multiple alarms including standard, digital, Boolean, high-speed,
and disturbance alarms
Waveshape alarm monitoring
High speed transient voltage detection at 5 MHz per channel with
field installable CVMT current/voltage module
True RMS Metering through the 255th harmonic

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Extended waveform capture (up to 110 seconds)
Field installable Digital/Analog I/O cards and flexible I/O
extender modules
Harmonic powerflows up to the 40th harmonic
Standard KYZ pulse output
Standard 32 MB of non-volatile memory
Integrated power quality standards including EN50160,
IEC 61000-4-15 (Flicker)
Sequence of events recording using GPS synchronization
technology
Oscillatory transient detection and recording
UL Listed, CSA Approved, CE Marking, NOM Approved,
FCC compliant

PowerLogic Series 4000 Circuit Monitor Optional Displays

•
•
•
•

High visibility remote VF (vacuum fluorescence) display
Displays metering data, min/max values, alarms, inputs
Remote LC (liquid crystal) display with backlighting also available
Optional user configurable display screens

Table 4.11:

Series 4000 Circuit Monitors
Description

Catalog No.

$ Price

Series 4000 Circuit Monitors
Instrumentation, On-board Data Logging, Waveform Capture, Disturbance Recording, Configurable I/O, 0.04% Accuracy
Same as CM4250 plus Impulsive Transient Detection and Flicker (IEC 61000-4-15)

CM4250
CM4000T

6386.00
8474.00

Field installable I/O card with 3 relay outputs, 1 pulse output (KYZ) and 4 status inputs
I/O Extender module with 4 DC status inputs, 2 DC digital outputs, 1 analog input and 1 analog output
I/O Extender module with 4 status inputs and 4 analog inputs (4–20 mA)
I/O Extender module with 8 status inputs

IOC44
IOX2411
IOX0404
IOX08

796.00
1253.00
1650.00
703.00

I/O Extender module with no pre-installed I/O a
Ethernet Communications Card; 100 MB Fiber or 10/100 MB UTP Ethernet port and 1 RS-485 master port
Current/Voltage module
Current/Voltage module with high speed transient detectionb

IOX
ECC21
CVM42
CVMT

459.00
1948.00
2251.00
5393.00

4-line x 20—character liquid crystal display with backlighting
4-line x 20—character vacuum fluorescent display with proximity sensor
4 foot display cable
12 foot display cable
30 foot display cable
a
Contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for additional I/O options.
b
CM4250 is field upgradeable to provide additional features of specified module.

CMDLC
CMDVF
CAB4
CAB12
CAB30

688.00
1207.00
53.00
89.00
161.00

Series 4000 Circuit Monitor Accessories

IOC44 I/O Card

Table 4.12:

SER Time Synchronization
Description

Catalog No.
STS3000
STRM
9788SER3200
9788EZCIRIGB
SAM
SAIF200
PS080

$ Price
5348.00
2827.00
2700.00
115.00
2292.00
611.00
558.00

4

PowerLogic Satellite Time System, Circuit Monitor and SEPAM GPS Time Synchronization, 100 microsecond accuracy
Satellite Time Reference Module
CyTime Sequence of Events Recorder, 24 Vdc power / 24 Vdc inputs, 32 inputs, web server
SER 3200 EZ connector for IRIG-B signal
Smart Antenna Module
Smart Antenna Module Interface Cable—200 FT
Power Supply, 24DC/50W, DIN-mountable

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

ECC21

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PL1

Discount
Schedule

4-11

PowerLogic™

Submetering
www.powerlogic.com

Table 4.13:

PowerLogic Circuit Monitor and Power Meter Selection
Features

CM4000T

CM4250

PM870

PM850

PM820

PM750

PM710

PM1200

DM6200

•/•

•/•

•/•

Inputs, outputs and control power
3-phase / single-phase

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

Digital in and out / analog in and out

24 / 4

24 / 4

18 / 8

18 / 8

18 / 8

3/

Power supply options

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

V, I, F, PF

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Power, demand

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Energy / energy per shift (time-of-use)

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/

•/

•/

Energy accuracy (%)

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.5

1.0

1.0

Standards compliance to ANSI / IEC

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/

Compliance monitoring (e.g. EN50160)

•

•

•

•

Flicker measurement
High-speed transient disturbance capture
(200 ns)
Transient disturbance capture

•

•

•

sag/swell

Disturbance direction detection

•

•

Sag/swell monitoring

•

•

•

Harmonics measurement

•

•

•

•

•

THD

THD

•

Uptime (number of 9's) calculation

•

•

Waveform capture

•

•

•

•

Waveshape alarm

•

•

Trend / billing

•/

•/

•/•

•/•

Minimum and maximum

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•/•

•/•

•/

•/

•/

•/

•/

0.001

0.001

1

1

1

•

•

•

•

•

Power and energy measurements

Power quality analysis

•

Data and event logging

Events / maintenance
Timestamp resolution (seconds)
GPS sync

/•

Setpoints, alarms and control
Annunciation / call out on alarm

•/•

•/•

•/

•/

•/

Trigger logging

•

•

•

•

•

Trigger relay or digital ouput control

•

•

•

•

•

Custom programming: arithmetic, boolean

•

•

Downloadable firmware

•

•

•

•

•

•/•/•

•/•/•

•/•/•

•/•/•

•/•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•

•

•

•

•/

Special features
•

•

•/•

•/

•/

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Communications
Ethernet port / web / email
RS485 / RS232 ports
Modbus protocol

4
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

4-12

PL1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Submetering

www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic Submetering
In today's increasingly competitive commercial property market, attracting and retaining
high-quality, long-term tenants by offering exceptional value is the primary goal. Balancing
these premium services and reliable infrastructure vs. the financial exposure to volatile
utility costs is the challenge.
Minimizing energy costs requires information on how energy usage translates into money
spent. PowerLogic energy sub-metering systems are specifically engineered to address the
measurement, verification and billing needs of multi-tenant properties.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Residential high-rise and low-rise
Campuses
Shopping centers
Malls / food courts
Offices
Commercial buildings

PowerLogic energy management and
metering systems are ideal for multi-tenant
buildings providing:

•
•
•
•

Metering & Verification tools to assure
compliance to Energy Policy Act 2005
Integrated approach from simple energy
allocation requirements to high-end power
quality
Monitor energy usage and efficiency to
accurately recover the costs while providing
tenants with energy and a reliable
infrastructure
Implement energy efficiency initiatives
essential to obtaining LEED certification

PowerLogic E5600 Socket Meter
The E5600 is a cost effective socket meter that combines high accuracy, superior quality
and wide-ranging capability in a device that is simple to install. The PowerLogic E5600
socket meter can help reduce electrical costs, increase property values and attract good
tenants by providing the information needed to manage energy costs. Track and allocate
costs by circuit or suite, accurately bill tenants for energy used, and verify energy
conservation efforts. It is a foundational component for LEED and Energy Star certification
as a part of green buildings. Green buildings enjoy higher tenant retention, higher tenant
quality, and recognition by the community while typically allowing property managers to
charge more for rent.
Unlike traditional sub-metering solutions, which must be manually read or may lack
software for effective sub-billing or comprehensive energy management, the PowerLogic
E5600 enables businesses to utilize their existing S-based socket infrastructure with a
low-cost meter that is part of an end-to-end solution for tenant sub-metering.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Real, reactive, and apparent energy values.
Onboard interval data logging (load profiles).
Revenue grade accuracy – ANSI C12.20 0.2% / 0.5%.
Automatic configuration of service type and voltage.
Onboard diagnostics continually monitors for equipment failures, improper installation wiring, poor
load conditions, poor power quality conditions and tampering.
S-base meter socket compatible.

Table 4.14:
Catalog No.
E5600020SQD
E5600090SQD
E5600120SQD
E5600160SQD
E5600360SQD
E5600450SQD
OPTICALPROBEUSB

$ Price
960.00
1080.00
1080.00
1080.00
1080.00
1080.00
719.00

4

PowerLogic E5600 Socket Meter

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Description
Form 2S, Single-Phase, Class 200, S Based Meter
Form 9S, 3-Phase, Class 20, S Based Meter
Form 12S, 3-Phase, Class 200, S Based Meter
Form 16S, 3-Phase, Class 200, S Based Meter
Form 36S, 3-Phase, Class 20, S Based Meter
Form 45S, 3-Phase, Class 20, S Based Meter
Optional USB Optical Communications Probe

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PL1

Discount
Schedule

4-13

PowerLogic™

Submetering
www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic High Density Metering
High Density Metering (HDM) is engineered to answer the metering and billing needs of multi-tenant
properties:

Features and Benefits

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

HDM comes standard with the PowerLogic PM210, PM750, PM820 or ION6200 meters.
Lockable, 16 gauge NEMA Type 1 enclosure provides tamper-resistant security.
NEMA Type 3R also availalbe. Please consult factory.
Mounting channel and surface-mount flanges simplify installation.
Factory installed cover plates are included to cover empty meter spaces.
Factory installed wiring harness simplifies installation of additional meters and provides future system expansion.
Each High Density Metering cabinet is provided with standard RS485 Modbus®, and optional Modbus Ethernet TCP
communications are availalbe. For wireless communications, please consult factory.
Available in the following configurations: 208 Y/120 V wye; 240 V delta, 48 = 480 Y/277 V wye (PM210, PM750, and
PM820), and with provided 2.5:1 CPT (control power transformer) 480 Y/277 V wye (6200); 480 V delta (6200,
PM210, PM750 or PM820).
CTs required. Must select separately.

Table 4.15:

High Density Metering Cabinet

Meter Voltage Phasing Enclosure
#
Enclosure
Category Series
Size
Meters Rating

High Density Metering factory assembled
enclosure for multi-tenant properties

HDM

ION6200 12, 4Ta

3

1 or 4

1-4b

Rc or 1

Description
1 or 4 High Density Meter Enclosure with ION6200 meters; ideal for
outdoor as well as indoor applications at all voltage levels including
600V delta and 347/600 V wye systems
8 or 16 High Density Meter Enclosure with PM210 meters; ideal for
single or three phase indoor commercial building applications
8 or 16 High Density Meter Enclosure with PM750 meters; ideal for
3 phase indoor commercial building applications
8 or 16 High Density Meter Enclosure with PM750 meters; ideal for
3 phase indoor commercial building applications

48, 1 or 3 1, 4, 8, or 1-16b
HDM
PM210 12,
1
4Ta
16
12,
48,
1, 4, 8 or 1-16b
HDM
PM750
3
1
4Ta
16
48,
1, 4, 8 or 1-16b
HDM
PM820 12,
3
1
4Ta
16
a
Voltage Ordering Notes:
12 = 208 Y/120 V wye; 240 V delta. 48 = 480 Y/277 wye; (PM210/PM750)
4T = with provided 2.5:1 CPT (control power transformer); 480 Y/277 wye (6200); 480 V delta (6200, PM210 or PM750)
b
Meters Ordering Notes: Please indicate the number of meters to be pre-installed when placing your order. You may order any number
of meters in the enclosure between one and the maximum number of meters each cabinet will hold.
c
Please enter R as the last digit for Type 3R outdoor on 1 or 4 HDM enclosure with the 6200 series meter.

High Density Meter System includes:

•
•
•
•
•

Enclosure
Power Meters, installed
Installation bulletin for Enclosure
Wall hanging bracket
Installation bulletin for Meters

Table 4.16:
8 meter configuration

Accessories and Options

Description
Catalog No.
$ Price
Auxiliary Wiring Harness for installation of additional meters
HDMPMHKIT27
221.00
(includes connectors and shorting terminal blocks)
Cover plate for empty meter base
HDMCVRPLT
5.90
Water and Gas Meters
Consult factory for details
50 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT050S1
51.00
100 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT100S1
51.00
125 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT125S1
73.00
150 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT150S1
62.00
200 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT200S1
62.00
250 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT250S1
62.00
400 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT400S1
62.00
Power Meter with display, basic readings, Modbus RS485 communications porta
PM210
550.00
a
To order all other loose meters, please visit metering sections within digest related to particular meter.

Multi Circuit Energy Meters

16 meter configuration

The PowerLogic EM4800 multi-circuit energy meter combines accurate electricity sub-metering with
advanced communications technology. They are ideal for multi-tenant or departmental metering
applications within office towers, condominiums, apartment buildings, shopping centers and other multipoint environments, metering up to 24 individual circuits from the same meter. The EM4800 series has an
accuracy of Class 0.5% for power and energy. Each meter is available separately or as part of a Scquare D
integrated power center (IPC) for use in building retrofits or new construction.

4

Table 4.17:

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Description
Energy measurement for 24 (1CT) or 12 (2CT) single-phase circuits or 8 (3CT) 3-phase circuits; Ethernet;
modem; onboard interval logging; compatible with 80mA low-power CTs (solid-core)
Energy measurement for 24 (1CT) or 12 (2CT) single-phase circuits or 8 (3CT) 3-phase circuits; Ethernet;
modem; onboard interval logging; compatible with 333mV low-power CTs (solid-core or split-core)
Energy measurement for 24 (1CT) or 12 (2CT) single-phase circuits or 8 (3CT) 3-phase circuits; Ethernet;
modem; onboard interval logging; compatible with standard 5A CTs (solid-core or split-core)
200 A current transformer (CT), 80 mA secondary, solid-core (1 CT)
50 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size
100 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size
150 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size
200 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size
100 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size
150 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size
200 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size
400 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size
200 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 2.00 in Window Size
400 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 2.00 in Window Size
600 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 2.00 in Window Size
600 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 3 x 5 in Window Size
800 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 3 x 5 in Window Size

4-14

PL1

Discount
Schedule

Catalog No.

$ Price

METSQEM488016

3980.00

METSQEM483316

3980.00

METSQEM480516

5350.00

METSECT802000
ECT075050SC
ECT075100SC
ECT075150SC
ECT075200SC
ECT125100SC
ECT125150SC
ECT125200SC
ECT125400SC
ECT200200SC
ECT200400SC
ECT200600SC
ECT300600SC
ECT300800SC

38.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
141.00
141.00
141.00
141.00
171.00
171.00
171.00
241.00
241.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Submetering

www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic Energy Meter
The Energy Meter is ideal for stand-alone and systems-based submetering applications. It is easy to install and provides
exceptional metering accuracy. Available in Basic and Extended Range models. The Basic model is designed for metering
of 120/240 and 208Y/120 volt services. The Extended Range model will meter 120/240 volt up to 480 volt Wye connected
services. Extended Range meters come with pulse output and phase loss output not available on the Basic unit. Optional
Modbus™ RS-485 serial communications are provided with the Energy Meter Comms Board, EMCB. Optional kW demand
is also provided by the EMCB.
Meter up to 3 individual services with one Energy Meter. The Energy Meter will allow the addition of up to 3 sets of parallel
CTs for metering multiple electric loads. Additional sets of CTs can be ordered separately. Please refer to the multiple CT
application notes in the Energy Meter instruction bulletin for the proper installation procedures.

Energy Meter
Energy Meter

Table 4.18:
Catalog No.
EMB1010
EMB1021
EMB1032
EMB2010
EMB2021
EMB2032
EMB2043
EMB2083
EMB3010
EMB3021
EMB3032
EMB3043
EMB3083
EMB3084
EMB3164

Table 4.19:

Table 4.20:

Basic 120/240 V to 208Y/120 V
Description
Basic 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 1 CT
Basic 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 1 CT
Basic 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 1 CT
Basic 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 2 CTs
Basic 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 2 CTs
Basic 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 2 CTs
Basic 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs
Basic 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs
Basic 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 3 CTs
Basic 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 3 CTs
Basic 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 3 CTs
Basic 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs
Basic 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs
Basic 800 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs
Basic 1600 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs

$ Price
426.00
440.00
482.00
438.00
464.00
480.00
505.00
517.00
750.00
766.00
799.00
825.00
855.00
903.00
903.00

Catalog No.
EME1010
EME1021
EME1032
EME2010
EME2021
EME2032
EME2043
EME2083
EME3010
EME3021
EME3032
EME3043
EME3083
EME3084
EME3164

Table 4.21:

Additional CT Sets

Catalog No.
Description
$ Price
EMCT010
100 A, .518” x 1.28” ID, 1 CT
92.00
EMCT021
200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 1 CT
99.00
EMCT032
300 A, .90” x 1.90” ID, 1 CT
106.00
EMCT043
400 A, 2.45” x 2.89” ID, 1 CT
106.00
EMCT083
800 A, 2.45” x 2.89” ID, 1 CT
123.00
EMCT084
800 A, 2.45” x 5.50” ID, 1 CT
130.00
EMCT164
1600 A, 2.45” x 5.50” ID, 1 CT
130.00
Note: CT quantity and amperage must match meter model. Total of combined
loads must not exceed rating of meter. All additional CTs shipped with 6
ft. white and black color-coded wire leads.

Extended Range 120/240 V to 480Y/277 V
Description
$ Price
Extended Range 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 1 CT
471.00
Extended Range 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 1 CT
483.00
Extended Range 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 1 CT
518.00
Extended Range 100 A, n.518"x1.28" ID, 2 CTs
511.00
Extended Range 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 2 CTs
536.00
Extended Range 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 2 CTs
550.00
Extended Range 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs
567.00
Extended Range 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs
585.00
Extended Range 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 3 CTs
811.00
Extended Range 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 3 CTs
829.00
Extended Range 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 3 CTs
864.00
Extended Range 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs
880.00
Extended Range 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs
921.00
Extended Range 800 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs
971.00
Extended Range 1600 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs
971.00

Energy Meter Accessories

Catalog No.
Description
$ Price
EMCB
Energy Meter Communication Boarda
267.00
EMFP1
Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 1
47.00
EMFP2
Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 2
94.00
EMFP3
Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 3
142.00
EMBOND
Energy Meter Bonding Kit
117.00
a
Energy Meter communication board (EMCB) can be used with all
models of the Energy Meter. Order one EMCB for each Energy Meter
where either kW demand and/or communication is specified.

PowerLogic Enercept™ Meter

Table 4.22:

Enercept Meter

Table 4.23:

Catalog No.
Description
3020B012b
Basic 100 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID
3020B032b
Basic 300 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID
3020B043b
Basic 400 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID
3020B083b
Basic 800 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID
3020B084b
Basic 800 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID
3020B164b
Basic 1600 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID
3020B244b
Basic 2400 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID
3020E012
Enhanced 100 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID
3020E032
Enhanced 300 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID
3020E043
Enhanced 400 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID
3020E083
Enhanced 800 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID
3020E084
Enhanced 800 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID
3020E164
Enhanced 1600 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID
3020E244
Enhanced 2400 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID
b
See Handout / Instruction Bulletin for derating properties.

$ Price
776.00
800.00
823.00
847.00
869.00
893.00
916.00
1035.00
1066.00
1097.00
1128.00
1159.00
1190.00
1221.00

Catalog No.
SMD
SMD OPN
2W485C
EMBK-3
PS24

Table 4.24:

Accessories
Description
Submeter display mounted in enclosure
Open style submeter display, no enclosure
2-Wire 232–485 Conv
Enercept Mounting Brackets (Set of 3)
24 Vdc Power Supply (for use with EDI or ENA)

$ Price
725.00
595.00
78.00
75.00
157.00

Enercept Metering Quantities

Basicb

Enhanced•

kWh, energy usage
kW, real power

kWh, kW per phase and total, min kW, max kW, kWd,
kVAR, kVA, PF per phase and total voltage- V, L-L, L-N
per phase and avg. Current - A, per phase and average

PowerLogic Split Core Current Transformers-Instrument Grade 5 Amp Split-Core Current Transformers

SA Split-Core Current
Transformers

The 3090 SCCT series of split-core current transformers provide secondary amperage proportional to the primary (sensed)
current. For use with Circuit Monitors, Power Meters, data loggers, chart recorders and other instruments the 3090 SCCT
series provides a cost-effective means to transform electrical service amperages to a 0–5A level compatible with monitoring
equipment.
Note: Max. Voltage without additional insulation 600 Vac. Do
Table 4.25:
not apply 600 V Class current transformers to circuits having
Catalog No.
Description
$ Price
a phase-to-phase voltage greater than 600 V, unless
adequate additional insulation is applied between the primary
3090SCCT022 Split Core CT—200 A (sz.2): 1.25" x 1.51
120.00
3090SCCT032 Split Core CT—300 A (sz.2): 1.25" x 1.51
120.00
conductor and the current transformers. Square D assumes
3090SCCT043 Split Core CT—400 A (sz.3): 2.45" x 2.89
129.00
no responsibility for damage of equipment or personal injury
3090SCCT063 Split Core CT—600 A (sz.3): 2.45" x 2.89
129.00
caused by transformers operated on circuits above their
3090SCCT083 Split Core CT—800 A (sz.3): 2.45" x 2.89
129.00
3090SCCT084 Split Core CT—800 A (sz.4): 2.45" x 5.05
137.00
published ratings.
Split Core CT—1200 A (sz.4): 2.45" x 5.50
Split Core CT—1600 A (sz.4): 2.45" x 5.50

160.00
165.00

4

3090SCCT124
3090SCCT164

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Enercept Meter

The Enercept Meter is the ideal solution for submetering electric loads where space is at a premium. The compact design
consists of three interconnected split-core CTs with the metering and communication electronics built into the CT housing.
Simply snap on the CTs, connect the voltage inputs, the communication lines, and installation is complete. Both versions
can be connected to either three-phase or single-phase circuits.
Enercept meters employ the Modbus™ RTU 2-wire communication protocol, and can utilize the same communication
network and PowerLogic System Manager™ software as other PowerLogic devices. Data from the Enercept meters can be
presented in tabular or graphical format, used for alarming and historical logging and trending, and to produce reports.
Optional Submeter display (SMD) acts as a stand-alone operator interface supporting up to 32 meters (63 with a repeater).
In addition, the Submeter display (SMD) can act as a network adapter allowing Enercept meters to be incorporated into a
network.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PL1

Discount
Schedule

4-15

PowerLogic™

Submetering
Class 3030

www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic Branch Circuit Power Meter

BCPM Solid Core CT
Power Meter

The Branch Circuit Power Meter (BCPM) is ideal for data center customers who are focused on eliminating costly downtime,
managing existing capacity efficiently, and reducing energy cost. The BCPM helps data center managers by providing alarms that
signify potential issues within the power system and supplying power and energy data down to the circuit level. This data can
indicate areas wither over-used or under-used within the facility. It can also be used to effectively control energy cost.
The BCPM can monitor up to 84 circuits and fits any Power Distribution Unit (PDU) or Remote Power Panel (RPP) with minimal
space requirements. It has a wide monitoring range allowing customers to monitor circuit current from 0.25 A to 100 A with high
accuracy (3% for current 0.25 A to 2 A and 2% for current 2 A to 100 A. It can also measure power and energy readings at the
circuit level as well as the incoming main. This eliminates the need for two different meters. The BCPM also has a flexible
numbering scheme which allows customers to match that of the PDU or RPP and field configuration adds ease to either a new or
a retrofit installation.

Key features:

•
•
•

Full PDU monitoring
Flexible configuration
Split core version for retrofit installations

•
•
•

Wide monitoring range
Low current monitoring
Advanced alarming

•
•

Cost effective communications
Easily integrates into a PowerLogic system or other
existing networks using Modbus™ communications

Table 4.26:
Catalog No.

BCPM Split Core CT
Power Meter

BCPMA042D
BCPMB042D
BCPMC042D
BCPMA142D
BCPMB142D
BCPMC142D
BCPMA084D
BCPMB084D
BCPMC084D
BCPMA184D
BCPMB184D
BCPMC184D

Description

$ Price

Solid Core CT, 42 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing.
3569.00
Solid Core CT, 42 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 2901.00
Solid Core CT, 42 circuit current meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing.
2331.00
Solid Core CT, 42 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing.
3569.00
Solid Core CT, 42 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 2901.00
Solid Core CT, 42 circuit current meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing.
2331.00
Solid Core CT, 84 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing.
5748.00
Solid Core CT, 84 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 4627.00
Solid Core CT, 84 circuit current meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing.
3495.00
Solid Core CT, 84 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing.
5748.00
Solid Core CT, 84 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 4627.00
Solid Core CT, 84 circuit current meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing.
3495.00

Table 4.27:
Catalog No.

Typical BCPMSC
panelboard installation

4

3-phase, 4-wire
(with neutral current
wiring)

Description

BCPMSCA42D Split Core BCPM, Advanced Feature Set, 2 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 2 mounting kits
BCPMSCA84D Split Core BCPM, Advanced Feature Set, 4 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 4 mounting kits
BCPMSCB42D Split Core BCPM, Intermediate Feature Set, 2 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 2 mounting kits
BCPMSCB84D Split Core BCPM, Intermediate Feature Set, 4 adapter boards, 84 50 A CTs, 4 mounting kits
BCPMSCC42D Split Core BCPM, Basic Feature Set, 2 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 2 mounting kits
BCPMSCC84D Split Core BCPM, Basic Feature Set, 4 adapter boards, 84 50 A CTs, 4 mounting kits
BCPMSCADPBDD Adapter board for use with Split Core BCPM
BCPMSCCT0
Qty 6 x 50 A Split Core CTs for use with Split Core BCPM, 6 ft leads
BCPMSCCT0R20 Qty 6 x 50 A Split Core CTs for use wtih Split Core BCPM, 20 ft leads
BCPMSCCT2
Qty 6 x 100 A Split Core CTs for use with Split Core BCPM, 4 ft leads
BCPMSCA1D
Split Core BCPM meter, Advanced Feature Set plus 2 adapter boards
BCPMSCA2D
Split Core BCPM meter, Advanced Feature Set plus 4 adapter boards
BCPMSCB1D
Split Core BCPM meter, Intermediate Feature Set plus 2 adapter boards
BCPMSCB2D
Split Core BCPM meter, Intermediate Feature Set plus 4 adapter boards
BCPMSCC1D
Split Core BCPM meter, Basic Feature Set plus 2 adapter boards
BCPMSCC2D
Split Core BCPM meter, Basic Feature Set plus 4 adapter boards
BCPMCOVERD Clear cover bor BCPM printed circuit board, compatible with Solid Core and Split Core versions
Note: CT hole size accommodates up to #6 THHN insulated conductor.

$ Price
4418.00
6694.00
3592.00
5867.00
2887.00
5163.00
897.00
197.00
240.00
431.00
3260.00
4270.00
2392.00
3402.00
1652.00
2662.00
100.00

PowerLogic Multi-Circuit Meter
Designed for OEM style placement in electrical distribution equipment the MCM8364 is configurable to meter 1 or 3 phases
of up to eight individual loads, six loads if neutral monitoring is required. The MCM will monitor up to 10,000 amps per
service using standard 5 Amp CTs. All of the metered circuits must share a common voltage source. The MCM8364 is a
great solution for monitoring critical power distribution equipment and provides 24 different electrical metering quantities
plus an additional nine Modbus register alarms.
With one RS-485 connection, the multi-circuit meter provides Modbus RTU communications output that communicates to each
individual metered circuit. Up to 30 multi-circuit meters can be addressed on the same Modbus network. The multi-circuit meter
can provide warnings to the central monitoring computer via its Modbus output using the MNode software provided or can be
integrated into PowerLogic SMS software. The MCM also works with the submeter display as shown below.
Electrical Data:
Energy Consumption (kWHr), Real Power (kW), Reactive Power (kVAR), Apparent Power (kVA), Power Factor Total,
Voltage, L-L, avg. of 3 phases, Voltage, L-N, avg. of 3 phases, Current, average of 3 phases, Real Power (kW) phase A, B,
& C, Power Factor, phase A, B,&C, Line to Line Voltage, phase A-B, B-C, A-C, Line to Neutral Voltage, phase
A-N, B-N, C-N, Current, phase A, B, & C, Frequency (measured from phase A) (Hz).
Modbus Alarms:
Over Voltage, Under Voltage, Over Current, Under Current, Over kVA, Under kVA, Phase Loss A, Phase Loss B, Phase Loss C
Table 4.28:
Catalog No.
MCM8364

Description
Multi-Circuit Meter 8364

$ Price
1863.00

PowerLogic Submeter Display
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

The PowerLogic Submeter Display (SMD) is a comprehensive electrical submetering display that provides a view of
electrical parameters from multiple metering products with one networked LCD. In addition to viewing system data on the
display itself, you can also view data on a remote PC via a network connection. Touch pad buttons provide a convenient
way to view downstream devices on the power-monitoring network. The display is RS-485 Modbus RTU compatible. It has
additional RS-485 and RS-232 Modbus ports for networking to additional displays or to a master PC. The submeter display
is compatible with the following metering devices: BCM, MCM, & Enercept™ meters.
Table 4.29:

Submeter Display

4-16

Catalog No.
SMD
SMD OPN

Description
Submeter display mounted in enclosure
Open style submeter display, no enclosure

PL1

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
725.00
595.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Remote Energy Management

www.powerlogic.com

Web Hosted Solutions
Schneider Electric Remote Energy Management solutions are webhosted, subscription based Software-As-A-Service (SaaS) offers.
This means that all of our data is hosted at a secure Schneider
Electric data center facility available for you to view from any webenabled device, 365 days per year, 24 hours per day, 7 days per
week. No additional servers, PCs, software or IT personnel are
needed when utilizing a remote hosted solution. All data is easily
obtained through standard communications methods (Ethernet) from
multiple device types and sources such as meters, existing systems,
and building management systems (BMS).
A remote energy management solution allows you to easily:
Identify energy waste

•
Easily view information that is most important to you through a customizable
dashboard

•

View energy profiles to quickly identify energy waste in a single facility or
across your enterprise
Lower capital expenses with better utilization of current infrastructure (i.e.
HVAC and Lighting)

Reduce energy consumption

•
•
•
•

Use historical comparisons to determine profiles of day-to-day, month-tomonth, and year-to-year energy consumption
Compare energy usage around similar facilities to establish benchmarks
and identify poor performing facilities
Normalize facility consumption against weather, production, hours of
operation, square footage, and occupancy to measure the true energy
content
Measure the effectiveness of various energy efficiency and conservation
efforts

Save on utility bills

•
•
•
View your environmental impact from a single screen to track emission reduction
initiatives

Compare usage to utility bills to ensure the utility is billing correctly
Optimize equipment run hours and setting to avoid setting new demand
peaks
Make accurate assessment of what utility costs would be on different utility
rates

Measure, report on and implement energy and emission
reduction initiatives

•

Utilize emissions reporting to determine the CO2 baseline, establish
targets, and monitor improvements to help manage your carbon footprint

4

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Easily save reports and export them to a personal web-page for easy tracking
and reporting

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-17

PowerLogic™

PowerLogic Energy Profiler Online
www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic Energy Profiler Online
PowerLogic Energy Profiler Online (EPO) is a web-hosted service that is the industry's
foremost load data visualization and analysis application. This flexible, easy to use system
turns customer usage data into actionable information, freely accessible to all customers
and internal users. For commercial and industrial energy customers, managing energy
costs is the primary objective, but they can’t control what they can’t measure. EPO enables
energy customers to take control of their costs by providing the information they need to
understand how their organization uses energy. They can then take steps to reduce costs
by implementing conservation measures, investing in more efficient equipment, or
participating in new pricing or load curtailment programs.

Bill estimates provide valuable information for budgeting
and forecasting

For the utility, EPO provides an intuitive, easy-to-maintain tool for better understanding
customer usage patterns and meeting customers’ growing need for information. It also
provides a convenient platform from which to administer real-time pricing (RTP) or load
curtailment programs. EPO's instinctive online functionality gives first-time users an
extremely short learning curve, while its powerful configuration options address the needs
of more sophisticated users. The service is available to users at their convenience, 24/7,
and regular updates ensure that customers get the most current information.

Key features:

Applications:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

-

Comparison statistics display

Data access and analysis
Automated reporting
Estimated bills and rate comparisons
Demand response and curtailment programs
RTP programs
Alarming
Administration tool

•
•

Energy load analysis
Energy budgeting and bill forecasting
Demand response and load curtailment
program management
Real-time pricing program management
EPO's Real-Time Pricing module lets users
see interval data for accounts with future
pricing information, and multiply that data
against a price stream.

-

For price & ordering information, contact your local PowerLogic Sales Specialist or
PowerLogic Inside Sales at 615-287-3535.

Typical comparison graph showing time of usage

4
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

4-18

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Web-Enabled Network Components
Class 3030

www.powerlogic.com

Communications for high-speed access to critical information
From a single building to a multi-site enterprise, PowerLogic Web-Enabled Network
Components provide fast, reliable serial to Ethernet connectivity in the most demanding
applications:

•
•
•
•
EGX100 Ethernet
Gateway

Energy management
Power distribution
Building automation
Factory automation

PowerLogic Ethernet Gateways are available in two models-EGX100 and provide direct
connection to Ethernet-Modbus™/TCP networks to make energy and power monitoring
information available over local and wide area networks.

•
•

The EGX100 provides low-cost, reliable, Ethernet to serial-line connectivity in a compact, DIN-rail
mounted package. Enabled by Power over Ethernet (PoE IEEE 802.3af), the EGX100 simplifies
installation by eliminating the need for power supplies plus provides a Web-based interface for
configuration and diagnostics.
The EGX300 is an integrated gateway-server that is web based with 1 serial port and has the ability
to connect to an additional 32 devices remotely through Ethernet, plus log/trend historical data
allowing electrical distribution systems to be better managed by utilizing Ethernet and Internet
technologies.

Advantages

•
•
•
•
•
•
EGX100 lets the Administrator assign access to
setup pages by user groups

•
•
•

Easy to install—easy DIN rail mounting solution.
Easy to setup—No special software required. Configuration via Microsoft Internet Explorer or
Hyperterminal.
Easy to troubleshoot—Detailed diagnostics for communication ports through a
Web interface.
Easy to maintain—Field upgradable firmware lets you add new features while reducing costly
downtime.
Secure-Customizable, password-protected access to configuration.
Cost-effective, high-speed communications—Use existing LAN infrastructure to reduce
communications wiring and network management costs.
Open platform provides broad connectivity—Modbus TCP/IP over Ethernet allows transparent
access via intranet/internet. Each gateway supports up to 32 Modbus or PowerLogic protocol
devices.
Subnet initiated communications—The gateway supports a slave mode for connecting a serial-line
based system to Ethernet. For example, a building management system with a Modbus serial
interface can route to 16 remote Modbus TCP/IP interfaces supporting up to 128 serial-line devices.
Extended temperature range— -25 to 70°C enables operation in harsh environments.

Built in tabs provide easy Table 4.30:
DIN rail mounting solution.

EGX100
Type

Part
No.

EGX300

$ Price
950.00

1895.00

Control Power
24 Vdc / 7W DIN mount power supply (SOLD SEPARATE)
Power Over Ethernet Injector Kit (SOLD SEPARATE)

3090PS24
TCSEAV0100

157.00
185.00

157.00
185.00

Protocols
Ethernet: HTTP, FTP, Modbus TCP/IP, SMTP, SNMP (MIB2), SNTP, TCP, UDP, ICMP,
ARP

x

x

Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII (EGX100 only), JBUS, PowerLogic (SY/MAX)

x

x

1
1

1
1
1
1

Ports
Serial: RS485
Serial: RS232/485 configurable
Ethernet UTP (10/100)
Fiber (100 Mb)
Integral web server
x
x

x
x
x
x
32 devices
x

Historical Data Logging
Interval data
Transfer files on an interval and periodic scheduled basis
Export to Excel via web query
Export files by e-mail, FTP, or HTTP

x
email
x
x

PowerLogic WebPageGenerator

4

The PowerLogic WebPageGenerator (WPG) creates and downloads application specific
web pages to PowerLogic Ethernet gateways (EGX300, ECC21, PM8ECC) with minimal
user intervention. The user simply identifies the serial devices connected to the Ethernet
gateway in this wizard-based software utility. The utility takes care of the rest. This utility is
available for download from www.powerlogic.com.

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

EGX300 Ethernet Gateway offers you a “window” into your
power equipment

Web page generation tool
Maintenance/diagnostics
Gateway administration setup
Comprehensive meter reading
Interval logging/trends
User defined custom pages

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PL1

Discount
Schedule

4-19

PowerLogic™

Engineering Services
www.powerlogic.com

Consulting & Analysis
Power System Engineering
The Square D Power System Engineering team offers a wide range of engineering services to improve the safety,
efficiency and reliability of your power distribution system. The team is comprised of registered professional engineers,
safety trained and equipped, to perform a variety of engineering functions.

Power System Studies
The Square D Power System Engineering Team provides expertise for a variety of electrical power system studies.
Some of the more common system studies include…

•
•
•
•
•

Short-circuit analysis
Time-current coordination
Motor starting/voltage drop
Motor starting/torque-speed
Safe motor re-energization

•
•
•
•

Harmonic analysis
Transient analysis
Power factor correction analysis
Other system specific analysis

Arc Flash Analysis
Square D offers on-site services to perform arc flash analysis for a facility, complex, office, or campus. An Arc flash
analysis is used to determine …

•
•
•

Flash Protection Boundary
Incident Energy Value
Hazard/Risk Category

•
•

Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Low cost arc flash reduction methods

Features of Square D arc flash analysis include…

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Time current coordination analysis showing both existing and recommended over/current device settings
Short-circuit study to ensure adequacy of equipment
Onsite verification and documentation of equipment
Arc flash labels (populated with the results of the arc flash analysis)
Arc flash label affixation
NFPA 70E—Safe Workplace Practices Training provided by OSHA authorized outreach instructors
Recommendations and solutions to reduce potential arc flash hazards

Power Quality Studies
Square D offers onsite power quality engineering studies and solutions to eliminate process disruptions, power system
shutdowns, and equipment damage due to electrical power system disturbances. A power quality study is used to...

•
•
•
•
•

Determine compliance with the IEEE 519-Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical
Power Systems guidelines
Identify most cost-effective solution to power quality problems
Solve process disruptions due to power disturbances
Reduce economic effects of poor power quality
Identify disturbances originating on electric utility system and improvements to reduce the number and severity

Power System Assessment
Square D offers engineering services to meet a variety of power system needs …

•
•
•
•
•
•

Basic codes and standards compliance
Protective coordination assessment
Maintenance program review
Recommendations for power system optimization
Power quality troubleshooting and analysis
Power factor and harmonics analysis

•
•
•
•
•

Electrical safety hazards
Short-circuit withstand overview
Single-line documentation of power system
Power monitoring recommendations
Loading measurements

Power System Improvement Projects
Square D offers engineering services for …

4

•
•
•
•
•

New equipment installation
Existing equipment modification
Ground Fault Schemes for multiple source distribution systems
High Resistance Grounding (HRG) Conversion
Automatic Transfer Control Schemes & Generator Operations

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Square D professional engineers - safety trained and equipped - will listen to your concerns and goals, define the
problem or enhancement, and engineer the solution that best satisfies your needs.
For additional information on power system engineering services and pricing, contact your nearest
Square D/Schneider Electric office.

Industrial Energy Efficiency
Schneider Electric Certified Energy Managers (CEM’s) work on-site with knowledgeable plant personnel to develop a
long-term, comprehensive, “Energy Action Plan”, that serves as the blueprint for energy savings. Unlike performance
contracts or one-time energy audits, the Total Energy ControlSM program offers a strategic partnership for energyintensive industrials who want to improve energy efficiency.

•
•

4-20

Total Energy Control – Comprehensive integration of all three areas affecting energy efficiency
— Procurement (electricity and gas)
— Demand management
— Optimization of process and plant utilities
Program deliverables:
— Long-term Energy Action Plan
— Energy efficiency projects
— Ongoing accountability for results
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Engineering Services

www.powerlogic.com

Engineered Solutions
Schneider Electric provides an engineered solution approach to your specific power system
applications. Our total solutions for power monitoring and power system controls allow
greater safety, reliability, and energy efficiency of your power systems. As a long standing
industry leader in Power Monitoring and Control Systems, we understand your power
system requirements and needs.
All of our Engineered Solutions are tailored to your specific system requirements. Schneider
Electric is your total Solution provider.

Power Monitoring Applications
Increased Reliability and Energy Efficiency
Increased Reliability and Energy Efficiency are key results produced from our Power
Monitoring Applications. Schneider Electric power monitoring applications provide detailed
reporting, testing and analysis capabilities for your systems and related components.

•
•
•
•

EPSS Emergency Power Supply Systems – The PowerLogic EPSS Test Report provides
information regarding the health and status of the emergency power supply system, including
automatic transfer switches and generators.
SER Sequence of Events Recording – The PowerLogic Sequence of Events Recorder (SER)
Module is a root-cause analysis tool for rapid response for problem resolution that is ideal for
pinpointing the cause of a service disruption in very large complex power systems.
WAGES Water, Air Gas, Electric, Steam – PowerLogic energy and power management systems
can provide instantaneous readings, alarm notifications, and graphical diagrams for monitoring
electrical and piped utilities (Water, Air, Gas, Electric, Steam).
APM Active Pager Module – The PowerLogic Active Pager Module allows automatic paging to
alphanumeric pagers, cell phones and PCs.

Power System Control Applications
Automated solutions for increased Reliability and Energy Efficiency
Schneider Electric engineers provide Power System Control Applications with automated
solutions for addressing your system reliability and efficiency control needs. Our offer
covers Automatic Throwover Schemes, Load Shedding/Peak Shaving, and Load
Preservation.

•
•
•
PowerLogic Engineers provide graphic solutions
for realtime monitoring of power systems.

Automatic Throwover Systems – Automatic selection of available utility or generator sources to
maintain service continuity to connected loads.
Load Shedding/Peak Shaving – Control peak demand levels or ensure service continuity to critical
load or operate breakers in accordance with user specified sequences and time delays such as
bringing large motors online across several billing kw demand periods to avoid demand penalties.
Load Preservation – Fast acting sophisticated control systems designed to stabilize critical power
systems to the greatest extend possible by monitoring frequency and power sources from utility plus
generator capacity versus total circuit load.

System Integration
System Design and Engineering
Our Square D Engineering Services solution specialists can work with you to design or
upgrade your existing system to best achieve your energy and power management
objectives and informational needs. With expertise in electrical systems, communications,
and automatic control systems, we can integrate, install, and commission your system for
optimal performance.
System Design and Bill of Material Recommendations
Power Monitoring and Control
WAGES (Water, Air, Gas, Electric, Steam)
Enterprise web-based monitoring
Specification development, drawings, documentation
Enclosure panel design and build
Metering Connection Verification/Testing
Power distribution automation
On-Site Installation Assistance, Component Configuration & Startup
Turn-key project management
Third Party Device and communication interfaces
Configured Workstations, User Software Interfaces
Interactive Graphic Design to mimic facility layout, one-lines, equipment status
Custom Software, Reports & Applications – Billing and Paging
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

PowerLogic Engineers specialize in the
design and setup of Emergency Power
Supply Systems (EPSS).

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

For additional information, contact your nearest Square D / Schneider Electric office.

4

PowerLogic Engineers design power
control systems that meet your
operational requirements.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-21

PowerLogic™

Engineering Services
www.powerlogic.com

Factory Assembled Equipment
Square D™ PowerLogic™ Factory Assembled Equipment offers a wide range of designs for
metering, communications, and control applications to simplify retrofit installations. Our equipment
is designed to order as a free-standing or wallmounted system. With PowerLogic™ Factory
Assembled Equipment, you’ll receive professionally crafted, factory tested, pre-wired equipment
that will greatly improve the speed of your system startup. All backed by the Square D™ quality
standard of excellence.

•
•

Assemblies include meters & devices wired to terminal blocks, disconnects, and shorting blocks or test
switches
Tailored to any system voltage :
—
—
—

•
•
•
•
•

208/120 V, 480/277 V & 600/347 V Wye
240 V, 480 V & 600 V Delta
Utilization of PT's required for higher voltage levels

Wall mountable and easy to install using concealed holes in the back of the enclosure.
Complete with necessary documentation and mounting hardware for quick and easy installation
Carbon steel construction, with industry standard ANSI 61 gray powder coat finish
Equipped with concealed hinged door, and universal pad-lockable latch.
Custom engraved nameplates available for all units.

Table 4.31:

Industrial Enclosure Types 1*, 12, & 4, UL & CUL 508A Listed

Available Meter Types
PM 810, 820, 850 & 870
CM 4250 & 4000T
ION 6200
ION 7300, 7330 & 7350
ION 7550 & 7650*

•
•
•

Digital Inputs
Up to 11 / Meter
Up to 8 / Meter
N/A
Up to 4 / Meter
Up to 16 / Meter

Digital Outputs
Up to 7 / Meter
Up to 7 / Meter
Up to 2 / Meter
Up to 4 / Meter
Up to 7 / Meter

Analog Inputs
Up to 2 / Meter
Up to 1 / Meter
N/A
Up to 4 / Meter
Up to 4 / Meter

Analog Outputs
Up to 2 / Meter
Up to 1 / Meter
N/A
Up to 4 / Meter
Up to 4 / Meter

Supports Single or Multiple Voltage Sources for Indoor (Typse 1 and 12) & Outdoor (Type 4) applications
Available with 1–4 meters per panel. Serial & Ethernet Communications are options for all units
EGX & ION RTU Communication Enclosures with 1–4 devices per panel also available

Light Industrial Enclosure Type 1, UL & CUL 508A Listed

•
•
•
•

Available for the following meter types: PM820 (with ethernet), and ION6200
Supports Single Voltage Source only for Indoor (Type 1) applications.
Available with 1–12 meters per panel. Serial Communications are standard for all units.
No Digital or Analog I/O is available for this option.

Service Entrance/Utility Socket Enclosure Type 3R, UL & CUL 508A Listed

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Available for ION8600 only, with up to 3 Digital Inputs and 4 Digital Outputs and ION5600 2 Digital Inputs
and 2 Digital Outputs.
Supports Single Voltage Source only for Indoor & Outdoor (Type 3R) applications.
Units are Ring Type with removable cover.
Available with 1 meter per panel. Serial & Ethernet Communications options available.
Supports Form 9S, 35S, 36S, 39S and 76S configurations for ION8600 and forms 9S and 36S for ION5600.
Options available for remote mounted CTs
Options available for integrated, bar type CTs
Optional Test Switch.

Additional engineered to order products are available for a wide variety of design
solutions.

4

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

•

Switchgear Transfer Control Panels
Generator Control Panels
Load Shed Control Panels
Sequence of Events Recording (SER) Panels
Control System Mimic Panels
Lighting Control Interface Panels
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) Control Panels (Hot Standby, Relay Control, Data Concentration etc. ...)
Emergency Power Supply Systems (EPSS) Control Panels
Water, Air, Gas, Electrical, and Steam (WAGES) Monitoring Panels
Input Status Monitoring & Alarming Panels
Remote Annunciator Control Panels
Remote Operator Control Panels
Serial, Ethernet, and Cellular Wireless Systems
Server Rack and Network Equipment (Servers, Switches, UPS’s) for Energy Management Systems.
Industrialized PC’s, Touch Screens (Magelis), and Human Machine Interfaces (HMI’s) with Custom System
Graphics.
Designed to fit any environment – Indoor (Type 1 & 12) & Outdoor (Type 3R & 4) applications

For additional information and pricing please contact your local PowerLogic sales
specialist or PowerLogic Inside Sales Support at 615-287-3535. Equipment pricing and
literature available for download on our website at
www.powerlogic.com/products/enclosures.
To better serve you please have the following information on hand when calling.

•
•
•
•
•
•
4-22

Enclosure type (Indoor or Outdoor) and Environment details (Corrosive or Non-Corrosive)
Power System Voltage Level and Type (Direct Current (DC) or Alternating Current (AC))
Digital & Analog Input and Output requirements
Device Type and Quantity per enclosure
Ethernet and Serial Communication Requirements
For Drawout Retrofits, need existing cradle type (i.e. GE, Westinghouse, etc.)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™
Engineering Services

www.powerlogic.com

Technical Support
There are several ways to receive top quality support on PowerLogic products:

Priority Support: Excellent Service, Free Software Upgrades, Training Discounts & More!

•
•
•
•
•

Latest PowerLogic SMS and ION software upgrades to ensure up-to-date systems
Direct access to expertise for quick issue resolution
More efficient PowerLogic SMS and ION system utilization
Higher reliability
Improved productivity and personal efficiency on the job

Priority Support: Tenant Metering
Now the great support provided to SMS and ION systems is now available for Tenant Metering
systems. Support includes ...

•
•
•
•
•

Direct email (4-hr response time) and toll-free 800 number support for prompt response to urgent or
non-urgent requests from highly trained support engineers.
Hours of service 7:30am to 7pm US Central time
PowerLogic™ Tenant Metering software upgrades at no charge
Proactive notification of software service packs and fixes
Remote diagnostics support engineer can troubleshoot any issues of the TMS system remotely without the
customer’s help.

Premium Support: Priority + Proactive System Checks +
Sr. Technician Assigned to your site

Remote eServices
Let expert Square D technicians ensure high-quality performance in your
PowerLogic SMS and ION system by performing remote, online services
through our secure WEB EX Portal. Services include …

Choose Premium Support when you need to . . .

•
•
•
•
•

Enhance your PowerLogic SMS and ION system's operation with single-sourced pro-active problem
identification, solutions recommendations and change management skills
Partner with technical experts who help coordinate support, provide hands-on assistance, and share
knowledge and know-how with you
Obtain personalized services tailored to your business environment
and objectives
Take advantage of remote software upgrade capabilities
Anticipate and communicate necessary change

•
•
•
•

Additional Support Options:
7x24 Support Option

•
•

PowerLogic 7x24 support provides 1-hour phone response by senior support engineer during off-hours.
Additionally, 4-hour response (max) for remote connection to customer system for advanced
•
troubleshooting.

•

On-Site Maintenance Option

Installations, upgrades, & software patches
System device setup & configuration along with
alarming & historical trending
Graphical Screen Development
Remote, Online System Maintenance
— Software Updates - Patches & Upgrades
— PC Checks - Hard Disk Space, Network &
DB Configurations, Viruses, etc.
— PowerLogic or ION Software Checks Communications, Data Logging, & Task
Execution
— E-mailing system scorecard & maintenance
recommendations
One-on-one training on system software features
Power Quality (PQ) & Energy Usage Analysis

On site maintenance includes pre-scheduled visits by PowerLogic system engineers who
perform software upgrades, updates to custom graphic screens, device firmware upgrades, and
system performance analysis and correction. Scope of work is determined by customer request.

Power Management University
Our training centers offer a variety of training courses designed to improve your total energy management skills. Our instructor led courses are 70%
hands-on, with each student having their own lab workstation. We have two main training centers located in Nashville, TN and Victoria, BC and
offer training at a variety of Square D sites across the US and Canada.
Table 4.32:
New Course No.

Custom Onsite Training
Customer Onsite Training

US $ Tuition

3000PLUCWEB
3000PMUDEMAND12
3000PMUDEMAND6

500.00
1500.00
1000.00

3000PLUC205
3000PLUC100
3000PLUC300
3000PLUC190
3000PLUC195
3000PLUC191
3000PLUC192

2750.00
2150.00
2150.00
1800.00
2400.00
1200.00
1800.00

3000PMUFUNDCR
3000PMUPROG
3000PMUADMIN
3000PMUCION
3000PMUCIONCR
3000PMUCPROG
3000PMUMTRPRG
3000PMUCADMIN

2750.00
2150.00
2150.00
1800.00
2400.00
1200.00
1200.00
1200.00

3000PMUSITE

by Quote

4

All classes bundled wtih the 3000PMUDEMAND12 can be ordered without the bundle at a discounted price. Please call 615-287-3304 for more info.

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Course Description
Webinars and Online
Webinar Training (for any webinar)
OnDemand Training (12 month access)
OnDemand Training (6 month access)
PowerLogic SMS Systems (Factory and Regional Courses)
PowerLogic SMS Fundamentals Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12)
PowerLogic System I&T
PowerLogic SMS Administrator
Regional SMS Overview
Regional SMS Overview Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12)
Power Monitoring with SMS
Power Monitoring with SMS Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12)
PowerLogic ION Systems (Factory and Regional Courses)
PowerLogic ION Enterprise Fundamentals Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12)
PowerLogic ION Enterprise Programmer
PowerLogic ION Enterprise Administrator
Regional ION Overview 3 Day
Regional ION Overview Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12)
PowerLogic ION Designer Intro
Regional ION Utility Meter Programmer
Regional ION Administrator Overview

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PL1T

Discount
Schedule

4-23

Sepam™ Protective Relays

Series: 10, 20, 40/50, 60 and 80
www.powerlogic.com

Series 20, 40, 60 and 80
The Sepam family of protective relays, Series 20, 40 and 80, are the
newest generation of Sepam relay, a time tested product with a 29-year
worldwide history. Modular relay design allows quick and easy future
upgrades to communications, digital I/O, analog output or temperature
acquisition. The 64x128 bit, graphic LCD display and keypad permit
relay setting of Series 20 and 40 without a PC. Comprehensive selftesting provides assurance of readiness to protect. The Sepam family
also has exceptional withstand to environmental electromagnetic
disturbances. An optional 128x240 LCD display for the Series 80 relay
can show an animated one-line with front panel control. The Sepam
Relays and remote modules come with a 10 year warranty and
conformal coating for harsh environment as standard.

Sepam Series 60 and 80 Relay Features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

4

•
•

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

•
•
•

Standard footprint for enhanced protection of Mains/Feeders, Transformer,
Motor, Generator, Capacitor, Bus Applications
Differential protection of transformer or machine transformer units
Differential protection of motors and generators
Protection for mains and ties and important feeders including preprogrammed or customized ATS/ATO Schemes
42 programmable logic inputs and 23 relay outputs
Increased accuracy metering capabilities, I, V, E, P, PF, THD, vector diagram
Expanded logic equation capabilities (an option for Logipam PLC ladder logic)
Setting Software (SF2841) with graphical assistance, optional mimic-based
display
Battery backup for historical and fault waveform data retention, 24–250 Vdc
control power
2 independent RS485 (2 or 4 wire) communication ports: connection of each
to port 1 or 2 S-LAN and/or E-LAN networks ModBus™ , ModBus TCP/IP,
IEC60870-5-103, DNP3 and IEC61850 communication protocol with GOOSE
messaging.
Software tools: Sepam parameter and protection setting and control function
customization programming of specific functions (Logipam-Series 80)
recovery and display of disturbance recording data local or remote operation
via an E-LAN
Synch-check option
Includes all Series 20 and Series 40 features

Sepam Series 40 Relay Features

•
•
•

Compact standard footprint (< 4” deep) for enhanced protection of
Mains/Feeders, Transformer, Motor, General Applications
Directional overcurrent protection for dual mains and ties and closed loop
feeders
10 programmable logic inputs and 8 relay outputs

4-24

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Current and voltage inputs I, V, E, P, PF
Setting software with Boolean logic equation assistance for customized
protections and ATS/ATO schemes
CT/VT and Trip Circuit supervision
Sixteen seconds of fault recording, last 5 trip reports, and last 200 time-tagged
alarms
Rear communication port connection to 1 or 2 S-LAN and/or E-LAN networks
ModBus™, Modbus TCP/IP, IEC60870-5-103, DNP3 and IEC 61850
communication protocols TCP/IP redundancy RS 485 (2 or 4 wire) or fiber
optic network
Temperature data from 16 RTD’s, Pt100, Ni100, or Ni120
Includes all Series 20 features

Sepam Series 20 Relay Features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Backlit LCD graphic bitmap display
Compact standard footprint (< 4” deep) for basic protection of Mains/Feeders,
Transformer, Motor, Bus (Voltage) Applications
Current or voltage inputs I, or V
10 programmable logic inputs and 8 relay outputs
16 inverse time overcurrent characteristic curves and customized protection
curves (Series 80)
Two 86 cycle records of fault recording, last trip fault values, and last 64 timetagged alarms retained
Provides trip diagnostic information for analysis of faults
Self-test diagnostic ensures correct operation of relay and integrity of
protection
Wide range of control power inputs
Application specific design for Main/Feeder, Transformer, Motor, Bus
(Voltage) zones
Zone selective interlocking (ZSI) improved protection coordination as a cost
effective alternate to Buss Differential (87B) application
Rear communication port connection to 1 or 2 S-LAN and/or E-LAN networks
ModBus, ModBus TCP/IP, IEC60870-5-103, DNP3 and IEC 61850
communication protocols TCP/IP redundancy RS 485 (2 or 4 wire) or fiber
optic network.
Temperature data from 8 RTD’s, Pt100, Ni100 or Ni120.
1 programmable analog output, 0–1, 0–10 mA, 4–20 mA or 0–20 mA
Modular architecture
Breaker maintenance diagnostics
Two groups of current protection settings (logic input selectable) with built in
breaker failure (50BF) to allow reduced arc-flash hazard and PPE rating
during maintenance operation

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Sepam™ Protective Relays

Protection Configurations

www.powerlogic.com

Three relay series with increasing protection capabilities for six types of applications to provide all possible protection configurations
Table 4.33:

Protection Configurations
Series 20

Series 40

Series 60

Series 80

Applications

Rotation
Speed

Temperature

Frequency

Voltage

Current

Temperature

Frequency

Voltage

Current

Frequency

Voltage

Current

Temperature

Busbars

Frequency

Generators

Voltage

Motors

Current

Transformers

Temperature

Substations

Capacitors
+ directional protection

+ directional protection

+ directional protection

25, 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 32R,
32Q/40, 37, 38/49T, 46, 47, 48, 49RMS,
50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N,
50V/51V, 51LR, 59, 59N, 60/60FL, 66, 67,
67N/67NC, 68, 79, 81H, 81L, 81R, 86,
94/69, 21FL, 46BC, CPLU 50/51, CPLU
50N/51N

25, 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 32P,
32Q/40, 37, 38/49T, 46, 47, 48, 49RMS,
50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N,
50V/51V, 51LR, 59, 59N, 60/60FL, 66, 67,
67N/67NC, 68, 79, 81H, 81L, 81R, 86,
94/69

12, 14, 21B, 24, 25, 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30,
32P, 32Q/40, 37, 37P, 38/49T, 40, 46, 47, 48,
49RMS, 50/27, 50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N,
50V/51V, 51C, 51LR, 59, 59N, 60/60FL, 64G,
64REF, a 66, 67, 67N/67NC, 68, 74, 78PS, 79,
81H, 81L, 81R, 86, 87M, 87T, 94/96

Protection Functions
26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 37, 38/49T,
46, 48, 49RMS, 50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G,
50N/51N, 51LR, 59, 59N, 66, 68, 79, 81H,
81L, 81R, 86, 94/69, CPLU 50/51, CPLU
50N/51N
Characteristics
Logic
input/outputs

Inputs 0–10

Inputs 0–10

Inputs 0–28

Inputs 0–42

Outputs 4–8

Outputs 4–8

Outputs 4–16

Outputs 5–23

Temperature
sensors

0–8

0–16

0–16

0–16

Current 3I + Io

Current 3I + Io

Current 3I + Io

Current 2x 3I + 2x Io

Voltage 3 V + Vo

Voltage 3 V + Vo

Voltage 3 V + Vo

Voltage 2x 3 V + Vo

LPCTa

LPCTa

LPCTa

LPCTa

1–2

1–2

1–2

2–4

ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850

ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850

ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850

ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850

Channels

Communication
Ports

Redundancy
Matrixb

Control

Redundancy

Redundancy

Goose Message

Goose Message

Matrixb

Matrixb

Matrixb

Logic equation editor

Logic equation editor

Logic equation editor

Front memory cartridge with settings

Front memory cartridge with settings

Backup lithium batteryd

Backup lithium batteryd

Logipamc
Other

Backup 48 hours (capacitor)
LPCT: low-power current transducer complying with standard IEC 60044-8.
Control matrix for simple assignment of information from th eprotection, control and monitoring functions.
Logipam ladder language (PC programming environment) to make full use of Sepam Series 80 functions.
Standard lithium battery 1/2 AA format 3,6 V front face exchangeable.

Table 4.34:

ANSI Codes

Code

Definition

Code

12

Overspeed (2 set points)

50N/51N

14

Underspeed (2 set points)

50V/51V

Definition
Ground fault
Voltage restrained overcurrent

21B

Underimpedance

51C

Capacitor bank unbalance

21FL

Fault Locator

51LR

Locked rotor

24

Overfluxing (V/Hz)

59

Overvoltage (L-L or L-N)

25

Synch-check

59

Overvoltage (L-L)

26/63

Thermostat / Buchholz

59N

27/27S

Undervoltage (L-L/L-N)

60/60FL

27D

Positive-sequence undervoltage

27R

Remanent undervoltage

30
32P
32Q/40
37
37P
38/49T
40
46
46BC
47
48
49RMS

100% stator earth fault
Restricted earth fault

Annunciation

66

Starts per hour

Directional real overpower

67

Directional phase overcurrent

Directional reactive overpower

67N/67NC

Directonal ground fault

Phase undercurrent

68

Logic discrimination / zone selective interlocking

Directional active underpower

74

Circuit connnection supervision

Temperature mounting
Field loss (underimpedance)

78PS
79

Pole slip
Recloser (4 cycles)

Unbalance/negative sequence

81H

Broken conductor detection

81L

Underfrequency

Negative sequence overvoltage

81R

Rate of change of frequency (df/dt)

Excessive starting time
Thermal overload

50/27

Inadvertent energization

50/51

Phase overcurrent

50BF

Breaker failure
Ground sensitive

86

Overfrequency

Latching / acknowledgement

87M

Machine differential

87T

Two-winding transformer differential

94/69
CLPU 50/51
CLPU 50N/51N

Circuit breaker / contactor control
Cold load pick-up with phase overcurrent protection
Cold load pick-up with earth fault protection

4

50G/51G

64G
64REF

Neutral voltage displacement
CT/VT supervision

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

a
b
c
d

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-25

VAMP 221

Arc Flash Protection and Mitigation System
www.schneider-electric.us

VAMP 221 System Highlights

•

VAMP 221 is a flexible and easily adaptable arc flash protection system for the protection of electrical distribution
systems.

•

VAMP 221 significantly reduces damage to electrical power equipment in the event of an arc fault and through this the risk of
potential personal injury, and production losses.
VAMP 221 is a modular system consisting of central units, I/O untis, arc sensors and contact multiplying relays. The system can be
easily used from the simplest to the most complicated applications.
The VAMP 221 arc flash protection system is suitable for both low and medium voltages in any metal enclosed, metal clad or arc
resistant switchgear. It is applicable in any new or existing switchgear where an arch flash hazard exists and reduction of fault level
is seen as beneficial.

•
•

System Features

4

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

4-26

Current light tripping criteria (optional of tripping by light only)
Operating time 7 ms or less (electromechanical contact)
Accurate location of arc fault utilizing point sensors
Four selective protection zones per central unit
Can be used as an alternative to bus differential and ZSI schemes
Self supervision of the entire system
Easy interconnect utilizing prefabricated (CAT6) cables
Phase current measuring
Ground fault current measuring
Personal protector option
Panel or rail mount I/O units
Circuit breaker fail protection (50BF)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

VAMP 221

Sensors and Accessories

www.schneider-electric.us

Point sensor VA1EH-x (pipe)
Installed typically in the tube or next to the comartment windo.

VA1EH-x

Point sensor VA1DA-x (surface)
Compartment wall or mounting plate installation.

VA1DA-x

Arc SLm-x
Used when a large number of compartments are to be monitored.

Arc SLm-x

Point sensor VA1DP
The snap-in connection to the VAMP arc flash protection system improves work safety.

Device Track Record

•
•

4

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

VA1DP

•
•

Schneider Electric’s VAMP Range specializes in arc flash protection and mitigation relays for power system.
Schneider Electric VAMP’s arc flash fault protection functionality enhances the safety of both people and property
and has made Schneider Electric VAMP a pioneer in the field of arc flash protection with more than 10,000 arc
flash systems and units with over 150,000 arc detecting sensors inservice worldwide.
All Schneider Electric VAMP products meet the latest international standards and regulations.
Our success is based on competitive standard products, constant development by our designers possessing
experience from arc flash relay generations.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-27

ReactiVar™

Reactive Power Compensation and Harmonic Mitigation Solutions
www.reactivar.com

How can reactive power compensation and harmonic mitigation solutions be part of your energy
efficiency programs?

Power factor is a measure of how efficiently you are using electricity. In an electric power system, a load with low power
factor draws more current than a load with a high power factor for the same amount of real power transferred. Utility
customers with a low power factor could realize an increase or penalty in their electric bill. Over time, these penalties
may reach into thousands of dollars, depending upon the utility’s rate structure.
Harmonics may disrupt normal operation of other devices and increase operating costs. Symptoms of problematic
harmonic levels include overheating of transformers, motors and cables, thermal tripping of protective devices, logic
faults of digital devices and drives.
Harmonics can cause vibrations and noise in electrical machines (motors, transformers, reactors).
The life span of many devices can be reduced by elevated operating temperature.
Schneider Electric provides different solutions to meet different application requirements.

Table 4.35:
Product Description

MV

Application

Product Features

4
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

ReactiVar Fixed Power Factor Capacitors

X

X

Power Factor correction

Suited for applications where the load does not change or
where the capacitor is switched with the load, such as on
the load side of a motor contactor.

ReactiVar Standard Automatic Power Factor
Capacitor Banks
(AV5000/MV5000)

X

X

Power Factor correction

Suited for centralized power factor correction in applications
where plant loading is constantly changing, resulting in the
need for varying amounts of reactive power. Designed for
electrical networks with little or no harmonic content.

ReactiVar Anti-Resonant Automatic Power Factor
Capacitor Banks
(AV6000/MV6000)

X

X

Power Factor Correction and
Harmonics Filtering

Suited for centralized power factor correction in applications
containing harmonic energies that would otherwise
damage standard fixed or automatic capacitor banks.

ReactiVar Harmonic Filtering Automatic Power
Factor Capacitor Banks
(AV7000/MV7000)

X

X

Power Factor Correction and
Harmonics Filtering

Provides power factor correction as well as harmonic
filtering with specific harmonic order (5th) in industrial
networks.

ReactiVar Transient Free Reactive Compensation
Systems
(AT6000/AT7000)

X

Power Factor Correction and
Harmonics Filtering

Enhanced technology utilizing solid state switching
elements that replace standard electromechanical
contactors. Provides quicker response to load fluctuations
with transient free capacitor switching.

AccuSine™ (PCS) Active Harmonic Filter

X

Xa

Active Harmonic Filtering

Monitors a distorted electrical signal and determines the
frequency and magnitude of harmonics in the signal.
Cancels the harmonic content with the dynamic injection of
opposing phase current in the distribution system or
individual load.

ReactiVar Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC)

X

Xa

a

4-28

LV

real-time reactive power compensation, and
Reactive Power Compensation Provides
voltage support in networks with highly cyclical load
(Real-time)
profiles.

With transformer.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

ReactiVar™

Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors

www.reactivar.com

Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors
ReacatiVar low voltage fixed capacitors are ideally suited for power factor correction applications where the load does
not change or where the capacitor is switched with the load, such as on the load side of a motor starter. ReactiVar fixed
capacitors are best suited for applications where there are no harmonic currents or voltages present.

Features:
Heavy edge, slope metallizations and wave-cut profile to ensure high inrush current capabilities.
Special resistivity and profile metallization for better self-healing and enhanced life (up to 130,000 hours).
Unique safety feature which disconnects the capacitors at the end of their useful life electrically.
Less than 0.5w/kVAR losses, including discharage resistors.
Constructed with a dry type metalized polypropylene capacitor element with no liquid dielectrics.
Can be easily mounted inside panels or in a stand alone configuration.

Table 4.36:
kVAR rating

Unfused 208 V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit
Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit

Rated Current (A)

Recommended
copper wire sizea

@ 208 V
Catalog Number
$ Price
@ 208 V
AWG
2
PFCD1002
959.00
6.3
14
5
PFCD1005
1187.00
13.6
10
6
PFCD1006
1364.00
17.7
10
7.5
PFCD1007
1538.00
20.9
8
10
PFCD1010
1924.00
27.1
8
13
PFCD1013
2376.00
35.4
6
15
PFCD1015
2633.00
41.7
4
17
PFCD1017
2957.00
48
4
21
PFCD1021
3101.00
59.4
3
25
PFCD1025
5330.00
68.8
2
27
PFCD1027
5430.00
75.1
2
30
PFCD1030
6243.00
83.4
1
34
PFCD1033
7608.00
93.8
1/0
37.5
PFCD1037
9251.00
104.3
2/0
41
PFCD1040
9618.00
114.7
2/0
45
PFCD1045
9984.00
125.1
3/0
49
PFCD1048
10245.00
135.5
4/0
53
PFCD1053
10505.00
147
4/0
60
PFCD1060
11026.00
168.9
300 kcmil
70
PFCD1070
11786.00
198.1
350 kcmil
80
PFCD1080
12437.00
222
500 kcmil
a
Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size
b
Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating
Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing.

Table 4.37:
kVAR rating

Recommended circuit protection
device ratingb
Fuse
15
30
40
45
60
75
90
100
125
150
150
175
200
225
250
250
300
300
350
450
450

Circuit breaker
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
90
100
110
125
150
150
175
175
200
225
250
300
350

Unfused 240 V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit
Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit

Rated Current (A)

Recommended
copper wire sizea

Fuse
15
35
45
50
70
75
90
100
125
125
150
150
175
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
450
500

Circuit breaker
15
25
30
35
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
100
110
125
150
150
175
200
250
300
300
350

4

@ 240 V
Catalog Number
$ Price
@ 240 V
AWG
3
PFCD2003
959
7.2
14
6
PFCD2006
1187.00
15.6
10
8
PFCD2008
1364.00
20.5
8
10
PFCD2010
1538.00
24.1
8
13
PFCD2013
1924.00
31.3
6
15
PFCD2015
2117.00
36.1
6
17.5
PFCD2017
2376.00
40.9
6
20
PFCD2020
2633.00
48.1
4
22.5
PFCD2023
2957.00
55.3
3
25
PFCD2025
3101.00
61.4
3
27.5
PFCD2028
4181.00
68.6
2
30
PFCD2030
5045.00
72.2
2
32.5
PFCD2033
5330.00
79.4
1
37.5
PFCD2036
5430.00
86.6
1
40
PFCD2040
6243.00
96.2
1/0
45
PFCD2045
7608.00
108.3
2/0
50
PFCD2050
9251.00
120.3
2/0
60
PFCD2060
9984.00
144.4
4/0
70
PFCD2070
10499.00
169.6
300 kcmil
80
PFCD2080
11026.00
194.9
350 kcmil
90
PFCD2090
11557.00
218.9
400 kcmil
100
PFCD2100
12072.00
239.4
500 kcmil
a
Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size
b
Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating
Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing.

Recommended circuit protection
device ratingb

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

•
•
•
•
•
•

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2C

Discount
Schedule

4-29

ReactiVar™

Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors
www.reactivar.com

Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors
Table 4.38:
kVAR rating

Unfused 480V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit
Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit

Rated Current (A)

Recommended copper
wire sizea

Recommended circuit protection
device ratingb

@ 480 V
Catalog Number
$ Price
@ 480 V
AWG
Fuse
6
PFCD4006
929.00
7.2
14
15
8
PFCD4008
1022.00
10.2
12
20
10
PFCD4010
1077.00
12
12
25
12.5
PFCD4012
1215.00
15
10
30
15
PFCD4015
1329.00
18
10
40
17
PFCD4017
1374.00
19.8
8
40
20
PFCD4020
1479.00
24
8
50
25
PFCD4025
1655.00
30
6
60
27.5
PFCD4027
1754.00
33
6
70
30
PFCD4030
1851.00
36
6
75
33
PFCD4033
1953.00
39.6
6
80
35
PFCD4035
2102.00
42
4
90
40
PFCD4040
2358.00
48
4
100
45
PFCD4045
2519.00
54
4
110
50
PFCD4050
2676.00
60
3
125
60
PFCD4060
3975.00
72
2
150
65
PFCD4065
4200.00
78
1
175
70
PFCD4070
4280.00
84
1
175
75
PFCD4075
4434.00
90
1/0
200
80
PFCD4080
4695.00
96
1/0
200
90
PFCD4090
5217.00
108
2/0
225
100
PFCD4100
5738.00
120
2/0
250
125
PFCD4125
7148.00
150
250
300
150
PFCD4150
8556.00
180
300
400
175
PFCD4175
9561.00
210
400
450
240
500
500
200
PFCD4200
10565.00
a
Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size
b
Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating
Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing.

Table 4.39:
kVAR rating

Circuit breaker
15
15
20
25
30
30
35
45
50
50
60
60
70
75
90
100
110
125
125
150
150
175
225
250
300
350

Unfused 600V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit
Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit

Rated Current (A)

Recommended copper
wire sizea

Recommended circuit protection
device ratingb

600 V
Catalog Number
$ Price
@ 600 V
AWG
Fuse
10
PFCD6010
1077.00
9.6
12
20
15
PFCD6015
1329.00
14.4
10
30
20
PFCD6020
1479.00
19.2
10
40
23
PFCD6022
1550.00
22.1
8
50
25
PFCD6025
1655.00
24
8
50
27
PFCD6027
1754.00
26
8
50
30
PFCD6030
1851.00
28.8
8
60
35
PFCD6035
2102.00
33.6
6
70
40
PFCD6040
2358.00
38.4
6
80
45
PFCD6045
2519.00
43.2
4
90
50
PFCD6050
2676.00
48
4
100
60
PFCD6060
3975.00
57.6
3
125
70
PFCD6070
4280.00
67.2
3
150
75
PFCD6075
4434.00
72
2
150
80
PFCD6080
4695.00
76.8
1
150
90
PFCD6090
5217.00
86.4
1
175
100
PFCD6100
5738.00
96
1/0
200
125
PFCD6125
7148.00
120
3/0
250
150
PFCD6150
8556.00
144
4/0
300
175
PFCD6175
9561.00
168
300 kcmil
350
a
Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size
b
Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating
Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing.

Circuit Breaker
15
20
30
35
35
40
45
50
60
60
70
80
100
100
110
125
150
175
200
250

4
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Application Note: Capacitors are low impedance path for the harmonic currents produced by variable frequency
drives, motor soft starters, welders, computers, PLCs, robotics and other electronic equipment. These harmonic
currents can cause the capacitor to overheat, and shorten its life. Furthermore, the resonant circuit formed by shunt
capacitors coupled with system inductances (motors and transformers) can amplify harmonic currents and voltages in
the electrical network. This amplification can cause nuisance fuse operation and/or damage to electrical equipment
including capacitors and other electronic devices. If power factor correction is required in the network where harmonic
is present, please contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.

4-30

DE2C

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

ReactiVar™

Low Voltage Automatic Capacitor Banks

www.reactivar.com

Low Voltage Standard Automatic Capacitor Banks
The AV5000 standard automatic power factor correction
banks are designed for centralized power factor correction to
supply varying amounts of reactive power required to
compensate for changing load conditions. The AV5000
banks are ideally suited for facility electrical distribution
systems with TDD (total harmonic current distortion) < = 5%
and THD(V) (total harmonic voltage distortion) < = 5%. An
advanced power factor controller measures plant power
factor via a single remote CT. Plus, it switches capacitor
modules in and out of service to maintain a user selected
target power factor.

Main Features:

•
•
The AV5000 is
suitable for use where
harmonic generating
loads are less than
15% of the total
connected load
(AV5000 shown here).

•
•
•
•
•
•

Modular construction; free standing QED switchboard enclosures
(30wx36dx90h) and allow for easy future expansion
Rugged design — units are constructed with removable steel
panels over heavy gauge steel frame
Standard offering available up to 400 kVAR at 208 Vac, 1000
kVAR at 480 or 600 Vac
Main lugs or main breaker section at your choice
Dry capacitor element design eliminates risk of fluid leakage,
environmental hazard and drip pans
Capacitor rated contactors are designed specifically for the
switching of capacitive currents and feature a patented capacitor
precharge circuit that exceeds air-core reactor transient dampening
Different power factor controller options provide a choice in
functionality and control sophistication
Backlit display on controller displays actual power factor (PF),
alarms, number of steps energized and much more
Available in NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R enclosures

Low Voltage Anti-Resonant and Filtering
Automatic Capacitor Banks

AV6000 Capacitor
Bank

ReactiVar AV6000 anti-resonant and AV7000 harmonic
filtering automatic switched capacitor banks are specifically
designed for networks containing harmonic energies which
would otherwise damage standard fixed or automatic
capacitor banks.
The problem: Harmonics are caused by non-linear loads
such as variable frequency drives, motor soft starters,
welders, uninterruptable power supplies, robotics, PLCs and
other electronic devices. Harmonics are higher-than-60 Hz
current and voltage components in the electrical distribution
system. Capacitors are a low impedance path for these
higher frequency components and thus will absorb these
harmonic energies. Combinations of capacitors and system
inductances (motors and transformers) can form series and
parallel tuned circuits which can resonate at certain
frequencies. The harmonics caused by non-linear loads can
excite a standard capacitor bank into resonance. The
resonance can magnify currents and voltages, causing
system wide damage and equipment failure. This problem is
growing in prevalence in today's distribution systems.

Anti-Resonant Automatic Capacitor Banks
The AV6000 anti-resonance capacitor bank's primary
function is power factor correction. Iron core reactors are
added in series with the capacitor modules. The 3 phase
reactors are custom designed and manufactured under tight
tolerance specifically for the AV6000. The reactors tune the
bank below the first dominant harmonic (usually the 5th, or
300 Hz). Below the tuning point, the system appears
capacitive and thus corrects power factor. Above the tuning
point, the system appears Inductive and thus resonance is
minimized. The AV6000 design has the added advantage of
removing up to 50% of the 5th harmonic to reduce overall
voltage distortion.
Harmonic Filtering Automatic Capacitor Banks
Although the AV7000 looks identical to the AV6000, its
primary function is harmonic mitigation, with power factor
correction being a secondary benefit. The distinction
between an AV6000 and an AV7000 is the tuning point. By
definition, if the tuning point of the capacitor/reactor
combination is within ±10% of the target harmonic it is
intended to absorb, it is referred to as a filter. If the tuning
point is outside the ±10% limit, it is referred to as an antiresonant system. Schneider Electric power quality solution
experts should be consulted prior to recommending AV7000
to customers.

Main Features:

•
•
•

Standard offering available up to 480 kVAR at 208 V, 1200 kVAR
at 480 or 600 Vac
Capacitor modules are designed with higher than standard
voltage and current ratings to provide long life on systems with
high harmonic energies. Reactors are designed to operate at 115
°C rise over a maximum 40 °C ambient temperature.
In addition to the standard features provided in the AV5000
systems, the reactors in the AV6000 and AV7000 have an
embedded thermistor temperature detector. The stage will shut
down and annunciate if the reactor is overheated, usually a result
of excessive harmonic energies

Application Assistance:
Schneider Electric power quality experts can provide
engineering assistance for the application of capacitors in
harmonic rich environments. Specialists can assess the
likelihood of application problems and arrange for more
detailed study if required. Solutions can include computer
modeling and system simulation. Our application engineers
can arrange for systems studies, provide custom engineering
proposal, perform installation and commissioning, as
required by the application. Please contact Schneider
Electric power quality experts or email us at
pqc@squared.com.

CT Selection Table
Main Transformer
Main Breaker
External Current
Transformer
Ratio XXXX/5

The current transformer is located on a phase A bus or cable at
the main service entrance as illustrated in Diagram 1.
CT catalog number: TRAI••••SCc c where •••• is current
rate code of bus/cable and c c is window size code. Codes
are listed in table 4.42.
e.g. TRAI1000SC07 is a CT for 1000 A bus with 7"x4" window.
Table 4.40:
Current Rating of Bus/Cable

Sub 600 kVAR Sub
Feed Automatic Feed
Capacitor
Bank

Sub
Feed

Rating Code

300
400
500
600
750
800
1000
1200
1500
1600
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
5000
6000

0300
0400
0500
0600
0750
0800
1000
1200
1500
1600
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
5000
6000

••••

Window Size
7" x 4" Size Code 11" x 4" Size Code
c c
c c
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
N/A
11
N/A
11

4

Single Line (Typical)
Diagram 1

Sub
Feed

Amperes

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

•

The Solution:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-31

ReactiVar™

Low Voltage Transient Free Reactive Compensation Capacitor Banks
www.reactivar.com

Low Voltage Transient Free Reactive Compensation Capacitor Banks
Square D™ ReactiVar Transient Free Reactive Compensation (TFRC) anti-resonant
(AT/BT6000) systems and filtering system (AT/BT7000) are ideally suited for use on
electrical systems where connected equipment is extremely sensitive to variations in the
supply voltage.
The problem: Capacitor systems featuring electromechanical contactors could generate
voltage transients on the electrical network when they switch capacitor stages on/off, even
when current limiting or tuning reactors are employed. Transients can impair the operation
of sensitive equipment, including programmable logic controllers, variable speed drives,
computers and UPS systems. In sensitive networks such as hospitals, data processing
centers, airports and many manufacturing environments, any transient, however slight, may
not be acceptable.
The solution: TFRC systems feature an advanced controller to precisely activate
electronic switching elements to connect capacitor stages and avoid the creation of
transients. Transient free switching also reduces wear on capacitors due to switching and
will result in longer life for the overall capacitor system. With a response time of less than
ten seconds to load changes, TFRC systems can reduce the kVAR or kVA demand quickly.

Main Features:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Standard offering up to 1350 kVAR at 480 Vac
Transient free switching of capacitor steps
Electronic switching elements yield an unlimited number of switching operations
Different power factor controller options provide a choice in functionality and control sophistication
Backlit display on controller displays actual PF, alarms, number of steps energized and much more
Heavy duty dry capacitor element design provides no risk of fluid leakage, no environmental
pollution and no need for drip pans
The reactors have an embedded thermistor temperature detector. The stage will shut down and
annunciate if the reactor is overheated which is usually a result of excessive harmonic energies
Units are constructed with removable heavy duty steel panels over heavy gauge steel frame.
Available in NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R enclosures.

Low Voltage Capacitor Bank General Specification:
Voltage:

AT6000 Transient Free Capacitor Bank

208, 240, 480, 600 Vac standard, other voltages available

Ambient temperature:

-5 °C to 40 °C

Average temperature limit:

<=40 °C within 24 hours, <35 °C over 1 year

Elevation:

<=1800 meter (6000 feet)

Humidity:

0–95% non-condensing

Overvoltage limit:

110% maximum (continuously)

Dielectric withstand test level:

2.15 times rated voltage or 1000 V, whichever is higher for 10s

Overcurrent limit:

135% maximum (continuously)

Incoming:

Top (standard), bottom.

Main lug:

Copper mechanical standard, compression optional

Main breaker (BT):

PowerPact™ with Micrologic™ trip unit. LI standard, LSI available

Enclosure rating:

NEMA 1 standard, N3R available

Color:

ANSI 49 standard, ANSI 61, ANSI 70 optional

Standards:

CSA C22.2 No. 190, UL810

6" MINIMUM, IF SURFACE IS FLAMMABLE 24" MINIMUM

70"/88" APPROX.

4
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

12" OR 24"
PULL BOX

REMOVABLE LIFTING LUGS

91.50

30.000

ADDITIONAL SECTIONS AS REQUIRED

36.000

WIDTH

Typical low voltage capacitor bank dimension
(reference only, subject to change without notice)

4-32

DE2C

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

ReactiVar™

Medium Voltage Capacitors

www.reactivar.com

ReactiVar Medium Voltage Fixed Capacitors
The ReactiVar MVC fixed capacitors are ideally suited for power factor correction in
applications where the load does not change or where the capacitor is switched with the
load, such as the load side of a motor contactor. ReactiVar capacitor sizes are available up
to 300 kVAR as individual units, and up to 900 kVAR in banks.

Main Features:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Standard rating up to 900 kVAR, 4800 V (for specials, consult factory)
Extra low dielectric loss (<0.15w/kVAR), including discharge resistors
Internally mounted discharge resistors
Internally delta connected capacitor elements
Built to applicable NEMA, IEEE, and IEC standards
Available in indoor (Type 1/12) and outdoor (Type 3R) enclosures
Painted ASA 70 gray

Application Note:

MVC systems are suitable for
power factor correction of steady
and harmonic-free motor loads.

Capacitors are low impedance path for the harmonic currents produced by variable
frequency drives, motor soft starters, welders, computers, PLCs, robotics and other
electronic equipment. These harmonic currents can cause the capacitor to overheat, and
shorten its life. Furthermore, the resonant circuit formed by shunt capacitors coupled with
system inductances (motors and transformers) can amplify harmonic currents and voltages
in the electrical network. This amplification can cause nuisance fuse operation and/or
damage to electrical equipment including capacitors and other electronic devices. If power
factor correction is required in the network where harmonic is present, please contact your
nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.

Medium Voltage Metal Enclosed Capacitor Systems
The medium voltage capacitor systems are ideally suited for centralized power factor
correction and/or harmonic filtering in applications. Various equipment topologies are
available, from fixed stage to fully automatic—to cover project specific application, load
characteristic and installation needs. ReactiVar brand covers metal enclosed systems built
in North America (5/15 kV class). Global =S= Brand can be used for expanded voltage
range.

Main Features:

•
•
•
•

•

High Voltage Reactive Power Compensation Systems
The high voltage reactive power compensation systems are ideally suited for installation at
utility distribution and transmission grids. Various equipment topologies are available to
cover project specific utility application, and installation needs. Typically these
compensation systems are open style, rack mounted, installed in utility substation areas.

Main Features:

•
•
•

4

•
•

Custom designed and built per requested applicable standards
Systems rated up to 230 kV, 50/60 Hz
Internally fused capacitors with excellent life due to high temperature withstand, small temperature
rise, chemical stability, overvoltage and overcurrent withstand.
Double wye ungrounded configuration with neutral CT protection
Inrush current limiting or tuned (anti-resonant or filtered) air core, open style reactors

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

MV5000 systems are suitable for use where
harmonic generating loads are less than 15% of
the total connected load.
MV6000 systems are suitable for use where
harmonic generating loads are less than 50% of
the total connected load.
MV7000 systems are suitable for use where
harmonic generating loads exceed 50% of the
total connected load.
MVHVC High-Speed compensation systems are
designed for reactive power compensation of
rapidly fluctuating loads

•
•
•
•
•

Designed and built per applicable ANSI/NEMA/IEEE and/or IEC standards
Standard metal enclosures available up to 20 mVAR, up to 34.5 kV, 50/60 Hz
Steel or Aluminum based enclosure bays
Externally or internally fused capacitors with excellent life due to high temperature withstand, small
temperature rise, chemical stability, overvoltage and overcurrent withstand.
Current limiting capacitor fuses with blown fuse pop-up indicators
Inrush current limiting reactors or tuned (anti-resonant or filtered) iron core reactors
Key interlocking system forces sequential operation of the controls,
Fully rated three- or four-pole grounding switches
Schneider Electric NRC12 Power factor controller provides user with friendly interface, superior
performance, simplified installation and set-up procedure, and real time monitoring and protection
features for the capacitor system.
Available in Type 1 indoor and 3R outdoor enclosure types

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-33

AccuSine™

PCS Active Harmonic Filter
Class 5820

www.reactivar.com

AccuSine (PCS) Active Harmonic Filter (AHF) injects harmonic current to cancel harmonic
current in the electrical distribution system. This reduced harmonic level results in improved
electrical network reliability and reduced operating cost. AccuSine PCS is simple to size,
install, set up and operate. In addition, AccuSine PCS eliminates the complex harmonic
compliance limit calculations and removes nuisance harmonics from the electrical network.

The problem:
Power electronic devices that have rapid and frequent load variations have become
abundant today due to their many process control related and energy saving benefits.
However, they also bring a few major drawbacks to electrical distribution systems;
harmonics and rapid change of reactive power requirement. Harmonics may disrupt normal
operation of other devices and increase operating costs. Symptoms of problematic
harmonic levels include overheating of transformers, motors, drives, cables, thermal
tripping of protective devices and logic faults of digital devices. In addition, the life span of
many devices can be reduced by elevated operating temperature.

The solution:
The AccuSine PCS AHF provides the simplest and most effective means to mitigate
harmonics, to reduce process related voltage fluctuations. The AccuSine PCS AHF actively
injects opposite harmonics current on the source side of the load and it:

•
•
•
•
•

Decreases harmonic related overheating of cables, switchgear and transformers
Reduces downtime caused by nuisance thermal tripping of protective devices
Increases electrical network reliability and reduces operating costs
Corrects to the 50th harmonic, reduce harmonics level to meet IEEE 519, IEC 61000 3-4, and UK
G5/4-1 standards.
Compensates entire network or specific loads depending on installation point

Standard features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Real-time dynamic current injection for harmonic cancellation and VAR compensation (lead or lag
power factor)
Independent phase compensation
Load balancing capability
Parallel connection (up to 99 units) allows for easy retrofit and installation of multiple units for large
networks
Response to load fluctuations within 2 cycles
Full color touch screen HMI (Human Machine Interface)
NEMA 1, NEMA 12, IP30 AND IP54 enclosure
Seismic rated per ICC IBC and ASCE 7
UL, CE, ABS, and CSA certified

Accusine PCS Sizing
For proper sizing of AccuSine units, contact the Schneider Electric sales office or e-mail
pqc@squared.com. To expedite the product selection process, please have a single line
diagram and/or details of the application including sizes of transformers, non-linear and
linear loads, and any existing filters and capacitors.
Table 4.41:

AccuSine PCS 208–480 V, 50/60 Hz

Rated
Max Reactive
Current Power output (kVAR)
A(ms)

208 V 400 V 480 V
18

Enclosure Information
Catalog
Number

List Price
(US$)

Rating

4
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

PCS050D5N1
34904.00
NEMA 1
PCS050D5N12
53738.00
NEMA 12
PCS050D5CE30c 59516.00 IP30 (CE Certified)
50
34.6
41.6
N/A
PCS050D5CE54c 62770.00 IP54 (CE Certified)
PCS050D5IP30
54299.00
IP30
PCS050D5IP54
57553.00
IP54
36
PCS100D5N1
55131.00
NEMA 1
PCS100D5N12
66777.00
NEMA 12
PCS100D5CE30c 74449.00 IP30 (CE Certified)
100
69.2
83.1
N/A
PCS100D5CE54c 78679.00 IP54 (CE Certified)
PCS100D5IP30
67479.00
IP30
PCS100D5IP54
71585.00
IP54
108
PCS300D5N1
110301.00
NEMA 1
PCS300D5N12
132341.00
NEMA 12
PCS300D5CE30c 144502.00 IP30 (CE Certified)
300
207.8 249.4
N/A
PCS300D5CE54c 161035.00 IP54 (CE Certified)
PCS300D5IP30
133670.00
IP30
PCS300D5IP54
142628.00
IP54
a
Floor stand available. order Catalog Number — FSPCS100D5N1
b
Wall mounted units do not include a power disconnect.
c
CE Certified units meet EMC Directive 89/336 EEC.

4-34

Style/Cable Entry

Exterior Dimensions
H

W

Weight
lbs (kg)

D

Wall Mountab/Bottom

In
48

mm
1219

In
20.7

mm
526

In
18.5

mm
470

Floor Standing/Top or Bottom

75

1905

31.5

800

23.8

605

Wall Mountab/Bottom

64.9

1648

20.7

526

18.5

470

Floor Standing/Top or Bottom

75

1905

31.5

800

23.8

605

31.5

800

19.6

497

39.4

1000

31.7

806

250 (114)
661 (300)

Watts Losses
(watts)
208/240 V
900

705 (320)
661 (300)
350 (159)
771 (350)

1500

849 (386)
771 (350)

Floor Standing/Top or Bottom

75

1905

775 (352)
1212 (550)
1390 (632)
1212 (550)

DE2C

Discount
Schedule

4500

480 V
1800
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
3000
3750
3750
3750
3750
3750
9000
10000
10000
10000
10000
10000

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

AccuSine™

PCS Active Harmonic Filter
Class 5820

www.reactivar.com

Table 4.42:

AccuSine PCS 600 Vb, 50/60 Hz

Rated
Current

Max
Reactive
Power
output
(kVAR)

A(ms)

600 V

Enclosure Information
Catalog
Number

List Price
(US$)

Exterior Dimensions
H

Style/Cable
Entry

Rating

In

PCS039D6N1
94423.00
NEMA 1
PCS039D6N12
100088.00
NEMA 12
PCS039D6CE30
111199.00 IP30 (CE Certified)a
39
41
PCS039D6CE54
117805.00 IP54 (CE Certified)a
PCS039D6IP30
101090.00
IP30
PCS039D6IP54
107096.00
IP54
PCS078D6N1
115031.00
NEMA 1
PCS078D6N12
121933.00
NEMA 12
PCS078D6CE30
135469.00 IP30 (CE Certified)a
78
81
PCS078D6CE54
143517.00 IP54 (CE Certified)a
PCS078D6IP30
123154.00
IP30
PCS078D6IP54
130470.00
IP54
PCS235D6N1
202406.00
NEMA 1
PCS235D6N12
214550.00
NEMA 12
PCS235D6CE30
238365.00 IP30 (CE Certified)a
235
244
PCS235D6CE54
252525.00 IP54 (CE Certified)a
PCS235D6IP30
216696.00
IP30
PCS235D6IP54
229569.00
IP54
a
CE Certified units meet EMC Directive 89/336 EEC.
b
Contact Schneider Electric sales office for other voltage models.

W

mm

In

mm

Weight
lbs (kg)

D

Watts
Losses
(watts)

In mm

600 V
1322 (600)

Floor
Standing/Top
or Bottom

1366 (621)

2850

1322 (600)
55.1 1400 23.6 600
1542 (700)
Floor
Standing/Top 77.7 1972
or Bottom

1620 (736)

4610

1542 (700)
2424 (1102)
Floor
Standing/Top
or Bottom

70.9 1800 31.5 800 2602 (1183)

12750

2424 (1102)

Round Split-Core Current Transformer (CT) Selection:
Two remote current transformers (CT) are required for three phase loads. Three CT’s are required for networks
with line to neutral loads.
Table 4.43:

Round Split-Core CT—UL Recognized

Ampacity

Catalog
Number

1000
3000
5000

CT1000SC
CT3000SC
CTFCL500058

Dimensions
A
in
4
6
8

B
mm
101
152
203

C

in
1.25
1.25
1.25

mm
32
32
32

in
1.5
1.5
1.5

Weight

D
mm
38
38
38

in
6.5
8.5
10.5

mm
165
216
267

lbs
3.5
4.25
5.5

kg
1.75
1.90
2.50

Burden Secondary
Accuracy Capacity
Class
Current
(VA)
1
1
1

10
45
45

5
5
5

D

B

A

C

Round Solid-Core Current Transformer (AUX CT) Selection:
For installations requiring parallel connection of multiple AccuSine units for increased capacity, additional
auxiliary CT’s may be required. Please contact Schneider Electric sales office for the correct AUX CT part number
to use.
Table 4.44:
Ampacity
600
1000

Round Solid-Core Auxiliary CT—UL Recognized
Catalog
Number
CT7RL6011
CT7RL1021

Dimensions
ID
in
2.5
2.5

Weight (lb)

OD
mm
63
63

in
4.58
4.58

mm
116
116

lbs
1.5
1.5

kg
0.68
0.68

Accuracy
Class

Burden
Capacity
(VA)

Secondary
Current

1
1

30
35

1
1

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

1.10

X1

H1

2.50 DIA

4

4.58

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2C

Discount
Schedule

4-35

AccuSine™ PFV

Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC)
Class 5890

Main
Breaker
(Optional)

www.reactivar.com

The Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC) is ideally suited for industrial facilities with power
quality or production problems caused by rapidly changing reactive power demands
typically associating with highly cyclical loads such as welders, mining conveyors and
heavy stamping machines.

The problem:
Rapid reactive power changes demand timely reactive power (VAR) compensation. Lack of
timely and adequate VAR compensation can lead to voltage fluctuations in the electrical
distribution system, impacting equipment operation, as well as product quality.
Traditional capacitor systems have a minimum response time of five to thirty seconds for
load fluctuations. As a result of this limitation, uncompensated reactive power demand by
cyclical loads can produce voltage instability, cause flicker, increase losses, and result poor
power factor which reduces the electric supply capacity. Problems can include:

AccuSine
PFV

•
•
•
•
•
•

Poor weld quality or reduced weld line productivity (due to restrikes or interlock weld controls)
Failure to start motor loads (due to voltage sag on startup)
Undervoltage tripping of sensitive loads (Robots, PLCs, VFDs)
Lighting flicker and/or HID lighting shutdown
Overloaded distribution equipment (cyclical current pulses may exceed the rated current of the
distribution equipment)
Poor power factor and associated utility demand charges

The Solution:
100 kVAR

100 kVAR

100 kVAR

PASSIVE

HVC Topology (Typical)

300 Ampere
ACTIVE

The Hybrid VAR Compensator is ideally suited for ultra fast reactive power compensation in
many low and medium voltage distribution networks containing highly transient loads where
conventional systems are not suitable.
The HVC employs a fixed or automatic capacitor bank to provide reactive power at all
times, while AccuSine PFV adjusts the output to meet system reactive power requirement
in timely manner. AccuSine PFV features a 100 microsecond response time to provide
dynamic VAR injection to meet reactive power requirement within 1 cycle, reduce voltage
sags created by inductive load switching, welding operation, etc.

Main Features:

•
•
•
•
•
•

Real-time reactive power compensation for transient or cyclical loads
Infinite VAR resolution
Independently compensates each phase
Transient free compensation
Improves voltage stability, reduces flicker
Constructed with 12 gauge steel frame

HVC systems can alleviate most of the problems created by cyclical loads that require large
amount of reactive power for short duration. HVC system can be applied in the low voltage
and medium voltage system from 480 V up to 33 kV.

Unique, cost-effective construction:

4

The ReactiVar HVC is a custom engineered product designed for specific reactive power
compensation requirements. It consists of both passive and active components. The
passive component may consist of capacitors only or include tuned reactors. Depending on
the application, the passive portion may include contactor or solid state switching device to
permit some adjustment of the passive elements. The active component is provided by
Schneider Electric’s AccuSine PFV unit. HVC systems also can prevent resonance by
including custom designed iron core reactors in series with each three phase capacitor
module when required. The series reactor/capacitor combinations prevent resonance by
turning the network below the first dominant harmonic (usually the 5th and 300 Hz). In doing
so, HVC can also reduce harmonic voltage distortion, which further improves overall
network conditions.
The HVC employs a fixed capacitor bank to inject leading reactive current (leading kVAR)
into the network at all times, and an AccuSine PFV unit to precisely adjust the total output of
the HVC according to the load reactive power demand profile. When load reactive demand
is zero, the AccuSine PFV injects lagging reactive current to cancel the leading reactive
current of the fixed capacitor bank such that the total output of the HVC is minimized. As the
load kVAR demand increases, the AccuSine PVF adjusts its output such that the total
output of the HVC precisely matches the load demand. If load demand increases above the
fixed capacitor bank capability, then the AccuSine PFV injects leading reactive current. This
continues until the full leading kVAR capacity of the AccuSine PFV is met. Thus, the HVC
total output provides leading kVAR compensation to match load demand.
To optimize system design, Schneider Electric expert will normally need to take real-time
measurements on the network site. Please contact Schneider Electric power quality experts
or email us at pqc@squared.com.

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

4-36

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 5
Lighting Control Product Overview
One Line Overview

5-2, 5-3

Neo Keypads

5-4

Saturn Keypads

5-5

DLT Keypads

5-5

Decorator Keypads

5-6

Touch Screens

5-7

Multi Room Audio
C-Bus Controls, page 5-4

5-9

Hand Held Remote Controls

5-11

Thermostats

5-11

Sensors

5-12

Input Units

5-12

Relays

5-13

Dimmers

5-14

System Units

5-15

Enclosures

5-17

Area Lighting Panels

5-18

Software

5-19

Occupancy Sensors
Dual Tech Ceiling Mount, page 5-21

Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors

5-20

Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors

5-21

Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors

5-21

Fixture Mounted Sensors and Controls

5-22

Powerlink Integrated Control Systems
Overview

5-23

Components

5-24

Device Power Supply

5-25

Device Router

5-25

Factory Assembled Panels
Powerlink Lighting Control Panelboards, page 5-24

5-26

Powerlink Energy Management

5-27

Relay Panels

5-28

Cassia Energy Management System

5-30

Relay Panel Family, page 5-28

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

5-1

17605001.fm

C-Bus™ Keypads, Touch Screens and Accessories

5

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Lighting Controls

Overview

Lighting Control
www.schneider-electric.us

5

Schneider Electric Occupancy Sensors, Powerlink and C-Bus™ control systems can be used independently or
combined to provide the optimal lighting control solution for your home or business

LIGHTING CONTROLS

5-2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Overview

Lighting Control

5

LIGHTING CONTROLS

www.schneider-electric.us

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

5-3

C-Bus™

Lighting Control
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

5

Neo™ Keypads
Neo Keypads offer localized finger-tip control of lighting and other electrical devices. With over 1,000 custom color
combinations available, these elegant keypads compliment any decor. Requires plaster mud ring or single gang box
with minimum internal width of 2.05”.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Button configurations include multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, and scene settings
Scene control includes up to forty group addresses per keypad. Larger scenes are possible by sharing memory among multiple keypads
Independent timers available for each button
Standard built-in infrared receiver permits keypad control at a distance with an optional infrared handheld remote
Dual-color LED windows on each button can glow in cool blue, orange, or combinations of both, indicating when a controlled device
is ON or OFF
Auto “fallback” can dim button LEDs at a set time after the last key press
Locator LEDs can illuminate the top and bottom of the button area in cool blue, helping a user find the keypad in dim light or help the
installer find the correct keypad when commissioning
Clean-lined low-profile keypads are wall mounted without external fittings
Optional button covers have ID windows, enabling quick identification of lighting scenes or controlled devices
Distinctively designed multi-layer cover plate consists of button covers, an outer surround, and an inner surround
Color schemes are easily customized and modified to suit personal taste or the décor

Standard Neo Keypads
Includes keypad, button covers, inner and outer surrounds.
White: SLC505( )NLWE
Cream: SLC505( )NLCM
Brushed Aluminum w/Slate: SLC505( )NLGB
( ) designates space for button configuration
Table 5.1:
Catalog No.
SLC5052NLGB
SLC5052NLWE
SLC5052NLCM
SLC5054NLGB
SLC5054NLWE
SLC5054NLCM
SLC5058NLGB
SLC5058NLWE
SLC5058NLCM

Standard Neo Keypad Assemblies
Catalog Description
Neo, 2 button key input brushed aluminum
Neo, 2 button key input solid white
Neo, 2 button key input solid cream
Neo, 4 button key input brushed aluminum
Neo, 4 button key input solid white
Neo, 4 button key input solid cream
Neo, 8 button key input brushed aluminum
Neo, 8 button key input solid white
Neo, 8 button key input solid cream

$ Price
460.00
460.00
460.00
500.00
500.00
500.00
560.00
560.00
560.00

2 Button Keypad
4 Button Keypad
Brushed Aluminum w/Slate: SLC505(2)NLGB Cream: SLC505(4)NLCM

8 Button Keypad
White: SLC505(8)NLWE

Custom Neo Keypad Assemblies
To order custom Neo Keypad assemblies indicate the number of buttons desired on the keypad and the color of each
customizable component (inner surround, outer surround, and botton cover).
For example, in the diagram below, SLC505(8)NL(2)(8)(2) represents a Neo Keypad with eight buttons, a white (#2)
outer surround, a brushed aluminum (#8) inner surround, and white (#2) button covers.
Table 5.2:

Color Chart

Name

Color Number
Slate
1
White
2
Cream
3
Soft Gray
4
Desert Sand
5
Black
6
Brown
7
Brushed Aluminuma
8
Golda
9
a
Only the inner surround is available
in Brushed Aluminum and Gold.

Table 5.3:

Neo Keypad Accessories

Catalog No.
Catalog Description
$ Price
SLC5050IS( )
Neo, inner surround, (5pk)
152.00
SLC5050OS( )
Neo, outer surround, (5pk)
46.00
SLC5052NRP( )
Neo, button covers, 5052L, (5pk)
60.00
SLC5054NRP( )
Neo, button covers, 5054L, (5pk)
60.00
SLC5058NRP( )
Neo, button covers, 5058L, (5pk)
60.00
SLC5052NRI( )
Neo, button covers, with ID window, (10pk)
82.00
Note: Accessories have unique catalog numbers. To specify colors for them,
(see Table 5.1) add the color number to the end of the catalog number
(Table 5.3). For example, SLC5052NR2 is the catalog number for a white button cover.

5-4

DE-8

Discount
Shedule

Neo button cover with
ID window
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Keypads, Touchscreens and Accessories
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

•
•
•
•
Saturn 2 Button Keypad

•
•
•
•
•

Button configurations include multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, and scene settings
Scene control includes up to forty group addresses per keypad. Larger scenes are possible by sharing memory among multiple
keypads
Independent timers available for each button
Dual-color LED windows on each button can glow in cool blue, orange, or combinations of both,
indicating when a controlled device is ON or OFF
Auto “fallback” can dim button LEDs at a set time after the last button press
Locator LED can illuminate the keypad, helping a user find it in dim light
Clean-lined keypads are wall mounted without external fittings
Low-profile design extends only 0.5 in. out from the wall
Optional button covers with labels, enabling quick identification of lighting
scenes or controlled devices

Saturn Keypads
Table 5.4:

Complete Saturn Keypads

Catalog No.

Saturn 4 Button Keypad

Catalog Description

$ Price

SLC5082NL( )

Saturn Full Plate, 2 button

634.00

SLC5084NL( )

Saturn Full Plate, 4 button

668.00

SLC5086NL( )

Saturn Full Plate, 6 button

700.00

Note: Color codes are: White (WE), Black (BK), Mocha (BR), Cream (CM). The catalog
number for a two-button keypad in mocha would be SLC5082NLBR

Table 5.5:

Saturn Keypad Accessories

Catalog No.
SLC5080LC8

Catalog Description
Saturn Button Labels

$ Price
74.00

SLC5082NLFSS

Saturn Cover Plate Stainless Steel, 2 button

96.00

SLC5084NLFSS

Saturn Cover Plate Stainless Steel, 4 button

112.00

Saturn Cover Plate Stainless Steel, 6 button

128.00

SLC5086NLFSS
SLC5082FGF

Saturn Cover Plate White, 2 button

96.00

SLC5084FGF

Saturn Cover Plate White, 4 button

112.00

SLC5086FGF

Saturn Cover Plate White, 6 button

128.00

SLC5082F30

Saturn Cover Plate Cream, 2 button

96.00

SLC5084F30

Saturn Cover Plate Cream, 4 button

112.00

SLC5086F30

Saturn Cover Plate Cream, 6 button

128.00

SLC5082F60

Saturn Cover Plate Black, 2 button

96.00

SLC5084F60

Saturn Cover Plate Black, 4 button

112.00

SLC5086F60

Saturn Cover Plate Black, 6 button

128.00

SLC5082F70

Saturn Cover Plate Brown, 2 button

96.00

SLC5084F70

Saturn Cover Plate Brown, 4 button

112.00

SLC5086F70
Saturn Cover Plate Brown, 6 button
Note: Color options for faceplates: Pure White (PW).

128.00

Saturn 6 Button Keypad

DLT Keypads
Saturn™ Dynamic Labeling Technology™ (DLT) Keypads combine a programmable keypad button, and easily
customized labels on a backlit LCD screen that eliminates the need for custom labels. By virtue of the variety of
button configurations available, one compact DLT keypad can take the place of many single-operation switches,
ON/OFF toggles, dimmers, and timers. The five keypad buttons incorporate blue LEDs which complements the
keypad’s sleek lines while showing the status of controlled devices.
Saturn Style Keypad

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Button configurations include multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, and scene settings
Keypads have five physical buttons—four control buttons, and one scroll/page
button—combined with two screens of labels, for a total of eight control buttons and two scroll/page buttons
Scene control includes up to forty addresses per keypad. Larger scenes are possible by sharing memory among multiple
keypads.
Independent timers available for each button
Button LEDs can be used as locator lights in the dark
64 x 128 pixel LCD screen with a white backlight
Editable LCD labels, available for each button or control group, can display text, symbols, and graphics.
Dynamic graphic displays, such as bar graphs, can be enabled or disabled
Bitmaps can be downloaded for each group address or scene
Low-profile design, wall mounted without external fittings

Neo Style Keypad
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

5-5

5

Saturn Keypads incorporate a unique glass cover plate that creates a distinctive appearance. By virtue of the
variety of button configurations available, one compact Saturn keypad can take the place of many single
operation switches, ON/OFF toggles, dimmers, and timers. Available in two-, four-, or six-button keypads,
Saturn’s modern style is complemented by orange and blue LEDs that can instantly show the status of controlled
devices. Requires plaster mud ring or single gang box with minimum internal width of 2.05”.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Saturn™ Keypads

C-Bus™

Keypads, Touchscreens and Accessories
Class 1250

5

Table 5.6:

Saturn and Neo Style DLT Keypads

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

$ Price

LIGHTING CONTROLS

SLC5085DLWE

Saturn DLT White

966.00

SLC5085DLBK

Saturn DLT Black

966.00

SLC5085DLCM

Saturn DLT Cream

966.00

SLC5085DLBR

Saturn DLT Mocha

966.00

SLC5055DLGB

Neo DLT Brushed Aluminum

898.00

SLC5055DLWE

Neo DLT White

898.00

SLC5055DLBK

Neo DLT Black

898.00

SLC5055DLSG

Neo DLT Soft Grey

898.00

SLC5055DLCM

Neo DLT Cream

898.00

SLC5055DLDS

Neo DLT Desert Sand

898.00

Table 5.7:
Catalog No.

www.schneider-electric.us

DLT Keypad Accessories
Catalog Description

$ Price

SLC5085DLFSS

Saturn DLT cover plate, Stainless Steel

110.00

SLC5085DLFCM

Saturn DLT cover plate, Cream

110.00

SLC5085DLFBK

Saturn DLT cover plate, Black

110.00

SLC5085DLFBR

Saturn DLT cover plate, Mocha

110.00

SLC5085DLFWE

Saturn DLT cover plate, White

110.00

SLC5055DLFGB

Neo DLT cover plate, Brushed Aluminum and Slate

12.00

SLC5055DLFBR

Neo DLT cover plate, Brown

12.00

SLC5055DLFCM

Neo DLT cover plate, Cream

12.00

SLC5055DLFBK

Neo DLT cover plate, Black

12.00

SLC5055DLFSG

Neo DLT cover plate, Soft Gray

12.00

SLC5055DLFDS

Neo DLT cover plate, Desert Sand

SLC5055DLFWE Neo DLT cover plate, White
Note: Color options for faceplates: Pure White (PW).

12.00
12.00

Neo™ Decorator Keypads
Neo Style Decorator Keypads provide the same features of a standard C-Bus keypad in a format designed to
conserve horizontal wall space.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Button configurations include multi-point switching, dimming, and scene control
LED indicator reflects status of each button
Built-in infrared receiver to allow operation from C-Bus handheld remote control
Distinctive Neo styling designed to match standard Neo keypads and touchscreens
Custom color combinations available on request
Meets NEMA Standards WD-1, WD-6

Table 5.8:

Neo Decorator Keypad

Neo Decorator Keypad Assembly (order face plates separately)

Catalog No.
Description
$ Price
Neo Decorator 1 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately)
SLC5051NLM(XX)
1 button decorator keypad
386.00
Neo Decorator 2 button keypad (order cover plate separately)
SLC5052NLM(XX)
2 button decorator keypad brushed aluminum
408.00
Neo Decorator 3 button keypad (order cover plate separately)
SLC5053NLM(XX)
3 button decorator keypad brushed aluminum
430.00
Neo Decorator 4 button keypad (order cover plate separately)
SLC5054NLM(XX)
4 button decorator keypad brushed aluminum
452.00
Neo Decorator Blanking Plate (order cover plate separately)
SLC5850BP(XX)
Neo blanking plate
14.00
Note: Designate colors (XX), when placing order for Neo style decorator keypads.
GB – Brushed, WE – White, CM – Cream, SG – Soft Grey, DS – Desert Sand, BK – Black, BR – Brown, LA – Light Almond, VY – Ivory.

Saturn™ Decorator Keypads
Saturn Style Decorator Keypads provide the same features of a standard C-Bus keypad in a format designed to
conserve horizontal wall space.

•
•
•
•
•

Button configurations include multi-point switching, dimming, and scene control
LED indicator reflect status of each button
Built-in infrared receiver to allow operation from C-Bus remote controllers
Distinctive Saturn styling designed to match standard Saturn keypads and touchscreens
Meets NEMA Standards WD-1, WD-6

Table 5.9:

Saturn Decorator Keypad

5-6

Saturn Decorator Keypad Assembly (order face plates separately)

Catalog No.
Description
$ Price
Saturn Decorator 1 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately)
SLC5081NLM(XX) 1 button deco Saturn keypad, White
526.00
Saturn Decorator 2 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately)
SLC5082NLM(XX) 2 button deco Saturn keypad, White
538.00
Saturn Decorator 3 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately)
SLC5083NLM(XX) 3 button deco Saturn keypad, White
548.00
Saturn Decorator 4 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately)
SLC5084NLM(XX) 4 button deco Saturn keypad, White
556.00
Blanking Plates
SLC5880BPPG(XX) Saturn Blanking Plate
24.00
Note: Designate colors (XX), when placing order for Saturn style decorator keypads.
WE – White, PW – Pure White, CM – Cream, BK – Black, BR – Brown.

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Keypads, Touchscreens and Accessories
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

Neo and Saturn Style Decorator Face Plates

Sleek, smooth contemporary architectural styling enhances fine decor
Screwless design for easy placement
Two piece kit allows easy retrofit
Meets NEMA Standards WD-1, WD-6

Table 5.10:

Neo Decorator Style Cover Plate

Neo Decorator Style Cover Plates (order keypad assemblies separately)

Catalog No.
Description
$ Price
Neo Decorator Cover Plate 1 ganga
SLC5051GA(XX)
1 gang wallplate
14.00
Neo Decorator Cover Plate 2 ganga
SLC5052GA(XX)
2 gang wallplate
18.00
Neo Decorator Cover Plate 3 ganga
SLC5053GA(XX)
3 gang wallplate
22.00
Neo Decorator Cover Plate 4 ganga
SLC5054GA(XX)
4 gang wallplate
26.00
a
Cover plate assembly includes inner and outer surrounds. Wall plate ordering (Order keypads separately). Order numbers
for the Neo decorator style wall plates indicate the gang number desired on the wall plate and the color of the wall plate
itself. Color codes are: Slate (1), White (2), Cream (3), Soft gray (4), Desert sand (5), Black (6),
Brown (7), Brushed aluminum (8), and Gold (9). For example, SLC505(1)GA(51) represents an order fo a Neo decorator
style wall plate in one gang configuration, with a Desert sand outer surround and a slate inner surround.

Table 5.11:

Saturn Decorator Style Cover Plates (order keypad assemblies separately)

Catalog No.
Description
Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 1 gangb
SLC5081GAPG(XX)
1 gang wallplate
Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 2 gangb
SLC5082GAPG(XX)
2 gang wallplate
Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 3 gangb
SLC5083GAPG(XX)
3 gang wallplate
Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 4 gangb
SLC5084GAPG(XX)
4 gang wallplate
b
To specify color, add corresponding alpha codes. Black = BK, White = WE, Cream = CM, Mocha = BR.
Example SLC5081GAPG(WE) = Saturn Decorator 1 gang, White

$ Price
24.00
28.00
38.00
45.00

Touch screens
2 Gang Saturn Decorator Style Cover Plate

C-Bus Touch screens are unified wall-mounted panels for controlling lighting systems and
accessories with the touch of a finger. They come in both monochromatic (Mark II) and color
screen versions. Compact yet powerful, touch screens offer an attractive alternative to multiple
single operation switches, ON/OFF toggles, dimmers, and timers which can clutter up even the
nicest wall.

Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color touch screen

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color
touch screen with Cream Saturn style cover plate

Control screens support multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, scheduling, and
scenes with multiple loads.
Preset scenes and functions automate the task of adjusting lighting levels to different lamps and fixtures.
RS-232 port for third party device integration through the built in Logic Engine
Standard real-time and astronomical clock permits time scheduling of lighting and other tasks
Variable dimming fade rates can be configured according to load or lighting zone
Locator option can be configured to help users find the screen in dim light
Clean-lined low-profile touch screen can be wall-mounted without external fittings
Infrared receiver for remote control
Stores up to 250 scenes with 100 group addresses each. Scenes can be triggered directly from the touch
screen or any other device on C-Bus

Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color touch screen (desktop model)

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Screen swivels and pivots for optimal viewing
Control screens support multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, scheduling, and
scenes wtih multiple loads.
Preset screens and functions automate the task of adjusting lighting levels to different lamps and fixtures.
Standard real-time and astronomical clock permits time scheduling of lighting and other tasks
Variable dimming fade rates can be configured according to load or lighting zone
Locator option can be configured to help users find the screen in dim light
Infrared receiver for remote control

Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color
touch screen desktop model
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

5-7

5

•
•
•
•

LIGHTING CONTROLS

C-Bus decorator style wall plates add a touch of flair to any décor. Available in either Neo or
Saturn styling.

C-Bus™

Lighting Control
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

5

Table 5.12:
Catalog No.

Catalog Description

$ Price

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Mark II B/W Touch Screen
SLC5050CTL2xx
Mark II w/Neo Style Cover Plate
2439.00
SLC5080CTL2xx
Mark II w/Saturn Style Cover Plate
2499.00
SLC5000CTL2SS
Mark II w/Stainless Steel Cover Plate
2499.00
Mark II Touch Screen Desktop Model
SLC5000CTD2xx
Mark II Desktop Touch Screen
1920.00
xx = color code / WE–White, BK–Black
Spectrum Touch Screen
SLC5000CTCL2
Spectrum Base Unit Only
2106.47
SLC5000CTCL2xx
Spectrum w/non-stylized plastic Cover Plate
2374.45
SLC5050CTCL2xx
Spectrum w/Neo Style Cover Plate
2341.17
SLC5080CTCL2xx
Spectrum w/Saturn Style Cover Plate
2386.69
SLCBS5000CTCL2
Spectrum w/Stainless Steel Cover Plate
2232.47
SLCBB5000CTCL2
Spectrum w/Brass Cover Plate
2265.22
xx = color code / GB – Brushed Aluminum and Slatea, WE – White, BK – Black, CM – Cream, BR – Mochab, PW – Pure Whiteb.
Spectrum Desktop Model
SLC5000CTCD2xx
Spectrum Desktop Touch Screen
2365.61
xx = color code / WE–White, BK–Black
Accessories
Mark II / Spectrum Accessories
SLC5000CT2WB
Wall box for Mark II / Spectrum Touch Screen
68.00
SLC5080CT2Fxx
Replacement Cover Plate, Saturn style
280.22
SLC5000CT2FSS
Replacement Cover Plate, Stainless Steel
126.00
SLC5050CT2Fxx
Replacement Cover Plate, Neo style
187.76
xx = color code / GB – Brushed Aluminum and Slatea, WE – White, BK – Black, CM – Cream, BR – Mochab, PW – Pure Whiteb.
a
Neo only.
b
Saturn only.

Color touch screen

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Built-in RJ-45 Ethernet and C-Bus network, RS-232, and USB terminals
Touch sensitive 6.4 inch (640 x 480) color LCD panel
Control screens support multi-point switching
Standard real-time and astronomical clock permits time scheduling of lighting and other tasks
Variable dimming fade rates can be configured according to load or lighting zone
Locator option can be configured to help users find the screen in dim light
Clean-lined low-profile touch screen can be wall-mounted without external fittings
Infrared receiver for remote control

Table 5.13:
Color touchscreen in Neo style Brushed
Aluminum and Slate

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

$ Price

Color Touch Screen
SLC5050CTCxx
Color touch screen w/Neo style Cover Plate
SLC5080CTC2xx
Color Touch Screen w/Saturn style Cover Plate
Color Touch Screen Accessories
SLC5000CTCRM
Plasterboard Bracket for Color Touch Screen
SLC5000CTCNA
Nail Bracket for Color Touch Screen
SLC5000CTCWB
Wall box for Color Touch Screen
SLC5000CTCPS
Power supply for Color Touch Screen
SLC5080CTCFxx
Replacement Cover Plate, Saturn style
SLC5050CTCFxx
Replacement Cover Plate, Neo style
xx = color code / GB – Brushed Aluminum and Slatea, WE – White, BK – Black, CM – Cream, BR – Mochab.
a
Neo only.
b
Saturn only.

8480.00
8480.00
90.00
60.00
68.00
263.00
356.00
29.00

Wiser™ Home Controller
The Wiser Home Controller is the missing piece of the smart home puzzle, enhancing the
capabilities and connectivity of the C-Bus network. Its easy-to-use graphical user interface (GUI)
provides access to the home C-Bus network and all of your electrical, multimedia, and
telecommunication needs. This same GUI can be installed across multiple control devices, such
as mobile phones, TVs with Microsoft® Windows® Media® Center, personal computers, and web
tablets, in addition to the C-Bus range of touch screens and keypads. No matter where you are,
the Wiser Home Controller allows you to monitor and control your home environment locally or
remotely over the internet.
Wiser Home Controller

Features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Ethernet and Wi-Fi based controller for your C-Bus system
Built-in Ethernet router and Wi-Fi access point
Support for lighting, air-conditioning, multi-room audio, alarms, cameras, and other equipment
Built-in scene, scheduling, and logic programming modules
Allows remote reprogramming from outside the home/building by installers
Common, intuitive interface for all devices
Mobile phone and web-enabled device control

Table 5.14:

5-8

Order Information

Description

Catalog Number

Wiser Home Controller

WHC-5918

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
1505.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Multi Room Audio
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

5

Extend the capabilities of a C-Bus system by incorporating award winning multi-room audio into your next project.
Multi-room audio augments a C-Bus lighting control system, providing high quality sound throughout a home or
business.
C-Bus multi-room audio readily integrates with other C-Bus controls, providing a single source for audio and lighting
from a single keypad or touch screen. Sound is distributed throughout the home through the Matrix Switcher and
routed to local amplifiers.
A typical C-Bus Multi Room Audio system distributes up to four analog audio inputs, five if an Audio Distribution Unit
is used, and one optical input. These inputs are distributed up to 8 zones, each consisting of one or more amplifier.
Additionally, each amplifier is capable of accepting a local analog audio input, providing up to six stereo audio
channels for each amplifier.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

C-Bus Multi Room Audio

Matrix Switcher

Matrix Switcher

The C-Bus™ Audio Matrix Switcher provides a revolutionary means for distributing audio throughout a home. This Matrix
Switcher provides up to eight zones of audio output from four source inputs. The C-Bus Matrix Switcher allows you to
send streaming audio programs to the audio zones from a variety of sources, including a local area network (LAN), or a
USB memory stick (Model: SLC5608842E). In addition, it will also allow connection of a portable music player directly to
the Matrix Switcher’s front audio panel. Audio sources can be selected from the front panel or by any C-Bus™ input
device such as touch screens or keypads. The Matrix Switcher is ideally suited for multi-room audio and structured wiring
systems. Keypads and other C-Bus™ devices connect to the Matrix Switcher via CAT-5 modular jacks. Outputs to
remote and desktop amplifiers are made with low voltage wiring. In addition to the six source inputs, two mono broadcast
annunciation inputs are provided for connection to intercoms or other systems. Broadcast annunciation input can be
given priority over other source inputs and features fully adjustment volume and over-stepping mute features.

•
•
•
Low Power Amplifier

•
•
•
•
•

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Suitable for 19” Rack Mount with rack mount ears provided.
Each Matrix Switcher can distribute digital audio to up to 8 MRA amplifiers. You can install up to 3 Matrix Switchers on a C-Bus
network.
The Matrix Switcher can provide power for the attached amplifiers via the Digital Audio cables. You can connect an external power
supply to an amplifier to increase its audio power output.
The choice of the audio program for an amplifier can be made at the Matrix Switcher or in the audio zone. You can use C-Bus input
devices to choose the source and to adjust volume, tone and muting.
The Dual AM/FM tuners inside the Matrix Switcher can distribute preset station choices to any of the audio zones.
Distributes streaming audio from several sources using the C-Bus Ripple software application running on a networked PC.
You can connect up to 4 stereo analogue line-level inputs to the Matrix Switcher. If you need to add another source input, you can
install an MRA Distribution Unit and power supply.
Compatible with C-Bus devices.

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

5-9

C-Bus™

Multi Room Audio
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

5

Remote Amplifiers

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Desktop Amplifier

C-Bus Multi Room Amplifiers provide efficient, high fidelity audio to individual rooms. Available in either desktop or
remote mount versions, these amplifiers are specifically designed to operate on the C-Bus network as an extension of
a lighting control system, without third party gateways or custom integration. This means the ability to control amplifiers
with the same keypad or touch screen used to control lighting levels.
When combined with the C-Bus Matrix Switcher, these amplifiers deliver excellent stereo sound. Connections are
provided for up to two sets of 8 ohm speakers. Both desktop and remote amplifiers provide a local input connection for
attaching to CD or mp3 players, etc. In addition, the desktop amplifier will accept remote commands via its infrared
receiver. Infrared remote included.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

10 Watt digital efficient stereo amplifier, 25 Watts when connected to local power supply (optional)
Super quiet design
On board 8 ohm loudspeaker connections
Local source input — RCA jack
C-Bus connection (connects with CAT-5 cable)
Volume control (desktop model)
On-board IR receiver (desktop model)
Stereo headphone connection (desktop model)
Infrared remote included (desktop model only)

Audio Distribution Unit

Audio Distribution Unit

The C-Bus Audio Distribution Unit is an optional device that can be used in conjunction with the C-Bus Multi Room
Audio System to further enhance C-Bus enabled audio product family.
The C-Bus Audio Distribution Unit distributes a single digitized stereo audio input source to multiple locations via
amplifiers wired in a parallel format. Functions such as Volume, Bass, Treble and Balance can be adjusted from a
C-Bus input device at any of the audio output locations. The C-Bus Audio Distribution Unit converts a single analog
stereo audio input to a digital audio output. That output can then be connected to the Matrix Switcher as an additional
input or to the C-Bus Desktop or Remote Amplifier as a stand-alone configuration.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Distributes a single stereo audio source to C-Bus Audio Amplifiers via a digitized signal over Cat-5 cable
Does not require any C-Bus programming (hardware only)
One stereo analog audio source input (2 X RCA)
One digital audio output
Output can be looped between C-Bus Audio Amplifiers
IR emitter port

Table 5.15:

C-Bus Multi Room Audio Components

Catalog No.
SLC560110R
SLC5608842

Indoor Ceiling Mount
Speakers

Catalog Description
$ Price
Low Power Amplifier, rack mountable
TBD
Matrix Switcher w/4 stereo analog inputs, 2 internal AM/FM tuners, IR input and target connections. Up to 8 MRA Zones.
4599.00
Matrix Switcher w/4 stereo analog inputs, 2 internal AM/FM tuners, IR input and target connections. Audio streaming using a LAN or 4274.10
SLC5608842E
USB source. Up to 8 MRA Zones.
SLC560125D
Desktop Amplifier
1908.15
SLC560125R
Remote Amplifier
1609.79
SLC560011
Audio Distribution Unit
790.41
SLC5600P24500S Amp External Power Supply (only needed if Audio distribution unit is used to provide an additional digital input for the Matrix Switcher) 53.22
Accessories
SLC5600P241250 Low Power Amplifier Power Supply
TBD
SLC560110E
Low Power Amplifier Enclosure (used for linking up to 4 amplifiers/enclosures together for mounting in a 19” rack)
TBD
SLC560110MB
Low Power Amplifier Wall Mounting Bracket
TBD
SLC5600P243750T Audio Amplifier Power Supply
445.93
SLC560125MB
Remote Amplifier Mounting Bracket
42.24

Audio Speakers
C-Bus Audio Speakers are available as indoor or outdoor models and are designed to be used with home theater,
multi-room, and outdoor audio applications.
The indoor speakers come in wall or ceiling mount versions that are installed with the front of the speaker flush with the
mounting surface.
The indoor/outdoor speakers are available in black or white and can be placed on a shelf or hung on a surface by using
the included bracket.

Indoor Wall Mount
Speakers

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Flush-mount, shelf-mount, and surface-mount models
Indoor and outdoor models
High-impact plastic components and powder coated metal grills produce a long-lasting unit suitable for indoor and outdoor use
8 ohm impedance
Available with Kevlar™ (indoor units only) or polypropylene drivers (indoor and outdoor units) for high-quality sound in all
applications
All models are off the floor, saving floor space
Indoor/Outdoor Speakers have a pre-installed, removable mounting bracket
Indoor/Outdoor Speakers can be placed on a shelf or hung from a surface by their bracket (included)
Tracing/painting template included

Table 5.16:

Indoor/Outdoor Speakers

5-10

Catalog No.
SLC5600IWP
SLC5600IWK
SLC5600ICP
SLC5600ICK
SLC5600ODPBK
SLC5600ODPWE

Multi-Room Audio Speakers
Catalog Description
In-Wall Polypropylene speakers
In-Wall Kevlar speakers
In-Ceiling Polypropylene speakers
In-Ceiling Kevlar speakers
Outdoor Black speakers
Outdoor White speakers

DE-8

$ Price
429.58
560.00
408.53
521.09
468.30
468.30

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Multi Room Audio and Thermostats
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

C-Bus remote controls are designed for use with C-Bus keypads, multi-sensors, and touch
screens. available in both four and eight button versions, these remotes have a range up to
50 feet (line of sight).
The universal remote control unit allows a single remote control unit to replace various
other remotes including VCRs, CD players, DVRs, and TVs. Up to sixteen remote control
codes are supported.
Table 5.17:

Handheld Remote Controls

Catalog No.
SLC5084TX
SLC5088TX
SLC5030URC

Catalog Description
Handheld infrared remote 4 button
Handheld infrared remote 8 button
Handheld universal remote control

$ Price
200.00
400.00
440.00

5

Universal
remote control

8 button
remote control

Single and 4 Zone Network Thermostats
C-Bus Thermostats are used to regulate the air temperature of zones by controlling
heating-ventilation-air conditioning (HVAC) equipment. The air temperature is monitored
by the unit’s temperature sensor or optionally via an external C-Bus temperature sensor.
C-Bus single and programmable 4 Zone Thermostats may operate as stand alone devices,
or be controlled via other C-Bus devices such as wall switches or touch screens.
Programmable 4 Zone Thermostats can schedule up to four set points during a day, and
unique schedules can be programmed for each day of the week.
Both models include setback mode, (saves power by using a wider acceptable
temperature range within which heating or cooling is not performed) and temperature
guard, (ensures the temperature is maintained within a specified temperature range).

4 Zone Thermostat

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Easy to read, large LCD display
Control by keypads and other devices on the C-Bus network
Available in black, white and stainless steel fascias
Setback mode
Temperature guard mode
Internal Timer
Daily schedule set points (4 Zone model)
Display temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit
RWG interface (relay models only)
Easily configured by using the Clipsal Toolkit software program

Table 5.18:

Single and 4 Zone Network Thermostats

Catalog No.

Single Zone Thermostat

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Hand Held Remote Controls

Catalog Description

$ Price

SLC5070THBWE

Single Zone, White, no relay

649.00

SLC5070THPWE

4 Zone, White, no relay

799.00

SLC5070THBBK

Single Zone, Black, no relay

649.00

SLC5070THPBK

4 Zone, Black, no relay

799.00

SLC5070THBSS

Single Zone, Stainless, no relay

649.00

SLC5070THPSS

4 Zone, Stainless, no relay

799.00

SLC5070THBRWE

Single Zone w/relay, White

724.00

SLC5070THPRWE

4 Zone w/relay, White

899.00

SLC5070THBRBK

Single Zone w/relay, Black

724.00

SLC5070THPRBK

4 Zone w/relay, Black

899.00

SLC5070THBRSS

Single Zone w/relay, Stainless

724.00

SLC5070THPRSS

4 Zone w/relay, Stainless

899.00

Remote Temperature Sensor

298.00

SLC5031RDTSL

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

5-11

C-Bus™

Sensors
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

5

Light Level Sensor

LIGHTING CONTROLS

The C-Bus Light-Level Sensor measures ambient light levels and automatically issues ON,
OFF, or ramp commands over a C-Bus network. The light-level sensor can control relays,
dimmers, or remotely operated circuit breakers, changing their status according to pre-set
ambient lighting targets. The C-Bus light-level sensor has a dynamic range between 5-150
foot candles, and compensates for noise and rapid light intensity fluctuations.

Outdoor Light Level Sensor

Light Level Sensor

360o Indoor PIR Sensor

C-Bus Outdoor Light-Level Sensor measures ambient light levels and automatically issues
ON/OFF or ramp commands over a C-Bus network to maintain outdoor lighting levels.
Primarily designed for outdoor use, this light-level sensor is also suitable for indoor setting
in which a water resistant casing is desirable.
The light-level sensor can control up to two C-Bus group addresses: one address controls
ON/OFF switching of a lamp circuit according to a pre-determined ambient light level, while
the other is used to continuously regulate the light-level output of any number of lampsl
The target light level, the margin, and other sensor options are easily configured by using
the C-Bus Toolkit software.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Outdoor use, wall- and ceiling-mounted low-profile unit
Can maintain a constant illumination level of 5-150 footcandles
Adjustable lumin setpoint
Control of up two C-Bus group addresses
Sensors receive data and power over a single C-Bus twisted-pair cable, so they do not require
power packs or line-voltage connections
180° field of view

Table 5.19:

C-Bus Light Level Sensor

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

SLC5031PE
SLC5031PEWP

$ Price

Light level sensor, 0–150 Foot-candles, Indoor

208.00

Light Level Sensor, 5–150 Foot-candles, Outdoor

278.00

Occupancy Sensors
C-Bus occupancy sensors are available for both indoor and outdoor applications. All C-Bus
sensors incorporate reliable passive infrared detection (PIR) circuits for occupancy
detection along with integral light level sensors to prevent switching of lights if sufficient
ambient light is present. Sensors feature programmable adjustments for sensitivity and
time delay, walk test LED for commissioning and optical bandpass filtering with dual
element detectors to minimize false triggering.

•
•
Outdoor PIR Sensor

90o Indoor PIR Sensor

•

•

90° Indoor sensors are intended for wall or ceiling mounting. These sensors have a continuous
detection field of 400 square feet and a 90° field of view.
360° Indoor sensors are intended for flush mounting in drop ceilings. They have a minor motion
detection field of 800 square feet making them ideal for use in offices, copier rooms, closets, and
restrooms where it can be mounted in the center of the detection area.
360° Multi-Sensors combine a passive infrared receiver (PIR) for occupancy sensing, a light-level
sensor, and an infrared remote receiver into a small, highly versatile unit. The multi-sensor’s 2.8 inch
face diameter makes it unobtrusive and ideally suited for flush mounting on the ceiling with effective
IR coverage up to 800 square feet. The built-in IR receiver accepts commands from an optional
handheld remote controller, making the sensor ideal for classrooms and conference room areas.
Outdoor PIR Motion Sensor combines reliable thermal-radiation-based control of lighting with
rugged construction suitable for outdoor requirements. The unit’s advanced circuits and flat multisegmented lens provide coverage of up to 3000 square feet in a 110° field of view.

Table 5.20:

C-Bus Occupancy Sensors

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

SLC5750WPL

283.00

Occupancy sensor, PIR, indoor, 90 deg

227.00

SLC5753L

Occupancy sensor, PIR, indoor, 360 deg

213.00

SLC5753PEIRL

Occupancy sensor, multi, indoor, 360 deg

268.00

SLC5751L

360o PIR Multi Sensor

$ Price

Occupancy sensor, multi, outdoor, 110 deg

Auxiliary Input Unit
C-Bus Four-Channel Auxiliary Input Units increase the versatility of the C-Bus network by
facilitating remote access with any dry-contact switch mechanism. DIN-rail mounted for
quick installation, the auxiliary unit can be configured with standard C-Bus control functions
such as remote scene triggering, ON/OFF, toggle, dimmer, or timer.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Provides four isolated inputs for external voltage-free mechanical switches
Control options include remote scene triggering, ON/OFF, toggle, dimmer, or timer operations
LEDs indicate operational status of each channel
Standard built-in C-Bus network connectors: (2) RJ-45
Non-volatile memory stores operating status for recovery from a power outage
DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H)
Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink™ NF3000G3C controller

Four-Channel Auxiliary Input unit

5-12

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Input Units and Relays
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

Four-Channel General Input Units measure TTL digital and real-world analog quantities and
generate messages about the measurements to the C-Bus network. By acting as an
interface with various external sensors, the general input unit enables integration of the
C-Bus network with a variety of system types, such as those for HVAC and for power
monitoring. Configuration options include selectable input types, eight adjustable decision
thresholds per channel, definable actions, selectable filtering, broadcast rates, and a
separate hysteresis value per channel.

•
•
General Input unit

•
•

5

•
•
•

Measures TTL digital quantities including voltage, current, or resistance from external sensors such
as light level, pressure, and temperature
Four channels of input, each with an adjustable hysteresis value, eight decision thresholds, and a
software-selectable input value transformation in the form y =ax +b
Input channels are compatible with a range of third-party sensors
Control functions include load switching, dimming, trigger applications, enable control applications,
and measurement applications
Includes 120 V/24 Vdc power pack
Dimensions: 5.67 in. (144mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85mm) tall
Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink NF3000G3C controller

LIGHTING CONTROLS

General Input Unit

Bus Couplers

CLIPSAL
5104BCL
Bus Coupler
1

2

3

4

Bus Couplers provide an interface between dry-contact mechanical switches and the C-Bus
network. Available in two-and four-channel models, the bus coupler is small enough to be
used in restricted spaces such as wall boxes with existing switches. Configuration options
include standard control functions such as ON/OFF, toggle, dimmers, and timers.

•
•
•
Four-Channel Bus Coupler

•
•
•

Provides two or four non-isolated inputs for external voltage-free mechanical switches. Two-channel
units feature independent remote LED outputs
Two-way removable terminal block for the C-Bus connection
Receives data and power over a network, so it does not require power packs or line voltage
connections
Scene capabilities
2.2”(L) x 1.9”(W) x 0.7”(H)
Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink NF3000G3C controller

Table 5.21:

Input Units

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

$ Price

SLCLE5504AUX

4 Channel auxiliary input unit

544.00

SLCE5504TGI

4 Channel general input unit

1194.00

SLC5102BCLEDL

2 Channel bus coupler

212.00

SLC5104BCL

4 Channel bus coupler

243.00

Relays
C-Bus Relay Units are intended for switching resistive, inductive, fluorescent and
incandescent low-voltage loads. Relay units are designed to be mounted in suitable DIN
style enclosures. Relay units feature:

•
•
•
•
•
•

Local toggle buttons to allow individual channels to be toggled
Remote ON and OFF facilities permitting all channels to be turned ON or OFF without C-Bus
Network communications
Two (2) Convenient built-in C-Bus network connectors (RJ-45)
LED Indicators to show the status of the network and the unit
Units available both with and without a 200ma power supply on-board.
Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink™ NF3000G3C controller

Changeover Relay
C-Bus 2A Changeover Relays are designed to operate three-speed motors and two-way
motor control devices. Some of their most common applications include operating
motorized blinds, shutters, curtains and skylights (open/closed) where they provide a much
simpler alternative to traditional and obtrusive relay interlocking systems.

•
•
•
•

Four (4) isolated independently operating relay channels
120 Vac and 277 Vac units
2A motor rating
Dimensions: 5.67 in. (144mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85mm) tall

Table 5.22:
Changeover Relay

Changeover Relays

Catalog No.
SLC5504TRVFC

$ Price
1100.00

SLC5504TRVFCP

4 Channel Changeover Relay, 125 V, without power supply

1010.00

SLC5504HRVFC

4 Channel Changeover Relay, 277 V, with power supply

1100.00

4 Channel Changeover Relay, 277 V, without power supply

1010.00

SLC5504HRVFCP

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Catalog Description
4 Channel Changeover Relay, 125 V, with power supply

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

5-13

C-Bus™

Relay Units and Dimmers
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

5

10 Amp Relay
C-Bus 10A Relays feature a zero crossing magnetically latching relay designed for
switching the harsh electrical loads associated with today’s high efficiency lighting systems.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

•
•
•
•

Four (4) or twelve (12) independently operating voltage free relay contacts
120 Vac and 277 Vac units
10 A rating
Dimensions: 5.67 in. (144 mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66 mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85 mm) tall

Table 5.23:

10 Amp Relay

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

SLC5512TRVF

4-Channel 10 A Relay

SLC5512TRVFP
SLC5504TRVF

$ Price

12 Channel Relay, 120 V, 10 A with power supply

2168.00

12 Channel Relay, 120 V, 10 A without power supply

1973.00

4 Channel Relay, 120 V,10 A with power supply

1043.00

SLC5504TRVFP

4 Channel Relay, 120 V, 10 A without power supply

SLC5512HRVF

12 Channel Relay, 277 V, 10 A with power supply

2168.00

12 Channel Relay, 277 V, 10 A without power supply

1973.00

4 Channel Relay, 277 V,10 A with power supply

1043.00

SLC5512HRVFP
SLC5504HRVF
SLC5504HRVFP

843.00

4 Channel Relay, 277 V, 10 A without power supply

843.00

20 Amp Relay
C-Bus 20 A Relays feature a zero crossing magnetically latching relay designed for
switching the harsh electrical loads associated with today’s high efficiency lighting systems.

•
•
•
•
4-Channel 20 A Relay

Four (4) independently operating voltage free relay contacts
120 Vac and 277 Vac units
20 A rating
Dimensions: 8.46 in. (215 mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66 mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85 mm) tall

Table 5.24:

20 Amp Relay

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

SLC5504TRVF20

$ Price

4 Channel Relay, 120 V, 20 A with power supply

1320.00

SLC5504TRVF20P

4 Channel Relay, 120 V, 20 A without power supply

1142.00

SLC5504HRVF20

4 Channel Relay, 277 V, 20 A with power supply

1320.00

4 Channel Relay, 277 V, 20 A without power supply

1142.00

SLC5504HRVF20P

8-Channel Low Voltage Relay
The C-Bus 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay is a C-Bus output device that controls up to eight
low voltage relay channels. The unit is powered from C-Bus and requires no other power
source. The 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay can be used in many low voltage applications
including controlling irrigation solenoids and low voltage damper solenoids for HVAC
control. The unit can also be used in integrating 3rd party equipment through pulse signal
controls.

•
•
•
8-Channel Low Voltage Relay

8 channels of 2 A switched loads @ 30 Vac/dc
8 channels are all isolated change over relays
Control of 3rd party products

Table 5.25:

8-Channel Low Voltage Relay

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

SLC5108RELVP

$ Price

8-Channel Low Voltage Relay

298.00

Phase Angle Dimmers
C-Bus Phase Angle Dimmers are intended for controlling incandescent and compatible lowvoltage and florescent lighting. Each of the unit’s channels can independently control loads
to create dynamic lighting scenes. These dimmer units automatically compensate for
voltage and frequency fluctuations and employ advanced phase-control techniques to
reduce flicker and increase lamp life.

•
Phase Angle Dimmer
with Power Supply

5-14

•
•
•

Four (4) independent channels supporting up to 4 A continuous load per channel, eight (8)
independent channels supporting up to 2 A continuous load per channel
Units available both with and without a 200 mA power supply on-board.
120 Vac
Dimensions: 8.46 in. (215 mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66 mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85 mm) tall

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Dimmer Units and System Units
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

C-Bus Professional Dimmers can control incandescent and compatible low-voltage and florescent lighting. These
dimmers are ideal for larger heavily loaded circuits. Each channel provides independent dimming and incorporates
thermal overload and over-current protection. These dimmer units automatically compensate for voltage and
frequency fluctuations and employ advanced phase-control techniques to reduce flicker and increase lamp life.
An optional terminal box is available for conduit connections. Configuration options include network monitoring of
the channel load and network voltages, adjustable delays for dimming levels, and master override.
Specialized dimming modes—soft turn on/off and linear brightness control
Built-in power supply sources 60 mA to the C-Bus network
Individual channels can be turned On/Off at the unit or via C-Bus commands
LEDs indicate the status of the network at the unit and the status of the unit’s load and power
Optional terminal box for connecting conduit
120 Vac
Dimensions: 7.5 in. (190 mm) wide x 3.0 in. (75 mm) deep x 7.7 in. (195 mm) tall

Table 5.26:

C-Bus Dimmers

Catalog No.
SLC5504TD4A
SLC5504TD4AP
SLC5508TD2A
SLC5508TD2AP

Professional Dimmer

SLC5104TD5
SLC5102TD10
SLC5101TD20
SLCU5100TB

Catalog Description

$ Price

4 x 4 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 4 A, with power supply
4 x 4 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 4 A, without power supply
8 x 2 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 2 A, with power supply
8 x 2 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 2 A, without power supply

1024.00
800.00
1024.00
800.00

4 x 5 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, with power supply
2 x 10 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, with power supply
1 x 20 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, with power supply
Termination box for SLCLU510X Series dimmer units

1926.00
1926.00
1926.00
78.00

5

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

0–10 V Dimming Unit
The C-Bus Analog Output Unit provides four channels of analog 0–10 Vdc for controlling electronically
dimmable fluorescent lighting ballasts.

•
•
•
•

Produces four independently controllable channels of 0–10 Vdc for controlling dimmable flourescent lighting ballasts, or
other 0–10 V controllable loads
Individual channels can be turned ON/OFF at unit, via C-Bus commands, and through a remote override option
120 V or 277 Vac models available
DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H)

Table 5.27:
Catalog No.

4 Channel
0–10 V Dimmer Unit

SLCLE5504TAMP
SLCLE5504HAMP

Catalog Description
4 Channel 0–10 V Output, 120 V
4 Channel 0–10 V Output, 277 V

$ Price
624.00
624.00

DALI Gateway
The C-Bus Digital Addressable Lighting Interface (DALI) Gateway provides an isolated two-way
communications path between a C-Bus network and two DALI networks, making it possible to use C-Bus
devices to control DALI ballasts.

•
•
•
•

Provides two-way communications between C-Bus and DALI networks, routing selected messages from one to the other
Unit is transparent and invisible to DALI ballasts
Receives data and power over the network, so the unit does not require power packs or line-voltage connections
DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H)

Table 5.28:
Catalog No.

DALI Gateway

SLC5502DAL

Catalog Description
2 Channel DALI Gateway

$ Price
1014.00

DMX Gateway
The C-Bus DMX Gateway is a DIN rail mounted unit that maps C-Bus Group Addresses and levels to a DMX512 A interface.
The C-Bus DMX Gateway is a one way device. It permits C-Bus input devices such as keypads, DLTs and
PIRs to control lighting devices with DMX interface capabilities. These include many manufacturers of LED
fixtures and theatrical lighting equipment.

•
•
•
•

Includes DMX interface (bootlace connnectors to 5-pin female XLR)
DMX Master device
Receives data and power over the C-Bus network, so the unit does not require a line voltage connection
DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4” (L) x 2.8” (W) x 2.6” (H)

Table 5.29:
Catalog No.
SLC5500DMX

Catalog Description
C-Bus to DMX Gateway

$ Price
936.00

Network Bridge
The C-Bus Network Bridge provides a communication channel between C-Bus units on separate networks,
expanding the total number of units that can be configured, controlled, and monitored.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Increases transmission distances by acting as a repeater station for data transmission
Expands the total number of C-Bus devices that can operate on the system by isolating devices to individual networks
Indicates each network’s status level
Uses built-in connectors to connect to a C-Bus network
Compatible with Powerlink G3 3000C controller and all C-Bus components, including keypads, sensors, and dimmers
DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H)

Network Bridge
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Professional Dimmer

5-15

C-Bus™

System Units
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

5

Power Supply
The C-Bus Power Supply is specifically designed to operate with the C-Bus network as a power source for passive
C-Bus devices. Up to five power supplies can be connected to a single C-Bus network.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

•
•
•
•
•
•
Power Supply

Available in 120 and 277 Vac models
Regulating power supply compensates for line voltage and frequency variations, so there is constant output
Sources up to 350 mA to the C-Bus network
UL listed to operate in parallel with other Clipsal power supplies, up to five on a single C-Bus network
Incorporates short circuit and reverse polarity protection
DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H)

PC Interface
The C-Bus PC Interface (PCI) expands options for configuring, controlling, and monitoring C-Bus networks by providing
an interface between the network and a personal computer (PC). The C-Bus PCI module easily mounts to a DIN rail
and connects to the C-Bus network. Power to the unit is provided through the C-Bus network.
Serial

•
•
•
•

Unit/Comms LED shows the status of the unit’s power and of any data transmissions
Three RS-232 serial connectors for connecting to a PC or to external devices: (1) 9-pin D-type serial connector (female) and
(2) 8-pin RJ-45 connectors
Two C-Bus network connector ports: RJ-45 sockets
Data cable for connecting PCI and personal computer, including DB9 connectors

USB

PC Interface

•
•
•
•

Unit/Comms LED shows the status of the unit’s power and of any data transmissions
Two C-Bus network connector ports: RJ-45 sockets
USB PC connection
Data cable for connecting PCI and personal computer

Pascal Automation Controller
C-Bus Pascal Automation Controller (PAC) provides extended conditional and real-time event programming to C-Bus
systems. The PAC supports a full range of programming commands including conditional logic, flow control variables
and scheduling.
Systems integrators will appreciate the built-in scheduling tools, scene tools, and wizards for creating basic logic
programs. Full programming capabilities can be achieved utilizing the free-form script editor based off the pascal
programming language.

•
•
•
•
•

Connects directly to C-Bus network
Powered from the C-Bus network
USB port for connection to personal computer
(2) RS232 ports for third party device control
Real time, astronomical and C-Bus system clock included with 24 hour internal capacitor backup and external 12 Vdc battery
terminals

Programming capabilities including: i.e. Conditional logic (if, then, and, or, not, etc.), Flow Control (for, repeat, while),
Variables (integer, real, Boolean, character, string), Control and monitoring of group addresses, Control and monitoring
of scenes.

Ethernet Network Interface
The C-Bus Ethernet Network Interface unit is a C-Bus system device designed to provide an isolated communications
path between an Ethernet 10Base-T Network and a C-Bus Network. This allows high-speed control and monitoring of a
C-Bus installation via the TCP/IP protocols used in computer networks and by the Internet. System integrators and
installers will also benefit from having remote access to the system. With the C-Bus Ethernet Network Interface unit,
access to a single or multiple networks can be as close as the nearest Ethernet connection.

•
•
•
•
•

Remote access to Clipsal systems
Bridge multiple C-Bus networks together over LAN or WAN
Fully supports all Clipsal commands
Small size, mounts in standard DIN enclosure (4M wide)
Includes 12 Vdc power supply

Ethernet Network Interface

Telephone Interface Unit
C-Bus Telephone Interface Unit offers a dial-in and dial-out capability for control of a C-Bus system. Remote location
override, monitoring, diagnostics and configuration of a C-Bus system is possible with this unit. The C-Bus Telephone
Interface Unit is programmed using a connection to a PC running TICA (Telephone Interface Commissioning
Application) configuration software. The interface can also act as a C-Bus PC Interface. The Telephone Interface Unit
can be installed in a C-Bus 36 or 60M enclosure or as a wall mountable stand-alone item with connection to C-Bus.

Telephone Interface Unit

5-16

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Remote location override
Voice prompts and confirmation
Password protected
32 supported devices
Automatic dial out on present conditions
Local or remote site access to C-Bus system
Audio Out

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

System Units and Enclosures
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

Bar Code Reader

Network Analyzer
The C-Bus Analyzer is a C-Bus device designed to help an installer quickly analyze, detect, and troubleshoot potential
problems on a C-Bus network. The device analyzes the network parameters and prompts the user for appropriate
actions via its front LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicators.
System Units

Catalog No.
SLC5500NB
SLC5500TPS
SLC5500HPS
SLC5500PC
SLC5500PCU
SLC5500PACA
SLC5500CN
SLC5100TUS

Catalog Description

$ Price

Network bridge
120 V Power supply, 350 mA
277 V Power supply, 350 mA
RS-232 PC Interface
USB PC Interface
Pascal Automation Controller
Ethernet Network Interface
Telephone Interface Unit

663.00
500.00
500.00
488.00
488.00
586.00
664.00
898.00

Bar Code Reader
C-Bus Network Analyzer

604.00
328.00

5

Table 5.30:

Accessories
SLC5100BCS
SLC5100NA

8M Enclosure
The 8M enclosure is specifically designed for distributed applications. Suitable for surface mounting, the 8M enclosure
consists of a box with a cover and a DIN rail for mounting one 8M or two 4M C-Bus units. The enclosure also has
provisions for mounting neutral and ground bars.

8M Enclosure

•
•
•
•
•

Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure
Welded sheet steel with knockouts
Gray baked enamel, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel
Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover
DIN rail, suitable for mounting one 8M or two 4M C-Bus DIN modules

12M Enclosure
The 12M enclosure is specifically designed for distributed applications that require physical proximity between DIN
units and keypads, sensors or controlled loads. Suitable for surface mounting, the 12M enclosure consists of a box with
a cover and a DIN rail for mounting three 4M C-Bus units, one 8M unit plus one 4M unit or one 12M unit. The enclosure
also has factory mounted neutral and ground bars.

12M Enclosure

•
•
•
•
•

Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure
Welded sheet steel with knockouts
Gray baked enamel, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel
Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover
DIN rail, suitable for mounting one 12M or three 4M C-Bus DIN modules

24M Enclosure
The 24M enclosure is specifically designed for distributed applications that require physical proximity between DIN
units and keypads, sensors or controlled loads. Suitable for surface mounting, the 24M enclosure consists of a box with
a cover and two rows for mounting C-Bus DIN-mounted C-Bus units. Each row can hold one 12M unit, one 8M unit plus
one 4M unit, or three 4M untis. The enclosure also has provisions for additional neutral and ground bars.

24M Enclosure

•
•
•
•
•

Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure
Welded sheet steel with knockouts
Gray baked enamel, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel
Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover
DIN rail, suitable for mounting Clipsal DIN-mounted C-Bus units. Each row can hold one 12M unit, one 8M unit plus one 4M unit, or
three 4M units

36M and 36MS Enclosure
The 36M and 36MS enclosures provide a multi-purpose means for housing various C-Bus DIN-mounted devices.
Suitable for flush or surface mounting, the enclosure consists of a mounting pan assembly, and a cover assembly. The
box is to be ordered separately, allowing for its installation with the rough-in of field wiring. Enclosures feature:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

NEMA 1 enclosure suitable for flush or surface mounting
Welded sheet steel with knockouts
Gray baked enamel paint, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel
Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover
3 DIN mounting rails, each accommodating up to one 12M unit, one 8M unit with one 4M unit, or three 4M units
Complete with barriers for separation of Class 2 circuits from line voltage (36M only)
The 36MS offers a reduced footprint than the 36M

36M Enclosure
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

LIGHTING CONTROLS

The C-Bus Bar Code Reader allows installers and integrators to quickly scan C-Bus devices with serial numbers and
import them into C-Bus Toolkit software. Using a USB connection to a PC, users can easily identify and track C-Bus
Unit locations on a floorplan/network.

5-17

C-Bus™

Enclosures and System Devices
www.schneider-electric.us

5

60M Enclosure
The 60M enclosure provides a means for housing DIN style relays and dimmers. Suitable for flush or
surface mounting, the enclosure consists of a mounting pan assembly, and a cover assembly. The box is
to be ordered separately, allowing for its installation with the rough-in of field wiring. Enclosures feature:

LIGHTING CONTROLS

•
•
•
•
•
•

NEMA 1 enclosure suitable for flush or surface mounting
Welded sheet steel with knockouts
Gray baked enamel paint, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel
Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover
5 DIN mounting rails, each accommodating up to one 12M unit, one 8M unit with one 4M unit, or three 4M units
Complete with barriers for separation of Class 2 circuits from line voltage

Table 5.31:

Enclosures and Accessories

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

8M Enclosure
SLC8M
12M Enclosure
SLC12MSG
24M Enclosure
SLC24MSG
36MS Enclosure
SLC36SC
SLC36MSFG
SLC36MSFW
SLC36MSSG
36M Enclosure
SLC36C
SLC36MFG
SLC36MFW
SLC36MSG
60M Enclosure
SLC36C
SLC60MFG
SLC60MFW
SLC60MSG
Accessories
PK7GTA
PKGTAB
SLC4CSF8

$ Price

C-Bus single row enclosure, surface mount

110.00

C-Bus single row enclosure, surface mount

120.00

C-Bus dual row enclosure, surface mount

240.00

C-Bus box for small three row interior
C-Bus small three row interior with flush gray cover
C-Bus small three row interior with flush white cover
C-Bus small three row interior surface mount gray cover

120.00
690.00
690.00
690.00

C-Bus box for three and five row interiors
C-Bus three row interior with gray cover, flush mount
C-Bus three row interior with white cover, flush mount
C-Bus three row interior surface gray

136.00
740.00
740.00
740.00

C-Bus box for three and five row interiors
C-Bus five row interior with gray cover, flush mount
C-Bus five row interior with white cover, flush mount
C-Bus five row interior surface gray

136.00
1233.00
1233.00
1233.00

Ground/Neutral Bar
Neutral Insulator Kit
Filler Plate, 4M

7.80
29.20
18.00

Area Lighting Panels
C-Bus Area lighting Panels are ideally suited to meet lighting control energy code requirements in
classrooms, offices and other small spaces. Area Lighting Panels are designed to be used with C-Bus
input units, including: keypads, sensors (occupancy and light level detection) and touch screens. A
simple CAT-5 cable is all that is required for connecting of these devices.
C-Bus Area Lighting Panels provide on/off switching, stepped dimming or continuous dimming. All relays
feature rugged 20 A rated contacts for switching electronic ballast loads. Models with continuous dimming
capabilities are available with phase angle or 0–10 V control. C-Bus Area Lighting Panels can operate
independently or as part of an entire facility wide lighting control system. Enclosures can easily be mounted
in electrical closets or in ceiling spaces. They include all necessary connections and are UL® Listed. Area
Lighting Panels can also be used in conjunction with Powerlink™ panels.

Area Lighting Panel

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Relay models: Four (4) or Eight (8) channel relay outputs, rated 20 A
Phase Angle Dimmer Model: Four (4) channels of 4 A outputs for incandescent lighting loads.
0–10 V outputs available for control of compatible 0–10 V dimmable fluorescent ballasts, or LED drivers
Integral neutral and ground bar terminal strips
Meets NEC 300.22 requirements to be installed above ceilings and other spaces that handle environmental air
Bypass mode to facilitate quick start up
Meets NEC Article 409
UL Listed 508 A

Table 5.32:

C-Bus Area Lighting Panels

Catalog No.

Description

$ Price

4 Channel 20 A Relay Models
SLCZ042000T
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with power supplya
SLCZ042000H
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V with power supplya
SLCZ042000TP
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without power supply
SLCZ042000HP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V without power supply

1769.00
1769.00
1675.00
1675.00

8 Channel 20 A Relay Models
SLCZ082000T
8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with power supplya
SLCZ082000H
8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V with power supplya
SLCZ082000TP
8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without power supply
SLCZ082000HP 8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V without power supply
4 Channel 20 A Relay Models with 0-10 V Output Units
SLCZ04204AT
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unita
SLCZ04204AH
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V with power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unita
SLCZ04204ATP
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unit
SLCZ04204AHP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V without power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unit
4 Channel 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer Models
SLCZ00004DT
4 Channel 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer @ 120 V with C-Bus power supplya
SLCZ00004DTP 4 Channel 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer @ 120 V without C-Bus power supply
4 Channel 20 A Relay Models with Phase Angle Dimmer Units
SLCZ04204DT
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with C-Bus power supply and 4 Ch. Phase Angle Dimmer Unita
SLCZ04204DTP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without C-Bus power supply and 4 Ch. Phase Angle Dimmer Unit
a
For stand-alone applications order unit with power supply.

5-18

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

2646.00
2646.00
2462.00
2462.00
2492.00
2492.00
2308.00
2308.00
1144.00
920.00
2630.00
2182.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Software Packages
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

The C-Bus Toolkit Software includes the C-Bus Installation and programming Software,
Project Manager, and C-Bus Calculator. The software works under Windows™ 98, ME,
2000 and XP and supports a unique barcode scanning feature. This allows the installer to
scan the C-Bus packaging of each new unit to add the unit to the database. The software
prints adhesive labels that can be affixed to building plans. These labels include the Unit
Address and the physical location that the unit is to be installed. Labels are duplicated so
that one label can be affixed to the unit and one to the electrical plan for the installation. The
labels have barcodes on them so that units can be easily re-identified if required.
NOTE: C-Bus Toolkit Software is a free download from
http://www.schneider-electric.us/solutions/lighting-and-whole-home-control/

LIGHTING CONTROLS

C-Bus Toolkit Software

C-Bus Schedule Plus Version 4 includes a number of major features, including enhanced
scheduling features, support for monitoring load run times, load power and energy
consumed, support for fully customizable multilevel, password protected, access level
control, support for sunrise and sunset times, support for daylight saving times, support for
128 bit encrypted secure Internet connectivity allowing control and monitoring via any Web
Browser. The software also includes a graphic display as well as a fully featured
programmable logic engine. The USB Code Key works under Windows XP Home, XP
Professional, Server 2003, Vista Ultimate, Vista Business and Vista Enterprise.
NOTE: An evaluation version of Schedule Plus is available
for download by going to http://www.schneider-electric.us/solutions/lightingand-whole-home-control/ and clicking Software Downloads in the far-left
column.

Schedule Plus Software Screen Captures

HomeGate Software V.4
Residential application PC control of a C-Bus Control System. C-Bus HomeGate Version 4
includes a number of major features, including support for 128 bit encrypted secure Internet
connectivity allowing control and monitoring via any Web Browser, irrigation system control
feature, enhanced scheduling features, support for sunrise and sunset times, support for
daylight saving times. The software also includes a fully featured programmable logic
engine. The C-Bus USB Key works under Windows XP Home, XP Professional, Server
2003, Vista Ultimate, Vista Business and Vista Enterprise.
NOTE: An evaluation version of HomeGate is available
for download by going to http://www.schneider-electric.us/solutions/lightingand-whole-home-control/ and clicking Software Downloads in the far-left
column.

Installer License Key
The C-Bus Software Installer License Key is a valuable tool for installers to
create/commission projects using C-Bus Version 4 Schedule Plus & HomeGate software.
This code key is time restricted and allows the software to operate in ‘normal’ mode for
anywhere between 48 to 72 hours per use (the software then returns to evaluation/demo
mode).
NOTE: The installer code key will also be compatible with future software releases.
Table 5.33:
Catalog No.

Catalog Description

$ Price

Schedule PlusV. 4
SLC5000SDSP24

License Key for 2 Networks

792.00

SLC5000SDSP104

License Key for 10 Networks

1680.00

SLC5000SDSPU4

License Key for Unlimited Networks

2665.00

HomeGate V. 4
SLC5000SDHG24

License Key for 2 Networks

352.00

SLC5000SDHG104

License Key for 10 Networks

680.00

Installer key for Schedule Plus or Homegate (unlimited networks)

389.00

SLC5000SDSP24

HomeGate Software Screen Captures

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

5-19

5

Schedule Plus Software V.4

Occupancy Sensors

Lighting Control
Class 1200

5

Basic Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Wall Switch
Occupancy
Sensor

Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors are ideally used in
commercial buildings to save energy that would otherwise
be wasted to light unoccupied rooms or spaces. These
Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors employ the latest in
passive infrared (PIR) sensing technology to accurately
sense when a room or space is occupied, then turn lights
on. When the room is unoccupied, the sensor turns lights
off after a time delay of up to 30 minutes as determined by
the user. Auto-ON and Manual-ON models available with
decorator wall plate in White, Ivory or Light Almond.
Simply mount the sensor in place of existing single gang
switch — no neutral connection required. Special multisegmented lens creates a coverage pattern that
accurately detects major motion in rooms up to 1000 sq. ft.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Commercial Grade
Wall Switch

Blank Cover Plate
with decorator style opening

Input: 120/277 Vac 60 Hz
Output: 1000W Max. Load @ 120 V (1000 VA@120 V
1800 VA@277 V)
1/4 HP Max. Motor Load
UL and cUL Listed
For use with electronic and magnetic ballasts
CEC Title 24 Certified

Table 5.34:
Catalog No.

Catalog Description

Auto-ON/Auto-OFF
SLSPWS1277AL Light Almond Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor
SLSPWS1277AW White Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor
SLSPWS1277AI Ivory Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor

SLSPWS1277ML Light Almond Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor
SLSPWS1277MW White Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor
SLSPWS1277MI Ivory Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor

The Residential Vacancy Sensor directly replaces standard
light switches in bathrooms, garages, laundry rooms and
utility rooms in accordance with Title 24 2005 requirements
for residential lighting (Sections 119(d) and 150 (k)).
Vacancy Sensors from Schneider Electric operate just like a
standard light switch, requiring a button press to turn lights
on. Lights may be turned off with a button press or the
sensor will turn off lighting automatically when the area is
unoccupied.

•
•
•
•
•

No user time delay and sensitivity adjustments necessary
Available in White, Ivory or Light Almond
Furnished with cover plate
Manual On/Manual Off or Automatic Off operation
No neutral or minimum load required

DE-8A Discount
Schedule

62.00
62.00
62.00

Residential Vacancy Sensor
SLSPWS120VL Wall switch vacancy sensor, light almond
SLSPWS120VI Wall switch vacancy sensor, ivory
SLSPWS120VW Wall switch vacancy sensor, white

SLSPWS1277UW
SLSPWS1277UI
SLSPWS1277UG
SLSPWS1277UL
SLSPWS1277UB

Available in white, ivory, gray, light almond and black with
matching cover plate (included)
Color matching multi-segmented lens
Audible alert
Selectable auto-on and manual-on modes
Red LED motion indicator
For use with electronic and magnetic ballasts
1000 VA@120 V, 1800 VA@277 V
User adjustable light level, time delay, and sensitivity
30 second grace period in the manual-on mode

81.00
81.00
81.00

Manual-ON/Auto-OFF

Maximum energy savings in a format that will complement
any decor. Low profile sensors are available in white,
ivory, gray, light almond and black with color-matched
segmented lens.
Light Level Sensor Mode: Each sensor includes an
adjusatble light level sensor to hold off artificial lighting
when adequate natural light is present.
Walk-Through Mode: To maximize energy savings, the
sensor detects when areas are briefly occupied as a result
of a person walking through and turns off lighting based
on a shorter time delay. Walk-Through Mode is available
on single and dual circuit units.
Lamp Saver Mode: When the lamp saver feature is
enabled, the sensor automatically alternates which load
responds to motion. The result is more predictable lamp
life and reduced maintenance. (Dual circuit only)
Adaptive Technology: Commercial Grade dual
technology and ultrasonic wall switch occupancy sensors
feature a patented adaptive technology that significantly
reduces the learning period typically associated with
adaptive sensors. Adaptive Sensors from Schneider
Electric reduce the occurrence of nuisance on and
nuisance off while at the same time extending lamp life
and reducing maintenance.

•

$ Price

Basic Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors

Commercial Grade Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors

Residential Wall Switch Vacancy Sensors

5-20

www.schneider-electric.us

Rated for both 120 V incandescent and fluorescent lighting
Title 24 2005 Residential Lighting requirements, Sec. 150(k)
No override on
Manual-on only (no auto-on mode)
30 minute time delay

Commercial Grade Wall Switch Occupancy
Sensors

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Toggle Cover Plate
with decorator style opening

•
•
•
•
•

42.00
42.00
42.00

Single Circuit PIR
White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

117.00
117.00
117.00
117.00
117.00

Dual Circuit PIR
SLSPWD1277UW
SLSPWD1277UI
SLSPWD1277UG
SLSPWD1277UL
SLSPWD1277UB

Single Circuit Ultrasonic
SLSUWS1277UW
SLSUWS1277UI
SLSUWS1277UG
SLSUWS1277UL
SLSUWS1277UB

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

142.00
142.00
142.00
142.00
142.00

Dual Circuit Ultrasonic
SLSUWD1277UW
SLSUWD1277UI
SLSUWD1277UG
SLSUWD1277UL
SLSUWD1277UB

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

165.00
165.00
165.00
165.00
165.00

Single Circuit Dual Technology
SLSDWS1277UW
SLSDWS1277UI
SLSDWS1277UG
SLSDWS1277UL
SLSDWS1277UB

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

187.00
187.00
187.00
187.00
187.00

Dual Circuit Dual Technology
SLSDWD1277UW
SLSDWD1277UI
SLSDWD1277UG
SLSDWD1277UL
SLSDWD1277UB

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

210.00
210.00
210.00
210.00
210.00

Blank Cover Plates
SLSWP2DBW
SLSWP2DBI
SLSWP2DBG
SLSWP2DBL
SLSWP2DBB

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50

Toggle Cover Plates
SLSWP2DTW
SLSWP2DTI
SLSWP2DTG
SLSWP2DTL
SLSWP2DTB

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50

Buttonless Cover Plates
SLSBCW
SLSBCI
SLSBCG
SLSBCL
SLSBCB

Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, White
Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Ivory
Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Gray
Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Light Almond
Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Black

15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Occupancy Sensors

Lighting Control
Class 1200

www.schneider-electric.us

Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors from Schneider Electric accurately detect occupancy and
automatically switch lighting on and off as needed. These sensors are wall or ceiling
mounted for superior motion detection. Sensors employ Passive Infrared (PIR) and
Ultrasonic technology. Dual Technology model features combined PIR and Ultrasonic
detection for the ultimate performance. The PIR Occupancy Sensor has 3 interchangeable
lenses for custom coverage patterns. Wide Angle, Long Range and High Bay. Wall mount
sensors also incorporate an integral light level sensor, and features an isolated relay for use
with building automation, security and HVAC systems.
Adjustable Sensitivity
Adjustable time delay
UL and cUL Listed
CEC Title 24 Certified
FCC Part 15, Class B
ASHRAE/IES 90.1

Table 5.35:

Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors

Catalog No.

Dual Technology Wall Mount

Catalog Description

$ Price

SLSWPS1500

PIR occupancy sensor

161.00

SLSWUS1500

Ultrasonic occupancy sensor

191.00

SLSWDS1500

Dual Technology occupancy sensor

221.00

Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors
Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors are ideal for offices, conference rooms, class rooms and
other shared areas to automatically turn lights on and off based on occupancy. Sensors
employ Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic technology. Dual Technology model features
combined PIR and Ultrasonic detection for the ultimate performance. Requires power pack.
Set of normally closed and normally opened auxiliary contacts for use with building
automation and security systems.

Dual Technology Ceiling Mount

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Input: 24 Vdc
Output: +24 Vdc
Adjustable Sensitivity
Low Profile Housing
Adjustable Light Level Sensor
UL and cUL Listed
CEC Title 24 Certified
FCC Part 15, Class B
ASHRAE/IES 90.1

Table 5.36:

Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

$ Price

SLSCPS1000

PIR occupancy sensor

134.00

SLSCUS2000

Ultrasonic occupancy sensor

197.00

SLSCDS2000

Dual Technology occupancy sensor

231.00

SLSCUS800

180 Degree Ultrasonic sensor

129.54

SLSCDS800

180 Degree Dual Technology Sensor (PIR and Ultrasonic Sensors combined)

141.76

Power Pack
For use with wall and ceiling mount sensors to supply power to sensor and switch the load
when the sensor detects occupancy. May supply power to multiple sensors and auxiliary
relays up to 100 mA nominal load.

•
•
•
•

Input: 120/277 Vac 50/60 Hz
Output: 24 Vdc/100 mA Nom.
Relay rating: 20 A Max. Ballast Load at 120 Vac (20 A Max. at 277 V)
UL cUL Listed

In Canada:

•
•
•
•

Input: 347 Vac60 Hz
Output: 24 Vdc/150 mA Nominal
Relay rating: 15 A Max. Ballast Load at 347 Vac (15 A Max. at 5200 watts)
UL cUL Listed

Auxiliary Relay
For use with wall and ceiling mount sensors to turn lights on when an area is occupied or off
when it is not. Requires power pack to supply input power to operate relay.
Power Pack

•
•
•

Input: 24 Vdc/36 mA Nom.
Relay rating: 20 A Max. Ballast Load at 120 Vac (20 A Max. at 277 V)
UL cUL Listed

In Canada:

•
•

Input: 24 Vdc/2 mA Nominal
Relay rating: 15 A Max. Ballast Load at 347 Vac

Table 5.37:

Power Pack and Auxiliary Relay

Catalog No.
SLSPP1277
SLSSP24
SLSPP1347
SLSSP24347
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8A Discount
Schedule

Catalog Description
120–277 Vac Power Pack
120–277 Vac Auxiliary Relay
347 Vac Power Pack
347 Vac Auxiliary Relay

$ Price
46.50
36.00
47.50
36.00

5-21

5

•
•
•
•
•
•

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors

Occupancy Sensors

Lighting Control
Class 1200

www.schneider-electric.us

5

Fixture Mounted Sensors and Controls

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Schneider Electric extends its occupancy-sensing capability with a range of line voltage sensors based on
passive infrared (PIR) technology. These sensors feature rugged housings that resist moisture and dust typical
of manufacturing and shipping dock areas. Sensors incorporate universal power supply, relay and PIR element
in a single housing ready for direct attachment to popular high-bay and low-bay luminaires.
Sensors are available either as stand alone sensor-per-fixture devices or equipped with connectors for low-cost
plastic optical fiber cable. Plastic optical fiber connectivity between sensors allows implementation of control
zones within aisles and work areas without back-pulling signaling wire in conduit. Each sensor acts as a
network repeater, allowing 200 foot spacing between sensors. Plastic fiber can be cut and terminated without
special tools or installer training.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Indoor Occupancy Sensor

•
•

All sensors feature oversized Fresnel lenses and premium, low-noise pyroelectric elements for reliable PIR sensing at
mounting heights up to 45 feet.
Both area- and aisle-sensing Fresnel lenses ship with each sensor. Color-coded snap-out lenses can be swapped in the
field.
Switch packs open and close based on fiber optic commands from fiber sensors
Universal power supply design adapts to 120–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz without jumpers or taps.
Single-pole/close-on-motion relays sized for switching dry contact, magnetic HID or electronic ballast loads.
Mounts directly to reflector with included pinch bracket or to ballast housing with ” NPT threaded pipe nipple.
Built-in manual override test switch and diagnostic LED to assist in installation. Diagnostic LED can be seen at distance to
assist in walk test.
Fifteen minute power ON warm-up timer assures rated lamp life even if the fiber network is broken.
User adjustable sensitivity and delay time settings (0–15 minutes)

Table 5.38:

Table Line Voltage Occupancy Sensors

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

SLSPIP210
SLSPIP210CT
SLSPIP210EB
SLSPIP210EBCT
SLSPIP211
SLSPIP212
SLSPSP101
SLSPSP102
SLSPCW001
SLSPIPBRACKET

Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber connectivity
Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber, cold temperature
Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber, electronic ballast
Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber, electronic ballast cold temperature
Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, one fiber input, one fiber output
Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, two fiber inputs
Fiber optic switch pack, indoor, one fiber in, one fiber output
Fiber optic switch pack, indoor, two fiber inputs
Fixture-mounted counterweight for HID
Bracket for off-fixture mounting

$ Price
141.00
174.00
141.00
174.00
166.00
166.00
141.00
141.00
13.00
11.00

Fluorescent High Bay Sensors
The SLSFPS1347 and SLSFPS1480 Occupancy Sensors are Class 1, fixture mounted, 360° high bay
occupancy sensors. They are designed to operate directly with T5 and T8 fluorescent fixtures that use
single or multiple electronic ballasts. Motion is detected using passive infrared technology (PIR). The
operation voltage range for the SLSFPS1347 Sensor is 120–347 V. The SLSFPS1480 Sensor operates at
480 V.

Features

Fluorescent High Bay Sensor

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Includes a user-adjustable time dial to set the length of time the luminaires stay on from 15 seconds to 30 minutes.
Includes a user-adjustable range dial to customize PIR sensitivity.
Includes a user-adjustable time dial to set the length of time the luminaires stay on from 15 seconds to 30 minutes.
Includes a user-adjustable range dial to customize PIR sensitivity.
90 degree rotating lens for a variety of aisle-way applications.
High bay area, low bay area, and high bay aisle lenses provided.
18 minutes time-out preset for maximum energy to lamp life savings.

Table 5.39:

Specificiations

Catalog No.
SLSFPS1347
SLSFPS1480

Catalog Description
120–347 Vac High bay Occupancy Sensor
480 Vac High Bay Occupancy Sensor

$ Price
78.00
89.00

UL 924 Emergency Control Devices
Schneider Electric UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Devices provide the ability to use and control standard
fixtures for emergency and standard lighting. The use of UL 924 emergency lighting control device, under
normal operating power the devices turn on and off emergency lighting along with standard lighting in an area.
In the event of normal power loss the UL 924 emergency lighting control devices detect the power loss, and will
automatically transfer emergency power to the fixtures. This provides emergency lighting through standard
fixtures. Schneider Electric provides a wide selection of UL 924 emergency lighting control devices that work
with occupancy and dimming based lighting control.
UL 924 Emergency Control Device

Features

•
•
•
•
•
•

Saves energy by controlling Emergency Lighting
Multiple mounting methods
Convenient test switch
Works with occupancy or dimmer controls
Visible Power LED
Easy to install

Table 5.40:
Catalog No.
SLSEDC120
SLSEDC277
SLSEPMC120
SLSEPMC277
SLSERC1277

5-22

Specificiations
Catalog Description
UL 924 Emergency Lighting Dimmer Control 120 Vac
UL 924 Emergency Lighting Dimmer Control 277 Vac
UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Relay Panel Mount 120 Vac
UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Relay Panel Mount 277 Vac
UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Relay 120/277 Vac

DE-8A Discount
Schedule

$ Price
700.00
700.00
300.00
300.00
300.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Powerlink™ Lighting
Control Systems

Gen 3 Products

BACnet Capability
The Building Automation and Control network (BACnet) communication protocol is
incorporated into the Powerlink™ G3 controller design. The addition of the BACnet protocol
allows Powerlink panels to be easily integrated into a Building Automation System (BAS)
employing this open communication standard without the need for communication bridges
or gateways.

Controller Models
The following Powerlink G3 controller models support ‘native’ BACnet communications:

•
•
•

NF2000G3 — Ethernet communications, shared remote inputs, network time synchronization
NF3000G3 — Email upon alarm, onboard web pages for status/control/configuration
NF3000G3C — C-Bus communications (ability to interface with a Clipsal™ lighting control network)

Factory Assembled System
The following factory engineered pricing procedure may be used to price either 240 V or
480Y/277 V Powerlink G3 systems:

•
•
•
Powerlink available in
column width design

•
•
•

Select system type and interior size from Table 5.43 on 5-24. All Powerlink G3 panels are furnished
with either 1 or 2 control bus strips.
Select panelboard base price from Table 5.44. All Powerlink G3 panels use NF type panelboard
interiors, boxes, and trims and are suitable for either 240 V or 480Y/277 V systems.
Select branch circuit breaker requirements from Table 5.45. Powerlink G3 panels can accommodate
both ECB-G3 remotely operated circuit breakers and EDB, EGB and EJB standard branch circuit
breakers.
Refer to panelboard section for additional panelboard accessories.
For complete price, order by description.
Apply appropriate discount schedule.

240 V Factory Assembled System Example:
500 level system with 225 A MLO panelboard rated for 208Y/120 V, 3Ø4W, 10kAIR,
Type 1, surface mount with ground bar and (12) 20 A 1-pole bolt-on remote operated circuit
breakers.
Table 5.41:
Item
System Type: 500 controller with 12 ckt bus
Panel type: 250 A MLO
Branch circuit breakers: (12) 20 A 1-pole
Ground bar
Total price

Page No.
5-24
5-26
5-26
5-26

$ Price
5074.00
864.00
2628.00
28.50
8594.50

Table 5.42:
Feature

Up to eight panels can
be controlled from a single
controller.

Inputs
2 - wire
2 - wire with status feedback
3 - wire
Time Scheduler
7 day, each configurable
Daily on/off periods
Holiday events
Automatic daylight savings
Sunrise/sunset tracking

System Level
500

1000

2000

3000

8
8
8

16
8
8

16
8
8

16
8
8

—
—
—
—
—

16
24
32
X
X

16
24
32
X
X

16
24
32
X
X

X
—
—
—
—
—

X
—
Xa
X
—
—

X
X
—
X
—
X

X
X
—
X
Xb
X

Networking
Modbus™ ASCII/RTU
Modbus TCP
Johnson Controls N2
DMX
C-Bus
BACnet MSTP/IP
a
Specify N2 suffix
b
Specify C suffix
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8A Discount
Schedule

5-23

5

Powerlink G3 systems are ideally suited for controlling lighting and other loads in
commercial, institutional, and industrial facilities. Such systems are typically used to lower
utility cost by switching branch circuits OFF during non-occupied periods when lighting is
unnecessary or during peak demand periods when a partial reduction in load can save
significant money.
These systems utilize remotely operated circuit breakers to switch branch circuits ON and
OFF via a time schedule or by an externally generated signal (typically a low voltage wall
switch, photocell, access system, fire alarm or building management system). All Powerlink
components mount inside a standard lighting panelboard to provide a compact, space
saving installation.
Powerlink G3 systems feature a powerful microprocessor based controller that provides
system intelligence for 168 remotely operated branch circuits. Master panelboards contain
the control electronics, power supply, and control bus strips for up to 42 branch circuit
breakers. Slave panels extend the capability of the system by allowing remotely operated
branch circuit breakers to be operated from the master controller via a simple, 4-wire,
sub-net connection.
All Powerlink G3 systems have the capability of being networked together and operated
from a central workstation or via a remote modem connection. Powerlink software allows
users to remotely configure the system, change time schedules, monitor circuit breaker or
input status, and override zones and breakers.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Class 1210

www.schneider-electric.us

Powerlink™ Lighting
Control Systems

Gen 3 Products
Class 1210

5

Table 5.43:

ECB-G3 Circuit Breakers Bolt-On Remotely Operated
One-Pole
27 7 Vac – 14,000 AIR
120 Vac – 65,000 AIR

Ampere
Rating

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Catalog
Number
ECB14015G3c
ECB14020G3c
ECB14030G3

15
20
30

Table 5.44:

Two-Pole
480Y/277 Vac – 14,000 AIR
120/240 Vac – 65,000 AIR
240 Vac – 14,000 AIR Ground B Phase

$ Price
237.00

Catalog
Number
ECB34015G3c
ECB34020G3c
ECB32030G3d

$ Price
558.00

$ Price
890.00

One-Pole 480 Y/277 – 14,000 AIR 240 V – 65,000 AIR

Catalog No.
$ Price
20
ECB142020G3EL
558.00
Note: All are listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and
marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. UL listed as HID rated for use with high intensity discharge lighting systems.
(1) #12–8 Al or (1) #10–8 Cu. Suitable for use with 75°C conductors.
c
UL listed as SWD (switching duty) rated.
d
Rated for 240 Vac only – 42,000 AIR

Table 5.45:

Control Bus

Max. No. of Control
Circuits
12
12
18
18
21
21

Table 5.46:

Required
Interior Size
30
30
42
42
54
54

Table 5.47:

Panel Orientation

Catalog No.

Left
Right
Left
Right
Left
Right

NF12SBLG3
NF12SBRG3
NF18SBLG3
NF18SBRG3
NF21SBLG3
NF21SBRG3

$ Price
851.00
1065.00
1163.00

Power Supply

Voltage
120 V
240 V
277 V
120 V
240 V
277 V

Control Bus

Catalog
Number
ECB24015G3c
ECB24020G3c
ECB24030G3

Three-Pole
480Y/277 Vac – 14,000 AIR
240 Vac – 42,000 AIR

ECB-G3 Circuit Breakers for Emergency Lighting
(requires 2-pole spaces)
Ampere Rating

ECB-G3 Circuit Breaker

www.schneider-electric.us

Primary Source
Panel Bus
Panel Bus
Panel Bus
External
External
External

Catalog No.
NF120PSG3
NF240PSG3
NF277PSG3
NF120PSG3L
NF240PSG3L
NF277PSG3L

$ Price
791.00
899.00

Controller
Description

Catalog No.

500
1000
1000N2 (N2 protocol)
2000
3000
3000C (C-bus

$ Price

NF500G3
NF1000G3
NF1000G3N2
NF2000G3
NF3000G3
NF3000G3C

1946.00
3968.00
8288.00
7107.00
9741.00
9741.00

Table 5.48:
Remote Source Controller (for additional inputs)—
Includes NEMA 1 enclosure, source controller and power supply
Power Supply

Voltage
120 V
240 V
277 V

Table 5.49:

NF3000G3 Controller

Catalog No.
RSC16G3120
RSC16G3240
RSC16G3277

Cables & Accessories

Description
Catalog No.
Control bus cables
Harness standard panel
NF2HG3
Sub-net accessories & cables
Slave address selectore
NFSELG3
6’ sub-net cable
NFSN06
10’ sub-net cable
NFSN10
25’ sub-net cable
NFSN25
50’ sub-net cable
NFSN50
Serial cables
Controller front panel cable
NFFPCG3
e
One slave address selector required for each slave panel.

Table 5.50:

Powerlink Software

5-24

$ Price
89.00
173.00
75.00
105.00
234.00
405.00
102.00

Miscellaneous Hardware

Description
Circuit Breaker Handle Padlock (Lock On or Off)
Fixed Barrier
Remote Mounting Adapter
f
DE2 Discount

Table 5.51:

$ Price
3045.00
3045.00
3045.00

Catalog No.
HPAFD f
NFASBKG3
NFADAPTERG3

$ Price
25.50
177.00
102.00

Software

Description
Catalog No.
LCSAdvanced Software
LCSADVANCED
LCSBasic Software
LCSBasic
Powerlink Controller Softwareg
PCS101
g
N2 supported controllers. All other controllers use LCSAdvanced or LCSBasic.

DE-8A

DE2

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
4000.00
1500.00
1523.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Powerlink™ Lighting
Control Systems

Gen 3 Products
Class 1210

www.schneider-electric.us

Voltage
120 V
240 V
277 V
120 V
240 V
277 V
120 V
240 V
277 V
120 V
240 V
277 V
120 V
240 V
277 V
120 V
240 V
277 V

Remote Mount Controller

Catalog No.
RMC500G3120
RMC500G3240
RMC500G3277
RMC1000N2G3120
RMC1000N2G3240
RMC1000N2G3277
RMC1000G3120
RMC1000G3240
RMC1000G3277
RMC2000G3120
RMC2000G3240
RMC2000G3277
RMC3000G3120
RMC3000G3240
RMC3000G3277
RMC3000G3C120
RMC3000G3C240
RMC3000G3C277

Controller Type
NF500G3
NF500G3
NF500G3
NF1000N2G3
NF1000N2G3
NF1000N2G3
NF1000G3
NF1000G3
NF1000G3
NF2000G3
NF2000G3
NF2000G3
NF3000G3
NF3000G3
NF3000G3
NF3000G3C
NF3000G3C
NF3000G3C

$ Price
4272.00
4272.00
4272.00
10615.00
10615.00
10615.00
6990.00
6990.00
6990.00
9860.00
9860.00
9860.00
12680.00
12680.00
12680.00
12680.00
12680.00
12680.00

Device Power Supply
The Powerlink Device Power Supply is used to distribute power on a C-Bus™ network.
Placed at critical points on the network, device power supplies will provide the current
necessary for operating a variety of passive C-Bus devices. A Powerlink Device
Power Supply consists of an 8M enclosure containing one or two 4M Power Supplies
(120 or 277 Vac).

•
•
•
•
•

Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure, with cover
Unit and C-Bus LEDs indicate the status of the line voltage and the network
Sources up to 700 mA (dual power supplies) to the C-Bus network
120 V or 277 Vac models available
Dimensions: 8.9 in. (226mm) wide x 3.8 in. (97mm) deep x 12.57 (319mm) tall

Device Router

Device Power Supply

The Powerlink Device Router allows the exchange of data between a Powerlink
NF3000G3C controller and C-Bus devices. This device router receives data from C-Bus
input devices such as keypads and touchscreens and sends data to the Powerlink system
and isa versa. The device router consists of a C-Bus 8M enclosure containing a C-Bus PC
Interface and a C-Bus Power Supply (120 Vac or 277 Vac). Communication between the
device router and the NF3000G3C controller is made with the included 50-foot serial cable.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure, with cover
Unit, Unit/Comms, and C-Bus LEDs indicate the status of data transmission and power to the unit
and the network
System network clock for synchronizing communications data
Network power source, supplying up to 350 mA
120 Vac or 277 Vac models available
Dimensions: 8.9 in. (226mm) wide x 3.8 in. (97mm) deep x 12.57 in. (319mm) tall

Table 5.53:

Powerlink Device Routersa

Description
120 V Device Router
277 V Device Router
a
Required for interface to Clipsal units.
b
DE-8 Discount.

Table 5.54:
Powerlink Device Router

Catalog No.
NFDR120G3Cb
NFDR277G3Cb

$ Price
1632.00
1632.00

Powerlink Device Power Suppliesc

Description
Single Supply 120 V
Dual Supply 120 V
Single Supply 277 V
Dual Supply 277 V
Filler Plate
c
Extends C-Bus power to Clipsal devices.
d
DE-8 Discount.

Catalog No.
NFDP1120G3Cd
NFDP2120G3Cd
NFDP1277G3Cd
NFDP2277G3Cd
SLC4CSF8

$ Price
900.00
1650.00
900.00
1650.00
27.00

Catalog No.
6382RS485G3KIT

$ Price
526.50

Powerlink Network Accessories
Table 5.55:

Powerlink Network Accessories

Description
RS232/485 Converter

Table 5.56:

Powerlink Remote Modem Supporte

Description
Catalog No.
$ Price
Modem Kit (for G3 Controllers)
6382G3MODEM
876.00
e
Requires 2000 and 3000 controller and either Analog or Ethernet modem connection to each master panel.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8

DE-8A Discount
Schedule

5-25

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Remote Mount Controller (for externally mounted electronics
Includes NEMA 1 enclosure, controller, and power supply

5

Table 5.52:

Powerlink™ Lighting
Control Systems

Class 1210

www.schneider-electric.us

5

G3 NF Panelboards 240 V and 480 Y/277 V Factory
Assembled Systems
Maximum Voltage 480 Y/277 Vac

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Table 5.57:

Powerlink G3 System Price
30 ckt Interior

List
System Type

12 ckt
bus

42 ckt Interior

24 ckt
bus

18 ckt
bus

54 ckt Interior

36 ckt
bus

21 ckt
bus

42 ckt
bus

Slave Panel

1650.00

3450.00

2025.00

4200.00

2370.00

4890.00

NF500G3

6753.00

8553.00

7128.00

9303.00

7473.00

10143.00

NF1000G3d

10728.00

12528.00

11103.00

13278.00

11448.00

14118.00

NF2000G3

17298.00

19098.00

17673.00

19848.00

18018.00

20688.00

NF3000G3

21072.00

22872.00

21447.00

23622.00

21792.00

24462.00

NOTE: Powerlink EM option BCPM list price adder.
Table 5.58:
Panelboard Base Price (including solid neutral)
Main Circuit Breaker (Circuit Breaker Interrupting Rating—6-2 through 6-8)ae

Mains
Rating

Main Lugs
Standard IC
2-pole

100 A

—

125 A

Circuit
Bkr.

3-pole
—

1269.00

1458.00

HIC

2-pole

3-pole

Circuit
Bkr.

Extra HIC

2-pole

3-pole

Circuit
Bkr.

EDb

2454.00

2823.00

EGb

3150.00

3624.00

HJ

EDb

5058.00

5643.00

EGb

6486.00

7464.00

—

I-Limiter™

2-pole

3-pole

4872.00

5397.00

—

—

Circuit
Bkr.
FI

2-pole

3-pole

6375.00

7326.00

—

—
—

—

150 A

—

—

HD

4905.00

5430.00

HG

6072.00

6597.00

HJ

6105.00

6630.00

—

225 A

—

—

JD

6180.00

6570.00

JG

7605.00

8100.00

JJ

9930.00

10995.00

KI

10899.00

12528.00

—

250 A

1503.00

1728.00

JD

6750.00

7710.00

JG

8985.00

9270.00

JJ

10785.00

12675.00

KI

13731.00

15783.00

400 A

1989.00

2286.00

LA

7995.00

9189.00

LH

11568.00

13296.00

LC

12759.00

14664.00

LI

14025.00

16119.00

600 Ac

3549.00

3933.00

—

14331.00

16326.00

LI

20460.00

23517.00

—

—

—

800 Ac
5325.00
5850.00
—
—
—
—
a
HL and JL frame circuit breakers are also available as main circuit breakers.
b
Backfed Main Circuit Breaker—54 circuit only.
c
Copper Bus Only.
d
For N2 protocol, add $3819.
e
Contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for MICROLOGIC™ trip
main circuit breakers

Table 5.59:

—

—

LC

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Branch Circuit Breaker – Price Per Circuit Breaker
Standard Breakers—EDB Bolt-On
18 kA AIR 1-pole,
25 kA AIR 2 & 3-pole @ 240 V,
18 kA AIR@480 Y/277

Powerlink G3—ECB Bolt-On
65 kA AIR@240 Vac,
14 kA AIR@480 Y/277
Voltage

Ampere
Rating

240
Vac

15–20

438.

1215.

1929.

30

438.

1215.

1929.

480Y/277
Vac

15–20

438.

1215.

1929.

30

438.

1215.

—

1-pole 2-pole 3-pole

Voltage

Ampere
Rating

Standard Breakers HIC—EGB Bolt-On
65 kA AIR@240 Vac,
35 kA AIR@480 Y/277
Ampere
Rating

2-pole

3-pole

15–60

288.

663.

1122.

15–60

486.

1119.

1896.

15–60

777.

1767.

3036.

70

513.

1308.

1569.

70

867.

2211.

2565.

70

1386.

3540.

4245.

80–100

—

1308.

1569.

80–100

—

2211.

2655.

80–100

—

3540.

4245.

110–125

—

3825.

4845.

110–125

—

6171.

7131.

110–125

—

7950.

9450.

Space Only
63.
126.
189.
Space Only
63.
126.
Note: All EC, ED, EG and EJ branch circuit breakers are UL Listed as HACR type.

189.

126.

189.

126.

189.

480Y/
277
Vac

Space Only

1-pole 2-pole 3-pole Voltage

Ampere
Rating

1-pole

480Y/
277
Vac

Voltage

Standard Breakers Extra HIC—EJB Bolt-On
100 kA AIR@240 Vac,
65 kA AIR@480 Y/277

63.

480Y/
277
Vac

1-pole 2-pole 3-pole

Space Only

63.

Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker

•

Available on 1Ø or 3Ø, 125–800 A main lugs or 125–600 A main circuit breaker
interiors
One sub-feed JD, JG, JJ or JL circuit breaker per 250 A panelboard
Two sub-feed JD, JG, JJ or JL circuit breakers per 400 A panelboardf

•
•
f

LC and JJ may not be combined.

Table 5.60:
No. of Poles
2
g

Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker (150–400 A)
JD

JG

JJg

JL

LA

LH

LCg

Space

2265.00 3165.00 3844.50 4230.00 2985.00 4150.50 6475.50

619.50

3
2527.50 3825.00 4665.00 5296.50 3687.00 4882.50 7617.00
JJ and LC sub-feed circuit breakers cannot be used together.

619.50

Table 5.61:

Sub-Feed Breaker Cabinet Data
Box Height (20" W x 5.75" D)

Max. No. of
Branch Spaces (Does
not include sub-feed
breaker spaces)

h
i
j
k

5-26

250 A

400 A LA/LH

600 A

800 A

Main
Lugs

Main
Circuit
Breaker

Main
Lugs

Main
Circuit
Breaker

Main
Lugsj

Main
Circuit
Breaker
i

30

56

68

68

80

68

80h

68

42

62

74

74

86

74

86h

74

54

68

80

80

92

80

92h

80

Main
Lugsk

To obtain pricing for the following Special Features please refer to the
Supplemental Digest.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

PowerLogic™ metering
Customer equipment space
Increased box depth
Box extensions top, bottom and side
Drip hoods
Non-standard paint
NEMA 1 gasketed
NEMA 4 Stainless steel enclosure
NEMA 4X Fiberglass enclosure (NQOD and NF)
Stainless steel trim front (NQOD, NF and I-LINE)
Padlockable hasp
Special locks (Corbin, Yale, Best)
Equal height boxes
Common trip to cover two equal height boxes
Panelboard skirthides conduits feeding a panelboard
Panelboard wireway for terminating conduit in wireway endwall
Panelboard interiors and special fronts to fit existing boxes

Dimensions also for 400 A LC/LI main circuit breaker panels.
600 A main lug panelboards require an 8" deep, 26” wide box.
600 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75" deep box.
800 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75” deep, 26” wide box.

PE-1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Class 1210

The Powerlink Energy Management (EM) Lighting Control System incorporates the same features found in the
Powerlink G3 3000 level system, in addition to integral branch circuit and optional main metering for energy
monitoring and verification of the lighting system. Integral metering is accomplished using the PowerLogic™
Branch Circuit Power Meter (BCPM), which is a highly accurate, full-featured multi-branch circuit power meter that
provides unrivalled low-current monitoring.
The Powerlink G3 system reduces electrical energy consumption associated with lighting and other loads by
automatically switching loads off during non-occupied periods. The Powerlink G3 system is often ideal for reducing
th epeak demand by switching unnecessary lights off in response to an automated response signal or when high
time-of-day energy tariffs occur.

Features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Powerlink Energy Management
(EM) Lighting Control System

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Integral individual and optional mains metering to provide utmost flexibility in assurng a sustainable metering and
verification program
Monitors current, voltage, energy consumption, demand, and power factor for complete energy profiling
Accumulated metering information transmitted via Modbus communications interface
Data updates occurring within seconds to provide timely preventative maintenance information
Optional EGX web interface for storing and reporting data via standard web browser (suggested for applications without
Energy Management System [EMS] software)
Alarm indication when parameters approach user-configured thresholds
16 hard-wired inputs available for connection to devices with physical dry-contacts
64 communication inputs available for network connection
16 independent time schedules, each can be configured into 24 distinct periods
7-day repeating clock with changeable automatic daylight savings time
Automatic sunrise/sunset tracking with offsets
32 special event periods
32 remote sources for sharing input status, time schedules, or zone status between controllers
Full custom logic capabilities, including full Boolean functions and synchronization services
RS232 and RS485
Serial communications using Modbus ASCII/RTU, BACnet MS/TP and DMX512 protocols (metering Modbus only)
Ethernet 10BaseT communications using Modbus TCP and BACnet/IP protocols

Table 5.62:
Characteristics
Operating Temperature
-5° to 40°C (23° to 104°F) (95%RH, non-condensing)
Storage Temperature
-20° to 85°C (-4° to 185°F) (<95%RH, non-condensing)
Regulatory/Standards Compliance
• UL Listed 916, Energy Management Equip
• FCC Part 15, Class A
• NEC Class 1 and Class 2 Control Circuits
• ESD Immunity: IEC 1000, level 4
• RF Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 3
• Electrical Fast Transient Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 3
• Electrical Surge Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 4 (power line)
• Electrical Fast Transient Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 3 (interconnection lines)
BCPM Specifications
General
Control Power
90–277 Vac
Frequency
50/60 Hz
Sampling Frequency
2560 Hz
Update Rate
1.6 seconds per panelboard
Overload Capability
10 kAIC
Ribbon Cable Support
Up to 20 ft.
Operating Temperature
0° to 60°C (32°C to 122°F) (<95%RH, non-condensing)
Storage Temperature
-40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F)
Accurancy
Current Monitoring
0.25 A to 100A: 3% of reading from 0.25 A to 2 A; 2% of reading from 2 A to 100 A
Auxiliary Inputs
2% of reading from 1% to 10% of rated current; 1% of reading from 10% to 100% of rated current (0 to 0.333 Vac)
Voltage Input
90–277 Vac; 1% of reading from 90–277 L-N (models BCPMA and BCPMB only)
Power
4% of reading from 0.25 A to 2 A; 3% of reading 2 A to 100 Aa (models BCPMA and BCPM only)
Network Communications
Serial
Modbus™ RTU
Ethernet
TCP/IP
a
Recommended for application where EMS software monitoring is not provided.

5-27

LIGHTING CONTROLS

www.schneider-electric.us

Lighting Control System, Relay Panels, and Switches

5

Powerlink™ Energy
Management (EM)

Relay Panels

LPS, LPB, LPL
Class 1210

www.schneider-electric.us

5

Schneider Electric LPS Lighting Control Relay Panels offer a practical design for meeting
energy codes requirements in smaller commercial spaces. Panels are available preassembled with 8, 16, or 32 relays. They consist of relays, time scheduler, panel controller,
power supply, and NEMA 1 cabinet and cover.
Schneider Electric LPS Lighting Control Relay Panels offer a practical design for meeting
energy codes requirements in smaller commercial spaces. Panels are available preassembled with 8, 16, or 32 relays. They consist of relays, time scheduler, panel controller,
power supply, and NEMA 1 cabinet and cover.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

LPS-Standalone Relay Panel
LPS reduces energy use by automatically shutting off lights in response to a scheduled time
event from its built-in time controller or in response to an external control device, such as a
keypad switch, occupancy sensor, or photocell. These panels are ideal for use in smaller
commercial applications, such as small strip retail and office spaces, where a centralized
building management system is not practical.

Features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Relay Panels Family

Stand-alone lighting control system meets ASHRAE90.1 and CA Title 24
Individual heavy duty, mechanically latching, 20A relays
Built-in time controller supports 8 independent zones
Time retained during power outages for up to 30 days; nonvolatile program memory
Two universal switch inputs
Individual relay overrides can directly control each relay
Easy to program interface
2-wire relay used for monitoring and control
Manual operation lever with ON/OFF indicator built-in for easy maintenance
Screw terminals on load and control sides
UL 916 listed
Full 365-day, 7-day repeating clock with event priorities
Multi-group relay assignment
Inegral power supply (120 / 277 / 347 Vac)
Standard sizes: (LPS) 8, 16, 32; (LPB/LPL) 8, 16, 32, 48, or 64

LPB Additional Features

•
•
•

Application controller with the BACnet protocol
Heavy duty plug-in relays and electronic cards
Movable protection plate between high and low voltage sections

LPL Additional Features

•

Application controller with the LonWorks protocol

Available options include:

•

Multi-voltage separator (120/277/347 VAC)

Software provides a graphic interface that is simple and intuitive, providing the
following:

•

System configuration, programming, and operation: Scheduler and Data logger

LPB-Bacnet Protocol
The Schneider Electric LPB Lighting Control Relay Panel with Native BACnet Protocol offers
cost effective and code compliant lighting control. Panels are pre-packaged for ease of
ordering and installation. Standard configurations are available with 8, 16, 32, 48, or 64
relays.
Relays come in a heavy duty, high intensity discharge (HID) version that carries up to 20A
full load and are rated for over 120,000 mechanical operations. Heavy duty relays are
recommended for high inrush loads or where higher short circuit current ratings are required.
LPBs are designed to operate on a BACnet network where control intelligence is provided
through a BACnet building automation system. These panels are ideal for smaller
commercial or retail spaces where a low cost way to achieve automatic shut-off is required.
These simple to install and commission panels include full feature schedule control. Switch
overrides and photocells are easily added for complete control.

LPL-LonWorks Protocol
The Schneider Electric LPL Lighting Control Relay Panel with LonWorks® Protocol offers cost
effective and code compliant lighting control. The LPL is pre-packaged for ease of ordering and
installation. Standard configurations are available with 8, 16, 32, or 64 relays.
Whether from a stand-alone system, a soft-wired networked panels system, or a fully
programmable network system, the LPL offers engineers and facilities managers all the flexibility
they need to meet their lighting control requirements. LPL software scheduling and event
programming capabilities easily support all common sequences encountered in lighting control.
The LPL was developed using open LonWorks technology from the Echelon® Corporation. By
adopting LonTalk® communication protocols and incorporating Neuron® microprocessors, the
LPL panel complies with LonMark(tm) Interoperability Guidelines and is ready to interoperate in
highly functional, flexible, and open building systems.
The Schneider Electric Lighting Control Relay Switches provide manual ON/OFF operation of
lighting in zones. The switches are equipped with a switch based device using reversible polarity
pulse technology. The switches are fully compatible with Lighting Control Relay Panels by
Schneider Electric.

5-28

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Relay Panels

Switches
Class 1210

www.schneider-electric.us

Key Switch (SERPKWS)

Rocker Switch (SERPRWS)

•
•
•
•
•
•

Wall mountable to any standard wall box (1-gang requires mounting bracket
(SERPWSMB)
LED ON/OFF indication
Operates up to 8 relays per switch
6 LED switches per relay
Optional filler plate (SERPWSFP)
3 Amp, 24 Vdc, Reversible polarity Impulse

Push Button Switch (SERPWS) (Individual switch)

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Wall mountable to any standard wall box (1-gang requires mounting bracket
SERPWSMB; 3-gang comes ready to mount)
Switch input from common terminal
LED ON/OFF indication
Clear plastic labeling cap
Operates up to 4 relays per switch
6 LED switches per relay
Optional filler plate (SERPWSFP) may be required
1.5 Amp, 24 Vdc, Reversible polarity Impulse

Push Button Switch (SERPWS)
(Assembled switch)

•
•
•
•
•
•

Factory assembled
Includes mounting bracket, switch(es), cover plate
LED ON/OFF indication
Clear plastic labeling cap
Operates up to 4 relays per switch
6 LED switches per relay

NOTE: Refer to 1290HO1101 Relay Switches handout for cover
plate dimension

Relay Switches
SERPKWS, SERPWS, SERPRWS, SERPWS

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table 5.63:
Cat. No.
SERP8NHS
SERP16NHS
SERP32NHS
SERP8HS
SERP16HS
SERP32HS
SERPB8HS
SERPB16HS
SERPB32HS
SERPB48HS
SERPB64HS
SERPL8HS
SERPL16HS
SERPL32HS
SERPL48HS
SERPL64HS
SERPFLC16
SERPFLC32
SERPFLC48
SERPR1
SERPR2
SERPTC411
SERPRC401
SERPBC601
SERPTC811
SERPLIC
SERPLOC
SERPLUSB
SERPLS
SERPPBWS
SERPKWS
SERPRWS
SERPWSMB
SERPWS1G1B
SERPWS1G2B
SERPWS1G3B
SERPWS2G4B
SERPWS2G6B
SERPWS3G9B
SERPWS3G12B
SERPWS5G15B
SERPWS6G18B
SERPWSFP
SERPWP1G1B
SERPWP1G2B
SERPWP1G3B
SERPWP2G4B
SERPWP2G6B
SERPWP3G9B
SERPWP3G12B
SERPWP5G15B
SERPWP6G18B

Relay Panels, Switches and Plates
Description
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 8 NON-HID RELAYS
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 16 NON-HID RELAYS
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 32 NON-HID RELAYS
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 8 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 16 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 32 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 8 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 16 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 32 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 48 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 64 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 8 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 16 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 32 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 48 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 64 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES FLUSH COVER FOR 16 RELAY PANELS
SE SERIES FLUSH COVER FOR 32 RELAY PANELS
SE SERIES FLUSH COVER FOR 48 AND 64 RELAY PANELS
SE SERIES 1 POLE 20A HID RELAY 120–347 V
SE SERIES 2 POLE 20A HID RELAY 208–480 V
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL TIME CLOCK CONTROLLER
MODULE
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL SEQUENCER MODULE
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL BACnet Controller
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL TIME CLOCK CONTROLLER
LonWorks MODULE
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL INPUT CONTROLLER LonWorks
MODULE
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL OUTPUT CONTROLLER LonWorks
MODULE
SE SERIES FT—10 NETWORK INTERFACE USB
SE SERIES Lon SOFTWARE
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH WITH BRACKET
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL LOW VOLTAGE KEY OPERATED
SWITCH
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL LOW VOLTAGE ROCKER WALL
SWITCH
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH MOUNTING
BRACKET
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 1 GANG 1 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 1 GANG 2 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 1 GANG 3 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 2 GANG 4 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 2 GANG 6 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 3 GANG 9 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 4 GANG 12 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 5 GANG 15 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 6 GANG 18 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH FILER PLATE
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 1 GANG 1 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 1 GANG 2 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 1 GANG 3 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 2 GANG 4 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 2 GANG 6 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 3 GANG 9 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 4 GANG 12 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 5 GANG 15 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL GANG 6 GANG 18 BUTTON

Price
1556.13
3334.58
6545.67
2726.58
4829.59
8385.48
4559.36
5322.60
9521.71
13078.59
16684.88
3555.23
4897.76
8785.62
11932.49
15800.60
239.00
325.00
415.00
255.95
389.00
1037.42
1025.08
1051.16
730.00
645.00
957.00
950.00
1050.00
85.90
85.57
50.40
9.69
95.57
149.88
194.29
259.14
367.97
531.64
695.31
859.42
1003.53
8.07
30.00
30.00
30.00
45.00
45.00
60.00
70.00
80.00
90.00

5-29

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Wall mountable to any standard wall box
Key operated (ON—turn right; OFF—turn left)
Operates up to 4 relays per switch
6 switches per relay
3 Amp, 24 Vdc, Reversible polarity Impulse

5

•
•
•
•
•

Cassia™

Energy Management System
Class 1210

www.schneider-electric.us

5

The Cassia energy management system (EMS) from Schneider Electric is a revolutionary wireless in-room
solution that can have a dramatic impact on all key aspects contributing to your bottom line, from delighting
your guests and reducing your carbon footprint, to enjoying a rapid return on investment and helping to
maximize energy savings.

Thermostat
LIGHTING CONTROLS

The Cassia thermostat controls heating and cooling equipment in guest rooms. Each thermostat uses two
independent Zigbee radios for the local Room Area Network (RAN) within the room and the Hotel Area
Network (HAN).

Motion Sensor (PIR)
The Cassia wireless motion sensor uses a Passive Infrared (PIR) sensor to detect heat patterns in the room.
Motion will be signaled to the thermostat if the heat pattern changes.

Door Sensor
The Cassia wireless door sensor consists of a base and magnet. It sends a signal to the RAN indicating
when the door is opened or closed.

Lighting Control
Cassia System Components

The Cassia Lighting Control System, including switches (1000 W), dimmers (800 W), and plug modules
(Leading Edge Dimmer and Relay types), uses ZigBee wireless technology that provides dimming and/or
on/off functions.
Wall switches and dimmers are available in black, white, cream or light almond, with one and three button
options.

Plug Modules
Leading Edge Dimmer and Relay Plug Modules are designed to work as part of a Cassia EMS network
installation and can be controlled by other devices on a Cassia EMS network. The modules may be placed
into any standard 120 V wall outlet.
Plug modules are available in white.

Group Coordinator (GC)
The Cassia EMS Group Coordinator is a Zigbee® wireless gateway that can support up to 75 thermostats
and provides communication between a Room Area Network (RAN) Hotel Area Network (HAN) as well as a
Property Management System (PMS).

Server
The EMS Server receives temperature, door events, motion events, and other data from the rooms. Data
flows across the Ethernet network between the Thermostats, Group Coordinators and the EMS server.
Contact your Schneider Electric representative for more information about the Cassia Energy
Management System.

5-30

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 6
Surge Protective Devices
Commercial Applications

Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices
External Modular SPDs—EMA SPDs

6-2

External Modular L-L Enhanced SPDs

6-3

External Brick Assembly SPDs—EBA SPDs

6-3

Replacement Modules

6-4

Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices—New Construction
Panelboards—Refer to 9-1
Switchboards and Switchgear—Refer to 11-1
Model 6 Motor Control Centers—Refer to 17-1

Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices—Retrofit
Internally Mounted SPD—Retrofit

6-5

OEM/Assembler Kits

6-6

Nipple-Mounted Surge Protective Devices

Panelboards &
Switchboards, page 6-5

Retrofit,
page 6-5

Residential & Light
Commercial Applications

Nipple Mounted SPDs,
pages 6-6, 6-7, and 6-8

SDSA3650 SPDs

6-6

HWA SPDs

6-7

SDSA1175 SPDs

6-7

Mounting Brackets and Flush Mount Kits

6-7

XR SPDs

6-8

Residential Surge Protective Devices
Whole House SPDs

6-8

Whole House Accessories

6-8

QO™, NQ, and Homeline™ Loadcenter SPDs

6-8

Whole House SPDs,
page 6-8

QO/HOM SPDs,
page 6-8

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

6-1

6

Busway 12-1

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

IPaCS—Refer to 10-1

EMA/EBA SPDs,
pages 6-2, 6-3, & 6-4

Surge Protective
Devices

Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices
Class 1310 / Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices
Surgelogic™ offers a full range of externally mounted SPDs. These units are designed to provide surge suppression from service entrance panels to
point-of-use equipment.
US and Canadian UL® Listed to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA 22.2
No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems.

•
•
•

10 year product warranty
10 modes of protection
200 kA SCCR

•
•

EMI/RFI filtering
Audible alarm with enable/disable switch,
dry contacts, and surge counter standard

•
•

Indicator LEDs; normal (green) and fault condition (red) for each phase
UL 1449 Type 2 (or Type 1 with optional suffix in catalog number)

External SPD Options:

•
•
•
•
•

Sine Wave Tracking Module. Sine Wave Tracking (SWT) circuitry provides enhanced EMI/RFI filtering of -54 dB at 100 kHz and establishes the power surge
clamping window relative to the sine wave voltage to increase performance at distribution and branch panel applications.
Type 1. UL 1449 Type 1 SPDs can be located at any point in the electrical system, on the line or load side of the equipment overcurrent device.
Integral Switch. The integral switch provides a mechanical means to electrically isolate the entire surge suppressor before opening the enclosure door to facilitate
servicing of the unit’s components.
Remote Monitor. This option displays the alarm status of the surge protective device up to 1000 feet from the unit.
Flush Mount Kits. Flush mounting kits can be used on 120–240 kA EMA and EBA series devices. Devices with integral switch require a 20 inch flush mounting collar.

6

External Modular Assembly (EMA) SPDs
EMA SPD products feature a design based on individual phase modules for a flexible, cost effective way to achieve superior surge suppression at every
level of the electrical distribution system. Modularity results in lower life cycle costs and fast, easy service or replacement.

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Table 6.1:

EMA SPDs

Peak Surge Current
NEMA 3R
4X Stainless
$ Price NEMA
Rating per Phase (kA)
Cat. No.
Steel Cat. No.
120
TVS1EMA12A( )
4547.00 TVS1EMA12S( )
160
TVS1EMA16A( )
4997.00 TVS1EMA16S( )
120/240 V, 1-phase,
240
TVS1EMA24A( )
7421.00 TVS1EMA24S( )
3-wire + ground
320
TVS1EMA32A( )
9962.00 TVS1EMA32S( )
480
TVS1EMA48A( )
14798.00 TVS1EMA48S( )
120
TVS2EMA12A( )
4760.00 TVS2EMA12S( )
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS2EMA16A( )
5231.00 TVS2EMA16S( )
4-wire + ground ab
240
TVS2EMA24A( )
7782.00 TVS2EMA24S( )
Wye
320
TVS2EMA32A( )
10431.00 TVS2EMA32S( )
480
TVS2EMA48A( )
15522.00 TVS2EMA48S( )
120
TVS3EMA12A( )
4760.00 TVS3EMA12S( )
240/120 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS3EMA16A( )
5231.00 TVS3EMA16S( )
4-wire + ground
240
TVS3EMA24A( )
7782.00 TVS3EMA24S( )
High-leg Delta
320
TVS3EMA32A( )
10431.00
—
480
TVS3EMA48A( )
15522.00
—
120
TVS6EMA12A( )
4760.00 TVS6EMA12S( )
240 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS6EMA16A( )
5231.00 TVS6EMA16S( )
3-wire + ground
240
TVS6EMA24A( )
7782.00 TVS6EMA24S( )
Delta
320
TVS6EMA32A( )
10431.00 TVS6EMA32S( )
480
TVS6EMA48A( )
15522.00 TVS6EMA48S( )
120
TVS4EMA12A( )
4973.00 TVS4EMA12S( )
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS4EMA16A( )
5468.00 TVS4EMA16S( )
4-wire + ground bc
240
TVS4EMA24A( )
8147.00 TVS4EMA24S( )
Wye
320
TVS4EMA32A( )
10904.00 TVS4EMA32S( )
480
TVS4EMA48A( )
16250.00 TVS4EMA48S( )
120
TVS4HEMA12A( )
4973.00 TVS4HEMA12S( )
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS4HEMA16A( )
5468.00 TVS4HEMA16S( )
3-wire + ground
240
TVS4HEMA24A( )
8147.00 TVS4HEMA24S( )
High-Resistance Ground
320
TVS4HEMA32A( )
10904.00 TVS4HEMA32S( )
480
TVS4HEMA48A( )
16250.00 TVS4HEMA48S( )
120
TVS5EMA12A( )
4973.00 TVS5EMA12S( )
480 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS5EMA16A( )
5468.00 TVS5EMA16S( )
3-wire + ground,
240
TVS5EMA24A( )
8147.00 TVS5EMA24S( )
Delta
320
TVS5EMA32A( )
10904.00 TVS5EMA32S( )
480
TVS5EMA48A( )
16250.00 TVS5EMA48S( )
120
TVS8EMA12A( )
5220.00 TVS8EMA12S( )
160
TVS8EMA16A( )
5714.00 TVS8EMA16S( )
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
240
TVS8EMA24A( )
8528.00 TVS8EMA24S( )
4-wire + ground b
320
TVS8EMA32A( )
11399.00 TVS8EMA32S( )
Wye
480
TVS8EMA48A( )
17012.00 TVS8EMA48S( )
120
TVS8HEMA12A( )
5220.00 TVS8HEMA12S( )
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS8HEMA16A( )
5714.00 TVS8HEMA16S( )
3-wire + ground
180
TVS8HEMA18A( )
8528.00 TVS8HEMA18S( )
High-Resistance Ground
240
TVS8HEMA24A( )
11399.00 TVS8HEMA24S( )
320
TVS8HEMA32A( )
17012.00 TVS8HEMA32S( )
120
TVS9EMA12A( )
5220.00 TVS9EMA12S( )
600 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS9EMA16A( )
5714.00 TVS9EMA16S( )
3-wire + ground,
180
TVS9EMA18A( )
8528.00 TVS9EMA18S( )
Delta
240
TVS9EMA24A( )
11399.00 TVS9EMA24S( )
320
TVS9EMA32A( )
17012.00 TVS9EMA32S( )
a
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
b
Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system.
c
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
Service Voltage

External Modular SPD
with Integral Switch

External Modular SPD
with Sine Wave Tracking Module

External Modular
High-Resistance Ground SPD

6-2

External Modular Options ( )
(1) UL 1449 Type 1
(I) d Integral Switch
(SWT) Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG)
(I1) d UL 1449 Type 1 and Integral Switch
(SWT1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG)
(ISWT) d Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG)
(ISWT1) d UL 1449 Type 1, Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG)
Accessory Description
Cat. No.
Remote Monitor
TVS12RMU
12-inch Flush Mount Kit
TVS12FMK
20-inch Flush Mount Kit
TVS20FMK
d
Not available in stainless steel for 320 and 480 kA

DE1B

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
5964.00
6414.00
8838.00
11379.00
16215.00
6177.00
6648.00
9200.00
11849.00
16940.00
6177.00
6648.00
9200.00
—
—
6177.00
6648.00
9200.00
11849.00
16940.00
6390.00
6885.00
9564.00
12321.00
17667.00
6390.00
6885.00
9564.00
12321.00
17667.00
6390.00
6885.00
9564.00
12321.00
17667.00
6638.00
7131.00
9945.00
12816.00
18429.00
6638.00
7131.00
9945.00
12816.00
18429.00
6638.00
7131.00
9945.00
12816.00
18429.00

$ Price
0.00
738.00
750.00
738.00
750.00
1488.00
1488.00
$ Price
788.00
945.00
1103.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Surge Protective
Devices

External Surge Protective Device
Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

External Modular L-L Enhanced SPDs
External modular Line-to-Line (L-L) Enhanced SPDs are parallel systems that provide 10
modes of protection and enhanced, discrete L-L suppression paths.
L-L Enhanced SPDs

Peak Surge
NEMA 4X
NEMA 3R
Current Rating
$ Price
Stainless Steel
Cat. No.
per Phase (kA)
Cat. No.
120
TVS2MEMA12A( )
8810.00 TVS2MEMA12S( )
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
180
TVS2MEMA18A( )
10790.00 TVS2MEMA18S( )
4-wire + ground e
270
TVS2MEMA27A( )
13760.00 TVS2MEMA27S( )
Wye
360
TVS2MEMA36A( )
16730.00 TVS2MEMA36S( )
120
TVS4MEMA12A( )
9023.00 TVS4MEMA12S( )
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
180
TVS4MEMA18A(
)
11003.00
TVS4MEMA18S( )
4-wire + ground f
270
TVS4MEMA27A(
)
13973.000
TVS4MEMA27S( )
Wye
360
TVS4MEMA36A( )
16943.00 TVS4MEMA36S( )
e
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
f
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
Service
Voltage

External Modular L-L Enhanced Options ( )
(1) UL 1449 Type 1
(SWT) Sine Wave Tracking Module
(SWT1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Sine Wave Tracking Module
Accessory Description
Remote Monitor
20-inch Flush Mount Kit

$ Price

Cat. No.
TVS12RMU
TVS20FMK

0.00
750.00
750.00
$ Price
788.00
1103.00

External Brick Assembly SPDs
External Brick Assembly (EBA) SPD products consist of a consolidation of phase modules into
one solid brick casting and offered at a competitive price for those who want superior surge
suppression on a limited budget.
Table 6.3:

EBA SPDs

Peak Surge
NEMA 4X
NEMA 3R
Current Rating
$ Price
Stainless Steel
Cat. No.
per Phase (kA)
Cat. No.
120/240 V,1-phase,
120
TVS1EBA12A( )
3467.00
TVS1EBA12S( )
3-wire + ground
160
TVS1EBA16A( )
4208.00
TVS1EBA16S( )
Wye
240
TVS1EBA24A( )
6290.00
TVS1EBA24S( )
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
120
TVS2EBA12A( )
3588.00
TVS2EBA12S( )
4-wire + ground ab
160
TVS2EBA16A( )
4388.00
TVS2EBA16S( )
Wye
240
TVS2EBA24A( )
6525.00
TVS2EBA24S( )
240/120 V, 3-phase,
120
TVS3EBA12A( )
3588.00
TVS3EBA12S( )
4-wire + ground
160
TVS3EBA16A( )
4388.00
TVS3EBA16S( )
High-leg Delta
240
TVS3EBA24A( )
6525.00
TVS3EBA24S( )
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
120
TVS4EBA12A( )
3743.00
TVS4EBA12S( )
4-wire + ground bc
160
TVS4EBA16A( )
4581.00
TVS4EBA16S( )
Wye
240
TVS4EBA24A( )
6827.00
TVS4EBA24S( )
120
TVS8EBA12A( )
3905.00
TVS8EBA12S( )
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground b
160
TVS8EBA16A( )
4787.00
TVS8EBA16S( )
Wye
240
TVS8EBA24A( )
7143.00
TVS8EBA24S( )
a
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
b
Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system.
c
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
Service
Voltage

External Brick Assembly SPD
with Integral Switch

External Brick Assembly Options ( )
(1) UL 1449 Type 1
(I) Integral Switch
(SWT) Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta)
(I1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Integral Switch
(SWT1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta)
(ISWT) Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta)
(ISWT1) UL 1449 Type 1, Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta)
Accessory Description
Cat. No.
Remote Monitor
TVS12RMU
12-inch Flush Mount Kit
TVS12FMK
20-inch Flush Mount Kit
TVS20FMK

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE4

PE7

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
4884.00
5625.00
7707.00
5006.00
5805.00
7943.00
5006.00
5805.00
7943.00
5160.00
5999.00
8244.00
5322.00
6204.00
8561.00

$ Price
0.00
738.00
750.00
738.00
750.00
1,488.00
1,488.00
$ Price
788.00
945.00
1103.00

6-3

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

External Modular L-L Enhanced SPD
with Sine Wave Tracking Module

$ Price
10010.00
12657.00
15627.00
18597.00
10890.00
12870.00
15840.00
18810.00

6

Table 6.2:

Surge Protective
Devices

Replacement Modules
Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701

Replacement Modules
All modules and brick assemblies are US and
Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 1449 3rd
Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition.
Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285
and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate.
d

For UL 1449 Type 1 Modules, add suffix (1).
Example: MA1IMA121

6

MA Replacement
Module

HRG Replacement
Module

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Delta Replacement
Module

Table 6.4:

EMA Replacement Modules

System
Voltage

Peak Surge
Current Rating (kA)

Catalog Numbers

Phase A
$ Price
Phase B
$ Price
120
MA1IMA12
906.00
—
—
120/240 V, 1-phase,
160
MA1IMA16
1064.00
—
—
3-wire + ground
240
MA1IMA24
1229.00
—
—
120
MA1IMA12
906.00 MA1IMA12
906.00
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground a
160
MA1IMA16
1064.00 MA1IMA16
1064.00
Wye
240
MA1IMA24
1229.00 MA1IMA24
1229.00
120
MA1IMA12
906.00 MA3IMA12
906.00
120/240 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground b
160
MA1IMA16
1064.00 MA3IMA16
1064.00
High-Leg Delta
240
MA1IMA24
1229.00 MA3IMA24
1229.00
120
MA6IMA12
906.00 MA6IMA12
906.00
240 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
160
MA6IMA16
1064.00 MA6IMA16
1064.00
Delta
240
MA6IMA24
1229.00 MA6IMA24
1229.00
120
MA4IMA12
906.00 MA4IMA12
906.00
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground c
160
MA4IMA16
1064.00 MA4IMA16
1064.00
Wye
240
MA4IMA24
1229.00 MA4IMA24
1229.00
120
MA4IMA12H
906.00 MA4IMA12H
906.00
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground c
160
MA4IMA16H 1064.00 MA4IMA16H 1064.00
High-Resistance Ground
240
MA4IMA24H 1229.00 MA4IMA24H 1229.00
120
MA5IMA12
906.00 MA5IMA12
906.00
480 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
160
MA5IMA16
1064.00 MA5IMA16
1064.00
Delta
240
MA5IMA24
1229.00 MA5IMA24
1229.00
120
MA8IMA12
906.00 MA8IMA12
906.00
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground
160
MA8IMA16
1064.00 MA8IMA16
1064.00
Wye
240
MA8IMA24
1229.00 MA8IMA24
1229.00
120
MA8IMA12H
906.00 MA8IMA12H
906.00
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
160
MA8IMA16H 1064.00 MA8IMA16H 1064.00
High-Resistance Ground
180
MA8IMA18H 1229.00 MA8IMA18H 1229.00
120
MA9IMA12
906.00 MA9IMA12
906.00
600 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
160
MA9IMA16
1064.00 MA9IMA16
1064.00
Delta
180
MA9IMA18
1229.00 MA9IMA18
1229.00
a
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
b
High-leg delta (Phase B modules are different than Phase A and Phase C modules).
c
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.

Table 6.5:

www.schneider-electric.us

Phase C
MA1IMA12
MA1IMA16
MA1IMA24
MA1IMA12
MA1IMA16
MA1IMA24
MA1IMA12
MA1IMA16
MA1IMA24
MA6IMA12
MA6IMA16
MA6IMA24
MA4IMA12
MA4IMA16
MA4IMA24
MA4IMA12H
MA4IMA16H
MA4IMA24H
MA5IMA12
MA5IMA16
MA5IMA24
MA8IMA12
MA8IMA16
MA8IMA24
MA8IMA12H
MA8IMA16H
MA8IMA18H
MA9IMA12
MA9IMA16
MA9IMA18

EBA Replacement Modules

Peak Surge
Catalog Numbers
Current Rating (kA)
120
MA1IBA12
120/240 V, 1-phase,
160
MA1IBA16
3-wire + ground
240
MA1IBA24
120
MA2IBA12
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
160
MA2IBA16
4-wire + ground a
240
MA2IBA24
120
MA3IBA12
240/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground b
160
MA3IBA16
High-leg Delta
240
MA3IBA24
120
MA4IBA12
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground c
160
MA4IBA16
Wye
240
MA4IBA24
120
MA8IBA12
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground
160
MA8IBA16
Wye
240
MA8IBA24
a
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
b
High-leg delta (Phase B modules are different than Phase A and Phase C modules).
c
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
System Voltage

EBA Replacement Module

Table 6.6:

Peak Surge
Current Rating (kA)

6-4

Peak Surge
Current Rating (kA)

$ Price
906.00
1064.00
1064.00
1229.00
906.00
1064.00
1064.00
1229.00

Phase C
MA2IMA40LL
MA2IMA60LL
MA2IMA90LL
MA2IMA12LL
MA4IMA40LL
MA4IMA60LL
MA4IMA90LL
MA4IMA12LL

$ Price
604.00
709.00
819.00
946.00
604.00
709.00
819.00
946.00

Catalog Numbers

Phase A
$ Price
Phase B
$ Price
120
MA2IMA40LL
604.00 MA2IMA40LL
604.00
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
180
MA2IMA60LL
709.00 MA2IMA60LL
709.00
4-wire + ground a
270
MA2IMA90LL
819.00
MA2IMA90LL
819.00
Wye
360
MA2IMA12LL
946.00 MA2IMA12LL
946.00
120
MA4IMA40LL
604.00 MA4IMA40LL
604.00
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
180
MA4IMA60LL
709.00 MA4IMA60LL
709.00
4-wire + ground b
270
MA4IMA90LL
819.00 MA4IMA90LL
819.00
Wye
360
MA4IMA12LL
946.00 MA4IMA12LL
946.00
a
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
b
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.

PE4

Phase C
MA1IMA12
MA1IMA16
MA1IMA16
MA1IMA24
MA4IMA12
MA4IMA16
MA4IMA16
MA4IMA24

L-L Enhanced (L-L) Replacement Modules

System
Voltage

L-L Enhanced
Replacement Module

Catalog Numbers

Phase A
$ Price
Phase B
$ Price
120
MA1IMA12
906.00 MA1IMA12
906.00
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
180
MA1IMA16
1064.00 MA1IMA16
1064.00
4-wire + ground a
270
MA1IMA16
1064.00 MA1IMA16
1064.00
Wye
360
MA1IMA24
1229.00 MA1IMA24
1229.00
120
MA4IMA12
906.00 MA4IMA12
906.00
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
180
MA4IMA16
1064.00 MA4IMA16
1064.00
4-wire + ground b
270
MA4IMA16
1064.00 MA4IMA16
1064.00
Wye
360
MA4IMA24
1229.00 MA4IMA24
1229.00
a
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
b
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.

Table 6.7:

$ Price
2717.00
3189.00
3686.00
2717.00
3189.00
3686.00
2717.00
3189.00
3686.00
2717.00
3189.00
3686.00
2717.00
3189.00
3686.00

L-L Enhanced MA (L-N, L-G) Replacement Modules

System
Voltage

MA Replacement
Module

$ Price
906.00
1064.00
1229.00
906.00
1064.00
1229.00
906.00
1064.00
1229.00
906.00
1064.00
1229.00
906.00
1064.00
1229.00
906.00
1064.00
1229.00
906.00
1064.00
1229.00
906.00
1064.00
1229.00
906.00
1064.00
1229.00
906.00
1064.00
1229.00

PE7

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Surge Protective
Devices

Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices
Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices
Internally mounted surge protective devices are installed integrally to systems for service entrance and branch panel surge suppression. Internally
mounted SPDs installed next to supply busses provide maximum performance inside Square D™ systems. Built-in performance is the best way to
ensure cost effective power quality (especially important for critical power facilities).
US and Canadian UL® Recognized as a Type 2 (or 1 with optional suffix in catalog number) SPD Component Assembly to UL 1449 3rd Edition
and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies with UL 96A
12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems.

Internally Mounted—New Construction
Factory installed integral/internal Surgelogic™ SPD products make adding surge suppression to new construction projects easy. Refer to the
sections listed below to identify the correct product for your application or contact Surgelogic™ TAG at 1-800-577-7353 for assistance.

NQ

PZ4

QED

Motor Control
Centers
Refer to Section 17

MCC

Integrated Power and
Control Centers
Refer to Section 10

IPAC2

Busway—Refer to Section 12

Internally Mounted—Retrofit
To ensure high-performance surge suppression at critical power locations, a variety of Surgelogic™ products have
been designed specifically for retrofitting into commonly used Square D™ systems. The QMB fusible switch, 6 in. MCC
bucket, I-Line and Busway plug-on units come with the SPD factory-installed. Retrofitting SPD units into I-Line, QMB,
MCC, and Busway applications is simple.
• Audible alarm with enable/disable switch, dry contacts, and surge counter standard.
• 200 kA SCCR
• Indicator LEDs
• EMI/RFI filtering
Table 6.8:
I-Line™ Surgelogic™
SPD Unit

QMB Surgelogic™
SPD Unit

Busway Surgelogic™
SPD Unit

MCC Surgelogic™
SPD Unit
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Internally Mounted—Retrofit

Surge
I-Line Branch Units a
QMB Branch Units b
Busway Units
Model 6 MCC Units c
Current
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price Cat. No. $ Pricee
Cat. No.
$ Priced
Rating
120 kA HL1IMA12C( ) 9518.00 FI1IMA12C( ) 10185.00 QMB1IMA12 6663.00
—
—
—
—
120/240 V, 1-phase,
160 kA HL1IMA16C( ) 10455.00 FI1IMA16C( ) 11199.00 QMB1IMA16 7340.00
—
—
—
—
3-wire + ground
240 kA HL1IMA24C( ) 14100.00 FI1IMA24C( ) 15525.00 QMB1IMA24 10055.00
—
—
—
—
—
— MCC2IMA12 6700.00
208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 120 kA HL2IMA12C( ) 9893.00 FI2IMA12C( ) 10562.00 QMB2IMA12 6899.00
4-wire + ground fg
160 kA HL2IMA16C( ) 10872.00 FI2IMA16C( ) 11616.00 QMB2IMA16 7602.00 PIU2IMA16 4472.00 MCC2IMA16 8700.00
Wye
240 kA HL2IMA24C( ) 15423.00 FI2IMA24C( ) 16170.00 QMB2IMA24 10460.00 PIU2IMA24 6407.00 MCC2IMA24 12200.00
120 kA HL3IMA12C( ) 9893.00 FI3IMA12C( ) 10562.00 QMB3IMA12 6899.00
—
— MCC3IMA12 6700.00
240/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground
160 kA HL3IMA16C( ) 10872.00 FI3IMA16C( ) 11616.00 QMB3IMA16 7602.00 PIU3IMA16 4472.00 MCC3IMA16 8700.00
High-leg Delta
240 kA HL3IMA24C( ) 15423.00 FI3IMA24C( ) 16170.00 QMB3IMA24 10460.00 PIU3IMA24 6407.00 MCC3IMA24 12200.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
120 kA HL6IMA12C( ) 9893.00 FI6IMA12C( ) 10562.00
240 V, 3-phase,
160 kA HL6IMA16C( ) 10872.00 FI6IMA16C( ) 11616.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
3-wire + ground,
Delta
240 kA HL6IMA24C( ) 15423.00 FI6IMA24C( ) 16170.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— MCC4IMA12 7200.00
480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 120 kA HL4IMA12C( ) 10271.00 FI4IMA12C( ) 10944.00 QMB4IMA12 7137.00
4-wire + ground fh
160 kA HL4IMA16C( ) 11292.00 FI4IMA16C( ) 12039.00 QMB4IMA16 7868.00 PIU4IMA16 4740.00 MCC4IMA16 9200.00
Wye
240 kA HL4IMA24C( ) 16070.00 FI4IMA24C( ) 16818.00 QMB4IMA24 10868.00 PIU4IMA24 6792.00 MCC4IMA24 13200.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 120 kA HL4HIMA12C( ) 10271.00 FI4HIMA12C( ) 10944.00
3-wire + ground h
160 kA HL4HIMA16C( ) 11292.00 FI4HIMA16C( ) 12039.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
High-Resistance Ground 240 kA HL4HIMA24C( ) 16070.00 FI4HIMA24C( ) 16818.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
120 kA HL5IMA12C( ) 10271.00 FI5IMA12C( ) 10944.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
480 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground,
160 kA HL5IMA16C( ) 11292.00 FI5IMA16C( ) 12039.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
Delta
240 kA HL5IMA24C( ) 16070.00 FI5IMA24C( ) 16818.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— FI8IMA12C( ) 11342.00 QMB8IMA12 7388.00
—
— MCC8IMA12 7700.00
600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 120 kA
4-wire + ground f
160 kA
—
— FI8IMA16C( ) 12482.00 QMB8IMA16 8145.00 PIU8IMA16 4919.00 MCC8IMA16 9700.00
Wye
240 kA
—
— FI8IMA24C( ) 16692.00 QMB8IMA24 11295.00 PIU8IMA24 7048.00 MCC8IMA24 14200.00
—
— FI8HIMA12C( ) 11342.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 120 kA
3-wire + ground,
160 kA
—
— FI8HIMA16C( ) 12482.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
High-Resistance Ground 180 kA
—
— FI8HIMA18C( ) 16692.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
120 kA
—
— FI9IMA12C( ) 11342.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
600V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground,
160 kA
—
— FI9IMA16C( ) 12482.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
Delta
180 kA
—
— FI9IMA18C( ) 16692.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
a
Requires 13.5-inch mounting height.
d
PE4 Discount Schedule.
g
208Y/120 series also applies to the following
voltage 220Y/127.
b
Requires 9-inch mounting height.
e
PE7 Discount Schedule.
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages
c
Requires 6-inch mounting height.
f
Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded h
380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
neutral system.
( ) For a Type 1 SPD, add a “1” suffix to the catalog number.
Voltage

PE4

PE7

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

6-5

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

NF

Switchboards and Switchgear
Refer to Section 11

6

Panelboards
Refer to Section 9

Surge Protective
Devices

Surgelogic™ Surge Protective Devices
Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

OEM/Assembler Kits
Surgelogic™ OEM/assembler kits allow manufacturers to add industry-leading surge
suppression directly to customized equipment. Manufacturers benefit from shorter wire
lengths that optimize the clamping voltage of the SPD. Products come with a backplanemounted SPD, mounting hardware and diagnostic display with 36-inch cables. Audible
alarm, silence switch, remote monitoring contacts, and surge counter are standard.
Available as UL 1449 Type 2 (or 1 with optional suffix in catalog number).
US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition.
Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA 22.2 No. 8-M1986 as
appropriate. Complies with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning
Protection Systems.
Table 6.9:

OEM/Assembler Kits
Service
Voltage

6

OEM Kit

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
()
a
b
c
d

Peak Surge Current Rating
Cat. No. a
per Phase (kA)
120
TVS1IMA12O( )
120/240 V, 1-phase,
160
TVS1IMA16O( )
3-wire + ground
240
TVS1IMA24O( )
120
TVS2IMA12O( )
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground bc
160
TVS2IMA16O( )
Wye
240
TVS2IMA24O( )
120
TVS3IMA12O( )
240/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground
160
TVS3IMA16O( )
High-leg Delta
240
TVS3IMA24O( )
120
TVS6IMA12O( )
240 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground bd
160
TVS6IMA16O( )
Delta
240
TVS6IMA24O( )
120
TVS4IMA12O( )
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground bd
160
TVS4IMA16O( )
Wye
240
TVS4IMA24O( )
120
TVS4HIMA12O( )
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground bd
160
TVS4HIMA16O( )
High-Resistance Ground
240
TVS4HIMA24O( )
120
TVS5IMA12O( )
480 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
160
TVS5IMA16O( )
Delta
240
TVS5IMA24O( )
120
TVS8IMA12O( )
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground b
160
TVS8IMA16O( )
Wye
240
TVS8IMA24O( )
120
TVS8HIMA12O( )
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS8HIMA16O( )
3-wire + ground b
High Resistance Ground
180
TVS8HIMA18O( )
120
TVS9IMA12O( )
600 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
160
TVS9IMA16O( )
Delta
180
TVS9IMA18O( )
For a Type 1 SPD, add a “1” suffix to the catalog number.
Note the last character of the catalog number is the letter “O”, not a zero.
Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system.
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.

$ Price
4137.00
4547.00
6753.00
4331.00
4760.00
7082.00
4331.00
4760.00
7082.00
4331.00
4760.00
7082.00
4526.00
4976.00
7413.00
4526.00
4976.00
7413.00
4526.00
4976.00
7413.00
4751.00
5199.00
7760.00
4751.00
5199.00
7760.00
4751.00
5199.00
7760.00

Nipple-Mounted Surge Protective Devices
SDSA3650 Surge Protective Devices
SDSA3650 SPDs are designed and listed for indoor or outdoor installation and surge
suppression for three-phase grounded electrical services up to 600 Vac, including delta
services (SDSA3650D). The SDSA3650 series is used extensively in service entrance
panels to provide an efficient and economical means of surge suppression.
US and Canadian UL® Listed as a Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with
requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as
appropriate.
SDSA3650

•
•
•
•

LEDs indicate operational status
Short circuit current rating 200 kA
Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications (NEMA Type 4X rated)
Convenient back-nipple mounting

Table 6.10:

SDSA3650 Surge Protective Devices
Peak Surge Current Rating
per Phase (kA)

Description

e
f

SDSA3650D

6-6

600 Vac Maximum,
40
3-phase, 4-wiree
600 Vac Maximum,
3-phase, 3-wire
40
Delta
Do not use on ungrounded systems. Systems must be solidly grounded.
See Table 6.13 for QOSAMK mounting kit for installation in QO™ load centers.

OE1A

Discount
Schedule

Cat. No.

$ Price

SDSA3650 f

248.00

SDSA3650D f

248.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Surge Protective
Devices

Nipple Mounted SPDs
Class 6671 / Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

HWA Surge Protective Devices
Surgelogic™ HWA surge protective devices are compact, nipple-mounted parallel-connected
surge suppressors that come in a variety of voltage configurations, including Delta. A surge
suppression path is provided for each mode, and the product is rated NEMA Type 4X. Internal
diagnostics continuously monitor the device status.
US and Canadian UL® Listed as a Type 2 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th
Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as
appropriate. Complies with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning
Protection Systems.

•
•

Table 6.11:

•
•
•
•
•

-54 dB EMI/RFI filtering
Sine wave tracking
Audible alarm indicates loss of suppression
(does not contain alarm enable/disable switch)
Dry contacts
Optional flush-mount kit TVSHWAFMK

HWA Surge Protective Devices
Service
Voltage

a
b
c

Peak Surge Current Rating
NEMA 4X
per Phase (kA)
Cat. No.
50
TVS1HWA50X
120/240 V, 1-phase,
80
TVS1HWA80X
3-wire + ground
100
TVS1HWA10X
50
TVS2HWA50X
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
80
TVS2HWA80X
4-wire + ground ab
100
TVS2HWA10X
50
TVS3HWA50X
240/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground
80
TVS3HWA80X
High-leg Delta
100
TVS3HWA10X
50
TVS6HWA50X
240 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
80
TVS6HWA80X
Delta
100
TVS6HWA10X
50
TVS4HWA50X
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
80
TVS4HWA80X
4-wire + ground ac
100
TVS4HWA10X
50
TVS5HWA50X
480 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
80
TVS5HWA80X
Delta
100
TVS5HWA10X
50
TVS8HWA50X
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
80
TVS8HWA80X
4-wire + ground
100
TVS8HWA10X
50
TVS9HWA50X
600 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
80
TVS9HWA80X
Delta
100
TVS9HWA10X
Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system.
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.

$ Price
2385.00
2660.00
3401.00
2544.00
2810.00
3611.00
2544.00
2810.00
3611.00
2583.00
2924.00
3606.00
2640.00
2907.00
3853.00
3052.00
3393.00
4075.00
2915.00
3171.00
3853.00
3052.00
3393.00
4075.00

SDSA1175 Surge Protective Devices
SDSA1175 SPDs are designed and listed for indoor or outdoor installation and surge
suppression for single-phase three-wire 120/240 Vac or two-wire 120 Vac 60 Hz electrical
services. This product is ideal for panel builders as well as manufacturers and integrators of
instrumentation cabinets for industrial, commercial, and residential applications for singlephase power systems. Two SDSA1175 surge protection devices can be installed to provide
suppression for 208Y/120 Vac three-phase four-wire services.
US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements
of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate.

SDSA1175

•
•
•
•

LED indicates operational status
Short circuit current rating 25 kA
Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications (NEMA Type 4X rated)
Convenient back-nipple mounting

Table 6.12:

SDSA1175 Surge Protective Devices

Peak Surge Current Rating
per Phase (kA)
120/240 V, 1-phase, 3-wire
36
120 V, 1-phase, 2-wire
36
See Table 6.13 for QOSAMK mounting kit for installation in QO™ load centers.
System Voltage

a

Cat. No.
SDSA1175 a
SDSA1175T a

$ Price
92.00
92.00

Mounting Brackets and Flush Mount Kits
The nipple products shown in this catalog provide a convenient means of incorporating surge
suppression within a new or existing cabinet. The mounting bracket and flush-mount kits are
designed for easy mounting of nipple products.
Table 6.13:
QOSAMK

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Mounting Bracket for Enclosures

Description
Mounting bracket for QO™ and Homeline™ load centers and other enclosures
Flush-mount kit for XR SPDs
Flush-mount kif for HWA SPDs

DE1B

Discount
Schedule

Cat. No.
QOSAMK
TVSXRFMK
TVSHWAFMK

$ Price
11.40
58.00
180.00

6-7

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

HWA Series

LEDs indicate operational status
Short circuit current rating 200 kA
Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
(NEMA Type 4X rated)
Convenient side-nipple mounting
Compact design provides easy mounting inside
or outside the equipment cabinets

6

•
•
•

Surge Protective
Devices

Residential SPDs
Class 6671 Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

XR Surge Protective Devices
The XR SPD provides high-quality surge suppression in a compact and versatile package.
This product is ideal for panel builders as well as manufacturers and integrators of
instrumentation cabinets for industrial, commercial, and residential applications for singlephase power systems.
US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with
requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as
appropriate.

•
•
•
XR Series

•

LEDs indicate operational status
Short circuit current rating 25 kA
Convenient side nipple mounting

Table 6.14:

•

Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
(NEMA Type 4X rated)
Optional flush mount kit TVSXRFMK

XR Nipple-Mounted Surge Protective Devices
Peak Surge Current Rating
per Phase (kA)
50
80

System Voltage
120/240 V, 1-phase,
3-wire + ground

Cat. No.

$ Price

TVS120XR50S
TVS120XR80S

315.00
515.00

Residential Surge Protective Devices

6

Whole House Surge Protective Devices

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Whole House devices are designed to deliver surge suppression that addresses the entire
home. AC modules are connected to the circuit breaker load center and provide
suppression for all equipment connected to the power system. Whole House systems
incorporate AC modules as well as modules for other metallic lines coming into the home
including telephone/DSL and coaxial video/data.
US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 2 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with
requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate.
Telephone and coaxial video modules US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 497A 4th
Edition and UL 497B 4th Edition.

•
•
•
•
SDSB1175R

SDSB1175C

120/240 Vac, 80 kA/phase AC surge suppression
LED status indicators for AC surge suppression
Telephone surge suppression module supports four lines with tool-less Insulation Displacement
Connectors (IDC)
Coaxial surge suppression module supports one line of video/data

Table 6.15:

Whole House Surge Protective Devices

Description
Whole House NEMA 1 Basic
Whole House NEMA 1
Whole House NEMA 3R Basic
Whole House NEMA 3R
Home Electronics Protective Device

Included Modules
AC
AC, Telephone, Coax (1)
AC
AC, Telephone, Coax (1)
AC

Cat. No.
SDSB1175CB
SDSB1175C
SDSB1175RB
SDSB1175R
HEPD80

$ Price
439.00
630.00
546.00
737.00
185.00

Whole House Accessories
Add additional surge suppression or replace existing modules in Whole House products.
Coaxial and telephone modules: US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 497A 4th
Edition and UL 497B 4th Edition.
AC Module: US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies
with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as
appropriate.
Table 6.16:
Accessories

HEPD80

Description
4-Line telephone surge suppressor with tool-less IDC terminations
Coaxial video surge suppressor
Whole House AC Module (HEPD80) replacement kit

Cat. No.
SDSA4P
SDSA2V
HEPD80RK

$ Price
101.00
90.00
204.00

QO™, NQ, and Homeline™ Load Center Surge Protective Devices
SDSA2V

SDSA4P

HEPD80RK

Square D™ load center surge protective devices are easy to install plug-in units that install
as quickly as a standard circuit breaker. The surge suppressors use two pole spaces in a
QO™ or Homeline™ load center, or NQ panelboard.
US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 2 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with
requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate.

•
•

QO2175SB for QO™ load centers,
combination devices, and NQ panelboards
HOM2175SB for Homeline™ load centers and
combination devices

Table 6.17:

6-8

Plug-on design requires two pole spaces
LED indicates operational status
22.5 kA per phase

QO™, NQ, and Homeline™ Panelboard Surge Arresters

Description
QO™ Surgebreaker for QO and NQ
Homeline™ Surgebreaker

QO2175SB

•
•
•

Cat. No.
QO2175SB
HOM2175SB

$ Price
159.00
159.00

HOM2175SB

DE1B

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 7
Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers

QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers

J-Frame

L-Frame

M-Frame

7-10

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers

7-10

QO™ Circuit Breaker Accessories

7-12

QO™ and Multi 9™ Mounting Bases

7-13

QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers and QYU Supplementary Protectors

7-14

QOU Accessories

7-15

Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers

7-16

PowerPact™ Molded Case Circuit Breakers

7-21

PowerPact Family

7-21

H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers

7-22

Q-Frame Circuit Breakers

7-24

L-Frame Circuit Breakers

7-25

M-Frame Circuit Breakers

7-26

P-Frame Circuit Breakers

7-27

R-Frame Circuit Breakers

7-28

Motor Circuit Protectors

7-29

PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors

7-29

H-Frame and J-Frame MCP Selector

7-30

Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers

7-31

H-, J-, and LA-Frame MCP Selection

7-32

Motor Protection Selection Tables

7-33

Automatic Switches

7-34

500 Vdc Circuit Breakers

7-35

Mission Critical Circuit Breakers

7-37

PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories

7-39

Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units

7-46

Masterpact™ Universal Power Circuit Breakers

7-50

Ground-Fault Protection

7-51

Dimensions and Shipping Weights

7-54

Circuit Breaker Enclosures

7-56

Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches

7-59

7

H-Frame

7-2

P-Frame

R-Frame

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Selection Information

7-1

Selection Information

Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600
HOM Circuit Breakers

QO™ Circuit Breakers

—

—

X X X X

X

X

— — —

—

—

—

—

1

1

1

1

2

3

—

—

—

— — — —

—

—

—

—

—

X

—

X
—

3

22
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
22
—
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22 22 65 65
22 22 65 65
— — — —
— 22e — 65
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

15–30

10 10
10 10
— —
10 10
— —
— —
5f —
— —
— —
— —
— —
— —
— —

2

15–50

— — — —

X

—

1

15–60

—

X

—

1, 2

15–30

—

X

—

1, 2

15–30

— —

—

1

15–50

10
10
—
—
—
—
5f
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

3

15–60

10
10
—
—
—
—
5f
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

15–30

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

15–20

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

1 2, 3 a 1,2

15–20

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

3

QOB-EPD
QOB-EPE

15–20

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

2

QOBQOB-GFI VHGFI

15–20

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

1

QOB- QOB- QOB- QOBCAFI VHCAFI DF VHDF

QO-EPD
QO-EPE

15–30

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

— — — —

2

—

QOVHGFI

15–30

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
3

15–100

10–70

2

QHB

QO-GFI

15–150

—
1

10–200m

1
15–50b

—

1 2 1 2
15–20
15–50
15–20
15–50

— — — —

1
15–20

—

15–20

—
1, 2

QOB- — — — QOB-VH
H

QOB

15–50

Current Range

2

—

15–200m

1

— — — —

QOQOQO- QOVHQOT CAFI
VHCAFI DF
DF

15–70

— —

—

QH

15–100

Unit Mount
Number of Poles

—

QO-VH

15–70

— —

QO-H

10–100

Bolt-on

QO

15–125

HOM- HOM- HOMHOM HOMCAFI DF GFI EPD HOMT

Plug-on
Circuit
Breaker
Type

www.schneider-electric.us

Interrupting Ratings

UL/CSA
Rating
(kA)
(50/60 Hz)

DC Ratings

120 Vac
120/240 Vac
208Y/120
240 Vac d
277 Vac
480Y/277 Vac
48 Vdc
60 Vdc
65 Vdc
125 Vdc
250 Vdc

IEC 60947-2
(50/60 Hz)g

IEC
(Icu)

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Special Ratings
CCC
Fed. Specs
W-C-375B/GEN

X

HACR h
NOM

Other Standard

7

HACRi
NOM

HACR h

— — —
HACR i

—

—

—

X

—

—

—

—

X

—

X

X

—

— — —

—

X —

—

—

HACR
i

—

—

—

—

X

—

HACR HACR NOM
i
i

—

NOM

Accessories and Modifications

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Shunt Trip j
Undervoltage Trip
Auxiliary Switches j
Alarm Switch j
Handle Operators
Handle Padlock
Attachment

X X X
— — —
X X X
X X X
— — —

X
—
X
X
—

X X X
— — —
X X X
X X X
— — —

X Xk
— —
X Xk
X Xk
— —

X X
— —
X X
X X
— —

X
—
X
X
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
X
X
—

— — — — Xl

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X X X
— — — —

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
—

X X X X
— — — —

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

X X X
— — —

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

4.75
(121)

4.75
(121)

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

X

X

X

X

X X
— —

X
—

X
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

X

X

Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic
Molded Case Switch

X
—

Dimensions (1P Unit Mount)
Dimensions
(1P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)

Height

3.13 (79)

3.5 (89) a

4.75 (121)

4.12 (103)

1.00 (25)
0.75 (19) a
2.98 (76)
2.92 (74) a
Pages
Page 1-13
Pages 7-10, 7-11
a
See page 7-54 for dimensions for: QOB2150VH, QOB3110VH, QOB3125VH and QOB3150VH.
b
HOMT tandem is 30 A maximum. HOMT quad tandem has 20 A maximum on outside poles, and 50 A maximum on the inside poles.
c
AFI, EPD and GFI products are rated 60 Hz only.
d
See the Supplemental Digest Page 3-22 for 3Ø corner grounded systems.
e
22 kA @ 240 Vac for 3P only.
f
1P and 2P, 10–70 A and 3P 10–60 A only.
g
See the Supplemental Digest Section 10 for circuit breakers with IEC ratings.
h
HACR on HOM 1P 15–50 A and 2P 15–100 A
i
HACR on QO, QOB 1P 10–70 A, 2P 15–100 A, 3P 10–100 A; QOB-VH 1P 15–70 A, 2P 15–125 A, 3P 15–100 A
j
Factory-installed option only
k
Factory-installed accessories are not available on QOB-VH 2P150 A and 3P 110–150 A
l
Handle padlock attachment available for HOMT quad tandem only.
m
2P 150–200 A requires 4P width.

7-2

Width
Depth

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Selection Information

Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600

www.schneider-electric.us

Circuit
Breaker
Type

QOM1 and QOM2 Main
Circuit Breakers

Multi 9™ Circuit Breakers and
Supplementary Protectors

EDB Circuit Breakers

Plug-on

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Bolt-on

—

—

QOM1-VH

QOM2-VH

—

—

EDB

EGB

EJB

QOU

QYUa

—

—

UL 489
C60

UL1077
C60b

1

2

2

Unit Mount

C60H-DC

—

—

—

Current Range

15–125

15–70

15–125

2, 3

15–70

1

15–125

2, 3

15–70

1

0.5–40

2, 3

0.5–40

1

1–63

2

1–63

1

0.5–63

3,4

0.5–35

2

0.5–35

1

0.5–35

3

100–225

2

50–125

1

10–30

3
10–100

2
10–125

1
10–100

Number of Poles

Interrupting Ratings
120 Vac
UL/CSA
120/240 Vac
Rating
240 Vacc
(kA RMS)
277 Vac
(50/60 Hz)
480Y/277 Vac
48 Vdc
60 Vdc
65 Vdc
DC Ratings
125 Vdc
250 Vdc
500 Vdc
IEC 60947-2
240 Vac
(50/60 Hz)
415 Vac
Icu

10
10
—
—
—
5d
5e
—
—
—
—
—

10
10
—
—
—
5d
5e
—
—
—
—
—

10
10
10
—
—
5d
5e
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
5
5
—
10
—
10
—
—
—
—
20

—
10
10
—
10
—
10
—
10
—
—
20

—
10
10
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
20

10
10
10
5
—
10
—
10
—
—
—
10

10
10
10
5
5
10
—
10
10
—
—
10

10
10
10
5
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
10

—
—
—
—
—
5
5
5
5
5
—
20

—
—
—
—
—
5
5
5
5
5
5k
10

25
18
18
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20

25
25
25
18
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

65
35
35
35
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

65
65
65
35
35
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

100
65
65
65
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

100
100
100
65
65
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

10

10

—

5

5

—

—

10

—

—

—

—

—

Xl

Xl

Xl

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

—

g

—

—

—

—

HACR f

Accessories and Modifications
Shunt Trip
Xh
Xh
Xh
Xh
—
X h
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X h
Undervoltage Trip
—
—
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
Auxiliary Switches
Xh
Xh
Xh
Xh
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xh
Alarm Switch
Xh
Xh
Xh
Xh
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xh
Handle Operators
—
—
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
Handle Padlock
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Attachment
Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Molded Case Switch
—
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Dimensions (1P Unit Mount)
Height
4.05 (103)
5.09 (129)i 5.60 (142)i
4.21 (107)j
3.19 (81)
3.19 (81)
Dimensions
(1P Unit Mount)
Width
0.75 (19)
5.00 (127)i 5.07 (129)i
0.71 (18)
0.71 (18)
0.71 (18) 1.42 (36)
in. (mm)
Depth
2.92 (74)
3.47 (88)i 3.60 (91)i
2.76 (70)
2.76 (70)
2.56 (65)
Pages
Pages 7-14
Pages 1-2
Pages 7-16 through 7-19
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
QYU is a UL 1077 supplementary protector.
b
C60 are recognized components per UL 1077.
c
For information regarding 3Ø corner grounded systems see the Supplemental Digest. Page 3-22
d
1P and 2P, 10–70 A and 3P 10–60 A only.
e
QOU is UL Listed for 60 Vdc per pole 80–100 A, 1P; 80–125 A, 2P; and 70–100 A, 3P.
f
HACR on QOU 1P and 3P 15–100 A, 2P 15–125 A;
g
UL 489A for DC Telecom applications (1-pole only).
h
Factory-installed option only
i
QOM1 and QOM2 dimensions are for 2-pole unit.
j
480 V C60 height is 5.56 in. (141 mm).
k
2 poles must be wired in series for 500 Vdc.
l
15–70 A 1P and 2P, 15–60 A 3P

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

HACR
X h
—
Xh
Xh
—

X h
—
Xh
Xh
—

X h
—
Xh
Xh
—

X h
—
Xh
Xh
—

X h
—
Xh
Xh
—

X

X

X

X

X

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

5.66 (144)
0.98 (25)
4.05 (103)
Page 9-17

7

Special Ratings
CCC
Fed. Specs
W-C-375B/GEN
Other Standard

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

QOU
Circuit Breakers

7-3

Selection Information

Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600, 800
PowerPact™
150 A H-Frame

www.schneider-electric.us

PowerPact 250 A J-Frame

Electronic
Trip
Version

Electronic
Trip
Version

Circuit Breaker Type

HD

HG

HJ

HL

HR

JD

JG

JJ

JL

Number of Poles

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3a

2, 3a

3

2, 3a

2, 3a

2, 3a

2, 3a

3

15–150 A

15–150 A

15–150 A

15–150 A

15–150 A

70–250 Ab

70–250 Ab

70–250 Ab

70–250 Ab

70–250 Ab

Current Range

JR

Interrupting Ratings
240 Vac

25

65

100

125

200

25

65

100

125

200

480Y/277 Vac

18

35

65

100

200

18

35

65

100

200

480 Vac

18

35

65

100

200

18

35

65

100

200

600Y/347 Vac

14

18

25

50

100

14

18

25

50

100

600 Vac

14

18

25

50

100

14

18

25

50

100

250 Vdcc

20

20

20

20

—

20

20

20

20

—

500 Vdcc

—

—

—

—

—

—

20

—

—

—

240 Vac

25/25

65/65

100/100

125/125

125/125

25/25

65/65

100/100

125/125

125/125

415 Vac

18/18

35/35

65/65

100/100

100/100

18/18

35/35

65/65

100/100

100/100

CCC

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

HACR (2P, 3P)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Unit Mount

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

I-Line™

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Rear Connection

Xe

Xe

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Drawout

Xe

Xe

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Optional Lugs

Xe

Xe

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X

UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)

DC Ratings
IEC Rating
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsd
IEC 50/60 Hz
Special Ratings

Connections/Terminations

7

Accessories and Modifications

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Shunt Trip

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Undervoltage Trip

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Auxiliary Switches

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Alarm Switch

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Motor Operator

Xe

Xe

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Handle Operators

Xe

Xe

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Mechanical Interlocks (3P)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Handle Padlock Attachment

Xe

Xe

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cylinder Lock (3P)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Optional GF Protection

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
X

Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic

X

X

X

X

—

X

X

X

X

Instantaneous-only (MCP)

—

—

Xf

Xf

Xf

—

Xf

Xf

X

X

Molded Case Switch (Automatic)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Electronic
Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58)
General Purpose (NEMA 1)

X

X

X

X

—

X

X

X

—

—

Raintight (NEMA 3R)

X

X

X

X

—

X

X

X

—

—

Dust-tight (NEMA 12)

X

X

X

X

—

X

X

X

—

—

Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)

X

X

X

X

—

X

X

X

—

—

Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)

Height

6.4 (163)

7.5 (191)

Width

4.1 (104)

4.1 (104)

Depth

3.4 (86)

3.4 (86)

Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
Pages 7-22, 7-23, 7-29, 7-34/9-25
Pages 7-22, 7-23, 7-29, 7-34, 7-35/9-25
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
2P in a 3P module.
b
70–250 A with electronic trip system
c
Not available with electronic trip units
d
Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest. Section 10
e
Not available in HD and HG 2P rating (2P module).
f
3P only.

7-4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Selection Information

Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600, 800

www.schneider-electric.us

PowerPact 250 A Q-Frame

PowerPact 600 A L-Frame

Circuit Breaker Type

QB

QD

QG

QJ

LD

LG

LJ

LL

LR

Number of Poles

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4

70–250b

70–250b

70–250b

70–250b

70–600

70–600

70–600

70–600

70–600

Current Range
Interrupting Ratings

UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)

240 Vac

10

25

65

100

25

65

100

125

200

480Y/277 Vac

—

—

—

—

18

35

65

100

200

480 Vac

—

—

—

—

18

35

65

100

200

600Y/347 Vac

—

—

—

—

14

18

25

50

100

DC Ratings

600 Vac

—

—

—

—

14

18

25

50

100

250 Vdci

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

500 Vdcci

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

240 Vac

10/5

10/5

10/5

10/5

25/25

65/65

100/100

125/125

125/125

415 Vac

10/5

10/5

10/5

10/5

18/18

35/35

65/65

100/100

100/100

IEC Rating
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsd
IEC 50/60 Hz
Special Ratings
CCC

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

HACR (2P, 3P)

X

X

X

—

X

X

X

X

X

Unit Mount

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

I-Line™

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Rear Connection

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Drawout

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Optional Lugs

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X
X

Connections/Terminations

Shunt Trip

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

Undervoltage Trip

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Auxiliary Switches

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Alarm Switch

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Motor Operator

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Handle Operators

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Mechanical Interlocks (3P)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Handle Padlock Attachment

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cylinder Lock (3Pf)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Optional GF Protectione

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X
—

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Accessories and Modifications

Thermal-magnetic

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

Instantaneous-only (MCP)

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Molded Case Switch (Automatic)

X

—

—

—

—

X

—

X

X

Electronic

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X
—

7

Trip System Type

Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58)
General Purpose (NEMA 1)

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

Raintight (NEMA 3R)

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

Dust-tight (NEMA 12)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)

Note:
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i

Height

6.47 (164)

13.38 (340)

Width

4.5 (114)

5.51 (140)

Depth

3.93 (100)

4.33 (110)

Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
Pages 7-24/9-24
Pages 7-25/7-33
All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
2P in a 3P module
I-Line Q-frame circuit breakers are available 70–225 A only. 250 A Q-frame unit-mount circuit breakers are limited to Cu conductors only.
Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. Special DC J-Frame only.
Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10.
Requires factory-installed “G” shunt trip and 3P module.
Factory-installed option only.
3P only.
70–250 A with electronic trip system
Not available with electronic trip units

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

7-5

Selection Information

Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Class 600, 612, 800
PowerPact 800 A M-Frame

PowerPact 1200 A P-Frame

www.schneider-electric.us

PowerPact 3000 A R-Frame

Circuit Breaker Type

MG

MJ

PG

PJ

PK

PL

RG

RJ

RK

RL

Number of Poles

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

300–800

300–800

100–1200

100–1200

100–1200

100–1200

240–3000

240–3000

240–3000

240–3000

Current Range
Interrupting Ratings

UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)

240 Vac

65

100

65

100

65

125

65

100

65

125

480Y/277 Vac

35

65

35

65

50

100

35

65

65

100

480 Vac

35

65

35

65

50

100

35

65

65

100

600Y/347 Vac

18

25

18

25

50

25

18

25

65

50

600 Vac

18

25

18

25

50

25

18

25

65

50

DC Ratings
IEC
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsb
IEC 50/60 Hz

250 Vdc

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

500 Vdca

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

240 Vac

50/25

65/35

50/25

65/35

50/25

125/65

50/25

65/35

85/65

125/65

415 Vac

35/20

50/25

35/20

50/25

50/25

85/45

35/20

50/25

70/55

85/45

Special Ratings
CCC

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

HACR (2P, 3P)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Connections/Terminations
Unit Mount

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

I-Line™

X

X

X

X

X

X

Xe

Xe

Xe

Xe

Rear Connection

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Drawout

—

—

Xd

Xd

Xd

Xd

—

—

—

—

Optional Lugs

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

7

Accessories and Modifications

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Shunt Trip

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Undervoltage Trip

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Auxiliary Switches

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Alarm Switch

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Motor Operator

—

—

Xd

Xd

Xd

Xd

—

—

—

—

Handle Operators

—

—

Xd

Xd

Xd

Xd

—

—

—

—

Mechanical Interlocks (3P)

—

—

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

Handle Padlock Attachment

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cylinder Lock (3P)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Optional GF Protection

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Instantaneous-only (MCP)

—

—

—

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

Molded Case Switch (Automatic)

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Electronic

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58)
General Purpose (NEMA 1)

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

Raintight (NEMA 3R)

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

Dust-tight (NEMA 12)

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)

Height–in. (mm)

12.80 (325)

16.20 (413)

15 (381)

Width—in. (mm)

8.30 (210)

8.30 (210)

16.50 (420)

Depth—in. (mm)

8.10 (205)

8.10 (205)

Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
Page 7-26/9-28
Page 7-27, 7-31, 7-34/9-29
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35.
b
Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10.
c
Requires breaker with WB suffix
d
65/50 kA Icu/Ics for 450–600 A ratings.
e
1000 A and 1200 A only..

7-6

14.40 (366)
Page 7-28, 7-34/9-30

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Selection Information

Insulated Case Circuit Breakers
Class 600, 800

www.schneider-electric.us

Masterpact 1200 A

Masterpact 6000 A

Circuit Breaker Type

NT-N

NT-H

NT-L1

NT-L

NT-LF a

NW-N

NW-H

NW-L

NW-LF a

NW-H

NW-L

NW-H

NW-L

Number of Poles

3, 4

3, 4

3

3

3

3, 4

3, 4

3

3

3, 4

3

3, 4

3

100–1200

100–1200

100–1200

100–1200

100–1200

100–2000

100–2000

100–2000

100–2000

640–3000

Current Range

640–3000 1200–6000 1200–6000

Interrupting Ratings

UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)

240 Vac

50

65

100

200

200

65

100

200

200

100

200

100

200

480Y/277 Vac

50

50

65

100

100

65

100

150

150

100

150

100

150

480 Vac

50

50

65

100

100

65

100

150

150

100

150

100

150

600Y/347 Vac

35

50

—

—

—

50

85

100

100

85

100

85

100
100

600 Vac

35

50

—

—

—

50

85

100

100

85

100

85

250 Vdc

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

500 Vdc

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

240 Vac

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

415 Vac

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

CCC

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

HACR (2P, 3P)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

DC Ratings
IECb
(kA RMS)
Icu/Ics
Special Ratings

Connections/Terminations
Unit Mount

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

I-Line™

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Rear Connection

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Drawout

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Optional Lugs

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
X

Shunt Trip

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Undervoltage Trip

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Auxiliary Switches

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Alarm Switch

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Motor Operator

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Handle Operators

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Mechanical Interlocks

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Padlock Attachment

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cylinder Lock

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Optional GF Protection

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Thermal-magnetic

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Instantaneous-only (MCP)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Molded Case Switch (Automatic)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Electronic

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

General Purpose (NEMA 1)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Raintight (NEMA 3R)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Dust-tight (NEMA 12)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Accessories and Modifications

7

Trip System Type

Enclosures

Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)

Height

12.67 (322)

17.28 (439)

17.28 (439)

17.28 (439)

Width

11.25 (286)

17.74 (450)

17.74 (450)

30.94 (786)

Depth

13.00 (331)

18.38 (467)

18.38 (467)

18.38 (467)

Pages
Page 7-50 and Catalog 0613CT0001
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
Tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as reference by NFPA70E.
b
See Catalog 0613CT0001 for additional ratings and other information.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Page 7-50 and Catalog 0613CT0001

7-7

Selection Information

Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600, 800
100 A Frame

Circuit Breaker Type

FA (240 V)

FA

www.schneider-electric.us

100 A F-Frame

FH

FHb

FH

FI

Number of Poles

1, 2, 3

1

2, 3

1

1

2, 3

2, 3

FY
1

Current Range

15–100

15–100

15–100

15–30

35–100

15–100

20–100

15–30

Interrupting Ratings

UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)

240 Vac

10k

25k

25

65

25

65

200

14

480Y/277 Vac

—

18

18

65

25

25

200

14

480 Vac

—

—

18

—

—

25

200

—

600Y/347 Vac

—

—

14

—

—

18

100

—

600 Vac

—

—

14

—

—

18

100

—

250 Vdcl

5c

10c

10

10c

10c

50

—

—

500 Vdcal

—

—

—

—

—

20

—

—

240 Vac

—

18/9

—

18/9

—

—

—

—

415 Vac

10/2.5

10/2.5

10/2.5

10/2.5

10/2.5

10/2.5

DC Ratings
IEC Rating
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsd
IEC 50/60 Hz

For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10.

6/1.5
—
For additional IEC ratings, see the

Special Ratings
CCC

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

HACR (2P, 3P)

X

—

X

—

—

—

—

—

Unit Mount

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

I-Line™

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Rear Connection

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

Drawout

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Optional Lugs

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

Shunt Trip

Xfe

—

Xf

—

—

Xf

Xf

—

Undervoltage Trip

Xfe

—

Xf

—

—

Xf

Xf

—

Auxiliary Switches

Xfe

—

Xf

—

—

Xf

Xf

—

Alarm Switch

Xfe

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

—

—

—

X

—

—

X

X

—

Handle Operators

X

—

X

X

X

X

—

—

Mechanical Interlocks (3P)

—

—

X

—

—

X

—

—

Handle Padlock Attachment

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cylinder Lock (3Pf)

—

—

X

—

—

X

—

—

Optional GF Protectiong

—

—

X

—

—

X

X

—

Connections/Terminations

Accessories and Modifications

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Motor Operator

Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Instantaneous-only (MCP)

—

—

X

—

—

X

—

—

Molded Case Switch (Automatic)

—

—

—

—

—

X

—

—

Electronic

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58)
General Purpose (NEMA 1)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Raintight (NEMA 3R)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

Dust-tight (NEMA 12)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)

—

Height

6 (152)

6 (152)

8 (203)

Width

4.5 (114)

4.5 (114)

4.5 (114)

4.13 (105)
4.13 (105)
4.75 (121)
Supplemental Digest Section 3 /
Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
Supplemental
Digest
Section
3/Page
9-24
Supplemental
Digest
Section 3/Pages 9-24
Pages 9-23
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
f
Factory-installed option only.
a
Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35.
g
Requires factory-installed “G” Shunt trip and 3P module.
b
65 kA @120 Vac
h
Not available in HD and HG 2P rating (2P module).
c
1Ø 125 Vdc rating only.
i
2P in a 3P module.
d
Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see j
3P only.
the Supplemental Digest. Section 10
k
1P FA is 120 Vac.
e
Not available on 1P FA (240 V).
l
Not available with electronic trip units

7-8

Depth

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Selection Information

Molded Case Circuit Breaker
Class 500, 600, 800

www.schneider-electric.us

250 A K-Frame

Circuit Breaker Type
Number of Poles
Current Range

400 A L-Frame

600 A L-Frame

KI

Q4

LA

LH

LI

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3

LXI
3

110–250

250–400

125–400

125–400

300–600

100–600

Interrupting Ratings

UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)

240 Vac

200

25

42

65

200

200

480Y/277 Vac

200

—

30

35

200

200

480 Vac

200

—

30

35

200

200

600Y/347 Vac

100

—

22

25

100

100

600 Vac

100

—

22

25

100

100

250 Vdc

—

—

10

50

—

—

500 Vdca

—

—

—

20

—

—

240 Vac

—

—

—

—

—

—

415 Vac

130/65

—

20/5

20/5

—

—

—

DC Ratings
IEC 60947-2
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsb
IEC 50/60 Hz

For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest Section 10.

Special Ratings
CCC

—

—

—

—

—

Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN

X

X

X

X

X

X

HACR (2P, 3P)

—

—

X

X

—

—

Connections/Terminations
Unit Mount

X

X

X

X

X

X

I-Line™

X

X

X

X

X

X

Rear Connection

—

X

X

X

—

—

Drawout

—

—

—

—

—

—

Optional Lugs

X

X

X

X

X

X

Shunt Trip

Xc

X

X

X

X

Undervoltage Trip

Xc

X

X

X

X

X

Auxiliary Switches

Xc

X

X

X

X

X

Alarm Switch

Xc

X

X

X

X

X

Motor Operator

X

X

X

X

—

—

Handle Operators

—

X

X

X

—

—

Mechanical Interlocks (3P)

—

—

Xd

Xd

—

—

Handle Padlock Attachment

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cylinder Lock (3P)

—

X

X

X

—

—

Xec

—

—

—

—

Xd

Optional GF Protection

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Accessories and Modifications

Thermal-magnetic

X

X

X

X

X

Instantaneous-only (MCP)

—

—

X

X

—

—

Molded Case Switch (Automatic)

—

—

—

X

—

—

Electronic

—

—

—

—

—

X

7

Trip System Type

Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58)
General Purpose (NEMA 1)

—

X

X

X

—

Raintight (NEMA 3R)

X

X

X

X

—

Dust-tight (NEMA 12)

X

X

X

X

X

X

Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)
Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)

Height

8 (203)

11 (279)

Width

4.5 (114)

6 (152)

4.75 (121)
5.84 (148)
Supplemental Digest Section 3 /
Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
Supplemental
Digest
Section 3 / Pages 9-27
Pages 9-26
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35.
b
Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10.
c
Factory-installed option only.
d
Requires circuit breaker with WB suffix .
e
Requires factory-installed “G” Shunt trip. Available only for 3P.
f
65/50 kA Icu/Ics for 450 A–600 A ratings

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Depth

—

—
11.86 (301)
7.5 (190)
6.74 (171)

Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages 9-27

7-9

QO™ and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 730, 731, 733 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801

www.schneider-electric.us

QO™ miniature circuit breakers are plug-on products for use in QO load centers, NQOD panelboards, NQOD OEM interiors or Speed-D™
switchboard distribution panels. Bolt-on QOB circuit breakers are for use in NQOD panelboards or interiors.a
The QO exclusive Qwik-Open™ mechanism, with a trip reaction within 1/60th of a second, is standard on all 1P 15 A and 20 A QO circuit breakers.
Table 7.1:
Amperes
Rating b

Plug-On Circuit Breakers
1P—120/240 Vac
Cat. No.

QO 1P
1 Space Required

QOT 1P Tandem
1 Space Required

$ Price

Table 7.2:

2P—120/240 Vac
Common Trip
Cat. No.

10 k AIR
10 A
QO110
29.10
QO210
15 A
QO115 de
29.10
QO215d
20 A
QO120 de
29.10
QO220 d
25 A
QO125 d
29.10
QO225d
30 A
QO130 d
29.10
QO230d
35 A
QO135 d
29.10
QO235d
40 A
QO140 d
29.10
QO240 d
45 A
QO145 d
29.10
QO245d
50 A
QO150 d
29.10
QO250d
60 A
QO160 d
29.10
QO260d
70 A
QO170 d
67.00
QO270d
80 A
—
—
QO280d
90 A
—
—
QO290d
100 A
—
—
QO2100d
110 A
—
—
QO2110d
125 A
—
—
QO2125d
150 A
—
—
QO2150dfk
175 A
—
—
QO2175 dfk
200 A
—
—
QO2200dfk
Molded Case Switch 60 A max.–240 Vac
—
Molded Case Switch 100 A max.–240 Vac
—

2P—240 Vac c
Common Trip

$ Price Cat. No. $ Price
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
134.00
189.00
189.00
189.00
428.00
428.00
491.00
491.00
491.00
—
—

—
—
QO215H 200.00
QO220H 200.00
QO225H 200.00
QO230H 200.00
—
—
QO240H 200.00
—
—
QO250H 200.00
QO260H 200.00
QO270H 224.00
QO280H 315.00
QO290H 315.00
QO2100H 315.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
QO200 70.00
QO2000i 200.00

3P—240 Vac
Common Trip
Cat. No.

$ Price

QO310
QO315d
QO320d
QO325d
QO330d
QO335d
QO340d
QO345d
QO350d
QO360d
QO370d
QO380d
QO390d
QO3100d
—
—
—
—
—
QO300
QO3000i

248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
315.00
366.00
366.00
366.00
—
—
—
—
—
248.00
366.00
371.00
371.00
371.00
371.00

AIRd

QO 2P
2 Spaces Required

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

QO2200 2P 200 A
4 Spaces Required

QO 3P
3 Spaces Required

22 k
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A

Ampere Rating

Poles

Suffix

10–30 A
35–60 A
35–50 A
70–110 A
60–100 A

1, 2, 3
1,2
3
2
3

5237

Table 7.3:
Circuit Breaker
Type
QO
1P

QO
2P

QO
3P
QOB-VH
QOT
QO-AFI, QO-GFI
& QO-EPD

QO115VHe
QO120VHe
QO125VH
QO130VH

63.00
63.00
73.00
73.00

QO215VHg
QO220VHg
QO225VHg
QO230VH g

146.00
146.00
146.00
146.00

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

QO315VHg
QO320VHg
QO325VHg
QO330VHg

40 A

QO140VH

73.00

QO240VHg

146.00

—

—

QO340VHg 371.00

50 A

QO150VH

73.00

QO250VHg

QO350VHg 371.00 Ampere Ratingb

60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
42 k AIRd
40 A
45 A
50 A

QO160VH
QO170VH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QO-QOB Ring Terminal
(20% $ Price Adder)—
Factory Installed Only

QO-PL

Table 7.4:

5238
5273

Wire Sizesb
Ampere
Rating
10–30 A
10–30 A
35–70 A
10–30 A
10–30 A
35–70 A
80–125 A
150–200 A
10–30 A
35–70 A
80–125 A
110–150 A
15–20 A
15–30 A
40, 50, 60 A
10–60 A

Wire Size
(AWG/kcmil)
14–8 Al/Cu
(2) 14–10 Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
14–8 Al/Cu
(2) 14–10 Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
4–2/0 Al/Cu
4–300 Al/Cu
14–8 Al/Cu, (2) 14-10 Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
4–2/0 Al/Cu
4–300 Al/Cu
12–8 Al 14–8 Cu
12–8 Al 14–8 Cu
12–4 Al 14–6 Cu
12–2 Al 14–2 Cu

QOT Tandem Circuit
Breakers
Cat. No.d

$ Price

1P—120/240 Vac
15 A & 15 A
QOT1515
15 A & 20 A
QOT1520
20 A & 20 A
QOT2020
2P—120/240 Vac

58.00
58.00
58.00

146.00

—

—

73.00
QO260VHg
146.00
112.00
QO270VHg
224.00
—
QO280VHg
315.00
315.00
—
QO290VHg
—
QO2100VHgh 315.00
—
QO2110VHgh 1034.00
—
QO2125VHgh 1034.00
—
QO2150VHfgk 1061.00
—
QO2175VHfgk 1061.00
—
QO2200VHfgk 1061.00

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QO360VHg
QO370VHg
QO380VHg
QO390VHg
QO3100VH g
—
—
—
—
—

371.00
477.00
530.00
530.00
530.00
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—

QOH240i
QOH245i
QOH250i

317.00
317.00
317.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

For Use in Old Style Non-Class CTL
QO Load Centers—10 k AIR
Ampere Ratingb Cat. No.d

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QOH260 i
QOH270
QOH280
QOH290
QOH2100
QOH2110 i
QOH2125

317.00
528.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
1389.00
1389.00

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

1P—120/240 Vac—1 Space Required
15 &A 15 A
QO1515
73.00
15 A & 20 A
QO1520
73.00
20 A & 20 A
QO2020
73.00
20 A & 30 A
QO2030
73.00
30 A & 20 A
QO3020
73.00
Two 1P Individual Trip—120/240 Vac—2 Spaces Required

65 k AIRd

Order two QOT1515 or QOT2020 circuit breakers and
handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two poles.

Table 7.5:

15 A & 15 A

15 A
QH115e
117.00
QH215
293.00
—
—
QH315d 507.00
20 A
QH120e
117.00
QH220
293.00
—
—
QH320
507.00
25 A
QH125i
117.00
QH225 i
293.00
—
—
QH325i 507.00
117.00
QH230
293.00
—
—
QH330
507.00
30 A
QH130
a
See Digest Section 1 for load centers, and Section 9 for panelboards and interiors.
b
10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–125 A circuit
breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
c
UL Listed 5 k AIR on corner grounded Delta systems.
d
UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having
motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
e
UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
f
Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu.) Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting
loads.
g
UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-AFI, QOT,QOCAFI, and QO-PL 10 k AIR
circuit breakers to permit their application at 22 kA fault level.
h
100 A maximum branch mounted opposite.
i
Order only. Contact your local Field Office.
j
Includes two circuit breakers (one QO2030 and one QO3020) and handle tie QOTHT.
k
Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.

15 A & 20 A
20 A & 20 A
20 A & 30 A
30 A & 20 A

Replacement Tandem
Circuit Breakers
$ Price

Order Two QO1515 or QO2020 circuit
breakers and handle tie QOTHT for
common switching of center two poles.
—
—
QO20303020j
134.00
—
—

QOT Tandem

Pan Rail Slot

Circuit limiting QOT
tandem circuit
breakers have a
mounting cam as
shown. Installation
into a QO load center
can only be made in
those positions
having a mounting
Mounting Cam pan rail slot. Meets
Rail Bead
Paragraph 408.15 of
the NEC®. UL Listed
as Class CTL

Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12
DimensionsPage 7-54

7-10

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801

1P
QO-PCAFI

Circuit Breaker
Type
Combination
Arc-fault Interrupter
(Pigtail Neutral)
Plug-On Neutral
Arc-Fault Interrupter

Circuit Breaker
Type
Combination
Arc-Fault Interrupter
(Pigtail Neutral)

1P
QO-DF

1P
QO-PDF

Circuit Breaker
Type

Two-wire
QO-SWN

Three-wire
QO-SWN

Combination
Arc-fault and Ground
Fault Circuit
Interrupter with
Pigtail Neutral
Plug-On Neutral
Combination
Arc-fault and Ground
Fault Circuit
Interrupter

2P
QO-GFI

3P
QO-GFI

Ampere Ratingc (A)

1P
QO-GFI

15
20
25
30
40
50
60

QO120CAFI

282.00 QO120VHCAFI

Two-Pole
2P 120/240 Vac
2P 120/240 Vac
Ampere
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
Rating
2 Space Required
2 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
15 A
QO215CAFI 636.00 QO215VHCAFI 1068.00
20 A

QO220CAFI

636.00 QO220VHCAFI 1068.00

QO Dual Function Circuit Breakers
1P 120 Vac
10 k AIR
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price

Ampere
Rating

1P 120 Vac
22 k AIR
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price

15 A

QO115DF

326.00

QO115VHDF

578.00

20 A

QO120DF

326.00

QO120VHDF

578.00

15 A

QO115PDF

326.00 QO115VHPDF

578.00

20 A

QO120PDF

326.00 QO120VHPDF

578.00

QO-GFI Circuit Breakers

1P
120 Vac
10 k AIR
1 Space
Required
$
Cat. No. Price

15 QO115EPD 410.
20 QO120EPD 410.
25 QO125EPD 410.
30 QO130EPD 410.
40
—
—
50
—
—
60
—
—

2P Common Trip
120/240 Vac
10 k AIR

3P Common Trip
240 Vac
10 k AIR

2 Spaces Required

3 Spaces Required

Cat. No.

$
Price

QO215EPD 660.
QO220EPD 660.
QO225EPD 660.
QO230EPD 660.
QO240EPD 660.
QO250EPD 660.
QO260EPDd 660.

Cat. No.

$
Price

QO315EPDe 1077.
QO320EPDe 1077.
—
—
QO330EPDe 1077.
QO340EPDe 1077.
QO350EPDe 1077.
—
—

DE2A

10 A
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
40 A
50 A

Cat. No.

Table 7.11:

QO-HID Circuit Breakers
2P Common Trip
120/240 Vac

1P 120/240 Vac
Ampere
Ratingc

3P Common Trip
240 Vac

10 k AIR

10 k AIR

10 k AIR

1 Space Required

2 Spaces Required

3 Spaces Required

Cat. No.
$ Price Cat. No. $ Price
15 A
QO115HIDb
38.10 QO215HID
87.00
20 A
QO120HIDb
38.10 QO220HID
87.00
25 A
QO125HID
38.10 QO225HID
87.00
30 A
QO130HID
38.10 QO230HID
87.00
40 A
QO140HID
38.10 QO240HID
87.00
50 A
QO150HID
38.10 QO250HID
87.00
NOTE: QO-K Circuit Breakers are on page 7-63.

Cat. No. $ Price
QO315HID 300.00
QO320HID 300.00
QO325HID 300.00
QO330HID 300.00
—
—
—
—

QO-HM
High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for
applications where high initial inrush may occur and for
individual dimmer applications.
Table 7.12:
QO-HM Circuit Breakers
Ampere Ratingc
120 Vac—10 k AIR
15 A
20 A

1P
Cat. No
QO115HMab
QO120HMab

$ Price
30.60
30.60

Non-automatic (Standard) Miniature Switches
Miniature non-automatic switches have the same physical
packaging as miniature circuit breakers, but open only
when the handle is switched to the OFF position.
Non-automatic switches provide no overcurrent protection
or short circuit protection. They must not be used on
systems that have an available fault current greater than
the values listed in the table.
Non-automatic switches are UL Listed per UL 1087 and
are CSA certified.
Table 7.13:
QO Non-Automatic Miniature Switches,
240 Vac 10 kA
Ampere
Rating

a
b
c

e

$
Price

3 Wire 120/240 Vac
10 k AIR
3 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
—
—
QO315SWN
143.00
QO320SWN
143.00
—
—
QO330SWN
143.00
QO340SWN
143.00
QO350SWN
143.00

QO-HID
HID circuit breakers are for use on circuits feeding
fluorescent and high intensity discharge (HID) lighting
systems such as mercury vapor, metal halide, or high
pressure sodium. These circuit breakers are physically
interchangeable with QO circuit breakers.

d

QO-EPD Circuit Breakers

QO-SWN Circuit Breakers
2 Wire 120 Vac
10 k AIR
2 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
QO210SWN
95.00
QO215SWN
95.00
QO220SWN
95.00
QO225SWN
95.00
QO230SWN
95.00
QO240SWN
95.00
QO250SWN
95.00

Ampere
Ratingc

534.00

QO115PCAFI 282.00 QO115VHPCAFI 534.00
QO120PCAFI 282.00 QO120VHPCAFI 534.00

QO-EPD/EPE
QO-EPD/EPE circuit breakers provide overload and short
circuit protection combined with Class B ground fault
protection. They are designed to provide ground fault
protection of equipment at a 30 milliampere level (EPD) or
100 milliamp level (EPE). They are not designed to protect
people from electrical shock.
Ampere Ratingc (A)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

15 A
20 A

Qwik-Gard Circuit Breakers With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
2P Common Trip 3P Common Trip
1P 120 Vac
120/240 Vac
208Y/120 Vac
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
10 k AIR
10 k AIR
1 Space
3 Spaces
1
Space
Required
2
Spaces
Required
Required
Required
$
$
$
$
Cat. No. Price
Cat. No.
Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price
QO115GFI 233. QO115VHGFI 482. QO215GFI 413. QO315GFI 791.
QO120GFI 233. QO120VHGFI 482. QO220GFI 413. QO320GFI 791.
QO125GFI 233. QO125VHGFI 482. QO225GFI 413.
—
—
QO130GFI 233. QO130VHGFI 482. QO230GFI 413. QO330GFI 791.
—
—
—
— QO240GFI 413. QO340GFI 791.
—
—
—
— QO250GFI 413. QO350GFI 791.
—
—
—
— QO260GFId 413.
—
—

Table 7.9:

QO 1P
With Shunt Trip

20 A

QO-GFI
Qwik-Gard™ circuit breakers provide overload and short
circuit protection, combined with Class A ground fault
protection. Class A denotes a ground fault circuit interrupter
that will trip when a fault current to ground is 6 mA or more, for
people protection. Do not connect to more than 250 feet of
load conductor for the total one-way run to prevent nuisance
tripping.
Table 7.8:

Table 7.10:

One-Pole
1P 120 Vac
1P 120 Vac
Ampere
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
Rating
1 Space Required
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
15 A
QO115CAFI 282.00 QO115VHCAFI 534.00

QO™ Dual Function Circuit Breaker
QO Combination Arc Fault and Ground Fault Circuit
Interrupters (Dual Function) provide overload and short circuit
protection, plus arc fault and ground fault protection in a
single device in accordance with the NEC, UL1699 and
UL943.
Table 7.7:

QO-SWN
Switch Neutral Common Trip 2008 NEC™ 514.11

2P

3P

Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
60 A
QO200
70.00
QO300
248.00
100 A
QO2000
200.00
QO3000
366.00
UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and
refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked
for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac
fluorescent lighting loads.
10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60° C or 75° C
conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75° C
conductors.
Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not
contain load neutral connection.
See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a
QO403 or QON prefix.

Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54

QO315EPEe1077.
QO320EPEe1077.
—
—
QO330EPEe1077.
QO340EPEe1077.
QO350EPEe1077.
—
—
Discount
Schedule

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

1P
QO-CAFI

QO™ Arc-Fault Circuit Breaker
(Pigtail and Plug-On Neutral)
QO arc-fault circuit breakers provide protection for Series
and Parallel Type Arcing as required by the NEC and local
code adoption, and comply with UL1699.
Table 7.6:
QO Arc Fault Circuit Breakersa

7-11

7

www.schneider-electric.us

QO™ and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers
Table 7.14:

QO™ Circuit Breaker Accessories
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801

www.schneider-electric.us

Accessories for Use with QO™ and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers

Handle Attachments

Description
Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P QO circuit breakers to independent trip 2P
Handle Tie:
Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breakers to independent trip 2P
Handle tie and lock-off for three 1P QO, QOB circuit breakers
Clamp for holding QO 1P handle in ON or OFF position
Handle Clamp:
Clamp for holding QO or Q1 1P, 2P or 3P circuit breaker handles in ON or OFF position
For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in ON or OFF position
Loose attachment
Fixed attachment
For padlocking 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breaker in ON or OFF position
Handle Padlock Attachment: for
Padlocking in ON or OFF position
For padlocking 2P and 3P QO-GFI, QO-EPD, and QO-EPE in either ON or OFF position, fixed attachment.
For 2P and 3P QO and Q1 standard circuit breakers which require padlocking in either ON or OFF position.
Loose attachment
Fixed attachment
For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment.
For padlocking 2P and 3P QO circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment.
Handle Padlock Attachment: for
For padlocking 1P QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-CAFI, QO-PCAFI, and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position
Padlocking in OFF position
only, fixed attachment.
For padlocking 2P and 3P QO-GFI, QO-EPD, and QO-EPE circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed
attachment.
Ring Terminal
Ring terminals are available as a factory-installed option.
Sub-Feed Lugs
60 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (6–2 Al/Cu)
125 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu)
225 A 2P plug-on – 4 spaces required (4–300 Al/Cu)
125 A 3P plug-on – 3 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu)
For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-byMechanical Interlock Attachment
side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time (Not QOU)
QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit
With Retaining Kit:
breakers in dual power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2Ps or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers
in QO816L100 load centers.
a
Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.

QO1PL

QO1PA

Cat. No.
QO1HT
QOTHT
QO3HT
QO1LO
HLO1

$ Price Schedule
3.80
DE2E
3.80
DE2E
13.40
DE2E
3.80
DE2E
9.90
DE2E

QOHPL
QO1PA
QOTHPA
GFI2PA

9.50
10.70
11.10
9.20

DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2A

QO1HPL
QO1PL
QO1PAF
QO2PAF

10.70
10.70
43.50
25.80

DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2E

QOGFI1PAF

51.00

DE2E

QOGFI2PAF

38.40

DE2E

+20% Price Adder
47.10
137.00
308.00
137.00

DE2A
DE2A
DE2A
DE2A
DE3

QO2DTI

24.90

DE2E

QO2DTIM

63.00

DE2E

See Page 7-10
QO60SL
QO2125SL
QO2225SLa
QO3125SL

QO1PAF

QO1LO

QO1HT

HLO1

QO2DTI
QO2PAF

7

QO1HPL

QOGFI2PAF

QOTHPA

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

QOHPL

Factory-Installed Accessories for Use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers
Factory-installed electrical accessories take up an additional pole space on QO™, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-SWN and
QOU circuit breakers. All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz. Accessories are not available
for QOB-VH (2P 150 A and 3P 110–150 A) circuit breakers or QO, QOU molded case switches. QO circuit breakers will
accept only one accessory per circuit breaker. Undervoltage trip is not available on miniature circuit breakers. Factoryinstalled accessories are not available for QO-AFI, QO-CAFI or OQ-PCAFI Arc Fault Circuit Breakers or on QO2150,
QO2175, or QO2200 circuit breakers.
Table 7.15:
Accessory

Factory-Installed Accessories
Description

Rated
Voltage

Trips the circuit breaker from a
remote location by means of a trip AC/DC
coil energized from a separate
circuit. A 120 Vac shunt trip will
AC
operate at 55% or more of rated
voltage. All other shunt trips will
operate at 75% or more of rated
voltage.
Shunt Trip

7-12

12
24
120
208
240

Coil Cat. No.
Burden Suffix
60 VA
168 VA
72 VA
228 VA
288 VA

$ Price
Accessory
Adder

-1042

189.00

-1021

189.00

Auxiliary
Switches

Description
Monitors circuit breaker contact status and
provides a remote signal indicating the
circuit breaker contacts are OPEN or
CLOSED.
Application

Contact Max.
Comb. Voltage

Max.
Load

Cat. No.
Suffix

$ Price
Adder

1A
1B

AC 120
AC 120

5A
5A

-1200
-1201

132.00
132.00

1A

AC 120

5A

-2100

132.00

•

Application
• For use with momentary or
maintained push button.
• Not available on QO-GFI,
QO-EPD, QO-AFI,
QO-CAFI, QO-PCAFI.
• Shunt trip terminals accept
(2) 14–12 AWG Cu.

Alarm
Switches

Auxiliary switch terminals accept
(2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads.
Used with control circuits and is actuated
only when the circuit breaker has tripped.
Standard construction includes a normallyopen contact.
Application

•

DE2A

DE2E

DE3

Alarm switch terminals accept
(2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads.

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers

QO™ and Multi 9™ Mounting Bases
Class 652 / Catalog 0730CT9801, 0860CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

QO OEM Mounting Bases—UL Recognized Components
Main Lug
Rating

Voltage System

Max. No.
1P

Mounting Bases
Cat. No.

QON2L40

QON120L125I

Solid Neutral Assemblies

Main Lug
Rating

Number of Branch
Neutral Terminals

Cat. No.

$ Price

125 A
125 A
200 A
200 A
225 A

12
20
12
30
42

SN12125
SN20
SN12200
SN30
SN42

36.30
39.50
40.70
54.00
63.00

Table 7.18:
Description

One-conductor
Mounting Base

Two-conductor
Mounting Base

Three-conductor
Mounting Base

Table 7.19:

Main Neutral Lug Wire Size
Cu/Al
4–2/0 AWG
4–2/0 AWG
4 AWG–300 kcmil
4 AWG–300 kcmil
4 AWG–300 kcmil

Branch Neutral Terminal Wire Size
Cu
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG

Al
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG

7

Table 7.17:

Multi-9 Mounting Bases for UL489 C60, 240 Vac max.
Poles
12
24
36
48
60
12
24
36
48
60
12
24
36
48
60

Amperes

200 A

150 A
200 A
100 A
200 A

Length
in.
10.4
14.4
19
23
27.5
10.4
14.4
19
23
27.5
10.4
14.4
19
23
27.5

mm
264
366
483
584
699
264
366
483
584
699
264
366
483
584
699

Cat. No.e

$ Price

US11220018
US12420018
US13620018
US14820018
US16020018
US21215018
US22420018
US23620018
US24820018
US26020018
US31210018
US32420018
US33620018
US34820018
US36020018

330.00
476.00
632.00
810.00
972.00
429.00
645.00
887.00
1140.00
1359.00
467.00
701.00
960.00
1245.00
1547.00

Accessories for US Mounting Base for UL489 C60

Description
Main lug kit for US mounting bases, 1 lug per kit, for 6 AWG to 300 kcmil cable
Terminal cover for US mounting base; provides IP20 ingress protection per IEC 60529; suitable for jumper bars or cable
e
DE2 Discount Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Main Wire Size
AWG/kcmil

$ Price

QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI, QO-AFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers
70 A
2
2
QON2L70
27.30
14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al
125 A
4
4
SK9948BW
75.00
12–1/0 Cu/Al
125 A
4
4
SK9842
78.00
12–1/0 Cu/Al
1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
125 A
6
6
SK9795
84.00
12–1/0 Cu/Al
(Without Neutral Assembly)
125 A
6
6
SK9801
108.00
12–1/0 Cu/Al
150 A
6
6
SK9796BW
131.00
8–3/0 Cu/Al
150 A
8
8
SK9797
140.00
8–3/0 Cu/Al
40 A
2
2
QON2L40
35.00
14–6 Cu, 12–6 Al
70 A
2
4
QON24L70
50.00
14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al
100 A
6
12
QON612L100
70.00
8–1/0 Cu/Al
100 A
8
16
QON816L100
92.00
8–1/0 Cu/Al
100 A
12
12
QON12L100
113.00
12–2/0 Cu/Al
100 A
12
12
QON12L100SFb
161.00
6–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
12
12
QON112L125I
120.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
12
24
QON11224L125I
168.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
16
16
QON116L125I
131.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
16
24
QON11624L125I
191.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
1Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
125 A
20
20
QON120L125I
225.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
24
24
QON124L125I
263.00
6–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
32
32
QON132L125I
360.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
20
24
QON12024L125I
263.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
150 A
24
24
QON124L150I
263.00
4–250 Cu/Al
200 A
12
12
QON124L200I
339.00
4–250 Cu/Al
200 A
12
12
QON12L200FTLc
500.00
4–250 Cu/Al
200 A
24
24
QON124L200I
339.00
4–250 Cu/Al
200 A
24
24
QON124L200DLd
500.00
(2) 4–300 Cu/Al
200 A
30
30
QON130L200I
417.00
4–250 Cu/Al
225 A
42
42
QON142L225I
599.00
4–300 Cu/Al
125 A
12
12
QON312L125
251.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
20
20
QON320L125
380.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
24
24
QON324L125
395.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
3Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
200
A
18
18
QON318L200
327.00
4–300
Cu/Al
(Without Neutral Assy.)
200 A
24
24
QON324L200
402.00
4–300 Cu/Al
200 A
30
30
QON330L200
477.00
4–300 Cu/Al
225 A
42
42
QON342L225
674.00
4–300 Cu/Al
60 A
3
3
QON403L60N
49.80
12–6 Cu/Al
125 A
12
12
QON312L125I
281.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
20
20
QON320L125I a
441.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
24
24
QON324L125I
461.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
3Ø4W 240 Vac Max.
10 k AIC
200 A
18
18
QON318L200I
426.00
4–300 Cu/Al
200 A
24
24
QON324L200I
468.00
4–300 Cu/Al
200 A
30
30
QON330L200I a
528.00
4–300 Cu/Al
225 A
42
42
QON342L225I
716.00
4–300 Cu/Al
QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers
70 A
1
1
QOMB1
29.60
14–4 Cu 12–2 Al
1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
70 A
2
2
QOMB2
59.00
14–4 Cu 12–2 Al
(Without Neutral Assembly)
70 A
3
3
QOMB3
87.00
14–4 Cu 12–2 Al
QOB Bolt-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QOB, QOB-GFI, QOB-EPD circuit breakers
3Ø3W 240 Vac Max.10 k AIC
100 A
3
3
QON3B
56.00
12–1 Cu/Al
(Without Neutral Assembly)
a
Also IEC rated and CE marked for IEC 60439-1. Use only Square D brand Type QOXC, QOXD, QOHX and QOE circuit
breakers for 415Y/240 Vac max. systems.
b
Device comes with factory-installed sub-feed lugs.
c
Device comes with factory-installed feed-thru lugs.
d
Device comes with factory-installed dual-line lugs.

SN12125

US Mounting Base
for UL489 C60
(3 conductor shown)

1P
Spaces

DE3A

DE2

Discount
Schedule

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Table 7.16:

Cat. No.e
USMBLK
USMBTC

$ Price
24.00
49.50

7-13

QO™ and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers

QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers / QYU Supplementary Protectors
Class 720 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801

www.schneider-electric.us

Low Ampere QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
QOU unit mount miniature circuit breakers (cable-in/cable-out) are ideal for OEM applications. They have the Square D™
circuit breaker’s unique Visi-Trip™ feature and can be DIN rail-mounted or surface- or flush-mounted using mounting feet.
General Specifications Common to All Low Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers

•
Low Ampere QOU

•
•
•
•

For convenient flush mount, surface mount or DIN mount
(symmetrical rail 35 x 7.5 DIN/EN 50 022)
Single handle with internal common trip
Terminal lug wire size (1) 14–2 AWG Cu or Al
Reversible line and load lugs
Field-installable quick connectors

Table 7.20:
Ampere
Rating

7

Ampere
Rating

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

15 A
20 A

Table 7.22:
Ampere
Rating
10 A
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A

High Ampere QOU

UL Listed 48 Vdc (5 k AIR)
UL Listed as HACR Type: 10–70 A
High magnetic trip circuit breakers (QOU-HM) are recommended
for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for
individual dimmer applications.
For DIN mounting rails, see IEC Starters and Relays, Section 18.

•

QOU Low Ampere Miniature Circuit Breakers
1P 120/240 Vac
Cat. No.

2P 120/240 Vac
$ Price

Cat. No.

10 k AIR
10 A
QOU110
15 A
QOU115
20 A
QOU120
25 A
QOU125
30 A
QOU130
40.20
35 A
QOU135
40 A
QOU140
45 A
QOU145
50 A
QOU150
60 A
QOU160
70 A
QOU170
78.00
22 k AIR
15 A
QOU115VH
20 A
QOU120VH
25 A
QOU125VH
30 A
QOU130VH
35 A
QOU135VH
101.00
40 A
QOU140VH
45 A
QOU145VH
50 A
QOU150VH
60 A
QOU160VH
a
QOU-H interrupting rating is 10 kA at 240 Vac.

Table 7.21:

•
•
•

2P 240 Vac
$ Price

QOU210
QOU215
QOU220
QOU225
QOU230
QOU235
QOU240
QOU245
QOU250
QOU260
QOU270

87.00

171.00

QOU215VH
QOU220VH
QOU225VH
QOU230VH
QOU235VH
QOU240VH
QOU245VH
QOU250VH
QOU260VH

3P 240 Vac

Cat. No.a

$ Price

Cat. No.

—
QOU215H
QOU220H
QOU225H
QOU230H
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

QOU310
QOU315
QOU320
QOU325
QOU330
QOU335
QOU340
QOU345
QOU350
QOU360
QOU370

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QOU315VH
QOU320VH
QOU325VH
QOU330VH
—
—
—
—
—

189.00

168.00

$ Price

285.00

363.00

426.00
—
—
—
—
—

QOU-HM Miniature Circuit Breakers (10 k AIR)
1P 120/240 Vac

2P 120/240 Vac

Cat. No.
QOU115HM
QOU120HM

$ Price

Cat. No.
—
—

40.20

2P 240 Vac
$ Price
—
—

Cat. No.
—
—

3P 240 Vac
$ Price
—
—

Cat. No.
—
—

$ Price
—
—

QYU UL1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors (5 k AIR)
1P 277 Vac
Cat. No.
QYU110
QYU115
QYU120
QYU125
QYU130

2P 120/240 Vac
$ Price

Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
—

122.00

$ Price
—
—
—
—
—

2P 240 Vac
Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
—

$ Price
—
—
—
—
—

3P 240 Vac
Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
—

$ Price
—
—
—
—
—

High Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers
General Specifications Common to All High Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers

•
•
•
•
•

Flush mount, surface mount, and DIN rail mount.
Internal common trip.
Non-reversible line and load lugs.
Terminal lug wire size (1) 12– 2/0 AWG Cu or Al.
UL Listed 60 Vdc per pole (5 k AIR). (Note: except switches)

Table 7.23:
Ampere
Rating
80 A
90 A
100 A
125 A

Table 7.24:
Ampere
Rating
60 A
100 A
125 A

•
•

UL Listed as HACR type, 80–125 A.
Non-automatic switches have the same physical packaging
as miniature circuit breakers, but provide no overcurrent or
short circuit protection. They are UL Listed per UL1087 and
are CSA certified.

QOU High Ampere Miniature Circuit Breakers (10 k AIR)
1P 120/240 Vac
Cat. No.
QOU180
QOU190
QOU1100
—

2P 120/240 Vac
$ Price

Cat. No.
QOU280
QOU290
QOU2100
QOU2125

176.00
—

2P 240 Vac
$ Price
246.00
452.00

Cat. No.
—
—
—
—

3P 240 Vac
$ Price
—
—
—
—

Cat. No.
QOU380
QOU390
QOU3100
—

$ Price
416.00
—

QOU Non-Automatic Switches
1P 120 Vac
Cat. No.
—
—
—

$ Price

2P 120/240 Vac
Cat. No.
—
—
—

—
—
—

$ Price
—
—
—

2P 240 Vac
Cat. No.
QOU200
QOU2000
QOU20001

$ Price
87.00
246.00
452.00

3P 240 Vac
Cat. No.
QOU300
QOU3000
QOU30001

$ Price
285.00
416.00
716.00

Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12, 7-15
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54

7-14

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers

QOU Accessories
Class 720 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801

www.schneider-electric.us

Cover and Cover Screw

QOU14100JBAF

QOURT
Field-installable
Ring Tongue Terminal
Connector

Description

Order
Qty.

Cat. No.

Unit $ Price

Factory-installed ring tongue terminal, 10–32 screw, for 1P, 2P, 3P QOU, 10–60 A
Hex drive 5/32 in. wire binding screw for QOU
For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON position
For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON
position
For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only
For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only
For padlocking 2P and 3P high ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only
Handle lock-out, ON or OFF position
4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw
4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/right side wiring with base, cover and screw
4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/left side wiring with base, cover and screw
1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with front wiring
1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring
1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring
4P Jumper bar cover
Mounting screw for jumper bar cover
6P 150 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw
1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with front wiring
1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring
1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring
6P jumper bar cover

—
—
—

Suffix -5283
Suffix -5280
QOU1PA

Add 20% to price
Add 20% to price
10.10

Vertical rainproof cover 2P and 3P QO, QOU, FA and KA
Horizontal rainproof cover 2P QO, QOU, and 3P Q2, EH

QOUEC Fieldinstallable
Quick Connector

Crimp connectors are
not included with
Square D brand connectors

1P Fingersafe™ cover for high ampere QOU circuit breaker
1P Fingersafe cover for low ampere QOU circuit breaker

2P DIN Mounted QOU Circuit Breakers

Cover plate for one 2P QOU circuit breaker
Cover plate for one 3P QOU circuit breaker
Cover plate for two 2P QOU circuit breakers
Cover plate for three 2P QOU circuit breakers
Field-installable ring tongue terminal adaptor

Mounting Foot
QOUMF1

Quick connector end connection wiring
Quick connector forward or reverse wiring
1P QOU mounting foot
2P QOU mounting foot
3P QOU mounting foot

Tapped Mounting Foot
Suffix–3100

Tapped mounting foot for QOU, 1P and 2P 10–70 A, 3P 10–60 A
Packaged with circuit breaker
Individually packaged
Bulk packed
Mechanical interlock attachment: Used to interlock two circuit breakers mounted
side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time. A 1P or 2P
circuit breaker can be mounted on the left and interlocked with a 2P or 3P circuit
breaker on the right.
a
For use on low and high ampere QOU.
b
10–70 A 1P and 2P, 10–60 A 3P.
c
DE2E Discount Schedule

—
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
40
40
40
40
40
1
40
40
40
40

QOU1PL

10.10

QOU1PAFLAc
43.50
QOU2PAFLAc
25.80
Suffix -7100
Add 20% to price
HLO1c
9.90
QOU14100JBAF
73.00
QOU14100JBAR
73.00
QOU14100JBAL
73.00
QOU14100BAFB
53.00
QOU14100BALB
53.00
QOU14100BARB
53.00
QOU14100CAB
13.20
QOU1CMSB
0.35
QOU16150JBAF
99.00
QOU16150BAFB
69.00
QOU16150BALB
69.00
QOU16150BARB
69.00
QOU16150CAB
17.10

1
10
1
10
1
40
1
40
1
40
1
40
1
40
1
40
1
80
1
40
1
40
1
80
1
40
1
24

BCVac
BCVBac
BCHac
BCHBac
QOUHFSC1
QOUHFSC1B
QOULFSC1
QOULFSC1B
QOUCP2
QOUCP2B
QOUCP3
QOUCP3B
QOUCP4
QOUCP4B
QOUCP6
QOUCP6B
QOURT
QOURTB
QOUEC
QOUECB
QOUFR
QOUFRB
QOUMF1a
QOUMF1Ba
QOUMF2a
QOUMF2Ba
QOUMF3a
QOUMF3Ba

30.80
30.80
30.80
30.80
2.60
2.10
2.60
2.10
8.30
6.60
15.80
12.80
9.90
7.90
15.60
12.20
5.70
4.40
5.70
4.40
5.70
4.40
0.71
0.54
1.40
1.10
2.30
1.70

1
80

Suffix -3100
QOUMFS1
QOUMFS1B

Add 20% to price
2.40
2.30

1

QOU2DTILA b

24.90

7

4P Jumper Bar
Assembly Base

Accessories for QOU Low Ampere Circuit Breakers (Except as Noted)

For QOUQ Low Ampere Circuit Breakers with Four-Point Quick-Connect
Terminals
QOUQ low ampere circuit breakers with four-point quick-connect terminals are provided
with permanent factory-installed terminals which are affixed to the Load or OFF end of the
circuit breaker. This special terminal will accommodate up to four 1/4-inch insulated female
quick connect wire terminations. Total ampacity of these connections must not exceed the
rating of the circuit breaker.
Table 7.26:

QOUQ Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals

Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals

Poles

Order Qty.

Cat. No.

1
2
3

1
1
1

Change QOU to
QOUQ

Unit $ Price Adder
8.90
17.70
26.40

Electrical Accessories for QOU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

DE2A

DE2E

Discount
Schedule

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Table 7.25:

7-15

Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit
Breakers

UL 489 C60 Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201

Multi 9 C60 UL 489 Listed 240 V Miniature
Circuit Breakers

•
•

•

•

UL 489 Listed and CSA 22.2 No. 5.1 for branch
circuit protection
Eliminates concerns and uncertainty of using a UL 1077
device where a UL 489 device is required
Replaces fuses in low-ampere range; 17 ratings up to 35 A

•
•

Trip Curve

1P C60

2P C60

Use

•
•
•
•

Magnetic Release

C

For typical loads

7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC)

D

For high inrush

10–14 x ampere rating

Table 7.27:

•

www.schneider-electric.us

10 k AIR (1P @ 120 Vac; 2P and 3P @ 240 Vac)
60 Vdc for 1P and 125 Vdc for 2P (on C-curve circuit breakers
only, see table below)
Increased installation flexibility with standard box lugs or
optional ring terminals
Allows easy front-mounting and rear wiring when using ring
terminals
A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories
Suitable for reverse feeding
Trip-free mechanism
Positive indication of contact disconnect

UL 489 Circuit Breakers (120/240 V)
C Curve—7–10 Times Ampere Rating (7–14 DC)

Rating (A)

1Pa
Cat. No.

2Pb

D Curve—10–14 Times Ampere Rating

3P

1P

2P

3P

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
120.00
120.00

60134
60135
60136
60137
60138
60139
60140
60141
60142
60143
60144
60145
60146
60147
60148
60149
60150

269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
257.00
257.00

—
60168
60169
60170
60171
60172
60173
60174
60175
60176
60177
60178
60179
60180
60181
60182
60183

—
387.00
387.00
387.00
387.00
387.00
387.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
372.00
372.00

60117
60118
60119
60120
60121
60122
60123
60124
60125
60126
60127
60128
60129
60130
60131
60132
60133

125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
120.00
120.00

60151
60152
60153
60154
60155
60156
60157
60158
60159
60160
60161
60162
60163
60164
60165
60166
60167

269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
257.00
257.00

—
60184
60185
60186
60187
60188
60189
60190
60191
60192
60193
60194
60195
60196
60197
60198
60199

—
387.00
387.00
387.00
387.00
387.00
387.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
372.00
372.00

131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00

60234
60235
60236
60237
60238
60239
60240

282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00

—
60268
60269
60270
60271
60272
60273

—
410.00
410.00
410.00
410.00
410.00
410.00

60217
60218
60219
60220
60221
60222
60223

131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00

60251
60252
60253
60254
60255
60256
60257

282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00

—
60284
60285
60286
60287
60288
60289

—
410.00
410.00
410.00
410.00
410.00
410.00

6
60207
122.00
122.00
7
60208
8
60209
122.00
10
60210
122.00
13
60211
122.00
15
60212
122.00
20
60213
122.00
25
60214
122.00
30
60215
126.00
35
60216
126.00
1P dual rated 120 Vac/60 Vdc.
2P dual rated 240 Vac/125 Vdc.

60241
60242
60243
60244
60245
60246
60247
60248
60249
60250

261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
273.00
273.00

60274
60275
60276
60277
60278
60279
60280
60281
60282
60283

378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
395.00
395.00

60224
60225
60226
60227
60228
60229
60230
60231
60232
60233

122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
126.00
126.00

60258
60259
60260
60261
60262
60263
60264
60265
60266
60267

261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
273.00
273.00

60290
60291
60292
60293
60294
60295
60296
60297
60298
60299

378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
395.00
395.00

Box Lug/Box Lug
0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
13
15
20
25
30
35

3P C60

60100
60101
60102
60103
60104
60105
60106
60107
60108
60109
60110
60111
60112
60113
60114
60115
60116

Ring Tongue/Ring Tongue

7

0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Box Lug C60

a
b

60200
60201
60202
60203
60204
60205
60206

Interrupting ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54
Mounting Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-13
DIN Mounting Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 18

Ring Tongue C60

Box/Ring C60

7-16

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit
Breakers

UL 489 C60 480 Vac and UL489A C60 Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

Multi 9 C60 UL 489 Listed 480V Miniature Circuit Breakers

•
•
•
•

UL 489 Listed, CSA C22.2 No. 5.1; Also IEC 60947-2; CE marked
480Y/277 Vac @ 10 kA (2P and 3P), 277 Vac @ 10 kA (1P)
0.5 A through 20 A
1P, 2P, 3P, 18 mm wide per pole
Trip Curve

1P
UL489 C60

Use

Magnetic Release

C

For typical loads

7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC)

D

For high inrush

10–14 x ampere rating

•
•
•
•
•
•

UL 486B Listed single-barrel lug: (2) 18–10 AWG (1-25 mm2) cables, Cu only
Optional ring tongue terminals
A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories
Suitable for reverse feeding
Trip-free mechanism
Positive indication of contact disconnect

Table 7.28:

UL 489 Circuit Breakers (480Y/277 Vac)
C Curve—7–10 Times Ampere Rating (7–14 DC)

Rating
(A)

1P
Cat. No.

2P
$ Price

Cat. No.

D Curve—10–14 Times Ampere Rating

3P
$ Price

1P

Cat. No.

2P

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

3P
$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Single-Barrel Wire Lug

2P
UL489 C60

0.5

MGN61300

168.00

—

—

—

—

MGN61333

168.00

—

—

—

—

1

MGN61301

168.00

MGN61312

357.00

MGN61323

519.00

MGN61334

168.00

MGN61345

357.00

MGN61356

519.00

2

MGN61302

168.00

MGN61313

357.00

MGN61324

519.00

MGN61335

168.00

MGN61346

357.00

MGN61357

519.00

3

MGN61303

168.00

MGN61314

357.00

MGN61325

519.00

MGN61336

168.00

MGN61347

357.00

MGN61358

519.00

4

MGN61304

168.00

MGN61315

357.00

MGN61326

519.00

MGN61337

168.00

MGN61348

357.00

MGN61359

519.00

5

MGN61305

168.00

MGN61316

357.00

MGN61327

519.00

MGN61338

168.00

MGN61349

357.00

MGN61360

519.00

6

MGN61306

168.00

MGN61317

357.00

MGN61328

519.00

MGN61339

168.00

MGN61350

357.00

MGN61361

519.00

8

MGN61307

168.00

MGN61318

357.00

MGN61329

519.00

MGN61340

168.00

MGN61351

357.00

MGN61362

519.00

10

MGN61308

168.00

MGN61319

357.00

MGN61330

519.00

MGN61341

168.00

MGN61352

357.00

MGN61363

519.00

15

MGN61309

168.00

MGN61320

357.00

MGN61331

519.00

MGN61342

168.00

MGN61353

357.00

MGN61364

519.00

20

MGN61310

168.00

MGN61321

357.00

MGN61332

519.00

MGN61343

168.00

MGN61354

357.00

MGN61365

519.00

3P
UL489 C60

0.5

MGN61366

168.00

—

—

—

—

MGN61399

168.00

—

—

—

—

1

MGN61367

168.00

MGN61378

357.00

MGN61389

519.00

MGN61400

168.00

MGN61411

357.00

MGN61422

519.00

2

MGN61368

168.00

MGN61379

357.00

MGN61390

519.00

MGN61401

168.00

MGN61412

357.00

MGN61423

519.00

3

MGN61369

168.00

MGN61380

357.00

MGN61391

519.00

MGN61402

168.00

MGN61413

357.00

MGN61424

519.00

4

MGN61370

168.00

MGN61381

357.00

MGN61392

519.00

MGN61403

168.00

MGN61414

357.00

MGN61425

519.00

5

MGN61371

168.00

MGN61382

357.00

MGN61393

519.00

MGN61404

168.00

MGN61415

357.00

MGN61426

519.00

6

MGN61372

168.00

MGN61383

357.00

MGN61394

519.00

MGN61405

168.00

MGN61416

357.00

MGN61427

519.00

8

MGN61373

168.00

MGN61384

357.00

MGN61395

519.00

MGN61406

168.00

MGN61417

357.00

MGN61428

519.00

10

MGN61374

168.00

MGN61385

357.00

MGN61396

519.00

MGN61407

168.00

MGN61418

357.00

MGN61429

519.00

15

MGN61375

168.00

MGN61386

357.00

MGN61397

519.00

MGN61408

168.00

MGN61419

357.00

MGN61430

519.00

20

MGN61376

168.00

MGN61387

357.00

MGN61398

519.00

MGN61409

168.00

MGN61420

357.00

MGN61431

519.00

Multi 9 C60 UL 489A Listed Miniature Circuit Breakers for DC Telecommunication Applications
A limited range of C60 products are UL Listed as UL 489A circuit breakers for protection of DC telecommunications circuits.

UL 489A Circuit Breakers for DC Telecommunications Applications
(1P, 2 Modules, C curve)

Rating (A)

Cat. No.

$ Price

Rating (A)

Cat. No.

$ Price

0.5

60406

120.00

10

60414

101.00

1

60407

101.00

13

60415

101.00

2

60408

101.00

15

60416

101.00

3

60409

101.00

20

60417

101.00

4

60410

101.00

30

60418

101.00

5

60411

101.00

40

60419

111.00

6

60412

101.00

50

60420

117.00

8

60413

101.00

60

60421

123.00

7

Table 7.29:

Interrupting Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Ring Tongue Terminal

7-17

Multi 9™ Miniature
Circuit Breakers

UL1077 C60H Circuit Breakers, UL1053 Ground Fault Protectors
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

Multi 9 C60H-DC UL 1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors (250 and 500 Vdc)
The C60H-DC supplementary protectors are used in direct current circuits (industrial control and automation, transport,
renewable energy, etc.). They provide overcurrent protection within appliances or electrical equipment.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Range from 0.5–40 A
5 k AIR at 250 Vdc (1-pole) and 5 k AIR at 500 Vdc (2-pole, wired in series)
Trip-free mechanism
Positive indication of contact disconnect
C-Curve: 7 to14 times ampere rating
UL 1077, IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2, GB 14048.2, CCC and CE mark

.

Table 7.30:

Multi 9 C60H-DC UL 1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors

1P C60H-DC

1-Pole
24–250 Vdc

2-Pole
24–500 Vdc

Current (A)a
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
0.5
MGN61500
182.00
MGN61520
392.00
1
MGN61501
182.00
MGN61521
392.00
2
MGN61502
182.00
MGN61522
392.00
3
MGN61503
182.00
MGN61523
392.00
4
MGN61504
182.00
MGN61524
392.00
5
MGN61505
182.00
MGN61525
392.00
6
MGN61506
182.00
MGN61526
392.00
10
MGN61508
182.00
MGN61528
392.00
13
MGN61509
182.00
MGN61529
392.00
15
MGN61510
182.00
MGN61530
392.00
16
MGN61511
182.00
MGN61531
392.00
20
MGN61512
182.00
MGN61532
392.00
25
MGN61513
182.00
MGN61533
392.00
30
MGN61514
182.00
MGN61534
392.00
32
MGN61515
182.00
MGN61535
392.00
40
MGN61517
200.00
MGN61537
412.00
a
At 25°C/77°F, for other temperatures see temperature derating table in Multi 9 Catalog 0860CT0201R1/08

2P C60H-DC

Multi 9 UL1053 Listed GFP Ground Fault Protectors

•
•
•
•
•
•

Provides ground fault protection for electrical circuits.
Available in 2P (2-wire) and 4P (3- or 4-wire) versions
Provides no thermal or magnetic protection. The circuit must be protected by an upstream device.
Contains Si Technology to increase immunity to noise and to minimize the potential for nuisance tripping in noisy electrical
environments.
Tripped condition due to a ground fault is displayed on the front face by a red mechanical indicator.
DIN rail mounting for easy installation.

7
.

Table 7.31:

Multi 9 UL 1053 Listed GFP Ground Fault Protectors

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

2P

2P GFP

4P

UL1053
UL1053
120/240 Vac, 240 Vac, 60 Hz 277 Vac, 480Y/277 Vac, 60 Hz
IEC 61008
230 Vac, 240 Vac, 50 Hz

4P GFP (3- or 4-wire)

Current
Maximum
(A)
Sensitivity (mA)
30
25
100
300
30
40
100
300
30
63
100
300
80
300
100
300

Tripping Range
22.1 to 29.9 mA
73.1 to 98.9 mA
221 to 299 mA
22.1 to 29.9 mA
73.1 to 98.9 mA
221 to 299 mA
22.1 to 29.9 mA
73.1 to 98.9 mA
221 to 299 mA
221 to 299 mA
221 to 299 mA

UL1053
240 Vac, 480Y/277 Vac, 60 Hz

IEC 61008
IEC 61008
230/400 Vac, 240/415 Vac, 50 Hz 230/400 Vac, 240/415 Vac, 50 Hz

Family

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

GFP 30
GFP 100
GFP 300
GFP 30
GFP 100
GFP 300
GFP 30
GFP 100
GFP 300
GFP 300
GFP 300

60949
60950
60951
60952
60953
60954
60955
60956
60957
60958
60959

633.00
570.00
444.00
666.00
600.00
467.00
1001.00
900.00
701.00
933.00
1097.00

60969
60970
60971
60972
60973
60974
60975
60976
60977
60978
60979

696.00
627.00
488.00
734.00
660.00
513.00
1100.00
990.00
770.00
1026.00
1206.00

60989
60990
60991
60992
60993
60994
60995
60996
60997
60998
60999

720.00
648.00
504.00
758.00
683.00
531.00
1136.00
1023.00
795.00
1272.00
1496.00

Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54

7-18

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Multi 9™ Miniature
Circuit Breakers

UL 1077 C60 Supplementary Protectors
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

Intended for use within equipment where branch circuit
protection is already provided or not needed

Table 7.32:
Rating (A)

1P
UL 1077 C60

2P
UL 1077 C60

3P
UL 1077 C60

4P
UL 1077 C60

Trip Curve
B
C
D

Use
For sensitive equipment
For typical loads
For high inrush

Magnetic Release
3.2–4.8 x ampere rating
7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC)
10–14 x ampere rating

UL 1077 Supplementary Protectors
1P

$ Price

2P

B Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 3.2 and 4.8 Times Ampere Rating
1
MG24110
101.00
MG24125
1.2
MG17402
101.00
MG17432
1.5
MG17403
101.00
MG17433
2
MG24111
101.00
MG24126
3
MG24112
101.00
MG24127
4
MG24113
101.00
MG24128
5
MG17404
101.00
MG17434
6
MG24114
101.00
MG24129
7
MG17405
101.00
MG17435
8
MG24115
101.00
MG24130
10
MG24116
101.00
MG24131
13
MG24117
101.00
MG24132
15
MG17406
101.00
MG17436
16
MG24118
101.00
MG24133
20
MG24119
101.00
MG24134
25
MG24120
101.00
MG24135
30
MG17407
101.00
MG17437
32
MG24121
101.00
MG24136
35
MG17408
101.00
MG17438
40
MG24122
111.00
MG24137
50
MG24123
117.00
MG24138
60
MG17409
123.00
MG17439
63
MG24124
123.00
MG24139
C Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 7 and 10 Times Ampere Rating
0.5
MG17411
120.00
—
1
MG24425
101.00
MG24442
1.2
MG17412
101.00
MG17442
1.5
MG17413
101.00
MG17443
2
MG24426
101.00
MG24443
3
MG24427
101.00
MG24444
4
MG24428
101.00
MG24445
5
MG17414
101.00
MG17444
6
MG24430
101.00
MG24447
7
MG17415
101.00
MG17445
8
MG24431
101.00
MG24448
10
MG24432
101.00
MG24449
13
MG24433
101.00
MG24450
101.00
MG17446
15
MG17416
16
MG24434
101.00
MG24451
20
MG24435
101.00
MG24452
25
MG24436
101.00
MG24453
30
MG17417
101.00
MG17447
32
MG24437
101.00
MG24454
35
MG17418
101.00
MG17448
40
MG24438
111.00
MG24455
50
MG24439
117.00
MG24456
60
MG17419
123.00
MG17449
63
MG24440
123.00
MG24457
D Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 10 and 14 Times Ampere Rating
0.5
MG17421
120.00
—
1
MG24500
101.00
MG24516
1.2
MG17422
101.00
MG17452
1.5
MG17423
101.00
MG17453
2
MG24501
101.00
MG24517
3
MG24502
101.00
MG24518
4
MG24503
101.00
MG24519
5
MG17424
101.00
MG17454
6
MG24504
101.00
MG24520
7
MG17425
101.00
MG17455
8
MG24505
101.00
MG24521
10
MG24506
101.00
MG24522
13
MG24507
101.00
MG24523
15
MG17426
101.00
MG17456
16
MG24508
101.00
MG24524
20
MG24509
101.00
MG24525
25
MG24510
101.00
MG24526
30
MG17427
101.00
MG17457
32
MG24511
101.00
MG24527
35
MG17428
101.00
MG17458
40
MG24512
111.00
MG24528
50
MG24513
117.00
MG24529
60
MG17429
123.00
MG17459
63
MG24514
123.00
MG24530

$ Price

3P

$ Price

4P

$ Price

218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
224.00
240.00
252.00
252.00

MG24140
—
—
MG24141
MG24142
MG24143
—
MG24144
—
MG24145
MG24146
MG24147
MG17461
MG24148
MG24149
MG24150
MG17462
MG24151
MG17463
MG24152
MG24153
MG17464
MG24154

315.00
—
—
315.00
315.00
315.00
—
315.00
—
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
324.00
338.00
353.00
353.00

MG24155
—
—
MG24156
MG24157
MG24158
—
MG24159
—
MG24160
MG24161
MG24162
—
MG24163
MG24164
MG24165
—
MG24166
—
MG24167
MG24168
—
MG24169

416.00
—
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
—
420.00
438.00
—
450.00

—
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
224.00
240.00
252.00
252.00

—
MG24459
—
—
MG24460
MG24461
MG24462
—
MG24464
—
MG24465
MG24466
MG24467
MG17466
MG24468
MG24469
MG24470
MG17467
MG24471
MG17468
MG24472
MG24473
MG17469
MG24474

—
315.00
—
—
315.00
315.00
315.00
—
315.00
—
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
324.00
338.00
353.00
353.00

—
MG24476
—
—
MG24477
MG24478
MG24479
—
MG24481
—
MG24482
MG24483
MG24484
—
MG24485
MG24486
MG24487
—
MG24488
—
MG24489
MG24490
—
MG24491

—
416.00
—
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
—
420.00
438.00
—
450.00

—
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
224.00
240.00
252.00
252.00

—
MG24532
—
—
MG24533
MG24534
MG24535
—
MG24536
—
MG24537
MG24538
MG24539
MG17471
MG24540
MG24541
MG24542
MG17472
MG24543
MG17473
MG24544
MG24545
MG17474
MG24546

—
315.00
—
—
315.00
315.00
315.00
—
315.00
—
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
324.00
338.00
353.00
353.00

—
MG24548
—
—
MG24549
MG24550
MG24551
—
MG24552
—
MG24553
MG24554
MG24555
—
MG24556
MG24557
MG24558
—
MG24559
—
MG24560
MG24561
—
MG24562

—
416.00
—
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
—
420.00
438.00
—
450.00

Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-3
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-20
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-19

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

•
•
•

Range from 0.5 to 63 A
10 k AIR @ 120/240 Vac; 5 k AIR at 480Y/277; 10 k AIR @ 60
Vdc (1P) and 125 Vdc (2P)
Suitable for reverse feeding
DIN mounting for easy installation
Suitable for reverse feeding

A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories
Trip-free mechanism
Positive indication of contact disconnect

7

•
•

•
•
•

Multi 9™ Miniature
Circuit Breakers

C60 Accessories
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

Electrical Accessories for C60 Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors
Possible Combinations
Mounted to the left of the circuit breaker with a maximum width of 54 mm.

+

+

+

+

Spacer
Ring Tongue
Terminal Kit
Terminal
Screw Shield

Max. 54 mm
SD
Alarm Switch

Table 7.33:
C60 Padlock
Attachment

Control Voltage
Vac
12–277
12–277
24
48
110–240–277
24
48
120
240

MN Undervoltage Release

Multi-9 GFP UL 1053 Listed
Ground Fault Protectors

Table 7.34:

Width in 9 mm
modules

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Front Mounting Kit for C60
1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
(1 per circuit breaker)

C60

Bag of 10

MG27150

51.00

Terminal Screw Shield (Not UL Recognized)

Bag of two
4P shields
1P
2P
3P
4P
1Ø
2Ø
3Ø

MG26981

51.00

Tooth Caps for UL Comb Bus Bar, Bag of 20
Rotary Handle for C60 (Non UL Recognized)
Operating Subassembly
Door Interlock Handle
Fixed Handle (Front or Lateral)
Multi-pole Front Mounting Kit
Rail Support (20 of 9 mm modules)
Hinged Transparent Cover
a
b

Multi-pole
Front Mounting Kit

7-20

201.00

Label holders for 2, 3 or 4P C60
(Not UL Recognized)

Comb Bus Bar Kit for UL1077 C60, 12 poles, Fixed Length

Comb Bus Bar

140.00

1P
2P
3P
4P

Ring tongue terminal kit for UL1077 C60
Spacer for DIN rail, Not UL Recognized
Padlock Attachment (1 per for 1P, 2P, 3P or 4P)
Heavy-duty Padlock Attachment for C60, Locks OFF only
Padlocking Device Left Side Mount, Locks OFF onlya
Padlocking Device Right Side Mount, Locks OFF onlyb

Terminal cover (Not UL Recognized)

MGN26381 Locking Device
Right Side Mount

$ Price
60.00
60.00

Cat. No.
17400
MG27062
MG26970
M9PAF
MGN26380
MGN26381
MG26983
MG26984
MG26985
MG26989

Front Mounting Kit

MGN26380 Locking
Device Left Side Mount

C60
UL/IEC

Multi 9 C60 Mechanical Accessories
Descriptions

Label Holders for
2, 3 or 4P C60

C60

Vdc
Cat. No.
12–125
1
MG26925
12–125
1
MG26928
24
2
27118
48
2
27110
125
2
27109
24
2
27108
48
2
27106
—
2
27107
—
2
27105
120 to 480Y/277 Vac; 30, 100, and 300 mA; 2P and 4Ps.
See page 7-18 Handout, 0860HO0602 or Catalog 0860CT0201

OF Auxiliary Switch (1a1b)
SD Alarm Switch (1a1b)
MX Shunt Trip + OF Auxiliary
Switch (1a1b)

Rotary Handle

MN
Undervoltage
Release

Multi 9 C60 Electrical Accessories

Descriptions

Heavy-duty Padlock
Attachment

MX
Shunt trip + Aux
Switch

OF
Auxiliary Switch

For one pole
9 mm wide
2 per pack
2 per pack
1 per pack

2P/3P/4P

$ Price
15.80
9.30
33.20
60.00
37.50
37.50
16.80
16.80
16.80
16.80

MG26975
26.10
MG26976
51.00
MG26975+MG26976
MG26978
102.00
MG10285
63.00
MG10286
69.00
MG10287
80.00
60488
37.80
MG27046
MG27047
MG27048

129.00
107.00
117.00

14211
14210

54.00
158.00

Left-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with accessories SD, OF, MX or MN. Use rightside mounted padlocking device when accessories are required.
Right-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with VIGI module. Use left-side mounted
padlocking device when VIGI Module is required..

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Molded
Case Circuit Breakers

PowerPact Family
Class 611

www.schneider-electric.us

The PowerPact Advantage
• Proven Performance: Industry-leading circuit breaker innovation and protection for heavy-duty commercial and industrial
applications.
Smart: Integrated metering options provide a cost-effective solution to reduce energy consumption, optimize energy costs, and
improve energy availablility for your facilities.
Flexible: Full range of thermal-magnetic and electronic trip molded case circuit breakers from 15 A to 3000 A, delivering the ratings,
configurations, and operators for your unique applications.
Simple: Common catalog numbers, standardized ratings, and a full range of field-installable accessories make product selection,
installation and maintenance easier than ever.
Common Design Features: Mounting holes, door trim, and handle accessories

•
•
•
•
H-Frame
150 A

Electronic
Trip Version

J-Frame
250 A

Q-Frame
250 A

L-Frame
600 A

M-Frame
800 A

P-Frame
1200 A

R-Frame
3000 A

Electronic
Trip Version

Table 7.35:

PowerPact Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating

Voltage
240 Vac

B

D

G

J

K

L

R

10 kA

25 kA

65 kA

100 kA

65 kA

125 kA

200 kA

18 kA

35 kA

65 kA

65 kA a

100 kA

200 kA

18 kA

25 kA

65 kA a

50 kAb

100 kA

480 Vac

Voltage

L

3

6

1

5

0

A

B

S

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Poles

G

Suffix
Code

Termination

H

Suffix
Code

Rating

Common Catalog Numbering System

Frame

Table 7.36:

Amperage
c

a
b

600 Vac
14 kA
P-frame K interrupting is 50 kA at 480 and 600 Vac.
P-frame L interrupting is 25 kA at 600 Vac.

A
110 Vac Shunt Trip
2A/2B Auxiliary Switch

Frame Designation

Interrupting Rating
Terminations
240 Vac
480 Vac
600Vac
A I-Line
H 150 A Frame
B
10 kA
L Lugs on Both Ends
J 250 A Frame
D
25 kA
18 kA
14 kA
F Bus Bar (No Lugs)
Q 250 A Frame
G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA
M Lugs Line Side Only
L 600 A Frame
J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA
P Lugs Load End Only
M 800 A Frame
K
65 kA
65 kA
65 kA
N Plug-in
P 1200 A Frame
L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA
D Drawout
R 3000 A Frame
R
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA
S Rear Connected Studs
c
For amperage of M-, P- or R-frame circuit breakers, add a zero to the three amperage digits; for example, 120 = 1200 A.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

7

Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page
H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Q-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
L-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
P-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
R-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . 7-29
Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . 7-31
Automatic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
500 Vdc Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35
Mission Critical Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37
PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Motor Operators and Rotary Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Mechanical Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Compression Lugs and Power Distribution Connectors (PDC). . . . . . . . 7-43
Terminal Nuts, Terminal Pads, Terminal Shields and Accessories . . . . . 7-44
Plug-In and Drawout Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

7-21

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers

H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001
Table 7.37:

Hold

HD and HG 2P
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
(2P HJ, HL in 3P module)

H-Frame
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

7

Table 7.38:

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Current
Rating @
40oC

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
D

Cat. No.bc

Trip

G

Jd

Ld
Terminal
Wire Range

$ Price
80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated

H-Frame, 150A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc
15 A
350 A 750 A H( )L26015(C)
870.00
20 A
350 A 750 A H( )L26020(C)
870.00
25 A
350 A 750 A H( )L26025(C)
870.00
30 A
350 A 750 A H( )L26030(C)
870.00
35 A
400 A 850 A H( )L26035(C)
870.00
40 A
400 A 850 A H( )L26040(C)
870.00
45 A
400 A 850 A H( )L26045(C)
870.00
50 A
400 A 850 A H( )L26050(C)
870.00
60 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L26060(C)
870.00
70 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L26070(C)
1062.00
80 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L26080(C)
1062.00
90 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L26090(C)
1062.00
100 A 800 A 1700 A H( )L26100(C)
1062.00
110 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L26110(C)
2072.00
125 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L26125(C)
2072.00
150 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L26150(C)
2072.00
H-Frame 150A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc
15 A
350 A 750 A H( )L36015(C)
1088.00
20 A
350 A 750 A H( )L36020(C)
1088.00
25 A
350 A 750 A H( )L36025(C)
1088.00
30 A
350 A 750 A H( )L36030(C)
1088.00
35 A
400 A 850 A H( )L36035(C)
1088.00
40 A
400 A 850 A H( )L36040(C)
1088.00
45 A
400 A 850 A H( )L36045(C)
1088.00
50 A
400 A 850 A H( )L36050(C)
1088.00
60 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L36060(C)
1088.00
70 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L36070(C)
1328.00
80 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L36080(C)
1328.00
90 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L36090(C)
1328.00
100 A 800 A 1700 A H( )L36100(C)
1328.00
110 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36110(C)
2600.00
125 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36125(C)
2600.00
150 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36150(C)
2600.00

1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1274.00
1274.00
1274.00
1274.00
2486.00
2486.00
2486.00

1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1497.00
1497.00
1497.00
1497.00
3059.00
3059.00
3059.00

1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1797.00
1797.00
1797.00
1797.00
3671.00
3671.00
3671.00

1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1721.00
1721.00
1721.00
1721.00
4449.00
4449.00
4449.00

1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
2066.00
2066.00
2066.00
2066.00
5339.00
5339.00
5339.00

2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2613.00
2613.00
2613.00
2613.00
5534.00
5534.00
5534.00

2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
3137.00
3137.00
3137.00
3137.00
6641.00
6641.00
6641.00

AL150HD
14–3/0 AWG
Al or Cu

1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1592.00
1592.00
1592.00
1592.00
3120.00
3120.00
3120.00

1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1701.00
1701.00
1701.00
1701.00
3599.00
3599.00
3599.00

1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
2042.00
2042.00
2042.00
2042.00
4319.00
4319.00
4319.00

1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
2099.00
2099.00
2099.00
2099.00
5174.00
5174.00
5174.00

2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2519.00
2519.00
2519.00
2519.00
6209.00
6209.00
6209.00

2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
3149.00
3149.00
3149.00
3149.00
6749.00
6749.00
6749.00

3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
8099.00
8099.00
8099.00

AL150HD
14–3/0 AWG
Al or Cu

J-Frame 250 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitingd Circuit Breakers (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit
Suitable for Reverse Connectiona

Adjustable AC
Magnetic
Trip
Low

H-Frame 150 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitingd Circuit Breakers(600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With
Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connectiona

Fixed AC
Magnetic
Trip

Current
Rating @
40o C

www.schneider-electric.us

High

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
D

Cat. No.bc

G

Jd

Ld

Rd

Terminal
Wire Range

$ Price
80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated

J-Frame 250A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc
150 A
750 A 1500 A J( )L26150(C)
2175.00
2610.00
3212.00
3854.00
4671.00
5606.00
175 A
875 A 1750 A J( )L26175(C)
2175.00
2610.00
3212.00
3854.00
4671.00
5606.00
200 A 1000 A 2000 A J( )L26200(C)
2175.00
2610.00
3212.00
3854.00
4671.00
5606.00
225 A 1125 A 2250 A J( )L26225(C)
2175.00
2610.00
3212.00
3854.00
4671.00
5606.00
250 A 1250 A 2500 A J( )L26250(C)
2988.00
3585.00
4251.00
5102.00
6225.00
7469.00
J-Frame 250A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc
150 A
750 A 1500 A J( )L36150(C)
2730.00
3276.00
3779.00
4535.00
5432.00
6519.00
175 A
875 A 1750 A J( )L36175(C)
2730.00
3276.00
3779.00
4535.00
5432.00
6519.00
200 A 1000 A 2000 A J( )L36200(C)
2730.00
3276.00
3779.00
4535.00
5432.00
6519.00
225 A 1125 A 2250 A J( )L36225(C)
2730.00
3276.00
3779.00
4535.00
5432.00
6519.00
250 A 1250 A 2500 A J( )L36250(C)
3749.00
4499.00
5001.00
6002.00
7238.00
8685.00
a
See Supplemental Digest pages 3-2 and 3-3 for circuit breakers with field interchangeable trip units.
b
To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (D, G, J, L).
c
For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, HDL26015C or JDL26150C).
100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire.
d
Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting..

Table 7.39:

5811.00
5811.00
5811.00
5811.00
7194.00

6972.00
6972.00
6972.00
6972.00
8633.00

7086.00
7086.00
7086.00
7086.00
8993.00

8504.00
8504.00
8504.00
8504.00
10791.00

—
—
—
—
—
9212.00
9212.00
9212.00
9212.00
11169.00

—
—
—
—
—

AL175JD
4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu
AL250JD
3/0 AWG–350 kcmil
Al or Cu

11055.00
AL175JD
11055.00 4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu
11055.00
AL250JD
11055.00 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil
Al or Cu
13402.00

H- and J-Frame Termination Options

Termination Letter
A = I-Line (See Section 9)
For factory-installed
F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)
termination, place termination
L = Lugs both ends
letter in the third block of the
M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end
circuit breaker catalog number.
P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end
N = Plug-in e
HGL36100
D = Drawout e
Termination Letter
S = Rear Connected e
Rear Connected
Plug-in
Drawout
e
For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price.

Table 7.40:
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac

7-22

H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings
D
25 kA
18 kA
14 kA

G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA

Interrupting Rating
J
L
100 kA
125 kA
65 kA
100 kA
25 kA
50 kA

DE2

Discount
Schedule

R
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 7-39
Page 7-42
Page 7-55
Page 7-56

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers

H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

Electronic Trip
Version

Table 7.41:

H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip UL Current-Limitinga Circuit Breakers
(600 Vac) With Factory Sealed Trip Unitb Suitable for Reverse Connection g

Electronic Trip Unit

Type

Trip
Function Unit

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
Sensor
Rating

D

G

Ja

Cat. No.c

La

Ra
Terminal

$ Price
80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
60 A H( )L36060(C)U31X
1247.00
1455.00
1652.00
1928.00
2108.00
2460.00
3008.00
3510.00
3971.00
4633.00
100 A H( )L36100(C)U31X
1487.00
1735.00
1860.00
2171.00
2258.00
2635.00
3308.00
3860.00
4367.00
5095.00 AL150HDd
150 A H( )L36150(C)U31X
2759.00
3220.00
3758.00
4386.00
5333.00
6224.00
6908.00
8062.00
9119.00 10642.00
250 A J( )L36250(C)U31X
2957.00
3451.00
4006.00
4675.00
5659.00
6604.00
7313.00
8534.00
9653.00 11265.00 AL250JDe
60 A H( )L36060(C)U33X
1433.00
1641.00
1838.00
2113.00
2294.00
2646.00
3194.00
3696.00
4216.00
4879.00
100
A
H(
)L36100(C)U33X
1673.00
1921.00
2046.00
2356.00
2444.00
2821.00
3494.00
4046.00
4612.00
5341.00 AL150HDd
Micrologic
LSI
3.2Sf 150 A H( )L36150(C)U33X
2945.00
3405.00
3944.00
4571.00
5519.00
6409.00
7094.00
8247.00
9364.00 10886.00
Standard
250 A J( )L36250(C)U33X
3221.00
3715.00
4270.00
4939.00
5923.00
6868.00
7577.00
8798.00 10002.00 11613.00 AL250JDe
60 A H( )L36060(C)U43X
2031.00
2240.00
2436.00
2712.00
2892.00
3244.00
3792.00
4295.00
5005.00
5669.00
100
A
H(
)L36100(C)U43X
2271.00
2520.00
2644.00
2955.00
3042.00
3419.00
4092.00
4645.00
5401.00
6131.00 AL150HDd
Micrologic
LSI
5.2A 150 A H( )L36150(C)U43X
3543.00
4004.00
4542.00
5170.00
6117.00
7008.00
7692.00
8846.00 10153.00 11677.00
Ammeter
250 A J( )L36250(C)U43X
4075.00
4569.00
5124.00
5793.00
6777.00
7722.00
8431.00
9653.00 11129.00 12742.00 AL250JDe
60 A H( )L36060(C)U53X
2391.00
2599.00
2796.00
3072.00
3252.00
3604.00
4152.00
4654.00
5481.00
6143.00
100
A
H(
)L36100(C)U53X
2631.00
2879.00
3004.00
3314.00
3402.00
3779.00
4452.00
5004.00
5877.00
6605.00 AL150HDd
Micrologic
LSI
5.2E 150 A H( )L36150(C)U53X
3903.00
4363.00
4902.00
5529.00
6477.00
7367.00
8052.00
9205.00 10629.00 12151.00
Energy
250 A J( )L36250(C)U53X
4588.00
5082.00
5637.00
6306.00
7290.00
8235.00
8944.00 10165.00 11806.00 13418.00 AL250JDe
60 A H( )L36060(C)U44X
2751.00
2960.00
3156.00
3432.00
3612.00
3964.00
4512.00
5015.00
5956.00
6620.00
100
A
H(
)L36100(C)U44X
2991.00
3240.00
3364.00
3675.00
3762.00
4139.00
4812.00
5365.00
6352.00
7082.00 AL150HDd
Micrologic LSIG
6.2A 150 A H( )L36150(C)U44X
4263.00
4724.00
5262.00
5890.00
6837.00
7728.00
8412.00
9566.00 11104.00 12627.00
Ammeter
250 A J( )L36250(C)U44X
5100.00
5594.00
6149.00
6818.00
7802.00
8747.00
9456.00 10678.00 12482.00 14095.00 AL250JDe
60 A H( )L36060(C)U54X
3111.00
3319.00
3516.00
3792.00
3972.00
4324.00
4872.00
5374.00
6431.00
7094.00
100
A
H(
)L36100(C)U54X
3351.00
3599.00
3724.00
4034.00
4122.00
4499.00
5172.00
5724.00
6827.00
7556.00 AL150HDd
Micrologic LSIG
6.2E 150 A H( )L36150(C)U54X
4623.00
5083.00
5622.00
6249.00
7197.00
8087.00
8772.00
9925.00 11579.00 13101.00
Energy
250 A J( )L36250(C)U54X
5613.00
6107.00
6662.00
7331.00
8315.00
9260.00
9969.00 11190.00 13159.00 14771.00 AL250JDe
a
Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
b
See Supplemental Digest page 3-2 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units
c
For 100% rated circuit breakers, add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, HGL36150CU31X, JGL36250CU43X)
100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire.
d
AL150HD wire range is 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu.
e
AL250JD wire range is 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu. For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided.
f
3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.
g
For applications requiring communications see page 7-49.
Micrologic
Standard

LI

3.2f

Table 7.42:

H- and J-Frame Termination Options

H-Frame
Micrologic™ Trip Unit

Table 7.43:
Voltage

H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating
D
25 KA
18 kA
14 kA

G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA

J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA

L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA

R
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA

0
>11

% Ir

.9 4

.9 5 .9 6
.9 7

.9 3

.9 8

.9 2
.9

1

Ir 4( x

3

Io )
5
6

2 .5

8

2
1 .5

x
Is d(

J-Frame
Micrologic™ Trip Unit

10

Ir )

M icor lo g ic

>30
A
>30

5 .2 E

7

240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Termination Letter
A - I-Line (See Section 9)
For factory-installed
F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)
termination, place termination
L = Lugs both ends
letter in the third block of the
M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end
circuit breaker catalog number.
P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end
N = Plug-in h
HDL36015T
D = Drawout h
Termination Letter
S = Rear Connected h
h
For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add
termination pricing on page 7-41 to price.

H-Frame Circuit Breaker with
Optional FDM and IFM Modules

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-23

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker

Q-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 0734 / Refer to Catalogs: 0734CT0201
Table 7.44:
Ampere
Rating

PowerPact Q-Framea250 A Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker (240 Vac)

QBL 3P
70–250 A

Interrupting Rating

Fixed AC
Magnetic Trip
Hold

QBL 2P
70–250 A

Trip

B
Cat. No.

D
$ Price

Cat. No.

G
$ Price

Cat. No.

Q-Frame Termination Options

$ Price

Table 7.46:

Termination Letter
A = I-Line (See Section 9)
E = Bolt-on I-Line (See Section 9)
F = No lugs
L = Lugs both ends
M = Lugs ON end, studs on OFF end

$ Price

QJL22070
QJL22080
QJL22090
QJL22100
QJL22110
QJL22125
QJL22150
QJL22175
QJL22200
QJL22225
QJL22250

1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
- 300 kcmil
1890.00 #4 AWG
Al/Cu
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
2348.00

QJL32070
QJL32080
QJL32090
QJL32100
QJL32110
QJL32125
QJL32150
QJL32175
QJL32200
QJL32225
QJL32250

2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
- 300 kcmil
2796.00 #4 AWG
Al/Cu
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
3465.00

Q-Frame Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating

B
D
G
J
240 Vacc
10 kA
25 kA
65 kA
100 kAd
c
Q-frame circuit breakers are 240 Vac only.
d
3P QJ circuit breakers are rated at 208Y/120 Vac only.

QGL32200

P = Lugs OFF end, studs on ON end
e

Cat. No.

Voltage

For factory-installed termination,
place termination letter in the
third block of the circuit breaker
catalog number.

Terminal Wire
Range

J

2P, 240 Vac
70 A
1000 A
1800 A
QBL22070
474.00 QDL22070
1143.00 QGL22070
1521.00
80 A
1000 A
1800 A
QBL22080
474.00 QDL22080
1143.00 QGL22080
1521.00
90 A
1000 A
1800 A
QBL22090
474.00 QDL22090
1143.00 QGL22090
1521.00
100 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22100
474.00 QDL22100
1143.00 QGL22100
1521.00
110 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22110
474.00 QDL22110
1143.00 QGL22110
1521.00
125 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22125
474.00 QDL22125
1143.00 QGL22125
1521.00
150 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22150
474.00 QDL22150
1143.00 QGL22150
1521.00
175 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22175
474.00 QDL22175
1143.00 QGL22175
1521.00
200 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22200
474.00 QDL22200
1143.00 QGL22200
1521.00
225 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22225
474.00 QDL22225
1143.00 QGL22225
1521.00
250 Ab
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22250
693.00 QDL22250
1544.00 QGL22250
1970.00
3P, 240 Vac
70 A
1000 A
1800 A
QBL32070
1248.00 QDL32070
1784.00 QGL32070
2442.00
80 A
1000 A
1800 A
QBL32080
1248.00 QDL32080
1784.00 QGL32080
2442.00
90 A
1000 A
1800 A
QBL32090
1248.00 QDL32090
1784.00 QGL32090
2442.00
100 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32100
1248.00 QDL32100
1784.00 QGL32100
2442.00
110 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32110
1248.00 QDL32110
1784.00 QGL32110
2442.00
125 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32125
1248.00 QDL32125
1784.00 QGL32125
2442.00
150 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32150
1248.00 QDL32150
1784.00 QGL32150
2442.00
175 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32175
1248.00 QDL32175
1784.00 QGL32175
2442.00
200 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32200
1248.00 QDL32200
1784.00 QGL32200
2442.00
225 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32225
1248.00 QDL32225
1784.00 QGL32225
2442.00
250 Ab
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32250
1812.00 QDL32250
2442.00 QGL32250
3150.00
a
Replacement lugs and electrical accessories are not available for PowerPact Q-frame circuit breakers.
b
250 A requires the use of copper cables only.
250 A lugs are suitable for copper conductors only

Table 7.45:

www.schneider-electric.us

Termination Letter

7

Add TS suffix for studs on both ends without
nuts and washers. See Catalog 0734CT0201
for additional information.

DimensionsPage 7-55
EnclosuresPage 7-56

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

7-24

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers

L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 611 / Refer to Catalogs: 0611CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 7.47:

L-Frame 600 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Factory-Sealed Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectionfl
Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)

Electronic Trip Unit
D
Sensor
Rating
Type

Jh

G

Lh

Rh
Terminal

Cat. No.g

$ Price

Trip
Function Unit

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
250 A L( )L36250(C)U31X

4827.00

5648.00

5081.00

5945.00

8478.00

9919.00

9918.00

11604.00

11406.00

13345.00

400 A L( )L36400(C)U31X
600 A
L( )L36600U31X

4827.00
7109.00

5648.00
—

5081.00
7484.00

5945.00
—

8478.00
10541.00

9919.00
—

9918.00
11837.00

11604.00
—

11406.00
13613.00

13345.00 AL600LS52K3k
—

250 A L( )L36250(C)U33X
3.3Si 400 A L( )L36400(C)U33X
600 A
L( )L36600U33X

5391.00

6211.00

5674.00

6538.00

9071.00

10513.00

10511.00

12198.00

12088.00

14028.00

5391.00
7673.00

6211.00
—

5674.00
8077.00

6538.00
—

9071.00
11134.00

10513.00
—

10511.00
12430.00

12198.00
—

12088.00
14295.00

14028.00 AL600LS52K3k
—

5.3A

400 A L( )L36400(C)U43X
600 A
L( )L36600U43X

6253.00
8535.00

7073.00
—

6582.00
8984.00

7445.00
—

9979.00
12041.00

11420.00
—

11419.00
13337.00

13105.00
—

13132.00
15338.00

15071.00
—

LSI

5.3E

400 A L( )L36400(C)U53X
600 A
L( )L36600U53X

7200.00
9483.00

8021.00
—

7579.00
9982.00

8443.00
—

10976.00
13039.00

12418.00
—

12416.00
14335.00

14103.00
—

14278.00
16485.00

16218.00
—

Micrologic
Ammeter

LSIG

6.3A

400 A L( )L36400(C)U44X
600 A
L( )L36600U44X

8149.00
10431.00

8969.00
—

8578.00
10980.00

9441.00
—

11975.00
14037.00

13416.00
—

13415.00
15333.00

15101.00
—

15427.00
17633.00

17366.00
—

Micrologic
Energy

LSIG

6.3E

400 A L( )L36400(C)U54X
600 A
L( )L36600U54X

9097.00
11379.00

9917.00
—

9575.00
11978.00

10439.00
—

12972.00
15035.00

14414.00
—

14412.00
16331.00

16099.00
—

16574.00
18781.00

18514.00
—

Micrologic
Standard

LI

Micrologic
Standard

LSI

Micrologic
Ammeter

LSI

Micrologic
Energy

3.3i

AL400L61K3j

AL400L61K3j

AL600LS52K3k

600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P
Micrologic
Standard

250 A L( )L46250(C)U31X

5327.00

6233.00

5581.00

6530.00

8978.00

10501.00

10418.00

12189.00

11981.00

14017.00

LI

3.3

400 A L( )L46400(C)U31X
600 A
L( )L46600U31X

6227.00
8509.00

6233.00
—

6481.00
8884.00

7583.00
—

9878.00
11941.00

11557.00
—

11318.00
13237.00

13242.00
—

13016.00
15223.00

15228.00 AL600LS52K4k
—

Micrologic
Standard

250 A L( )L46250(C)U33X

5891.00

6796.00

6174.00

7123.00

9571.00

11098.00

11011.00

12783.00

12663.00

14700.00

LSI

3.3S

400 A L( )L46400(C)U33X
600 A
L( )L46600U33X

6791.00
9073.00

7849.00
—

7074.00
9477.00

8176.00
—

10471.00
12534.00

12151.00
—

11911.00
13830.00

13836.00
—

13698.00
15905.00

15911.00 AL600LS52K4k
—

Micrologic
Ammeter

LSI

5.3A

400 A L( )L46400(C)U43X
600 A
L( )L46600U43X

7653.00
9935.00

8711.00
—

7982.00
10384.00

9083.00
—

11379.00
13441.00

13058.00
—

12819.00
14737.00

14743.00
—

14742.00
16948.00

16954.00
—

Micrologic
Energy

LSI

5.3E

400 A L( )L46400(C)U53X
600 A
L( )L46600U53X

8600.00
10883.00

9659.00
—

8979.00
11382.00

10081.00
—

12376.00
14439.00

14056.00
—

13816.00
15735.00

15741.00
—

15888.00
18095.00

18102.00
—

Micrologic
Ammeter

LSIG

6.3A

400 A L( )L46400(C)U44X
600 A
L( )L46600U44X

9549.00
11831.00

10607.00
—

9978.00
12380.00

11079.00
—

13375.00
15437.00

15054.00
—

14815.00
16733.00

16739.00
—

17037.00
19243.00

19250.00
—

Micrologic
Energy

LSIG

6.3E

400 A L( )L46400(C)U54X
600 A
L( )L46600U54X

10497.00
12779.00

11555.00
—

10975.00
13378.00

12077.00
—

14372.00
16435.00

16052.00
—

15812.00
17731.00

17791.00
—

18184.00
20391.00

20460.00
—

AL400L61K4j

See Supplemental Digest page 3-4 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units
For 100% rated circuit breakers (250 A and 400 A only), add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, LGL36400CU31X)
Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.
AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or 1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al.
AL600LS52K3 terminal wire range is (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu.
For applications requiring communicatins see page 7-49.

Table 7.48:

Termination Options

Termination
Letter

L-Frame Circuit Breaker

Table 7.49:

Interrupting Ratings

Termination Option

Interrupting Rating
Voltage

A

I-Line (See Section 9)

F

No lugs

D

G

J

L

R

240 Vac

25 kA

65 kA

100 kA

125 kA

200 kA

L

Lugs both ends

480 Vac

18 kA

35 kA

65 kA

100 kA

200 kA

M

Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end

600 Vac

14 kA

18 kA

25 kA

50 kA

100 kA

P

Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end

Nm

Plug In

Dm

Drawout

Sm

Rear Connected

For factory-installed termination, place termination letter
in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.

LGL36600U44X
Termination Letter
m

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

AL600LS52K4k

7

f
g
h
i
j
k
l

AL400L61K4j

For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For
S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price.

DE2

Discount
Schedule

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-55
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-56

7-25

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers

M-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 612 / Refer to Catalogs: 0612CT0101
Table 7.50:

M-Frame 800 A, Basic Electronic Trip System Type ET 1.0n Factory-Sealed Trip Unit

Electronic Trip Unit
Type

www.schneider-electric.us

Interrupting Rating
Sensor
Rating

Function

G

Terminal Wire Range
(AWG/kcmil)

J

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

MGL26300
MGL26350
MGL26400
MGL26450
MGL26500
MGL26600
MGL26700
MGL26800

5960.00
5960.00
5960.00
5960.00
5960.00
5960.00
7719.00
7719.00

MJL26300
MJL26350
MJL26400
MJL26450
MJL26500
MJL26600
MJL26700
MJL26800

7829.00
7829.00
7829.00
7829.00
7829.00
7829.00
9657.00
9657.00

2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz

Basic

Fixed
Long-time,
Adjustable
Instantaneous
Trip

M-Frame Circuit Breaker

300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A

AL800M23K
(3) 3/0–500 Al/Cu

3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz

n

300 A
MGL36300
7560.00
MJL36300
9456.00
350 A
MGL36350
7560.00
MJL36350
9456.00
Fixed
400 A
MGL36400
7560.00
MJL36400
9456.00
Long-time,
450 A
MGL36450
7560.00
MJL36450
9456.00
AL800M23K
Basic
Adjustable
(3) 3/0–500 Al/Cu
500 A
MGL36500
7560.00
MJL36500
9456.00
Instantaneous
Trip
600 A
MGL36600
7560.00
MJL36600
9456.00
700 A
MGL36700
9927.00
MJL36700
11882.00
800 A
MGL36800
9927.00
MJL36800
11882.00
The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced or have the long-time trip point setting adjusted. It is considered an electronic equivalent of a thermalmagnetic circuit breaker.

Table 7.51:
Termination
Letter
A
F
L
M
P

Termination Options

Table 7.52:

Termination Option

Voltage

I-Line (See Section 9)
No lugs
Lugs both ends
Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end
Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end

240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac

For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in
the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.

MGL36400
Termination Letter

Frame Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating
D
25 kA
18 kA
14 kA

G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA

J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA

L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-42
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-55
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-56

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

7-26

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers

P-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

P-Frame 1200 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3Pa Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit
$ Price

Type

Function

Trip
Unit

Sensor
Rating

Gb

Cat. No.bc
80%
Rated

Jb

100%
Ratedc
—
—
—
—

80%
Rated

Kb
100%
Ratedc
—
—
—
—

80%
Rated

100%
Rated c
—
—
—
—

Lbd
80%
Rated

Terminal
Wire Range
100%
Ratedc
—
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
—
—
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
—

600 A
P( )L36060
Basic Electronic Fixed long13905.00
14783.00
14783.00
15660.00
800 A
P( )L36080
Trip Unit
time,
ET1.0I
(Not
Adjustable
1000 A
P( )L36100
19049.00
20250.00
20250.00
21452.00
Interchangeable) Instantaneous
1200 A
P( )L36120
250 A P( )L36025(C)U31A
400 A P( )L36040(C)U31A
AL800M23K
14693.00 21510.00 15570.00 22868.00 15570.00 22868.00 16448.00 24224.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U31A
LI
3.0
800 A P( )L36080(C)U31A
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U31A
AL1200P25K
Micrologic
19836.00 30239.00 21038.00 32147.00 21038.00 32147.00 22239.00 34052.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U31A
Interchangeable
Standard
250 A P( )L36025(C)U33A
Trip Unit
400 A P( )L36040(C)U33A
AL800M23K
15032.00 21812.00 15909.00 23187.00 15909.00 23187.00 16787.00 24564.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U33A
LSI
5.0
800 A P( )L36080(C)U33A
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U33A
AL1200P25K
20177.00 30540.00 21378.00 32466.00 21378.00 32466.00 22580.00 34392.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U33A
250 A P( )L36025(C)U41A
400 A P( )L36040(C)U41A
AL800M23K
15543.00 22266.00 16421.00 23670.00 16421.00 23670.00 17298.00 25076.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U41A
LI
3.0A
800 A P( )L36080(C)U41A
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U41A
AL1200P25K
20688.00 30995.00 21890.00 32949.00 21890.00 32949.00 23091.00 34904.00
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U41A
250 A P( )L36025(C)U43A
400 A P( )L36040(C)U43A
AL800M23K
Micrologic
17043.00 23597.00 17921.00 25085.00 17921.00 25085.00 18798.00 26574.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U43A
Interchangeable
LSI
5.0A
Ammeter
800 A P( )L36080(C)U43A
Trip Unit
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U43A
AL1200P25K
22185.00 32324.00 23387.00 34364.00 23387.00 34364.00 24590.00 36402.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U43A
250 A P( )L36025(C)U44A
400 A P( )L36040(C)U44A
AL800M23K
18909.00 25256.00 19787.00 26849.00 19787.00 26849.00 20664.00 28442.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U44A
LSIG
6.0A
800 A P( )L36080(C)U44A
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U44A
AL1200P25K
24054.00 33983.00 25256.00 36128.00 25256.00 36128.00 26457.00 38270.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U44A
250 A P( )L36025(C)U63AE1
400 A P( )L36040(C)U63AE1
AL800M23K
21455.00 27516.00 22332.00 29252.00 22332.00 29252.00 23210.00 30986.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U63AE1
LSI
5.0P
800 A P( )L36080(C)U63AE1
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U63AE1
AL1200P25K
Micrologic
26597.00 36243.00 27800.00 38529.00 27800.00 38529.00 29001.00 40814.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U63AE1
Interchangeable
Power
250 A P( )L36025(C)U64AE1
Trip Unit
400 A P( )L36040(C)U64AE1
AL800M23K
22536.00 28476.00 23414.00 30272.00 23414.00 30272.00 24291.00 32067.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U64AE1
LSIG
6.0P
800 A P( )L36080(C)U64AE1
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U64AE1
AL1200P25K
27680.00 37203.00 28881.00 39551.00 28881.00 39551.00 30083.00 41895.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U64AE1
250 A P( )L36025(C)U73AE1
400 A P( )L36040(C)U73AE1
AL800M23K
25538.00 31140.00 26415.00 33104.00 26415.00 33104.00 27291.00 35067.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U73AE1
LSI
5.0H
800 A P( )L36080(C)U73AE1
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U73AE1
AL1200P25K
Micrologic
30680.00 39867.00 31881.00 42381.00 31881.00 42381.00 33083.00 44895.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U73AE1
Interchangeable
Harmonic
250 A P( )L36025(C)U74AE1
Trip Unit
400 A P( )L36040(C)U74AE1
AL800M23K
26619.00 32100.00 27497.00 34125.00 27497.00 34125.00 28374.00 36150.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U74AE1
LSIG
6.0H
800 A P( )L36080(C)U74AE1
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U74AE1
AL1200P25K
31761.00 40829.00 32963.00 43404.00 32963.00 43404.00 34166.00 45978.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U74AE1
a
For 2P and 4P information see Catalog 0612CT0101.
b
To complete the catalog number, replace the ( ) with the appropriate interrupting rating (G, J, K or L).
c
For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% trip unit with LI trip functions at 250A would be PGL36025CU31A.
d
For all L interrupting rating, change the 5th character (voltage rating) from a 6 (600V) to a 4 (480V); for example, PLL34025U31A. The 480V AIR is standard 100 kA.

Table 7.54:

P-Frame Termination Options

Table 7.55:

Termination Letter
F = No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends)
L = Lugs both ends
M = Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end
P = Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end
D = Drawouta
A = I-Line (See Section 9)
a
For D pricing add termination pricing on page 7-45.

Voltage

For factory-installed termination, place
termination letter in the third block of
the circuit breaker catalog number.

PGL36040U41A

240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac

P-Frame and R-Frame Interrupting Ratings

P-Frame Interrupting Rating
G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA

J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA

K
65 kA
50 kA
50 kA

L
125 kA
100 kA
25 kA

R-Frame Interrupting Rating
G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA

J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA

K
65 kA
65 kA
65 kA

L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA

Termination Letter
R-frame catalog numbers and pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-28
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55
Trip Unit Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-47
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42
Alternate Rating Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-48
Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-27

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Electronic Trip Unit

7

Table 7.53:

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers
Table 7.56:

R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

R-Frame 3000 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3Pa Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit
$ Price

Electronic Trip Unit
Type

Function

Basic Electronic
Trip Unit
(Not
Interchangeable)

Fixed
long-time,
Adjustable
Instantaneous

Sensor
Rating

Gbd
80% Rated

Jbd

Kbd

100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated
—
—
—
22373.00
23549.00
23549.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
35639.00
—
37512.00
—
37512.00
—

Lbd

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

100% Rated
1200 A
R( )F36120
—
24723.00
1600 A
R( )F36160
—
ET1.0I
2000 A
R( )F36200
—
2500 A
R( )F36250
39383.00
—
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U31A
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U31A
27759.00
29301.00
29301.00
30843.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U31A
23160.00
24336.00
24336.00
25511.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U31A
LI
3.0
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U31A
29775.00
31430.00
31430.00
33083.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U31A
35042.00
36989.00
36989.00
38936.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U31A
36426.00
57075.00 38300.00
60248.00
38300.00
60248.00
40170.00
63417.00
Micrologic
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U31A
54027.00
62451.00 57236.00
65738.00
57236.00
65738.00
60246.00
69024.00
Interchangeable
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U33A
Standard Trip Unit
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U33A
28065.00
29624.00
29624.00
31184.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U33A
23501.00
24675.00
24675.00
25851.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U33A
LSI
5.0
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U33A
30081.00
31752.00
31752.00
33423.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U33A
35348.00
37313.00
37313.00
39276.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U33A
36767.00
57383.00 38640.00
60570.00
38640.00
60570.00
40511.00
63758.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U33A
54513.00
62757.00 57542.00
66060.00
57542.00
66060.00
60570.00
69363.00
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U41A
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U41A
28493.00
30075.00
30075.00
31658.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U41A
24012.00
25188.00
25188.00
26363.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U41A
LI
3.0A
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U41A
30509.00
32202.00
32202.00
33897.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U41A
35775.00
37763.00
37763.00
39750.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U41A
37278.00
57809.00 39152.00
61020.00
39152.00
61020.00
41022.00
64232.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U41A
54918.00
63185.00 57969.00
66510.00
57969.00
66510.00
61020.00
69836.00
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U43A
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U43A
29874.00
31533.00
31533.00
33194.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U43A
Micrologic
25511.00
26685.00
26685.00
27860.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U43A
Interchangeable
LSI
5.0A
Ammeter
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U43A
31889.00
33662.00
33662.00
35433.00
Trip Unit
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U43A
37158.00
39221.00
39221.00
41286.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U43A
38777.00
59190.00 40649.00
62478.00
40649.00
62478.00
42521.00
65768.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U43A
56231.00
64569.00 59354.00
67968.00
59354.00
67968.00
62480.00
71367.00
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U44A
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U44A
31556.00
33308.00
33308.00
35061.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U44A
27378.00
28553.00
28553.00
29729.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U44A
LSIG
6.0A
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U44A
33570.00
35436.00
35436.00
37301.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U44A
38838.00
40995.00
40995.00
43154.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U44A
40644.00
60870.00 43368.00
64253.00
43368.00
64253.00
44388.00
67635.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U44A
57827.00
66255.00 60965.00
69743.00
60965.00
69743.00
64254.00
73230.00
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U63AE1
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U63AE1
33845.00
35724.00
35724.00
37605.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U63AE1
29922.00
31097.00
31097.00
32273.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U63AE1
LSI
5.0P
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U63AE1
35859.00
37853.00
37853.00
39845.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U63AE1
41129.00
43413.00
43413.00
45698.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U63AE1
43188.00
63161.00 45062.00
66671.00
45062.00
66671.00
46932.00
70179.00
Micrologic
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U63AE1
60003.00
68553.00 63338.00
72161.00
63338.00
72161.00
66671.00
75858.00
Interchangeable
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U64AE1
Power Trip Unit
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U64AE1
34818.00
36753.00
36753.00
38687.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U64AE1
31004.00
32180.00
32180.00
33354.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U64AE1
LSIG
6.0P
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U64AE1
36834.00
38880.00
38880.00
40926.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U64AE1
42102.00
44441.00
44441.00
46779.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U64AE1
44270.00
64136.00 46143.00
67698.00
46143.00
67698.00
48014.00
71261.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U64AE1
60929.00
69528.00 64313.00
73188.00
64313.00
73188.00
67698.00
76848.00
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U73AE1
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U73AE1
37518.00
39603.00
39603.00
41687.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U73AE1
34005.00
35180.00
35180.00
36354.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U73AE1
LSI
5.0H
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U73AE1
39534.00
41730.00
41730.00
43928.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U73AE1
44801.00
47291.00
47291.00
49779.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U73AE1
47271.00
66836.00 49143.00
70548.00
49143.00
70548.00
51015.00
74262.00
Micrologic
72236.00 67020.00
76038.00
67020.00
76038.00
70550.00
79841.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U73AE1
63494.00
Interchangeable
Harmonic Trip
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U74AE1
Unit
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U74AE1
38493.00
40631.00
40631.00
42770.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U74AE1
35087.00
36261.00
36261.00
37436.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U74AE1
LSIG
6.0H
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U74AE1
40509.00
42758.00
42758.00
45009.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U74AE1
45776.00
48320.00
48320.00
50862.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U74AE1
48353.00
67809.00 50225.00
71576.00
50225.00
71576.00
52097.00
75344.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U74AE1
64419.00
73212.00 67997.00
77066.00
67997.00
77066.00
71577.00
80919.00
Note: R-frame circuit breakers can be bus- or cable-connected. For cable connections, optional terminal pad kit RLTB or equivalent bus structure is required. Each RLTB kit contains terminal pads
for one end of the circuit breaker only and has provisions for mounting a maximum of 8 lugs per phase (9 lugs for 3000 A). RLTB kits are included with 2500 A 100% rated circuit breakers.
The RL3TB kits are included with the 3000 A, 80% and 100% rated circuit breakers. For other circuit breakers, order terminal pad kit (RLTB) and optional lugs separately. See pages 7-42–7-44.
a
For 2P and 4P information see Catalog 0612CT0101.
b
To complete the catalog number, replace the blank ( ) with the appropriate interrupting rating (G, J, K or L).
c
Listed catalog numbers are for 80% rated circuit breakers. For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% standard trip unit
with LI trip functions at 2500A would be RGF36250CU31A.
d
See page 7-27 for interrupting ratings table.

7-28

Trip Unit

Cat. No.bc

DE2

Discount
Schedule

80% Rated

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Motor Circuit Protectors

PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

PowerPact H- and J-frame electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are magnetic-only
instantaneous-trip circuit breakers. They are designed to offer short circuit protection and
are National Electrical Code (NEC) compliant when installed as part of a combination
controller having motor overload protection. MCP circuit breakers accept the same
accessories and terminals as the equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.
Determine the hp rating from the nameplate of the motor. Select a MCP with an ampere
rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved. When using the automatic settings the
MCP microprocessor automatically adjusts the trip settings for both current and time to
align with the start-up characteristic for the motor type, whether it is a standard or energyefficient motor. This includes a dampening means to accommodate a transient motor inrush current without nuisance tripping of the circuit breaker.
Table 7.57:

H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)
Interrupting Rating

Frame

dard
Stan
ient
Effic ace
rgy
Energie Efficiente
Energia Efic
Ene

Sensor
Rating

Full Load
Amperes
Range

Adjustable
Instantaneous
Trip Range

Suffix

30 A
50 A
100 A
150 A
250 A

1.5–25 A
14–42 A
30–80 A
58–130 A
114–217 A

9–325 A
84–546 A
180–1040 A
348–1690 A
684–2500 A

M71
M72
M73
M74
M75

H-Frame
J-Frame

Standard
Energy Efficient
Energie Efficace
Energia Eficiente

Table 7.58:

J
(See SCCR Table Below)

L
(See SCCR Table Below)

Cat. No.
HJL36030M71
HJL36050M72
HJL36100M73
HJL36150M74
JJL36250M75

Cat. No.
HLL36030M71
HLL36050M72
HLL36100M73
HLL36150M74
JLL36250M75

$ Price
1089.00
1385.00
1646.00
2069.00
2393.00

$ Price
1223.00
1553.00
1827.00
2306.00
2673.00

Maximum Rating or Setting of Motor Protective Devicesa
Percentage of Full-load Current
Type of Motor

a
b

Not to Exceedb

A, B, C, D

Standard

800%

1300%

B, E

Energy Efficient

1100%

1700%

Based on 2005 NEC Table 430.52.
See NEC Exception No. 1 to Table 430.52. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous
trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced
voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed
motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.”

Table 7.59:

I

MCP Selection by HP Ratingsc of Induction-type Squirrel-Cage and
Wound-rotor Motorsd
3Ø 60 Hz Voltagese

Motor Type / Tipo de Motor / Type de Moteur

Full-Load Amperes
Standard
Energy Efficient
Energie Efficace
Energia Eficiente

c
d
e

200 Vac

230 Vac

460 Vac

Suffix

575 Vac

.5–5

.5–7.5

.75–15

1–20

1.5–25

M71

5–10

5–15

10–30

15–40

14–42

M72

10–25

15–30

25–60

30–75

30–80

M73

20–40

25–50

50–100

60–125

58–130

M74

40–60

50–75

100–150

125–200

114–217

M75

Based on 2005 NEC Table 430.250.
Per NEC 430.3, part-winding motors should select two circuit breakers, each at not more than one-half the allowable
trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting
means per NEC 430.103.
Listed voltages are rated motor voltages. Corresponding system voltages are 200 Vac, 220–240 Vac, 440–480 Vac
and 550–600 Vac. Select wire and circuit breakers based on horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per
NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications.

Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR)
Tested to meet NEC and UL508A requirements for short circuit current ratings as part of an
approved combination controller.
Table 7.60:

Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

t

Setting

J

7

Interrupting Rating
Contactor/Starter

L

200–240 Vac

480 Vac

600 Vac

200–240 Vac

480 Vac

Tesys D-line and F-line

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

125 kA

100 kA

600 Vac
50 kA

NEMA Type S

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

125 kA

100 kA

50 kA

See www.us.schneider-electric.us for specific ratings and combination ID numbers.
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56

To select combination starters and motor controllers using MCP’s meeting NEC
Article 430, refer to pages 16-35—16-37.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-29

Motor Circuit Protectors

H-Frame and J-Frame MCP Selector
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001

Table 7.61:

Application of PowerPact™ H-Frame and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)

Horsepower Rating of Induction-type Squirrel-cage and Wound-rotor Motors 3Ø 60 Hz
Starter Size

200 Vac

230 Vac

480 Vac

575 Vac
1/2

1/2
3/4
1

3/4
1

1/2
1-1/2
1/2
2
1-1/2
00

3/4
2
3/4
3
1
1
3
1-1/2
5
2
1-1/2
5
2

0

7-1/2
3
3

7-1/2
10

10

5
15
1

5
15
7-1/2

20

7-1/2
20

25

10

2

30
10
25
30

7

40
15
15

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

40

3

50

20
20

60
50
25
60

75

25
30
30
75

4

100
40
40
100
125
50
150
50

5

60
125
60
150
75

200

75
200
100
Shaded area is not covered by J-frame electronic motor circuit protector.

7-30

www.schneider-electric.us

NEC Full Load
Amperes
0.9 A
1.1 A
1.3 A
1.7 A
2.1 A
2.2 A
2.4 A
2.5 A
2.7 A
3A
3.2 A
3.4 A
3.7 A
3.9 A
4.2 A
4.8 A
4.8 A
6A
6.1 A
6.8 A
6.9 A
7.6 A
7.8 A
9A
9.6 A
11 A
14 A
15.2 A
17 A
17.5 A
21 A
22 A
25.3 A
27 A
28 A
32 A
32.2 A
34 A
40 A
41 A
42 A
48.3 A
52 A
54 A
62 A
65 A
68 A
77 A
78.2 A
80 A
92 A
96 A
99 A
104 A
120 A
124 A
125 A
130 A
144 A
150 A
154 A
156 A
177.1 A
180 A
192 A
221 A
240 A
248 A

PowerPact H-Frame and
J-Frame Electronic MCP

HJL36030M71
and
HLL36030M71
1/2–10 hp

HJL36050M72
and
HLL36050M72
10–25 hp

HJL36100M73
and
HLL36100M73
15–50 hp

HJL36150M74
and
HLL36150M74
30–100 hp

JJL36250M75
and
JLL36250M75
50–150 hp

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Motor Protectors

Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers
Class 580, 585, 680, 685

www.schneider-electric.us

Motor Circuit Protectors
Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are instantaneous-trip magnetic-only circuit breakers. They have a single
adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers
comply with NEC requirements for providing motor circuit protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination
controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components
only when they are used in combination with motor starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors.
All Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent circuit breakers. Mag-Gard
circuit breakers are available with I-Line construction.i High-interruption (H) construction Mag-Gard circuit breakers
(LHL) are also available.
Table 7.62:

Magnetic Only 3 Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hzi—Three Device Solutionsg
Trip
Unit

Ampere Rating

Motor Circuit Protector
LAL

400

Adjustablef
Trip Range (A)
500–1000 A
750–1600 A
1000–2000 A
1125–2250 A
1250–2500 A
1500–3000 A
1750–3500 A
2000–4000 A

24 Vdc Multiplier

Cat. No.

$ Price

High = 1.2
Low = 1.4

LAL3640022M
LAL3640028M
LAL3640030M
LAL3640031M
LAL3640032M
LAL3640033M
LAL3640035M
LAL3640036M

4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00

For PowerPact L- and P-Frames, an instantaneous-only version of the electronic trip circuti breaker is also available for
motor circuit protection. These MCPs comply with NEC® requirements for providing short-circuit protection when
installed as part of a Listed combination controller having motor overload protection.
Table 7.63:

Magnetic Only 3 Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hzi—Three Device Solutionsg
Interrupting Rating

Sensor Rating

Motor Protector Circuit
Breaker

Trip Adjustablef
Unit Trip Range (A)

G

J

L

R

Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
400
500–1200% LGL36400M37X 4619.00 LJL36400M37X 4727.00 LLL36400M37X 5007.00 LRL36400M37X
PowerPact
1.3 M
L-Framei
600
500–1200% LGL36600M37X 6790.00 LJL36600M37X 6949.00 LLL36600M37X 7360.00 LRL36600M37X
600
1200–10000 A
—
—
PJL36060M68
7560.00 PLL34060M68 8006.00
—
800
1200–10000 A
—
—
PJL36080M68
9927.00 PLL34080M68 10514.00
—
PowerPact
PJL, PLLi 1000
1500–10000 A
—
—
PJL36100M69 12705.00 PLL34100M69 13455.00
—
1200
1800–10000 A
—
—
PJL36120M70 16517.00 PLL34120M70 17492.00
—
f
UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.
g
Three-device solutions are the traditional solutionss: motor circuit protector plus motor starter plus overload relay.
h
250 Vdc ratings are available. No UL component recognition
i
These electronic magnetic only motor circuit protectors are available with I-Line constructions. Consult the factory.

$ Price
5307.00
7802.00
—
—
—
—

Table 7.64:

Electronic
Trip Unit
Type

H-Frame (150 A), J-Frame (250 A) and L-Frame (600 A) Electronic Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (UL Ratings)—
Two Device Solutionsj

Frame

Sensor
Rating

Trip
Unit

30
H-Frame
Standardk
J-Frame
L-Frame
j
k

50
100

2.2 M

Full Load
Amperes
Range
(FLA)

Interrupting Rating
Isd (x
FLA)

G

J

Cat. No.

L

R

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

1608.00

HJL36030M38X

1658.00

HLL36030M38X

1812.00

HRL36030M38X

1993.00

14–25

5-13 x FLA HGL36030M38X

14–42

5-13 x FLA HGL36050M38X

1938.00

HJL36050M38X

1998.00

HLL36050M38X

2191.00

HRL36050M38X

2410.00

30–80

5-13 x FLA HGL36100M38X

2229.00

HJL36100M38X

2298.00

HLL36100M38X

2506.00

HRL36100M38X

2757.00

150

58–130

5-13 x FLA HGL36150M38X

2701.00

HJL36150M38X

2785.00

HLL36150M38X

3057.00

HRL36150M38X

3363.00

250

114–217

5-13 x FLA

JGL36250M38X

3105.00

JJL36250M38X

3201.00

JLL36250M38X

3523.00

JRL36250M38X

3875.00

400

190–348

5-13 x FLA

LGL36400M38X

6041.00

LJL36400M38X

6160.00

LLL36400M38X

6468.00

LRL36400M38X

7115.00

312–520

5-13 x FLA

LGL36600M38X

8429.00

LJL36600M38X

8604.00

LLL36600M38X

9156.00

LRL36600M38X

10072.00

600

2.3 M

Two-device solutions (these electronic motor protector circuit breakers include short circuit and overload protection)
—1 electronic motor circuit protector with a Micrologic 2.2 M plus
—1 contactor
The standard trip unit offers Class 5, 10 and 20 and phase unbalance or phase loss protection.

Accessories . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31
Optional Lugs . . . . . .Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 7-54 and 7-55
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-56

To select combination starters and motor controllers using MCP’s meeting NEC Article 430, refer to
pages 16-35—16-37.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-31

7

Motor protection circuit breakers provide built-in thermal and magnetic protection. They are used in two-device motor
feeder solutions to provide protection against short-circuits, overloads, and phase unbalance.

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Motor Protector Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protectors

H-, J-, and LA-Frame MCP Selection
Class 680

Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers are intended
for use in combination with motor starters with overload
relays for the protection of motor circuits from short circuits.
Other specific applications include rectifiers and resistance
welders. These circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip
element in each pole with the trip point adjustable from the
front. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the
instantaneous-trip circuit breakers in combination with a
contactor and overload relay.

1.

For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit
breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific motor—
specify motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-load
current and code letter or locked rotor current.

2.
3.

Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate.
Refer to the tables and select an instantaneous-trip circuit
breaker with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and
voltage involved.
Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to
exceed 1300%, of the motor full-load amperes (FLA) for other
than Design E motors. For Design E motors, select an
adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700%
of FLA.
The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for
instantaneous-trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges
typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type
reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters
during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed
motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermalmagnetic circuit breakers from page 7-33 for those applications.
Part-winding motors, per NEC 430.3, should have two circuit
breakers selected from the above at not more than one half
the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two
circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a
disconnecting means per NEC 430.103.
Based on NEC 430.52 and NEC Table 430.150. See page 7-31
for available Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers.

4.

Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as follows:
This selection table is suitable for motors, other than
NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor indicating code letters
per NEC® Table 430.7 (b) as follows:
Table 7.65:

5.

Locked-Rotor Indicating Codes

Horsepower

Motor Code letter

1/2 or less
3/4 to 1-1/2
2 to 3
5 to 25
30 to 125
150 or more

A–L
A–K
A–J
A–H
A–G
A–F

6.

7.

Table 7.66:

PowerPact H-Frame and L-Frame Motor
Protector Circuit Breaker

Hp Ratings of Induction Type
Squirrel-Cage and
Wound Rotor Motors
3Ø 60 Hz
200
Vac

230
Vac

460
Vac
10

575
Vac

5

7

15
5
15

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

7-1/2

20

7-1/2
20

25

10
30
10
25
30
40
15
15
40

50

20
20

60
50

75
200
250
100
100
300
250
125
350
125
150
300
400
150

350
500
400
200

7-32

PowerPact Family
Full
Motor Protector
Load
Breaker
Amperesa Circuit
Cat. No.b

Magnetic Trip
Settingsc

MIN
14
15..2
17
17.5
21
22
25.3
27
28
32
32.2
34
40
41
42
48.3
52
54
62
65
221
240
242
248
285
289
302
312
336
359
360
361
382
414
472
477
480

H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36100M38X
H( )L36100M38X
H( )L36100M38X
H( )L36100M38X
H( )L36100M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X

Table 7.67:

3Ø 60 Hz

MAX

1300%

LAL Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip
Circuit Breakers for Single Motor
Circuit Protection

Hp Ratings of Induction Type
Squirrel-Cage and
Wound Rotor Motors
200
Vac
75

500%

www.schneider-electric.us

230
Vac

460
Vac

575
Vac

Full
Mag-Gard
Load
Circuit Breaker
Amperesa
Cat. No.

Magnetic Trip
Settingsc

MIN

MAX

221
LAL3640033M
700% 1400%
200
240
LAL3640035M
700% 1500%
250
242
LAL3640035M
700% 1400%
100
248
LAL3640035M
700% 1400%
100
285
LAL3640036M
700% 1400%
300
289
LAL3640036M
700% 1400%
250
302
LAL3640036M
700% 1300%
125
312
LAL3640036M
600% 1300%
a
Motor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select
wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than
nameplate full-load current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor
applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal
units. See Digest pages 14-129–14-152 for selection of thermal units
when actual full load current is not known. The voltages listed are rated
motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 200–208,
220–240, 440–480 and 550–600 V.
b
To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate
rating (G, J, or L). M38X is for standard trip units. For advanced trip
units (LCD display, metering and communication, replace with M58X).
c
Only MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are
available on all circuit breakers.
d
See NEC 430.52(A) for circuit breaker settings above 800%.
e
If due to motor starting characteristics, trip settings at the 1300%
maximum permitted level are needed, the next size Mag-Gard circuit
breaker should be chosen.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Motor Circuit Protectors

Motor Protection Selection Tables
Class 601

www.schneider-electric.us

Horsepower Ratings
Squirrel-Cage and WoundRotor Motors with Norm.
1Ø
Torque Characteritics
10 Hz ac
Operating at usual Speeds
3Ø 60 Hz
200 230
460 575 115 200 230
Vacb Vac Vac Vac Vac Vacb Vac
3/4
1/3
5
2
3/4
1

120
Vdc

240
Vdc

3.4

2
7-1/2
1
1
3
1/2
1-1/2
3

7-1/2

10
1-1/2
2
3
1-1/2
3/4

2

10
5
1
15

3

2

5
3
1-1/2

5

15
7-1/2
2
3
7-1/2
20

25

10

5
7-1/2
30

10
25

3
10
7-1/2

5

15
7--1/2
15
10
40

50

20
15
5
10
7-1/2
60
20
50
25
20
10
60

75

25
30

7-1/2
25

30
75
100
10
40
30
40
100
125
50
40
150
50
60
125
50
60
150
75

200

75
200
250
100
100
300
250
125
350
125
150
300
400
150

350
500
400
200

200
500
250

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Average Direct
Current Motors
Full
Operating at
Load
Base Speed Amperagef

6.9 A
7.2 A
7.6 A
7.8 A
7.9 A
8.0 A
8.5 A
9.0 A
9.2 A
9.5 A
9.6 A
9.8 A
10.0 A
11.0 A
11.5 A
12.0 A
12.2 A
13.2 A
13.8 A
14.0 A
15.2 A
16.0 A
17.0 A
17.5 A
19.6 A
20.0 A
21.0 A
22.0 A
24.0 A
25.0 A
25.3 A
27.0 A
28.0 A
29.0 A
32.0 A
32.2 A
34.0 A
38.0 A
40.0 A
41.0 A
42.0 A
46.0 A
48.3 A
50.0 A
52.0 A
54.0 A
55.0 A
56.0 A
57.5 A
58.0 A
62.0 A
62.1 A
65.0 A
68.0 A
72.0 A
76.0 A
77.0 A
78.2 A
80.0 A
89.0 A
92.0 A
96.0 A
99.0 A
100.0 A
104.0 A
106.0 A
120.0 A
124.0 A
125.0 A
130.0 A
140.0 A
144.0 A
150.0 A
154.0 A
156.0 A
173.0 A
177.0 A
180.0 A
192.0 A
221.0 A
240.0 A
242.0 A
248.0 A
285.0 A
289.0 A
302.0 A
312.0 A
336.0 A
359.0 A
360.0 A
361.0 A
382.0 A
414.0 A
472.0 A
477.0 A
480.0 A
552.0 A
590.0 A
602.0 A

Amperage of ThermalMinimum Size metallic
QMB
Magnetichj Inverse Time Circuit
Conduit 75° C, C Wire Fieldand
Breaker
Heavy Installed Sized for 125% FLAe
Duty
For Motor Code
For
Conduit 3 W
Switch
Letter B to E
Motor
with
AWG
Code
Heavy
Service
THHN
Time
kcmil
Ordinary
Energy Letter F Delay
THWN
THW
Servicec and
to Vi Fusesg
Efficientd
XHHW
15 A
20 A
15 A
20 A
25 A

20 A

30 A

14

1/2 in.

N/A

12

1/2 in.

N/A

10

1/2 in.

N/A

8

1/2 in.a

N/A

6

3/4 in.

1 in.

4

1 in.

1 in.

3

1 in.

1-1/4 in.

2

1 in.

1-1/4 in.

1

1-1/4 in.

1-1/2 in.

1/0

1-1/4 in.

1-1/2 in.

2/0

1-1/2 in.

1-1/2 in.

3/0

1-1/2 in.

2 in.

30 A

25 A
25 A

30 A

35 A
40 A
35 A
45 A

35 A
40 A
40 A
45 A

45 A

50 A
60 A

50 A

50 A

70 A
60 A
80 A

60 A

70 A

90 A

80 A

100 A

90 A

110 A

60 A

80 A

125 A
110 A
90 A
150 A
125 A
100 A

175 A

100 A

150 A
110 A
125 A
200 A
110 A

175 A
225 A

125 A
200 A

250 A

150 A
225 A
175 A

300 A

250 A
250 A

200 A
350 A

200 A
300 A
225 A
250 A

400 A
350 A
400 A

300 A

450 A

350 A

500 A

400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A

600 A
700 A

900 A

400 A

600 A
800 A
700 A

2 in.

2 in.

250
300

2 in.
2 in.

2 in.
2-1/2 in.

350

2-1/2 in.

2-1/2 in.

500

3 in.

3 in.

(2) 3/0 (2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2 in.
900 A

800 A

1000 A
1200 A

(2) 4/0 (2) 2 in.

(2) 2 in.

(2)300 (2) 2 in.

(2) 2-1/2 in.

1000 A
600 A

900 A
800 A

4/0
500 A

1200 A

1600 A

(2) 350 (2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2-1/2 in.
—

(3) 300 (3) 2 in.

(3) 2-1/2 in.

7-33

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

a 8 XHHW requires 3/4 in. conduit for
3W.
b200 V motors are commonly used
on 208 V services.
cOrdinary service for normal
starting duty only, acceleration time
of 10 sec. or less.
dHeavy service is jogging or plugging
duty or cycling load with over 25
starts per hour or over 5 starts per
minute. Energy efficient motors are
polyphase motors defined in NEMA
Standard MG1 and exhibit high
starting current.
eNEC 430.22 for Single Motor,
Smaller conductors may be
permitted for light duty-cycle service
per 430.22 (B) Exception No. 1. DC
motors operating from rectified 1Ø
power supply will require larger
conductors per 430.22 (A) Exception
No. 1. For motor-generator arc
welders, see 630.11.
fMotor full load currents thru 200 hp
are taken from NEC Tables 430.147,
148 and 150. Above 200 hp from UL
98. Select wire size, circuit breakers,
or fuses on basis of hp rather than
nameplate full load current per NEC
430.6. Do not use these values to
select overload relay thermal
units. See Digest pages 16-129—
16-152 for selection of thermal units
when actual full load current is not
known. Voltages listed are rated
motor voltages. Corresponding
nominal system voltages are 110–
120 V, 200–208 V, 220–240 V, 440–
480 V and 550–600 V.
gSwitch size only is shown in table.
Selected fuses should not exceed
maximum percent of full-load current
as given in NEC Table 430.52.
Above 50 hp dc switches are not hp
rated by UL as Motor Circuit
Switches, but as General Use
Switches only and are not
necessarily capable of interrupting
the max. operating overload current
of a motor. See NEC 100 for
definition of General Use Switch.
When protecting a 3Ø, Design E
energy efficient motor, the switch is
required by NEC 430.109 to have a
hp rating of not less than 1.4 times
that of a motor rated 3–100 hp, or not
less than 1.3 times that of a motor
rated over 100 hp. Switches shown in
this table do not necessarily comply
with that requirement.
hThermal-magnetic circuit breaker
ampere ratings recommended are
approximate for average conditions,
based on trip characteristics of
Square D circuit breakers and NEC
Table 430.52. Under some
conditions, the next size larger switch
or circuit breaker rating may be
necessary to accommodate the
motor starting current and is
permitted by NEC 430.52(C)(1)
Exception 2. High starting currents
are anticipated with Design E and
other energy efficient motors. For
explanation of Code letter markings,
see NEC 430.7(B). For Busway Plugin units, see page 9-7.
iThermal-magnetic breaker ampere
ratings recommended are
approximate for average conditions
and based on trip characteristics of
Square D circuit breakers and NEC
Tables 430.7(B) and 430.52.
jType LC, LI, LX, LXI, and LE circuit
breakers are NOT recommended
for use on single motor branch
circuits.
Contact your local Field Office for
circuit breaker selection on
constant horsepower multi-speed
motors.

Selection Tables for Conductors, Safety Switches and Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Based on 2005 NEC® Tables 430.147, 430.148 & 430.150

7

Table 7.68:

Automatic Switches
Class 600 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only
the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no
overload or low level fault protection.
Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping
device such as a shunt trip.
All molded case switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers,
with the exception of Q-frame switches which do not have electrical accessories available.
Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA Certified.

J-Frame
Switch

L-Frame
Switch

Table 7.69:

H-Frame, J-Frame, and L-Frame PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac

Circuit
Ampere
Breaker Poles Rating
2
H-Frame
J-Frame
3
3
L-Frame
4

150 A
175 A
250 A
150 A
175 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
400 A
600 A

G Withstand

L Withstand

Table 7.70:
Circuit
Breaker

Poles

Frame

Poles

7

2

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

P
3

2
R
3

Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
JRL36000S17
JRL36000S25
LRL36000S40X
LRL36000S60X
LRL46000S40X
LRL46000S60X

$ Price Trip Point
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2673.00
3125 A
2673.00
3125 A
5370.00
4800 A
5902.00
6600 A
6882.00
4800 A
7414.00
6600 A

Terminal

Wire Range

AL150HD
AL175JD
AL250JD
AL150HD
AL175JD
AL250JD
AL150HD
AL250JD
AL150HD
AL250JD

14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu
4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu
3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu
14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu
4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu
3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu
AL600LS52K3
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu
AL600LS52K4
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

Q-Frame (240 Vac) PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches
J Withstand

Ampere
Rating

Wire Range

Cat. No.
2
225 A
QBL22000S22c
Q-Frameb
3
225 A
QBL32000S22c
b
Withstand rating of 10 kA at 240 Vac.
c
DE2A discount schedule.

Table 7.71:

R Withstand

Cat. No.
$ Price Trip Point
Cat. No.
$ Price Trip Point
HGL26000S15a 1349.00 2250A
HLL26000S15
1590.00
2250 A
JGL26000S17
1827.00 3125 A
JLL26000S17
1980.00
3125 A
JGL26000S25
1827.00 3125 A
JLL26000S25
1980.00
3125 A
HGL36000S15
1799.00 2250 A HLL36000S15
1988.00
2250 A
JGL36000S17
2286.00 3125 A
JLL36000S17
2475.00
3125 A
JGL36000S25
2286.00 3125 A
JLL36000S25
2475.00
3125 A
LGL36000S40X 4572.00 4800 A LLL36000S40X
4972.00
4800 A
LGL36000S60X 5065.00 6600A LLL36000S60X
5465.00
6600 A
LGL46000S40X 5972.00 4800 A LLL46000S40X
6372.00
4800 A
LGL46000S60X 6465.00 6600A LLL46000S60X
6865.00
6600 A
a
True 2P device. Others are a 2P in a 3P module.

$ Price
440.00
1193.00

Trip Point
4500 A
4500 A

4 AWG–300 kcmil

P-Frame and R-Frame PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switchese, 600 Vac
Ampere
Rating
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
3000 A

J Withstand

K Withstand

L Withstand

Cat. No.
$ Price Trip Point
Cat. No.
$ Price Trip Point
Cat. No.
PJL26000S60
5340.00
10 kA
PKL26000S60
5340.00
24 kA
PLL24000S60d
PJL26000S80
5991.00
10 kA
PKL26000S80
5991.00
24 kA
PLL24000S80d
PJL26000S10
7469.00
10 kA
PKL26000S10
7469.00
24 kA
PLL24000S10d
PJL26000S12
11744.00
10 kA
PKL26000S12
11744.00
24 kA
PLL24000S12d
PJL36000S60
6584.00
10 kA
PKL36000S60
6584.00
24 kA
PLL34000S60d
PJL36000S80
7236.00
10 kA
PKL36000S80
7236.00
24 kA
PLL34000S80d
PJL36000S10
9287.00
10 kA
PKL36000S10
9287.00
24 kA
PLL34000S10d
PJL36000S12
11867.00
10 kA
PKL36000S12
11867.00
24 kA
PLL34000S12d
—
—
—
RKF26000S12
12213.00
57 kA
RLF26000S12
—
—
—
RKF26000S16
14685.00
57 kA
RLF26000S16
—
—
—
RKF26000S20
15687.00
57 kA
RLF26000S20
—
—
—
RKF26000S25
24948.00
57 kA
RLF26000S25
—
—
—
RKF36000S12
13602.00
57 kA
RLF36000S12
—
—
—
RKF36000S16
15911.00
57 kA
RLF36000S16
—
—
—
RKF36000S20
19374.00
57 kA
RLF36000S20
—
—
—
RKF36000S25
30836.00
57 kA
RLF36000S25
—
—
—
RKF36000S30
41104.00
57 kA
RLF36000S30
d
P-frame L-interrupting is available in 480 Vac only.
e
UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown.

Table 7.72:

$ Price Trip Point
5715.00
10 kA
6414.00
10 kA
7995.00
10 kA
10887.00
10 kA
6974.00
10 kA
7667.00
10 kA
9837.00
10 kA
12570.00
10 kA
12855.00
48 kA
14825.00
48 kA
15837.00
48 kA
25185.00
48 kA
14318.00
48 kA
16062.00
48 kA
19559.00
48 kA
31130.00
48 kA
41496.00
48 kA

Terminal

Wire Range

AL800M23K

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu

AL1200P25K

(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu

AL800M23K

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu

AL1200P25K

(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu

R-frame circuit breakers can be
bus-connected or cable-connected.
For cable connections, RLTB kit or
equivalent bus structure is required.
Kit is included with 3000 A switches.
For all others, see page 7-44.

H-, J-, L- P-, and R-Frame Withstand Ratingsf
Withstand

Voltage

G
J
K
L
R
240 Vac
65 kA
100 kA
65 kA
125 kA
200 kA
480 Vac
35 kA
65 kA
50 kAg
100 kA
200 kA
600 Vac
18 kA
25 kA
50 kAg
50 kA
100 kA
f
The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker
with an equal continuous current rating.
g
R-frame withstand is 65 kA.

Accessories . . . . . . . Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31
Optional Lugs . . . . . . Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-54 and 7-55
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-56–7-58

7-34

DE2

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

500 Vdc Circuit Breakers

UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600

www.schneider-electric.us

The UL Listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown below are specifically
designed for use on ungrounded dc systems having a maximum short-circuit voltage of 500
Vdc or a maximum floating (unloaded) voltage of 600 Vdc. The circuit breakers are suitable
for use only with UPS (uninterruptable power supplies) and ungrounded systems.
This two-level voltage rating allows these circuit breakers to be applied to battery sources
having a short-circuit availability of 20,000 amperes for LH, and MH circuit breakers and
25,000 amperes for PAF circuit breakers at 500 Vdc.
LH and MH circuit breakers are provided with an adjustable magnetic trip that is readily
accessible by means of a single adjustment on the face of the circuit breaker. PAF circuit
breakers have a fixed magnetic trip range.
These circuit breakers are UL Listed for the interrupting ratings shown only if applied with
three poles connected in series (series connection is external to circuit breaker). See
diagram below.
NOTE: Due to external series connection, I-Line™ circuit breakers are not available for
this application.
Table 7.73:

Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/
Francher seulement comme suit:
300 V
300 V
600 V MAX.
or
MAX.
MAX.
o
ou
Load/Carga/
Charge

Load/Carga/
Charge

Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating)
500 Vdc max. (loaded)
DC Circuit Breaker Label

CAUTION/PRECAUCION/
ATTENTION
Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/
Brancher seulement comme suit:

+

600 V MAX.

+

Load/Carga/
Charge

600 V MAX.

-

or
o
ou

-

Load/Carga/
Charge

600 V MAX.

Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating)
500 Vdc max. (loaded)
MHL–DCH Breaker Only

a
b

DC Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Ampere Rating

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.

100 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
225 A
250 A
250 A
300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A
900 A
1000 A
1200 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A
900 A
1000 A
1200 A

JGL37100D81
JGL37125D81
JGL37150D81
JGL37175D81
JGL37200D82
JGL37225D82
JGL37250D82
LHL3625025DC
LHL3630026DC
LHL3635029DC
LHL3640030DC
MHL3645031DC
MHL3650032DC
MHL3660033DC
MHL3670035DC
MHL3680036DC
MHL3690039DC
MHL36100040DC
MHL36120040DCb
MHL3645031DCH
MHL3650032DCH
MHL3660033DCH
MHL3670035DCH
MHL3680036DCH
MHL3690039DCH
MHL36100040DCH
MHL36120040DCHb

Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range—
Interrupting Rating
DC Amperesa
@ 500 Vdc
Low
High
400
600
400
600
20 k AIR
400
600
400
600
500
850
500
850
20 k AIR
500
850
625
1250
750
1500
20 k AIR
875
1750
1000
2000
1125
2250
1250
2500
1500
3000
1750
3500
20 k AIR
2000
4000
2500
5000
2500
5000
2500
5000
25 k AIR
1125
2250
1250
2500
1500
3000
1750
3500
50 k AIR
2000
4000
2500
5000
2500
5000
2500
5000
50 k AIR

$ Price
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
5001.00
7598.00
7598.00
7598.00
7598.00
9456.00
9456.00
9456.00
11882.00
11882.00
14078.00
14078.00
16758.00
12506.00
12506.00
12506.00
14932.00
14932.00
17128.00
17128.00
19808.00

Magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.
Suitable for use only in a ventilated enclosure. Minimum enclosure dimensions are 38" h x 20" w x 7" d with a
minimum of 300 square inches of ventilation near the top and bottom of the enclosure.

Ampere Rating

PAF361200DC
PAF361600DC
PAF362000DC
PCF362500DC

Fixed Magnetic Trip Range—DC
Amperesa
Hold
1200
1600
2000
2500

Trip
1620
2160
2700
3375

Interrupting Rating
@ 500 Vdc

25 k AIR
25 k AIR

$ Price
24726.00
24726.00
24726.00
39365.00

7

1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CAUTION/PRECAUCION/
ATTENTION

Accessories. . . . . . . .Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Page 3-29
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-55 and Supplemental Digest Page 3-33
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-56–7-58

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-35

500 Vdc Circuit Breakers

UL Listed 500 Vdc NW Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600

www.schneider-electric.us

Masterpact NW DC Circuit Breaker

Table 7.74:

Masterpact NW DC Circuit Breakers

Ampere Rating

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.

Interrupting Rating 500 Vdc
(max 600 Vdc unloaded)

800 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000A
2500 A
3000 A
4000 A
800 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000A
2500 A
3000 A
4000 A

NW08NDC
NW12NDC
NW16NDC
NW20NDC
NW25NDC
NW30NDC
NW40NDC
NW08HDC
NW12HDC
NW16HDC
NW20HDC
NW25HDC
NW30HDC
NW40HDC

35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA

$ Price Fixed Circuit Breaker
Version C
42214.00
42214.00
42214.00
42214.00
56158.00
70100.00
84044.00
46858.00
46858.00
46858.00
46858.00
62335.00
77811.00
93289.00

Version C1
42746.00
42746.00
42746.00
42746.00
56690.00
70632.00
84576.00
47448.00
47448.00
47448.00
47448.00
62926.00
78402.00
93879.00

$ Price Drawout Circuit Breaker
Version C
39824.00
39824.00
39824.00
39824.00
56662.00
73500.00
90338.00
44205.00
44205.00
44205.00
44205.00
64076.00
81585.00
100275.00

Version C1
40888.00
40888.00
40888.00
40888.00
57726.00
74564.00
90142.00
45386.00
45386.00
45386.00
45386.00
64076.00
82766.00
100058.00

$ Price Cradle
Version C
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00

Version C1
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

7-36

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Mission Critical Circuit
Breakers

Selective Coordination

www.schneider-electric.us

Designed for selectively coordinated systems, mission critical circuit breakers maximize continuity of the electrical
service by allowing the branch circuit breaker to clear the fault.
PowerPact D-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breaker
Mission critical circuit breakers are engineered with technology that optimizes current, time and energy selectivity
so the fault is cleared by the circuit breaker immediately upstream of the occurrence. This technology (see figure
below) allows the remaining areas of the electrical system to continue operation without disruption. In addition to
QO 20 A 1P
Load
unique design attributes, Square D mission critical circuit breakers have also undergone rigorous testing
procedures to certify the coordination with downstream circuit breakers—combining innovative engineering with
FAULT
validated test results.
QO 100 A 2P
Apply Square D mission critical circuit breakers in emergency power distribution systems, data centers, hospitals
Load
or anywhere continuity of service is desired.
The PowerPact™ J- and L-Frame Mission Critical circuit breakers deliver high levels of selective coordination in a flexible design that can be easily
configured for a variety of applications. Tested to be selectively coordinated with the QO™ family of miniature circuit breakers and the ED, EG, and EJ
circuit breakers, this solution provides peace of mind when power availability is critical.
An electronic trip unit provides adjustable long-time settings in four sensor sizes, allowing coverage from 70 A through 600 A on a 120–240, 208Y/120,
240, 480Y/277, and 480 V systems.
06163051

208 Y/120 V 3 Phase Panel

Table 7.75:

PowerPact J- and L-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers

Ratings

Available Configurations
I-Line mounting
Main circuit breaker in NQ and NF panelboards
Unit mount for OEM users
Plug-in base for OEM users
Drawout base ofr OEM users

UL 489 Listed
CSA Certified
Voltage: 480 V

Table 7.76:

J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac)
with Factory Sealed Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona

Electronic Trip
Trip
D Interrupting
Trip Unit Continuous
Unit Type
Function
Current
Cat. No.
$ Price
Standard
LI
3.2 W
250
JDL34250WU31X
3489.
Standard
LSI
3.2S-W
250
JDL34250WU33X
3801.
High Perf. Ammerter
LSI
5.2A-W
250
JDL34250WU43X
4809.
High Perf. Energy
LSI
5.2E-W
250
JDL34250WU53X
5414.
High Perf. Ammerter
LSIG
6.2A-W
250
JDL34250WU44X
6018.
High Perf. Energy
LSIG
6.2E-W
250
JDL34250WU54X
6623.
a
Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated.
b
AL250JD terminal wire range is (1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu.

Table 7.77:

G Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price
JGL34250WU31X
4727.
JGL34250WU33X
5039.
JGL34250WU43X
6046.
JGL34250WU53X
6652.
JGL34250WU44X
7256.
JGL34250WU54X
7861.

J Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price
JJL34250WU31X
6678.
JJL34250WU33X
6989.
JJL34250WU43X
7997.
JJL34250WU53X
8602.
JJL34250WU44X
9206.
JJL34250WU54X
9812.

L Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price
JLL34250WU31X
8629.
JLL34250WU33X
8941.
JLL34250WU43X
9949.
JLL34250WU53X
10554.
JLL34250WU44X
11158.
JLL34250WU54X
11763.

Terminal
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb

L-Frame 600 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac)
with Factory Sealed Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona

Electronic Trip
Unit Type

Trip
Trip Unit Continuous
Function
Current

D Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price

G Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price

J Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price

L Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price

Terminal

480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
LJL34250WU31X
LJL34400WU31X
LJL34600WU31X
LJL34250WU33X
LJL34400WU33X
LJL34600WU33X
LJL34400WU43X
LJL34600WU43X
LJL34400WU53X
LJL34600WU53X
LJL34400WU44X
LJL34600WU44X
LJL34400WU54X
LJL34600WU54X

10004.
10004.
12438.
10704.
10704.
13138.
11775.
14208.
12952.
15386.
14131.
16844.
15307.
17741.

LLL34250WU31X
LLL34400WU31X
LLL34300WU31X
LLL34250WU33X
LLL34400WU33X
LLL34300WU33X
LLL34400WU43X
LLL34300WU43X
LLL34400WU53X
LLL34300WU53X
LLL34400WU44X
LLL34300WU44X
LLL34400WU54X
LLL34300WU54X

11703.
11703.
13968.
12403.
12403.
14667.
13474.
15738.
14651.
16915.
15830.
18093.
17006.
19271.

250
LDL44250WU31X
6196. LGL44250WU31X
400
LDL44400WU31X
7096. LGL44400WU31X
600
LDL44600WU31X
9789. LGL44600WU31X
250
LDL44250WU33X
6861. LGL44250WU33X
Standard
LSI
3.3S-W
400
LDL44400WU33X
7761. LGL44400WU33X
600
LDL44600WU33X 10454. LGL44600WU33X
400
LDL44400WU43X
8779. LGL44400WU43X
High Perf. Ammeter
LSI
5.3A-W
600
LDL44600WU43X 11471. LGL44600WU43X
400
LDL44400WU53X
9896. LGL44400WU53X
High Perf. Energy
LSI
5.3E-W
600
LDL44600WU53X 12590. LGL44600WU53X
400
LDL44400WU44X
11016.
LGL44400WU44X
High Perf. Ammeter
LSIG
6.3A-W
600
LDL44600WU44X 13709. LGL44600WU44X
400
LDL44400WU54X
12134.
LGL44400WU54X
High Perf. Energy
LSIG
6.3E-W
600
LDL44600WU54X 14827. LGL44600WU54X
a
Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated.
b
AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) #2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) #2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu.
c
AL600LS52K3 terminal wire ranges are (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu.

6496.
7396.
10231.
7195.
8095.
10931.
9167.
12001.
10343.
13179.
11522.
14356.
12699.
15534.

LJL44250WU31X
LJL44400WU31X
LJL44600WU31X
LJL44250WU33X
LJL44400WU33X
LJL44600WU33X
LJL44400WU43X
LJL44600WU43X
LJL44400WU53X
LJL44600WU53X
LJL44400WU44X
LJL44600WU44X
LJL44400WU54X
LJL44600WU54X

10504.
11404.
13838.
11204.
12104.
14538.
13175.
15608.
14352.
16786.
15531.
18244.
16707.
19141.

LLL44250WU31X
LLL44400WU31X
LLL44300WU31X
LLL44250WU33X
LLL44400WU33X
LLL44300WU33X
LLL44400WU43X
LLL44300WU43X
LLL44400WU53X
LLL44300WU53X
LLL44400WU44X
LLL44300WU44X
LLL44400WU54X
LLL44300WU54X

12203.
13103.
15368.
12903.
13803.
16067.
14874.
17138.
16051.
18315.
17230.
19493.
18406.
20671.

3.3 W

Standard

LSI

3.3S-W

High Perf. Ammeter

LSI

5.3A-W

High Perf. Energy

LSI

5.3E-W

High Perf. Ammeter

LSIG

6.3A-W

High Perf. Energy

LSIG

6.3E-W

250
400
600
250
400
600
400
600
400
600
400
600
400
600

LDL34250WU31X
LDL34400WU31X
LDL34600WU31X
LDL34250WU33X
LDL34400WU33X
LDL34600WU33X
LDL34400WU43X
LDL34600WU43X
LDL34400WU53X
LDL34600WU53X
LDL34400WU44X
LDL34600WU44X
LDL34400WU54X
LDL34600WU54X

5696.
5696.
8389.
6361.
6361.
9054.
7379.
10071.
8496.
11190.
9616.
12309.
10734.
13427.

AL400L61K3b
AL600LS52K3c
AL400L61K3b
AL600LS52K3c
AL600LS52K3c
AL600LS52K3c
AL600LS52K3c
AL600LS52K3c

480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P
Standard

Table 7.78:

LI

3.3 W

AL400L61K4b
AL600LS52K4c
AL400L61K4b
AL600LS52K4c
AL600LS52K4c
AL600LS52K4c
AL600LS52K4c
AL600LS52K4c

J-Frame Termination Options

Termination Letter
A = I-Line (See Section 9)
For factory-installed
F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)a
termination, place termination
L = Lugs both ends
letter in the third block of the
M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end
circuit breaker catalog number.
P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end
HGL36100
N = Plug-in b
D = Drawout b
Termination Letter
S = Rear Connected b
Rear Connected
Plug-in
Drawout
a
Add TS suffix for circuit breaker without terminal nut kit.
b
For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price.

Table 7.79:
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac

H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings
D
25 kA
18 kA

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Interrupting Rating
G
J
65 kA
100 kA
35 kA
65 kA

L
125 kA
100 kA

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56

DE2

Discount
Schedule

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

5996.
5996.
8831.
6695.
6695.
9531.
7767.
10601.
8943.
11779.
10122.
12956.
11299.
14134.

LI

7-37

7

LGL34250WU31X
LGL34400WU31X
LGL34600WU31X
LGL34250WU33X
LGL34400WU33X
LGL34600WU33X
LGL34400WU43X
LGL34600WU43X
LGL34400WU53X
LGL34600WU53X
LGL34400WU44X
LGL34600WU44X
LGL34400WU54X
LGL34600WU54X

Standard

Mission Critical Circuit
Breakers

Selective Coordination
www.schneider-electric.us

LA Mission Critical Circuit Breakers
The LA High Magnetic Withstand MC Circuit Breakers are designed to trip at a higher magnetic trip level (18–20 times
handle rating) than typical molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs) (which trip at 5–10 times the handle rating).
The high magnetic withstand value of these LA circuit breakers allow the downstream branch circuit breaker to clear
the fault.
Table 7.80:

Ampere
Rating

L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit Breakers For Mission
Critical Loads
AC Magnetic Level
Factory Set

Standard Interrupting

Hold

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

LAL34200MC
LAL34225MC
LAL34250MC

4962.00
4962.00
5355.00

LHL34200MC
LHL34225MC
LHL34250MC

7941.00
7941.00 AL250LAMC
8336.00

(1) 250–350 kcmil Al
(1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Cu

LAL34400MC

6615.00

LHL34400MC

9596.00

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

Trip

LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac
200 A
3400 A
4000 A
225 A
3825 A
4500 A
250 A
4250 A
5000 A
400 A

Table 7.81:

6000 A

7200 A

High Interrupting
$ Price

Terminal
Cat. No.

AL400LA

Wire Range

L-Frame Interrupting Table
LAL

LHL

240 Vac

42 kA

65 kA

480 Vac

30 kA

35 kA

PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units
The advantages of being able to adjust the trip curve of a circuit breaker equipped with an electronic trip system are
obvious. There are other advantages, such as being able to adjust or turn off the instantaneous trip function on some
circuit beakers and models of trip units.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30
Compression and PDC Lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . Supplemental Digest Page 3-30
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-56

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

7-38

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories

Electrical Accessories
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Electrical Accessories

Accessory

Auxiliary and
Alarm Switches
(OF, SD, SDE)

Description

Standard
Min
Load =
10mA with
Provides circuit
24V
breaker
contact status.
Note: The
location of the
accessory in
the circuit
breaker
determines its
function.

H-, J-, L-, M-, P,
and R-Frame

Low Level
Min
Load =
1mA with
24V

Shunt Trip (MX)

Trips the circuit breaker from
a remote location by means
of a trip coil energized from a
separate supply voltage
circuit.

H-, J-, and
L-Frame

Undervoltage Trip (MN)
Instantaneously opens the
circuit breaker when the
under-voltage trip supply
voltage drops to a value
between 35% and 70% of its
rated voltage. Closing is
allowed when the supply
voltage of the undervoltage
trip reaches 85% of rated
voltage.
H-, J-, and
L-Frame

Time Delay Unit

Undervoltage trip with
externally mounted
adjustable time delay unit for
UVR of 0.5, 0.9, 1.5, 3.0
seconds before circuit
breaker trips
Undervoltage trip with
externally mounted nonadjustable time delay unit of
0.25 sec before circuit
breaker trips.

a
b
c
d
e

FactoryFieldInstalled
Cat. Suffix Installable $ Price
Cat. No.
1 auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b
AA
S29450 297.00
2 auxiliary switch (OF) 2a2b
AB
2x S29450 594.00
3 auxiliary switch (OF) 3a3b
AC
—
—
Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b
BC
S29450 297.00
Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b
BD
—
338.00
OF Switch
—
S29450 297.00
Consisting of:
SDE Adapter
—
S29451
40.00
Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch
BE
—
635.00
OF Switch
—
2x S29450 594.00
Consisting of:
SDE Adapter
—
S29451
40.00
Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch/Adapter
—
—
—
(OF/SD/SDE) Kit
One auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b
AE
S29452 372.00
Two auxiliary switches (OF) 2a2b
AF
2x S29452 744.00
3 auxiliary switches (OF) 3a3b
AG
—
—
Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b
BH
S29452 372.00
Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b
BJ
—
413.00
OF Switch
—
S29452 372.00
Consisting of:
SDE Adapter
—
S29451
40.00
Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch
BK
—
785.00
OF Switch
—
2x S29452 744.00
Consisting of:
SDE Adapterd
—
S29451
40.00
24
SK
S29384
48
SL
S29385
110–130
SA
S29386
AC
220–240
—
—
717.00
208–277
SD
S29387
380–480
SH
S29388
525–600
SJ
S29389
12
SN
S29382
24
SO
S29390
30
SU
S29391
48
SP
S29392 717.00
DC
60
SV
S29383
125
SR
S29393
250
SS
S29394
24
UK
S29404
48
UL
S29405
110–130
UA
S29406
AC
220–240
—
—
717.00
208–277
UD
S29407
380–480
UH
S29408
525–600
UJ
S29409
12
UN
S29402
24
UO
S29410
30
UU
S29411
DC
48
UP
S29412 717.00
60
UV
S29403
125
UR
S29413
250
US
S29414
48
—
S33680
100–130
—
S33681 1140.00
AC/DC
220–250
—
S33682
Rated Voltage

M-, P-, and R-Frame
L-Frame

FieldInstallable
Cat. No.
S29450
2x S29450
3x S29450
S29450
S29450
—
—
2x S29450
—
—

2x
3x

2x

Factory
Installed
$ Price Cat. Suffix
297.00
594.00
891.00
297.00
297.00
—
—
594.00
—
—

AA
AB
AC
BC
BD
—
—
BE
—
—

—

—

—

S29452
S29452
S29452
S29452
S29452
—
—
S29452
—
—
S29384
S29385
S29386
—
S29387
S29388
S29389
S29382
S29390
S29391
S29392
S29383
S29393
S29394
S29404
S29405
S29406
—
S29407
S29408
S29409
S29402
S29410
S29411
S29412
S29403
S29413
S29414
S33680
S33681
S33682

372.00
744.00
1116.00
372.00
372.00
—
—
744.00
—
—

AE
AF
AG
BH
BJ e
—
—
BKe
—
—
SK
SL
SA
SC
SD
SH
—
SN
SK
SK
SL
SL
SA
SC
UK
UL
UA
UC
—
UH
—
—
UK
UK
UL
UL
UA
UC
—
—
—

—

380–480

—

—

—

—

48

—

S29426

930.00

S29426

100–130

—

—

—

—

200–250

—

—

—

—

220–240

—

S29427

930.00

S29427

717.00

717.00

717.00

717.00

1140.00

FieldInstallable
Cat. No.

$ Price

S29450
S29450
S29450
S29450
S29450
—
—
S29450
—
—

297.00
594.00
891.00
297.00
297.00
—
—
594.00
—
—

S33801c

297.00

2x
3x

2x

S29452
2x S29452
3x S29452
S29452
S29452
—
—
2x S29452
—
—
S33659
S33660
S33661
S33662
S33663
S33664
—
S33658
S33659
S33659
S33660
S33660
S33661
S33662
S33668
S33669
S33670
S33671
—
S33673
—
—
S33668
S33668
S33669
S33669
S33670
S33671
S33680ab
S33681ab
S33682ab

—

S33683ab

—

—

—

—

S33684ab

—

—

S33685ab

—

—

930.00

AC/DC

372.00
744.00
1116.00
372.00
372.00
—
—
744.00
—
—

755.00

755.00

755.00

755.00

1140.00

930.00

930.00

Field-installable kit includes time delay module only. Order undervoltage trip separately.
Discount schedule DE2F.
P-frame drawout circuit breaker only.
SDE Adapter used for H- and J-frame only.
Not available on electrically operated P-frame.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

DE2F

Discount
Schedule

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

H-, J-, and L-Frame
H- and J-Frame

7

Table 7.82:

7-39

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories
Table 7.83:

Motor Operators and Rotary Handles
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

Motor Operators for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description

AC

DC
Communicating motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakerse

Motor Operator

AC

J-Frame

L-Frame 600 A

$ Price

Cat. No.
S31548
S31540

$ Price

Cat. No.
S432639
S432640

$ Price

ML
MA

Cat. No.
S29440
S29433

1161.00

S31541

3123.00

S432641

3395.00

MD

S29434

MF
MH
MO
MV
MR
MS

—
S29435
S29436
S29437
S29438
S29439

220–240

NC

S429441

1509.00

S431549

4060.00

S432652

4414.00

—
—
—

—
S41940
S42888

—
146.00
146.00

—
S41940
S42888

—
146.00
146.00

S32649
S41940
S42888

59.00
146.00
146.00

—

S429449

155.00

S429449

155.00

—

—
—

—
S37420

—
119.00

—
S37420

—
119.00

S32648
—

Operations counter
Adapter for I-Line circuit breaker

Table 7.84:

H-Framea

48–60
110–130
208–277
220–240
380–415
440–480
24–30
48–60
110–130
250

Mounting hardware
Ronis lock
Profalux lock
Mounting hardware plus
Ronis lock

Locking device

Field--Installable Kit

Factory
Installed
Cat. No. Suffix

Rated Voltage

Standard motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakersd

—
S31542
S31543
S31544
S31545
S31546

1161.00

S432642
S432647
S432643
S432644
S432645
S432646

3123.00

3545.00

—
225.00
—

Spring-Charging Motors for Electrically-Operated P-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description

Standard motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakers.
Factory-installed includes
motor and opening/closing
coils.

Spring-charging
Motor

7

Table 7.85:

Communicating motor
mechanism for electrically
operated circuit breakers.
Factory-installed includes
motor
and opening/closing coils.

Rated Voltage

AC

DC

AC

DC

48
100–130
220–240
380–415
24–30
48–60
110–130
200–250
48
100–130
220–240
380–415
24–30
48–60
110–130
200–250

Factory Installed
Cat. No. Suffix
ML
MA
MC
MF
MO
MV
MR
MS
NL
NA
NC
NF
NO
NV
NR
NS

P-Frame (For Field-replacement Only)

$ Price Spring Charging Motor Cat. No.
S47391
S47395
5090.00
S47396
S47398
S47390
S47391
5090.00
S47392
S47393
S47391
S47395
5090.00
S47396
S47398
S47390
S47391
5090.00
S47392
S47393

Replacement Coils

$ Price c Opening/Closing Coil Cat. No.
S33660
S33661
3580.00
S33662
S33664
S33659
S33660
3580.00
S33661
S33662
S33034
S33035
3580.00
S33036
S33038
S33033
S33034
3580.00
S33035
S33036

$ Price
755.00

755.00

755.00

755.00

Rotary Operated Handles
H- and J-Framea

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Device

Description

Standard black handle

Handle only
Two early-break and two early make
switches
Standard black handle with One early-break switch
Two early-make switches
Direct
Mounted
Handle only
Red handle on yellow bezel One early-break switch
Two early-make switches
MCC conversion accessory
CNOMO conversion accessory
Standard black handle
Handle only
Two early-break and two early make
Door
Standard black handle
switches
Mounted
with:
Two early make switches
Red handle on yellow bezel Handle only
Rotary Handle Replacement Kit
Telescoping
Key lock adapter
Ronis 1351.500
Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
Key locks
Accessories
2 Ronis keylocks with 1 key
2 Profalux keylocks with 1 key
One early-break switch
Indication Auxiliary Switch
Two early-make switches

e

Direct-Mounted
handle

L-Frame

Factory
Field Installable $ Price Factory Installed Field Installable
Installed
Cat. No.
Cat. No. Suffix
Cat. No.
Cat. No. Suffix
RD10
S29337
225.00
RD10
S32597

a
b
c
d

7-40

www.schneider-electric.us

—

—

—

—

—

RD12
RD13
RD20
RD22
RD23
—
—
RE10

S29337 + S29345
S29337 + S29346
S29339
S29339 + S29345
S29339 + S29346
S429341
—
S29338

345.00
404.00
234.00
354.00
413.00
102.00
—
383.00

RD12
RD13
RD20
RD22
RD23
—
—
RE10

S32597 + S32605
S32597 + S29346
S32599
S32599 + S32605
S32599 + S29346
S32606
S32602
S32598

—

—

—

—

—

P-Frame
Factory
$ Price
Installed
Cat. No. Suffix
366.00
RD10
—
486.00
545.00
407.00
527.00
586.00
102.00
102.00
557.00
—

$ Price
539.00

RD16

822.00

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RE10

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
971.00

RE16

1268.00

RE13
S29338 + S29346 503.00
RE13
S32598 + S29346
736.00
—
—
RE20
S29340
399.00
RE20
S32600
597.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
S33875
795.00
RT10
S29343
492.00
RT10
S32603
617.00
—
—
—
S429344
58.00
—
S32604
58.00
—
—
—
S41940
146.00
—
S41940
146.00
—
—
—
S42888
146.00
—
S42888
146.00
—
—
—
S41950
185.00
—
S41950
185.00
—
—
—
S42878
185.00
—
S42878
185.00
—
—
—
S29445
120.00
—
S32605
120.00
—
—
—
S29346
179.00
—
S29346
179.00
—
—
Not available in H-frame 2P modules.
CP1 discount schedule.
DE2F discount schedule.
Factory and field-installed standard motor operators for H- and J-frame circuit breakers require the SDE switch
and SDE adapter (both included).
Factory and field-installed standard motor operators for L-frame circuit breakers require the SDE switch
(included).
Installation requires BSCM with NSX Cord. SeeTable 7.118, page 7-49 for ordering information.

Door-Mounted
Handle

DE2F

CP1

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories

Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Locks, Interlocking
H- and J-Frame

Q-Frame

L-Frame

Factory
FieldFieldFieldInstalled Installed
$ Price Installed
Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price Installed
Cat.
No.
Cat.
No.
Suffix
—
S29370
50.00
S29370
YP
S29371
77.00 QBPA
77.00 S32631
YQ
S37422 122.00 QBPAF
77.00 NJPAF
YQ
H2PHLA 122.00
—
—
—

Description

Removable (lock OFF only)
Fixed (lock OFF or ON)
Fixed (lock OFF only)a
Fixed (lock OFF only)–2P
Mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary
—
S29369 494.00
Interlocking
handlesa
(Not UL listed)
Mechanical for circuit breakers with togglesa
—
S29354 494.00
Provision only, vertical
Kirk
—
—
—
mount, 1 or 2 locks
Provisions only, vertical
mounting one key interlock
Kirk
—
—
—
including padlock provision,
open position only.
Provision only, horizontal
Kirk
—
—
—
mount
Ronis
—
—
—
1 lock, M- and P-frame
Profalux
—
—
—
1 or 2 locks, R-frame
Provision and 1 lock, vertical
Kirk
—
—
—
mount
Key Locking
Kirk
—
—
—
Provision and 1 lock,
Ronis
—
—
—
horizontal mount
Profalux
—
—
—
Provision and 2 locks keyed
Kirk
—
—
—
alike
Provision and 2 locks keyed
Kirk
—
—
—
differently
a
Not available in M frame or HD and HG 2P modules.
b
Not available on M-frame.
c
Not available for M, P or P frame drawout. Only available on P frame electronic.
d
Not available on I-Line.
Handle
Padlocking
Device

—
QBMIK

Table 7.87:

$ Price
50.00
122.00
122.00
—

M- and P-Frame
Factory
FieldInstalled Installed
Cat. No. Cat. No.
Suffix
—
S44936
YP
S32631
YQ
MPRPAF
—
—

R-Frame
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.

$ Price

50.00
122.00
122.00
—

Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
Suffix
—
YP
YQ
—

S33996
S32631
MPRPAF
—

50.00
122.00
122.00
—

$ Price

—

S32621

494.00

—

S33890

1220.00

—

—

—

90.00

S32614

494.00

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

JA

—

323.00

—

—

—

—

—

JEbd

—

445.00

JEd

—

445.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

JK
JBc
JDc

—
—
—

323.00
323.00
323.00

JK
JB
JD

—
—
—

323.00
323.00
323.00

—

—

—

—

JG

—

1796.00

—

—

—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

JL
JCc
JFc

—
—
—

1796.00
2285.00
2285.00

JL
JC
JF

—
—
—

1796.00
2285.00
2285.00

—

—

—

—

JN

—

2285.00

JN

—

2285.00

—

—

—

—

JP

—

3269.00

JP

—

3269.00

Installation Accessories fo H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers
H- and J-Frame

Description

Handle Rubber Boot

Door Escutcheon

Front Panel Escutcheon for Toggle Breakers
Front Panel Escutcheon for Rotary Handle, Motor Operator, or extended
escutcheon
Phase Barriers (set of 6)
Handle Rubber Boote
Sealing Accessories (for front cover screws)
DIN rail mounting kit (requires 15 mm depth on a 35 mm DIN rail)e
DIN rail adapter
Handle Extensions (set of 5)
e
Not available in HD and HG 2P modules.

Table 7.88:

FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
S29315

48.00

S29317

63.00

S32558

74.00

S29329
S29319
S29375
S29305
—
S29313

53.00
135.00
42.00
188.00
—
140.00

32570
S32560
S29375
—
—
S432553

72.00
171.00
42.00
—
—
165.00

$ Price

Description

Rear Connection

Toggle Handle
Drawout
Short lug cover 3P
Short lug cover 4P
Long lug cover 3P
Long lug cover 4P
Standard
Standard Short
Long

Terminal Covers

Replacement Handle
f

Table 7.89:

M-, P-Frame
R-Frame
M-, P-Frame
P-Frame
P-Frame
R-Frame
M-, P-Frame
M-, P-Frame

55.00

$ Price
176.00
176.00
47.00
308.00
165.00
216.00
216.00
281.00
111.00
44.00
44.00

DE2F discount schedule.

Rear Connections
H-Frame

J-Frame

FactoryFactoryFieldFieldInstalled
Installed
Poles Termination
Installable
$ Price Poles Termination
Installed
$ Price Poles
Cat.
No.
Cat.
No.
No.
No.
2
S
—
—
2
S
—
—
3
Mixed Rear
Connection Kitg
3
S
S37432
381.00
3
S
S37437
381.00
4
Short rear connections (set of 2)
—
2x S37433h
84.00
—
2x S37438h
84.00
2 or 3
2 or 3
3
Long rear connections (set of 2)
—
S37434
105.00
—
S37439i 105.00
Consisting of:
Short terminal cover (3P)
3
—
S37436
119.00
3
—
S37440
119.00
3
Short terminal cover (4P)
4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
g
Kit contains 4 short rear connections, 2 long rear connections (4 long rear connections for 4P), hardware, and 2 terminal covers..
h
Price shown is for quantity one.
i
For use with 3P circuit breakers only.
Device

FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
S33718f
S33929
S33717
S33857f
S33932
S33933
S33934
S33935
S33997
S46998
S46996

Frame

Accessory Cover
Door Escutcheon

Fixed Padlock
Attachment

$ Price

Installation Accessories for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers

Terminal Covers

Removable Padlock
Attachment

L-Frame
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
32556

Description

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

DE2F

Discount
Schedule

L-Frame
FactoryInstalled
Termination
No.
S
S
—
—
—
—

Field-Installed
Cat. No.

$ Price

S32477
S32478
S432475h
S432476h
S32562h
S32563h

1059.00
1344.00
219.00
261.00
149.00
161.00

2x
2x
2x
2x

7-41

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Device

7

Table 7.86:

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories

Mechanical Lugs
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
Table 7.90:

Mechanical Lug Kits for H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakersa
Circuit Breaker Application

Description

J-Frame Lug

Standard
Ampere Rating
Optional
HD, HG, HJ, HL
15–150 A
Al Lugs for Use with Al JD, JG, JJ, JL
150–175 A
or Cu Wire
JD, JG, JJ, JL
200–250 A
JD,JG,JJ,JL
HD,HG,HJ,HL
Cu Lugs for Use with
Cu Wire Only
JD,JG,JJ,JL
Control Wire Terminal for H-frame lug kit
Control Wire Terminal for J-frame lug kit
a
See page 7-44 for terminal nuts/bus bar connections.

Table 7.91:

Ampere
Rating

Number of Wires
Per Lug and Wire Range

Kit Cat. No.

Qty
Per Kit

$ Price
Per Kit

150–175 A
15–150 A
150–250 A

(1) 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu
(1) 4-4/0 AWG Al or Cu
(1) 3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu
(1) 14–2/0 AWG Cu
(1) 1/0–300 kcmil Cu

AL150HD
AL175JD
AL250JD
CU150HD
CU250JD
S37423
S37424

3
3
3
3
3
2
2

75.00
113.00
113.00
156.00
314.00
53.00
53.00

Number of Wires
Per Lug and Wire Range

Kit Cat. No.

Qty
Per Kit

$ Price
Per Kit

(1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al
(1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu

AL400L61K3
AL400L61K4
AL600LS52K3
AL600LS52K4
AL600LF52K3
CU400L61K3
CU400L61K4
CU600LS52K3
CU600LS52K4
CU600LF52K3

3
4
3
4
3
3
4
3
4
3

143.00
176.00
341.00
449.00
831.00
755.00
983.00
1832.00
2385.00
2395.00

Mechanical Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breaker Application

Description

Ampere
Rating
250

Al Lugs for Use with Al
or Cu Wire

L-Frame Lugs

400/600
400/600
250/400

Cu Lugs for Use with
Cu Wire Only

400/600
400/600

Table 7.92:

Poles

Unit Mount

I-Line

3
4
3
4
3
3
4
3
4
3

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
—
—
—
X
X
—
—
—
X

(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu
(2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu

Mechanical Lug Kits for M-Frame, P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breakerse
Circuit Breaker Application

Description

M- and P-Frame Lugs
(800 A and below)

Standard

M-, P-Frame

Al Lugs
for AL or Cu Wire

Wires per Lug
and Wire Range

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Rating

Optional

Ampere
Rating

800 A

—

800 A

(3) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

1200 A

PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ

800 A

(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

—

PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ

800 A

(2) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil

—

PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ

800 A

(2) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil
750 kcmil: compact AL only

1200 A

PG ,PJ, PL

800 A

(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

—

PG, PJ,P L

800–1200 A

(3) 350-600 kcmil

—

PG, PJ, PL

1200 A

1200 A
2500 A
—

I-Line
Unit Mount
PJ

—
—
100–150 A

(3) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil
750 kcmil: compact AL only
(4) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil
(1) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil
(1) 1-1/0 AWG

P-Frame

PG,PJ,PL
R-Frame

M-, P-Frame

800 A

MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL

—

(3) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

1200 A

MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL

800–1200 A

(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

P-Frame

1200 A

PG, PJ, PL

800–1200 A

(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

R-Frame

1200 A

I-Line

—

(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

Cu Lugs
for Cu Wire Onlyg

P-Frame Lugs
(Above 800 A)
b
c
d
e
f
g

7-42

www.schneider-electric.us

Cat. No.

Lugs
Per Kit

$ Price
Per Kit

AL800M23K
AL800M23K4
AL1200P24Kb
AL800P6Kb
AL800P6K4b
AL800P7Kb
AL800P7K4b
AL1200P25Kc
AL1200P25K4c
AL1200P6KUc
AL1200P6KU4c
AL1200P7KUc
AL1200P7KU4c
AL1200R53K
AL2500RKd
CU250P1Kf
CU800M23K
CU800M23K4
CU1200P24Kb
CU1200P25Kc
CU1200P25K4
CU1200R53K

3
4
1
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
1
2
3
3
4
1
3
4
1

284.00
378.00
155.00
416.00
554.00
464.00
602.00
378.00
504.00
786.00
1038.00
1233.00
1635.00
215.00
132.00
990.00
1647.00
2190.00
569.00
4886.00
6503.00
548.00

Does not fit onto ON end of unit-mount P-frame circuit breakers.
For unit-mount circuit breaker only.
All unit-mount R-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. See page 7-44.
For lug with a tapped hole for control wire, add a “T” before the “K” in the catalog number (for example, AL800P6TK).
This lug can only be used on low amp PJ frame breakers where the Instantaneous setting must not be turned OFF. The cables must be laced with rope
per lug instructions.
Not available with tapped hole for control wire.

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories

Compression Lugs and Power Distribution Connectors (PDC)
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Circuit
Breaker Type

Ampere
Rating

System Range

Mounting
Type

Dimension A
(in)

Max. Lugs per
Terminal

Compression Lug Kits for H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
60 A
6–2 AWG Al or Cu
1.2
1
H-frame
Aluminum
150 A
1/0–4/0 AWG Al or Cu
2.5
1
Compression
150 A
1–3/0 AWG Al or Cu
1.2
1
Lug Kits
J-frame
250 A
3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu
2.5
1
Unit/I-linec
60 A
6–1/0 AWG Cu
1.0
1
H-frame
Copper
150 A
4–2/0 AWG Cu
1.2
1
Compression
150 A
6–1/0 AWG Cu
0.7
1
Lug Kits
J-frame
250 A
2/0–300 kcmil Cu
1.1
1
J-Frame Compression Lugs
Compression Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
250 A
4-300 kcmil Al/Cu
1.2
1
400 A
4-300 kcmil Al/Cu
2.5
2
250 A
2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu
1
600 A
2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu
2
500-750 kcmil Al
400 A
1
Aluminum
500 kcmil Cu
Compression
L-frame
Unit/I-linec
250 A
4-300 kcmil Al/Cu
1
Lug Kits
400 A
4-300 kcmil Al/Cu
2
250 A
2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu
1
600 A
2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu
1.2
2
500-750 kcmil Al
400 A
2.5
1
500 kcmil Cu
250 A
2/0-300 kcmil Cu
1.2
1
400 A
2/0-300 kcmil Cu
2.5
2
250 A
250-500 kcmil Cu
1
Copper
600 A
250-500 kcmil Cu
2
Compression
L-frame
Unit/I-linec
250 A
2/0-300 kcmil Cu
1
Lug Kits
400 A
2/0-300 kcmil Cu
2
250 A
250-500 kcmil Cu
1
600 A
250-500 kcmil Cu
2
Compression Lug Kits for M-Frame, P-Frame, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers
250 A
2/0-300 kcmil
3.7
2
300 A
4/0-500 kcmil
3.9
2
400 A
2/0-300 kcmil
4.3
2
M-, P-frame
Unit/I-linec
400 A
500-750 kcmil
3.7
2
600 A
4/0-500 kcmil
3.9
2
Aluminum
800 A
500-750 kcmil
4.3
2
P-Frame Compression Lug Kit Compression
1200 A
2/0-300 kcmil
3.8
4
Lug Kits
1200 A
4/0-500 kcmil
I-linec
4.0
4
1200 A
500-750 kcmil
4.4
4
R-framea
2000 A
2/0-300 kcmil
a
8
2000 A
4/0-500 kcmil
Unitc
a
8
2500 A
500-750 kcmil
a
8b
400 A
4/0-500 kcmil
3.3
2
M-, P-frame
600 A
4/0-500 kcmil
Unitc
3.3
2
Copper
800 A
500-750 kcmil
3.6
2
R-Frame Compression Lug Kit Compression
Lug Kits
1200 A
4/0-500 kcmil
3.5
4
R-frame
I-Linec
1200 A
500-750 kcmil
3.8
4
a
All unit-mount R-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. See page 7-44.
b
9 lugs for 3000 A circuit breakers
c
Not for use on I-Line™ circuit breakers unless wire bending space is adequate.

Table 7.94:
PDC6HD6

PDC3HD2

PDC6JD4

PDC3JD20

Use with Circuit
Breaker Type

PDC12P4

PDC6P20

Crimp lug or PDC connectors
extension past end or circuit
breaker “A” See Table

Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating

$ Price
Per Kit

YA060HD
YA150HD
YA150JD
YA250J35
CYA060HD
CYA150HD
CYA150JD
CYA250J3

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

194.00
294.00
237.00
305.00
194.00
194.00
194.00
194.00

YA400L31K3
YA600L32K3
YA400L51K3
YA600L52K3

3
6
3
6

294.00
540.00
361.00
718.00

YA400L71K3

3

425.00

YA400L31K4
YA600L32K4
YA400L51K4
YA600L52K4

4
8
4
8

383.00
709.00
474.00
950.00

YA400L71K4

4

560.00

CYA400L31K3
CYA600L32K3
CYA400L51K3
CYA600L52K3
CYA400L31K4
CYA600L32K4
CYA400L51K4
CYA600L52K4

3
6
3
6
4
8
4
8

461.00
873.00
384.00
764.00
606.00
1147.00
505.00
1011.00

YA250P3
YA300P5
YA400P3
YA400P7
YA600P5
YA800P7
YA1200R3
YA1200R5
YA1200R7
YA2000R3
YA2000R5
YA2500R7
CYA400P5
CYA600P5
CYA800P7
CYA1200R5
CYA1200R7

1
1
2
1
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
1
2
2
4
4

663.00
519.00
542.00
747.00
788.00
845.00
663.00
707.00
888.00
317.00
291.00
350.00
651.00
753.00
554.00
987.00
920.00

$ Price
Per Kit
443.00
434.00
305.00
594.00
387.00
387.00

Dimension A (in.)

Cat. No.

Qty.
Per Kit

1.0
1.2
1.0
1.5
1.28f
1.31f

PDC6HD6
PDC3HD2
PDC6JD4
PDC3JD20
PDC5DG20L3
PDC12DG4L3

3
3
3
3
3
3

Power Distribution Connectors for M-Frame and P-Frame Circuit Breakerse

Use for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker in place of
standard distribution block to save space and time.
• Use on load end of circuit breaker only
• Use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only.
• Use in UL1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment.
• For Cu wire only.
e
f

Qty.
Per Kit

Power Distribution Connectors for H-Frame, J-Frame and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Wires Per Terminal &
Wire Range
15–150
(6) 14–6 AWG Cu
HD, HG, HJ, HLd
15–150
(3) 14–2 AWG Cu
150–250
(6) 14–4 AWG Cu
JD, JG, JJ, JLd
150–250
(2) 14–1 AWG and (1) 3–2/0 AWG Cu
150–600
(3) 14–1 AWG and (2) 3–2/0 AWG
LD, LG, LJ, LL
150–600
(12) 14–4 AWG
d
OFF end only when OFF end is the load end.

Table 7.95:

Cat. No.

Ampere Rating

(Wires Per Terminal)
Wire Range

250–1200 A

(6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu
(6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu

250–1200 A

(12) 10–4 AWG Cu

Cat. No.

Qty Per Kit

PDC6P20
PDC6P204
PDC12P4
PDC12P44

3
4
3
4

$ Price
Per Kit
573.00
756.00
866.00
929.00

Not for use with I-Line™ circuit breakers.
Kit includes long terminal shield and cover, which adds 1.65 inches to standard lug with short terminal shield.

Extremity
of
Molded Case
w/Mechanical
Lugs

“A” See Table
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-43

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Description

Compression Lug Kits for PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers

7

Table 7.93:

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories

Terminal Nuts, Terminal Pads, Terminal Shields and Accessories
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
Table 7.96:

Terminal Nuts for Bus Bar Connection of H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit
Breakers

Description

Terminal Nut Insert

Frame

Tap

Cat. No.

$ Price
Per Kit

H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English

HD/HG/HJ/HL

1/4-20

S37425

2

53.00

HD/HG/HJ/HL

1/4-20

S37444

3

75.00

H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric

HD/HG/HJ/HL

M6

S37426

2

53.00

J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English

JD/JG/JJ/JL

1/4-20

S37427

2

75.00

J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English

JD/JG/JJ/JL

1/4-20

S37445

3

113.00

JD/JG/JJ/JL

M8

S37428

2

75.00

Control Wire Terminal for H-Frame Terminal Nut

HD/HG/HJ/HL

S37429

2

53.00

Control Wire Terminal for J-Frame Terminal Nut

JD/JG/JJ/JL

S37430

2

53.00

Table 7.97:

Bus Bar Connections Hardware for L-Frame, M-Frame and P-Frame
Circuit Breakers

Frame

Description

L-Frame

Set of 4 terminal screws and washers for one side

M- and P-Frame

Bus Connector Kit for one pole, one end

Table 7.98:

Term. No.

Poles

Cat. No.

$ Price

F

4

S36967

31.00

1

S33928

28.00

Terminal Pad Kits for R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Terminal Pad Kit

R-Frame
Circuit Breaker

RLTB Terminal Pad Kit

Qty Per Kit

H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English

J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric

H-Frame Lug With
Terminal Nut

www.schneider-electric.us

Usage

3000 A, 100% Rated

Required for cable or bus

3000 A, Standard (80% Rated)

Required for cable or bus

2500 A, 100% Rated

Field-Installable Kits
Lugs per 3P Kit (One End Only) 4P Kit (One End Only)
Phase
Cat. No.
$ Price. Cat. No.
$ Price
9

RL3TB

1440.00

RL3TB4

2016.00

8

RLTB

914.00

RLTB4

1280.00

Required for cable or bus

2500 A, Standard (80% Rated)

Required for cable, optional
for bus

cable, optional
All Other R-Frame CIrcuit Breakers Required for
for bus

For cable connection to RLTB, use AL2500RK lug. See page 7-43.
Table 7.99:

Terminal Shields and Phase Barriers

7

Used With

Dimension B Cat. No.
(in.)

Description
Frame

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

H-Frame Short Lug
Shield

J-Frame Short Lug
Shield

Short Lug
Shielda

H-Frame 60 A

3 AWG

0.50

S37446

1

149.00

H-Frame 150 A

3/0 AWG

0.50

S37447

1

149.00

J-Frame

350 kcmil

0.24

S37448

1

149.00

2.24

S37449

1

209.00

1.68

S37450

1

209.00

PDC
H- and J-Frame
Power Distribution
Connectors and
Compression Lugs

R-Frame Phase Barrier

Compression Lugs
Aluminum

Copper

PDC6HD6

YA060HD

CYA060HD

PDC3HD2

YA150HD

CYA150HD

J-Frame Long Lug PDC6JD4
Shield
PDC3JD2

YA150JD

CYA150JD

b

CYA250J3

H-Frame Long
Lug Shield

M-, P-Frame

S33646
47.00
Phase Barriers
3
R-Frame
S33998
47.00
a
Short lug shields provide IP20 protection for mechanical lugs and are compatible with control wire terminals.
b
J-frame terminal shield is not compatible with the YA250J35 compression terminal.

Table 7.100:

Miscellaneous H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breaker Accessories

“B” See Table
Accessory

Description
Bag of screws for accessory cover, L-frame

Spare Parts

1 spare toggle extension, L-frame
Set of 10 identification labels

c

7-44

$ Price

Max. Wire Size

Compatible with:

Phase barrier or
terminal shield
extension past end
of circuit breaker
“B” See Table

Extremity
of
Molded Case
w/Mechanical
Lugs

H- and J-Frame
Mechanical Lugs

Qty Per
Kit

Field-Installed
Cat. No,

$ Price

S432552

63.00

32595

342.00

LV429226

82.00

DE5A Discount Schedule

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories

Plug-In and Drawout Mountings
Class 611, 612 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 7.101:

Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
(3P or 2P in a 3P module)
Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
N

Description
Complete Factory-Assembled Plug-in base shipped with circuit breaker
Circuit Breakers
Drawout cradle shipped with circuit breaker
Circuit breaker Only
Plug-in base kit
Circuit breaker only
Plug-in base kit
Drawout Cradle Cradle side plates (fixed part of chassis)
Circuit breaker side plates (moving part of
chassis)
H-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two)
J-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two)
Fixed part 9-wire connector (mounted on
base)
Secondary
Disconnect
Moving part 9-wire connector (mounted on
Blocks
circuit breaker)
Support for 2-moving connectors
Extended escutcheon with extended toggle handle
Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected)

H-Frame and J-Frame
Drawout Mounting

Accessories for Plug-In and
Drawout

Table 7.102:

S29278
S29282

290.00
348.00
485.00
348.00
587.00

S29283

195.00

S37442
S37443

48.00
48.00

S29273

95.00

S29274

60.00

S29275
S29284
S29287

33.00
77.00
207.00

H-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P

S37436

119.00

J-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P)

S37440

119.00

HJ00
S29278
HJ00

Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Plug-in Mounting

Description

Poles
3
4
3
4

Kit (stationary and moving parts)
Plug-in base

Stationary Part

L-Frame Plug-In
Mounting

L-Frame Drawout
Mounting

Short terminal covers
a

Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
N
N

Fixed part of chassis
Circuit breaker only
Moving part of chassis

Moving Part

FieldInstalled
Cat. No.

S32514
S32515
HJ00

3
4

Drawout Mounting
$ Price
1542.00
2082.00
1065.00
1439.00
710.00

2x
2x

S32562
S32563

Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
D
D

S32514
S32515
S32532
HJ00

149.00
161.00

S32533
2x S32562
2x S32563

$ Price
2466.00
3281.00
1065.00
1439.00
693.00
710.00
231.00
149.00
161.00

Plug-In and Drawout Accessories for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
Fixed Part

Secondary Disconnecting Blocks
Shutters

L-Frame Locking
Device

FieldInstalled
Cat. No.

Price shown is for quantity of 1.

Table 7.103:

L-Frame Disconnecting
Blocks

1419.00

Chassis Accessories

Table 7.104:

9-wire connector
9-wire connector
Support for 3 moving connectors
Fixed + Moving
9-wire manual auxiliary connector
Two shutters for plug-in base
Extended escutcheon for toggle
Locking device (key lock is not included)
Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected)
Moving Part

FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
S29273
S32523
S32525
S29272
32521
S32534
S29286
29287

$ Price
95.00
60.00
43.00
480.00
81.00
104.00
164.00
207.00

Termination Options

Termination Letter
N = Plug-in
D = Drawout

For factory-installed termination, place
termination letter in the third block of the
circuit breaker catalog number.

LGL36400U31X

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

H-Frame and J-Frame
Plug-in Mounting

$ Price
638.00

D

Plug-In Base
Special Order Options for
Plug-In and Drawout Circuit
Breakers

FieldInstalled
Cat. No.

Table 7.105:

Drawout Cradle and Accessories for P-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description

Cat. No.
Product Selector
Front Connected Flat (FCF)
SFCF12bc
Rear Connected T Horizontal/Vertical (RCTH/RCTV)
SRCTV12bc
Modbus™ cradle communication module
S33852
Safety shutters
S48933c
Secondary disconnects terminal shield
S33763c
Cradle position switch 1a/1b Form C— Connected/test/disconnected
S33170c
Low level cradle position switch 1a/1b Form C—Connected/test/disconnected
S33171c
Cell keying kit
S33767c
Disconnected position key locking—provision for Kirk or Federal Pioneer Lock
S33772c
Cradle
Door interlock kit
S33786c
Accessories
Racking interior kit
S33788c
Door escutcheon (for replacement only, included with circuit breaker)
S33857c
Transparent cover
S33859c
Push-in terminal kit (3 wires)
S33098c
Push-in terminal kit (6 wires)
S33099c
Finger cluster
S33166c
Cluster grease (12 oz. tube)
S48899c
b
Needs 2 kits per cradle.
c
Discount Schedule DE2F
Drawout Cradle
Cradle
Connectors

P-Frame Drawout Cradle Connections

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

7

Termination No.

DE2F

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
6400.00
716.00
408.00
2237.00
342.00
220.00
148.00
216.00
97.00
908.00
330.00
358.00
308.00
1290.00
120.00
240.00
164.00
132.00

7-45

Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001
Table 7.106:
PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Micrologic™ Trip Units

Micrologic Trip Unitsi for PowerPact H-, J-, and
L-Frame Circuit breakers
x– Standard Feature

Micrologic Ammeter and
Energy Trip Unit

PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame molded case circuit breakers may be
specified with any of the following Micrologic Electronic Trip Units.

Micrologic Standard 3.2/3.3 Trip Units

•
•
•
•
•
•

True RMS sensing
LI, LSI trip configurations
Field-interchangeable trip units
LED long-time pickup and trip indication
Test kits available
Thermal imaging

Micrologic Ammeter 5.2A/5.3A/6.2A/6.3A Trip Units
Includes all features listed for Micrologic standard trip unit, as well as:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

7

•
•
•
•

Advanced user interface
Neutral protection
Incremental fine tuning of settings
Up to 12 alarms
Digital ammeter—phase and neutral (4-pole only)
Phase loading bar graph
Maintenance indicators including contact wear, number of operations,
operating hours, and load profiles
Cause of trip information for troubleshooting assistance
LCD Display
Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) (short-time & ground-fault)
Optional Modbus™ communications—PowerLogic™ compatible

Table 7.107:
Model

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

•
•
•

Trip Unit

LI

3.2

LSI

3.2S

LSI

5.2A

LSIG

6.2A

LSI

5.2E

LSIG

6.2E

Ammeter

Energy

Table 7.108:
Model

Ampere Setting
15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60
35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100
50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60
35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100
50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250

Micrologic Trip Unit Settings for L-Frame

Trip Function

Trip Unit

LI

3.3

LSI

3.3S

LSI

5.3A

LSIG

6.3A

LSI

5.3E

LSIG

6.3E

Standard

Ammeter

Energy

7-46

Energy

Micrologic Trip Unit Settings for H- and J-Frame

Trip Function

Standard

Includes all features listed for Micrologic ammeter trip unit, as well as:
Ground-fault trip with programmable ground fault alarm (available on
6.2E/6.3E only)
Power and energy measurement
Power quality measurements
Current demand and power demand measurements

Ammeter

3.2/3/3 3.2S/3.3S 5.2A/5.3A 6.2A/6.3A 5.2E/5.3E 6.2E/6.3E
LI
x
LSId
x
x
x
LSIG / Ground-Fault Tripe
x
x
Ground-Fault Alarm/Tripe
x
x
Current Setting Directly in Amperes
x
x
x
x
x
x
True RMS Sensing
x
x
x
x
x
x
UL Listed
x
x
x
x
x
x
Thermal Imaging
x
x
x
x
x
x
LED for Long-time Pickup
x
x
x
x
x
x
LED for Trip Indication
x
x
x
x
x
x
LED for Green “Ready”
x
x
x
x
x
x
Up to 12 Alarms Used Together
x
x
x
x
Digital Ammeter
x
x
x
x
Zone-selective Interlockingf
x
x
x
x
Communications
o
o
o
o
o
o
LCD Display
x
x
x
x
Front Display Module FDM121
o
o
o
o
Advanced User Interface
x
x
x
x
Neutral Protectione
x
x
x
x
Contact Wear Indicationg
x
x
x
x
Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings
x
x
x
x
Load Profileg,h
x
x
x
x
Power Measurement
x
x
Power Quality Measurements
x
x
d
The LSI with 3.2S/3.3S trip units have fixed short time and long time delays.
e
Requires neutral current transformer on the three-phase four-wire loads
f
ZSI for H/J frames in only IN. for L-frame ZSI is In and OUT.
g
Indication available using the communication system only.
h
% of hours in 4 current ranges: 0–49%, 50–79%, 80–89%, and >90% In.
i
DC not available with electronic trip units.

Micrologic Energy 5.2E/5.3E/6.2E/6.3E Trip Units

•

o – Available Option

Standard

Features

Micrologic Standard
Trip Unit

www.schneider-electric.us

Ampere Setting
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400
200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400
200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600
125–400
200–600
125–400
200–600
125–400
200–600
125–400
200–600

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 7.109:

PowerPact P- and R-Frame Micrologic Trip Units

Rating
Plug
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Long-time Pickup Settings
Long-time Pickup Settings

.40
.40
.42
.40
.60
.84
.66
.48

Table 7.110:

.45
.44
.50
.48
.70
.86
.68
.50

.50
.50
.53
.64
.75
.88
.70
.52

.60
.56
.58
.70
.80
.90
.72
.54

.63
.63
.67
.80
.85
.92
.74
.56

.70
.75
.75
.90
.90
.94
.76
.58

PowerPact™ P- and R-frame molded case circuit breakers may be
specified with any of the following Micrologic Electronic Trip Units.

Micrologic (Standard) 3.0 and 5.0 Trip Units

•
•
•
•
•
•

True RMS sensing
LI, LSI trip configurations
Field-interchangeable long-time rating plugs
LED long-time pickup indication
Test kits available
Thermal imaging

Micrologic (Ammeter) 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units
Includes all features listed for Micrologic standard trip unit, as well as:

•
•
•
•
•
•

LSIG trip configurations
Digital ammeter—phase and neutral (4-pole only)
Phase loading bar graph
LED trip indication
Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) (short-time & ground-fault)
Optional Modbus™ communications—PowerLogic™ compatible

Micrologic (Power) 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units
Power measurement and advanced protection features includes all
features listed for Micrologic ammeter trip unit, as well as:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Table 7.111:

LSI trip configuration with programmable ground fault alarm
LSIG (Ground-fault trip) with programmable ground fault alarm
Incremental “fine tuning” of L, S, I, and G pickup and delay settings
LCD dot matrix display and LED trip indication
Advanced user interface
Advanced protection IDMTL—selectable long-time delay bands
Neutral protection
Power measurement
Contact wear indication
Modbus communications—PowerLogic compatible
Local and remote settings

Power quality measurement and advanced protection features. Includes
all features listed for the Micrologic power trip unit, as well as:

•
•

Enhanced power measurements functions
Power quality measurements

Adjustable Rating Plugs for PowerPact™ P-Frame and R-Frame and
Masterpact™ NT and NW Circuit Breakers—Selection
To provide maximum design flexibility, system protection, and field
upgradeability, each Micrologic™ trip unit is equipped with an
interchangeable long-time rating plug. Each trip unit requires an
adjustable rating plug to determine the long-time pickup range of the
circuit breaker. These plugs are factory installed on new trip units, or can
be ordered separately for field-installable upgrades.
Adjustable rating plugs are offered in eight different ranges of long-time
pickup adjustments. The following chart show the ranges of
adjustments. Each adjustment times the sensor rating (lr X In) of the
circuit breaker sets the long-time pickup value of the circuit breaker.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2F

Power

Harmonic

5.0

Micrologic Trip Unit and Options

Kit $ Price /
Field-Installable Circuit
Breaker
Cat. No.c
$ Price Adder
2.0 (IEC only)
LSO
S132R
2920.00
3.0 (UL/ANSI only) LI
None
S131A
2920.00
5.0
LSI
S133A
4176.00
2.0A (IEC only)
LSO
S142Rd
4554.00
3.0A (UL/ANSI only) LI
S141Ad
4554.00
Ammeter
5.0A
LSI
S143Ad
5812.00
6.0A
LSIG
S144Ad
7418.00
5.0P
LSI
S163Ade
8720.00
Metering, Adv. Protection
6.0P
LSIG
S164Ade
10324.00
5.0H
LSI
S173Ade
14770.00
Metering, Adv. Protection
& Harmonic Analysis
6.0H
LSIG
S174Ade
16374.00
c
The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit will be the “A” rating plug. To specify an
alternative adjustable rating plug, please add the letter designation to the end of the
catalog number. Please refer to page 7-48 for a complete listing of adjustable settings
available with each plug. (Example: S143B would specify a “B” rating plug instead of the
standard "A" plug.) Use suffix “N” if no rating plug is required, deduct $200.00 from the
complete trip unit kit price.
d
When replacing a standard trip unit with Type A (Ammeter), P (Power metering) or H
(Harmonic analysis) trip unit, order the 12-pin connector kit S33101 for the Masterpact NW
and NT and the PowerPact P-frame drawout circuit breakers or kit S33100 for PowerPact
P-frame and R-frame unit-mount and I-Line circuit breakers. See page 7-48.
e
Requires Circuit Breaker Communications Module.
f
The LSI with 3.2S/3.3S trip units have fixed short time and long time delays.
g
Requires neutral current transformer on the three-phase four-wire loads
h
ZSI for H/J frames in only IN. for L-frame ZSI is In and OUT.
i
Indication available using the communication system only.
j
% of hours in 4 current ranges: 0–49%, 50–79%, 80–89%, and >90% In.
Model

Micrologic (Harmonic) 5.0H and 6.0H Trip Units

3.0
x

Ammeter

3.0A 5.0A 6.0A 5.0P 6.0P 5.0H 6.0H
LI
x
LSI (Instantaneous can be turned off)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
LSIG / Ground-Fault Tripa
x
x
x
Ground-Fault Alarm (No Trip) ab
x
x
Ground-Fault Alarm and Trip a
x
x
Adjustable Rating Plugs
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
True RMS Sensing
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
UL Listed
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Thermal Imaging
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Phase Loading Bar Graph
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
LED for Long-time Pickup
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
LED for Trip Indication
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Digital Ammeter
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Zone-selective Interlocking
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Communications
o
o
o
x
x
x
x
LCD Dot Matrix Display
x
x
x
x
Advanced User Interface
x
x
x
x
Protective Relay Functions
x
x
x
x
Neutral Protection
x
x
x
x
Contact Wear Indication
x
x
x
x
Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings
x
x
x
x
Selectable Long-time Delay Bands
x
x
x
x
Power Measurement
x
x
x
x
Power Quality Measurements
x
x
Waveform Capture
x
x
a
Requires neutral current transformer in 3Ø4W systems.
b
Requires M2C or M6C Programmable Contact Module.

Adjustable
Rating Plug

Table 7.112:

Protection

Additional Features

Special Options

Description

Factory-Installed
Suffix

Field-Installable
Cat. No.

Ship circuit breaker in closed
position
CT Characterization
(Calibrated trip system)

YK

N/A

N/C

Q

N/A

3308.00

Discount
Schedule

$ Price

7-47

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Harmonic
Trip Unit

7

Power
Trip Unit

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
.82
.64

o – Available Option

Standard

Features

Ammeter
Trip Unit

.90
.95
.95
.95
.95
.98
.80
.62

Micrologic Trip Units
x– Standard Feature

Standard
Trip Unit

.80
.88
.83
.93
.93
.96
.78
.60

Micrologic™ Electronic
Trip Unit

Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories
Class 612, 612/ Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101

Adjustable rating plug "A" is installed as standard on all
Micrologic trip unit orders. However, an alternative
selection may be specified from the "Assembled" table
below, and factory installed with your trip unit order at no
additional charge. To order, please attach the appropriate
catalog suffix to the end of the trip unit Cat. No. (after
specifying trip unit options). Adjustable rating plugs may
also be purchased as field-installable components from
the table below.
Table 7.113:

Factory-Installed

Full Function Test Kit

a

Trip Unit Seal

b

Neutral Current Transformers

For Use with
Circuit Breaker

Sensor Plug
c
d

Field-Installable

Cat. Suffix
$ Price Adder
Cat. No.b
$ Price
A (standard)
N/C
S48818
200.00
B
N/C
S48819
200.00
C
N/C
S48820
200.00
D
N/C
S48836
200.00
E
N/C
S48837
200.00
F
N/C
S48838
200.00
G
N/C
S48839
200.00
H
N/C
S48840
200.00
Long-time pickup amperes (Ir) = Sensor Rating (In) X Setting of rating
plug. “Fine adjustment tuning” is included on Micrologic Power and
Harmonic trip units, allowing for incremental settings of 1 A between
the plug setting and.40 X Sensor Rating.
DE2F Discount Schedule

Table 7.114:

Cat. No.

S429521
H-Frame
S430562
J-Frame
S430563
L-Frame
S432575
S33575c,d
P-Frame
S33576c,d
S48916c,d
S34036c,d
R-Frame
S48896c,d
S48182c,d
All
NCTWIRING
DE2F Discount Schedule
Includes NCTWIRING kit.

Sensor

$ Price

60–100
150
250
400–600
250
400–1600
250
400–1600
2000
3000
All

588.00
588.00
588.00
647.00
1914.00
1914.00
2014.00
2014.00
2044.00
2208.00
204.00

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Table 7.116:
Circuit
Breaker

Frame
Cat. No.h
$ Price
Pocket Tester
S434206
1000.00
UTA Tester
STRV00910
16365.00
Spare UTA Tester
STRV00911
6000.00
H/J/L
BLuetooth/Modbus for UTA Tester
SVW3A8114
2800.00
Spare Power Supply for UTA Tester
TRV00915
771.00
110–120 Vac
Micrologic Cord for UTA Tester
TRV00917
1210.00
Micrologic 5/6 Cover, Transparent
S429478
19.00
H/J
Micrologic 2/3 Cover, Transparent
S429481
41.00
Micrologic 5/6 Cover, Transparent
S432459
36.00
L
Micrologic 2/3 Cover, Transparent
S432461
156.00
LCD Display for Micrologic 5
S429483
575.00
H/J/L
LCD Display for Micrologic 6
S429484
575.00
Hand-held Test Kit
S33594
5386.00
Primary Injection Test Adaptor
S33937
252.00
Full-function Adapter Kit
S48981
19699.00
Full-function Test Kit
S33595
33792.00
P/R
Seven-pin Test Cable (for connection
S48907
1488.00
between test kit and trip unit)e
Two-pin Test Cable (for connection
S48908
784.00
between test kit and trip unit)f
230 Vac Filtered Power Cordg
S48856
166.00
120 Vac Filtered Power Cordg
P/R
S48855
61.00
Trip Unit Battery for Trip Indicator Lights
S33593
438.00
Power supply with:
24–30 Vdc input
685823
48/60 Vdc input
685824
125 Vdc input
685825
H/J/L/P/R
1130.00
110–130 Vac input
685826
200–240 Vac input
685827
380–415 Vac input
685829
Micrologic A Trip Unit Cover, clear
S33592
16.00
P/R
Micrologic P/H Trip Unit Cover,
S47067
16.00
opaque gray
Trip Unit Seal (6 pieces)
H/J/L/P/R MICROTUSEAL
60.00
for compliance with NEC 240.6(c)
12-pin Trip Unit Connector for
S33101
228.00
NT/NW Masterpact Circuit Breakers
12-pin Trip Unit Connector for
P/R
S33100i
255.00
P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Battery Back-up (12 Hours)
685831
3570.00
e
Used for testing Micrologic trip units. Included in the price of the Handheld/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only.
f
Used for testing STR trip units. Included in the price of the Handheld/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only.
g
Included in the price of the Full-function Test Kit. Kit for replacement
only.
h
DE2F Discount Schedule.
i
DE2 Discount Schedule.

Sensor Plugs for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakersjm

Sensor Plug
Range

P-Frame Circuit Breaker

Sensor Plug
Catalog No.

Circuit Breaker Frames Accepting Sensor Plug
250 A

400 A

600 A

250 A
S47052
X
400 A
S47053
X
X
600 A
S48823
X
UL
800 A
S33092
1000 A
S33093
1200 A
S48824
630 A
S33091
800 A
S33092
IEC
1000 A
S33093
1250 A
S33094
1600 A
S33095
R-Frame Circuit Breaker
600 A
800 A
1000 A
600 A
S48823
X
X
800 A
S33092
X
X
1000 A
S33093
X
1200 A
S48824
UL
1600 A
S33095
2000 A
S33982
2500 A
S33983
3000 A
S48825
1600 A
S33095
2000 A
S33982
IEC
2500 A
S33983
3200 A
S33984
j
For use only with circuit breakers with date codes later than 07011.
k
DE2F Discount Schedule.
l
IEC Only.
m
See rating plug for long-time pickup range on page 7-47.

7-48

Trip Unit Accessories

Device

Rating Plugs

Rating
Pluga
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Table 7.115:

www.schneider-electric.us

DE2

DE2F

Discount
Schedule

630 Al

800 A
X
X
X

1000 A

X
X
X

X

X
X

X
X
X

1200 A

1600 A

2000 A

X
X
X

X
X
X
X

X

X
X
X
X

X
X

1200 A

$ Pricek
1250 Al

1600 A

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
2500 A

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

3000 A

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
3200 A

X
X
X
X

1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Micrologic™ Electronic
Trip Unit

Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories
Class 611, 612 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Factory-Installed
Cat. No.
Suffix

Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) (Modbus)
Two Programmable Contacts Module (M2C)
Six Programmable Contacts Module (M6C)
External Voltage Sensing (EVS)

E1
V
W
YV

Field-Installable Kit Cat. No.

$ Price
Adder Unit Mount
1778.00
1248.00
1599.00
290.00

S64205
S64273
S64204
S64203

Table 7.118:

P-Frame
I-Line
S64205
S64273
S64204
S64203

Motor
Operated
S64207
S64273
S64204
S64210

Modbus Interface
Module (IFM)

NSX Cord b
(for Modbus Communication)
BSCM (Breaker Status and Control
Module) with NSX Cordb
Replacement BSCM

NSX Cord for
Modbus Communications

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

S64205
S64273
S64201
S64208

2805.00
1248.00
1665.00
330.00

Factory-Installed

—
—
—
—
—
—
L = 1.3 m
L=3m
L = 1.3 m
L=3m

EA
EB
EGf
EHf
—
ED
EE
EKf
ELf
EN
V
V

Field-Installable Kit Cat. No.
Cat. No.

$ Price

—
—
—
—
—
—

STRV00210
TRV00217
STRV00121
TRV00128
STRV00211
S434212

1000.00
946.00
1500.00
26.00
1508.00
975.00

576.00
600.00
1776.00
1800.00
—
2880.00
3000.00
4080.00
4200.00
480.00
1114.00
1820.00

S434201
S434202
S434201BS
S434202BS
S434205
S434204
S434303
S434204BS
S434303BS
S434210
S429424
S429532

480.00
500.00
1480.00
1500.00
1000.00
2400.00
2500.00
3400.00
3500.00
400.00
928.00
1517.00

Wire Harnessg and ULP Cords for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description

ZSI Interface Module
(Connects PowerPact H/J/L
circuit breakers to
PowerPact P/R and
Masterpact NT/NW circuit
breakers)

S64205
S64273
S64201
S64208

$ Price

L = 1.3 m
L=3m
L = 1.3 m
BSCM with NSX Cord for V > 480 Vacb
L=3m
24 Vdc Terminal Block
SDTAM 24/415 Vac/dc Modulec
SDX Module 24/415 Vac/dcd
a
Require NSX Cord
b
Installation requires IFM (STRV00210) for Modbus communication and/or FDM (STRV00121) for external display
c
Remote indication relay for motor applications
d
Remote indication relay
e
For proper selection, see catalog 0611CT1001.
f
If using with motor operator requires communicating motor operator (suffix NC).

Table 7.119:

SDTAM Module
(Remote indication relay
for motor applications)

I-Line

Cat. No. Suffix $ Price Adder

External Accessories
Modbus Interface Module IFMa
Stacking Connections for IFM (10)
Front Display Module FDM121a
FDM Mounting Accessory (Dia. 22 mm)
Isolated Modbus Repeater Module
ZSI Interface Module
Internal Accessories

NSX Cord for V > 480 Vacb

Front Display Module
(FDM)

S64206
S64273
S64202
S64209

Unit Mount

Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit
Breakerse
Description

Breaker Status and
Control Module (BSCM)

R-Frame
With Rotary
Handle
S64205
S64273
S64204
S64210

Drawout

Factory-Installed

Cat. No. Suffix $ Price Adderh
ZSI Wire Harness, H/J Frame
YH3
237.00
ZSI Wire Harness, L-Frame
YH3
237.00
ENCT Wire Harness
YH2
237.00
OF Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
SD/SDE Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
SDx/SDTAM Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
MN Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
MX Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
24 Vdc Terminal Block Wire Harnessi
YH1
237.00
Motor Operator Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
Communicating Motor Operator Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
NSX Wire Harnessi
YH1
237.00
ENCT and ZSI Wire Harness
YH4
237.00
10 RJ45 Connectors female/female
—
—
10 ULP Line Terminations
—
—
L = 0.3 m
—
—
10 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cords
L = 0.6 m
—
—
L=1m
—
—
5 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cords
L=2m
—
—
L = 3m
—
—
1 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cord
L=5m
—
—
g
Wire harness is required for I-Line applications, optional for unit-mount applications
YH1 = all installed accessories but ZSI and ENCT
YH2 = ENCT and all installed accessories
YH3 = ZSI and all installed accessories
YH4 = ZSI, ENCT and all installed accessories
h
Price adder is for each accessory ordered.
i
I-Line wire harness is included for communication network accessories.
Optional wire harness for unit mount requires YH1 suffix.

DE2F

Discount
Schedule

Field-Installable Kit Cat. No.
Cat. No.
S434300
S434301
S434302
S434500
S434501
S434502
S434503
S434504
S434505
S434506
S434507
S434508
—
TRV00870
TRV00880
TRV00803
TRV00806
TRV00810
TRV00820
TRV00830
TRV00850

$ Price
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
—
195.00
130.00
200.00
320.00
195.00
300.00
500.00
155.00

7-49

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Description

7

Table 7.117:

Masterpact™ Universal
Power Circuit Breakers

Masterpact™ NT/NW Circuit Breakers
Class 613 / Refer to Catalog 0613CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

The Masterpact universal power circuit breaker offers a family of circuit protection products
meeting the most common world standards, ANSI, UL and IEC. The basic design platform
for each is common. The final result is UL, ANSI and IEC circuit breakers with the same
basic external dimensions, features and accessories.

Full-Featured Performance

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Masterpact NT

Masterpact NW

Complete product offering up to 200 k AIR without fuses
Circuit breakers tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as referenced by NFPA70E
800 A to 6000 A frames, fixed and draw-out
Rated for AC voltage systems through 600 V (635 V ANSI)
Short-time withstand ratings up to 100 kA
Cradle position indicator: connected, test and disconnected
Simple, visual contact wear indicators
Full complement of field-installable accessories common to all standards
Four interchangeable Micrologic trip units to choose from
Available PowerLogic™ based power metering and monitoring capabilities
Available protective relay functions as defined by ANSI C37.2 and C37.90

The following charts show the Masterpact NW and NT ratings for ANSI and UL 489. See
Pricing Guide 0613PL0001 and Catalog 0613CT0001.
Table 7.120:

Masterpact NW Circuit Breaker Ratings
Standard

ANSI C37 Certified/UL 1066 Listed

Frame Rating

800–1600 A

Interrupting Code
240 Vac
Interrupting Current
480 Vac
(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz
600 Vac
Short-time Withstand Current (kA RMS)
Built-in Instantaneous Override
(kA RMS ±10%)
Close and latch rating (kA RMS)
Tested to show the arc flash hazard risk
category as referenced by NFPA70E
Breaking time
Closing time

N1
42
42
42
42

H1
65
65
65
65

H2
85
85
85
85

c

c

H3
100
100
85
85

L1g
200
200
130
30

2000 A
L1Fg
200
200
130
22

H1
65
65
65
65

H2
85
85
85
85

H3
100
100
85
85

UL 489 Listed

3200/4000 Af

L1g
200
200
130
30

L1Fg
200
200
130
22

H1
65
65
65
65

H2
85
85
85
85

H3
100
100
85
85

L1g
200
200
130
100

4000/5000 A

800/1200/1600/2000 A 2500/3000 A 4000/5000/6000 A

H2 H3 L1g N
H
Lg
85 100 200 65 100 200
85 100 200 65 100 150
85 85 130 50 85
100
85 85 100 42a 65a 30ab

LFg H
200 100
150 100
100 85
22
65

Lg
200
150
100
100

c

85

35c

24

— —

85

35

24

— —

85

117 —

—

117

40

40

65

65

75

75

40

25

22

65 40

40

25

22

65 40

40

40

85

75

40

40

40

25d

22

40

40

40

40

— — —

—

—

Yes

— —

—

—

Yes

— —

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Yes

—

—

—

—

35ab 24

25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L1, L1F, L and LF)
70 ms
100–250 A
400–800 A
2000–4000 A
1000–2000 A
1600–3200 A
600–1200 A
2500–5000 A
800–1600 A
1000–2000 A
10,000
10,000
5k
5,000
12,500e
1,000
1,000
1k
1,000
2800e

100–250 A
400–800 A
800–1600 A

1200–2500 A
1600–3000 A

2000–4000 A
2500–5000 A
3000–6000 A

10,000
1,000

5,000
1,000

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

12,500
Endurance Rating (C/O Cycles) Mechanical
With No Maintenance
Electrical
2800
a
24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor.
b
65 kA RMS for 2000 A.
c
None except 24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor.
d
40 kA RMS for 2000 A.
e
The endurance rating for 2000 A, N/H/L/LF is 10,000 for mechanical and 1000 for electrical.
f
4000 A standard width circuit breaker is not available in L1 interrupting rating code or drawout construction (fixed mounting only).
g
Drawout mounted only.

Masterpact NT Circuit Breaker Ratings
Standard

ANSI C37 Certified/UL 1066 Listed

Frame Rating

800 A

Interrupting Code

N1
42
42
—
42
—
40

N
50
50
35
35
40
25

H
65
50
50
35
40
25

L1
100
65
—
10
10
10

L
200
100
—
10
10
10

LFi
200
100
—
10
10
10

N
50
50
35
35
40
25

H
65
50
50
35
40
25

L1
100
65
—
10
10
10

L
200
100
—
10
10
10

LFi
200
100
—
10
10
10

N
50
50
35
35
40
25

H
65
50
50
35
40
25

L1
100
65
N/A
10
10
10

L
200
100
N/A
10
10
10

—

—

—

—

—

Yes

—

—

—

—

Yes

—

—

—

—

240 Vac
Interrupting Current
480 Vac
(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz
600 Vac
Short-time Withstand Current (kA RMS)
Built-in Instantaneous Override (kA RMS ±10%)
Close and latch rating (kA RMS)
Tested to show the arc flash hazard risk
category as referenced by NFPA70E
Breaking time
Closing time

Endurance Rating (C/O Cycles)
With No Maintenance
h
Fixed-mounted only.
i
Drawout mounted only.

UL 489 Listed
800 A

1200 A

25–30 ms with no intentional delay

Sensor Rating
Mechanical
Electrical

100–250 A
400–800 A
12,500
2800

1600 Ah

25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L and LF)
< 50 ms
600–1200 A
—
12,500
2800

100–250 A
400–800 A
12,500
2800

Table 7.122:

Description

NWMPRRT

800–1600 A
12,500
2800

Masterpact NW/NT Circuit Breaker Remote Racking

Masterpact NW/NT Remote Racking Devicesj

Cat. No.

$ Price

NWNTMPRRT

32000.00

Masterpact NW Remote Racking Devicej

NWMPRRT

21500.00

Masterpact NT Remote Rackign Devicej

NTMPRRT

21500.00

Mounting Bracket Kit for NW Remote Racking (contains 10 mounting brackets)k

S47100

Mounting Bracket Kit for NT Remove Racking (contains 10 mounting brackets)k

S47104

215.00

Control Unit for NW Remote Rackingk

S47101

3650.00

30 ft Control Cable for NW Remote Rackingk

S47102

620.00

Drive Shaft for NW Remote Rackingk

S47103

290.00

Drive Shaft for NT Remote Rackingk

S47105

290.00

j
k

7-50

H
100
100
85
85

42 65 40

Sensor Rating

Table 7.121:

Lg
200
150
100
65

215.00

Unit comes with 10 mounting brackets included.
For replacement only.

DE2F

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Ground-Fault Protection

GC-200 Ground-Fault Relay System
Class 931, 940, 960

www.schneider-electric.us

GC-200 Ground-Fault Relay System
The GC-200 Ground-fault relay system protects a grounded distribution system from lowlevel arcing ground faults. The system includes the GC-200 relay, a sensor (current
transformer), and optional GC DSP display and is used with a bolted pressure switch or
circuit breaker to open a circuit upon detection of a ground fault. (Replaces GC-100 relay.)

GC-200 Relay Features

•
•
•
•
•
•

Five models with sensitivities suitable for main, feeder, or branch circuits
Ten adjustable pickup settings for each model
Small, non-metallic enclosure mounts on DIN rail
10 A and 5 A output contacts for trip and alarm
Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) to optimize coordinated systems
I2t inverse time characteristics

GC2DSP Display (Optional)
GC-200 Relay

•
•
•
•
•
•

Real-time display of ground-fault values
Also recalls ground-fault at last trip or at maximum since reset
Allows remote testing or resetting of the relay
LCD back-lit display
Surface mounts over panel meter cutout
Fine adjust pickup settings (D and E versions only)

Sensors

•
•
•

Zero sequence sensing current transformers for all phases and neutral
Several sizes of toroids and rectangular CTs
Many are split-core or open frame for ease of installation

Table 7.123:

Ground-Fault Relay

Cat. No.
GC200C
GC200D
GC200E
GC2DSP
VW3A1104R10
VW3A1104R30
VW3A1104R50

Description
Ground-fault relay

1m
3m
5m

Display cable b

45.00

GC-200 Relay Settings
3
30
120

Relay Cat.
No.

GC200C
GC200D

GT912 Rectangular Sensor

GC200E

59.00

6
90
240

9
90
360

Adjustable Pickup Settings (in Amperes)
12
15
18
21
120
150
180
210
480
600
720
840

27
270
1080

30
300
1200

GC-200 Sensors
Sensor
Cat. No.

Type

T2A
Toroid
T3A
Toroid
T6A
Toroid
T6AS
Toroid, split-core
T9A
Toroid
R713A
R417A
Rectangular
R826A
All "A" type sensors above, plus:
RZ511
RZ521
Rectangular, Open Frame
RZ531
RZ535
RZ1011
RZ1021
Rectangular, Open Frame
RZ1031
GT912
GT918
Rectangular, Open Frame
GT930
GT1218
GT1224
Rectangular, Open Frame
GT1230
GT1327
Rectangular, Open Frame
GT1330
GT1530
Rectangular, Open Frame

DE2

24
240
960

Discount
Schedule

CT
Ratio

1000:1

1000:1
1000:1
1000:1
1000:1
1000:1
1000:1
1000:1
600:1
600:1
600:1
600:1
600:1
600:1
600:1
600:1
600:1

Window Dimensions

$ Price

in
1.875 dia.
2.75 dia.
5.75 dia.
5.75 dia.
8.75 dia.
7.5 x 13.5
4.25 x 17.625
8 x 26.5

mm
48 dia.
70 dia.
146 dia.
146 dia.
222 dia.
191 x 343
108 x 448
203 x 674

704.00
774.00
774.00
1326.00
1106.00
3063.00
3650.00
4446.00

4.5. x 11
4.5 x 21
4.5 x 31
4.5 x 35
10.5 x 11
10.5 x 21
10.5 x 31
5.5 x 8.5
5.5 x 14.5
5.5 x 26.5
8.5 x 14.5
8.5 x 20.5
8.5 x 26.5
9.5 x 24
9.5 x 27
11.5 x 26.5

114 x 280
114 x 534
114 x 788
114 x 890
267 x 280
267 x 514
114 x 788
140 x 216
140 x 368
140 x 673
216 x 368
216 x 521
292 x 673
241 x 610
241 x 686
292 x 673

1914.00
2255.00
2706.00
2834.00
2450.00
3075.00
4233.00
1769.00
2058.00
2766.00
2645.00
2901.00
3246.00
2844.00
3219.00
3726.00

7-51

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Cat. No.
GC200C
GC200D
GC200E

Table 7.125:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

10 m

GC2ADAPTER
Adapter plate
To replace GSDSP with GC2DSP
One GC12 twelve foot cable is included with GCDSP display modules.
Discount schedule CP4C

Table 7.124:
T3B Toroid Sensor

$ Price
2960.00
2960.00
2960.00
948.00
35.00
35.00
35.00

Display module

VW3A1104R100
a
b

Specifications
3.0 A–30.0 A
30.0 A–300 A
120 A–1200 A

7

GC2DSP Display

Ground-Fault Protection

Vigirex™ Ground-Fault Relay System
Class 931, 840, 960

www.schneider-electric.us

Vigirex™ Ground-Fault Relay System
The Vigirex ground-fault relays, with associated sensors (current transformers), measure
the residual current in an electrical installation to detect levels which may be damaging.
When used for protection, they cause an associated circuit breaker or switch to interrupt the
supply of power to the protected system. They may also be used for monitoring only, with
output to an alarm. The product line includes fixed sensitivities from 30 mA to 1 A and
adjustable sensitivities up to 30 A.
The Vigirex relays may be easily mounted on DIN rail or may be panel mounted in a meter
cutout. Sensors for conductors range from a little more than an inch diameter toroids, to
large rectangular sensors measuring 6 x 18 inches. The compact size of the relay and its
sensor make it ideal for protection of OEM equipment as well as branch circuits.
Table 7.126:
Model

Vigirex Ground-Fault Relays (UL 1053 Listed)
Delay

Reset

Control Voltage

Sensitivity

Cat. No.

$ Price

DIN Rail Mounted
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1A
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1A
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1A

RH99M
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc

RH10M

Instantaneous

Manual

110–130 Vac

220–240 Vac

RH21M

Instantaneous
or 60 msec
(2 settings)

RH99M

Adjustable
(9 settings):
0, 0.06, 0.15,
0.23, 0.31, 0.5,
0.8, 1.0, 4.5 sec

RH99P

Manual

Manual

Automatic

12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac

30 mAa or 300 mA
(2 settings)

12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac

Adjustable,
(9 settings):
0.03a, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1,
3, 5, 10, 30 A

56300
56302
56305
56306
56307
56320
56322
56325
56326
56327
56330
56332
56335
56336
56337
56360
56362
56363
56370TD
56372TD
56373TD
56390TD
56392TD
56393TD

1988.00

1988.00

1988.00

2363.00

2700.00

2700.00

Panel Mounted
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1 Amp
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1 Amp
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1A

12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc

7

RH10P

Instantaneous

Manual

110–130 Vac

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

220–240 Vac

PA50

RH21P

Instantaneous
or 60 msec
(2 settings)

RH99P

Adjustable
(9 settings):
0, 0.06, 0.15,
0.23, 0.31, 0.5,
0.8, 1.0, 4.5 sec

a

Closed Toroids, Type A

Vigirex Sensor Iron Rings
(Optional)
Split toroids, Type OA

7-52

Automatic

30 mAa or 300 mA
(2 settings)

12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac

Adjustable
(9 settings):
0.03a, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1,
3, 5, 10, 30 A

56470TD
56472TD
56473TD
56490TD
56492TD
56493TD

2063.00

2063.00

2438.00

2813.00

2813.00

Sensors for Vigirex Ground-Fault Relays

Sensors

Rectangular Sensors
b
c

Manual

12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac

2063.00

30 mA is instantaneous only, except for RH99M and RH99P models. Their suffix TD indicates time delay at 30 mA.
For models with no time delay (IEC compliant) consult catalog 0972CT0401.

Table 7.127:

SA200

Manual

56400
56402
56405
56406
56407
56420
56422
56425
56426
56427
56430
56432
56435
56436
56437
56460
56462
56463

Inside Diameter

Type

Maximum
Currentc

in.

mm

TA30
PA50
IA80
MA120
SA200
GA300
TA30
PA50
IA80
MA120

65 A
85 A
160 A
250 A
400 A
630 A
65 A
85 A
160 A
250 A

1.18
1.97
3.15
4.72
7.87
11.81
0.79
1.58
2.76
4.33

POAb
GOAb
280 x 115
470 x 160

85 A
250 A
1600 A
3200 A

1.81
4.33
11.02 x 4.53
18.50 x 6.30

Cat. No.

$ Price

30
50
80
120
200
300
20
40
70
110

50437
50438
50439
50440
50441
50442
56055
56056
56057
56058

375.00
488.00
615.00
833.00
1253.00
2295.00
56.00
59.00
62.00
83.00

46
110
280 x 115
470 x 160

50485
50486
56053
56054

1718.00
3015.00
5333.00
7088.00

POA and GOA are not UL recognized
Use as a guideline for sizing wire through sensor.

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Ground-Fault Protection
Equipment

Add-On Ground-Fault and Earth-Leakage Modules
Class 931, 940, 960

www.schneider-electric.us

Micrologic™ Add-on Ground-Fault Module (GFM)
The Micrologic Ground-Fault Module (GFM) is a UL Listed/CSA Certified circuit breaker
accessory which protects equipment from damage caused by ground faults. It is an add-on
module which, when connected to a PowerPact H- or J-frame thermal-magnetic circuit
breaker only, provides ground-fault sensing and ground-fault relay functions.
HD/JD ground-fault modules feature:
Optional GFM25CT
GFM250

•
•
•
•
•

Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels
Adjustable ground-fault time delays
Integral ground fault push-to-test feature
Ground-fault indicator (mechanical for local, contacts for remote)
All GFMs are supplied for I-Line™ mounting as standard, easily convertible to unit mount by
removing the I-Line bracket
Fault-powered (through the sensing current transformer) for electronics, shunt trip, and integral test
feature. Meets NEC 230.95(C)
A 12 Vdc shunt trip module (Catalog No. S29382) is required in the circuit breaker. This may be field
installed or factory installed when the circuit breaker is ordered with an -SN suffix.
UL 1053 — Ground-fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment

•
•
•

The GFM system requires the following:

•
•
•
•

H-frame (15–150 A) or J-frame (150–250 A) molded case circuit breaker
Shunt trip is required for the function of the GFM (may be factory-installed or field-installed)
Bus bar connection (terminal nut inserts) for OFF end of circuit breaker
Optional neutral current transformer, catalog number GFM25CT (must be ordered for 4-wire
applications)

NOTE: Ground-fault modules cannot be used for alarming only.
Table 7.128:

Module/Enclosure Selection Charta

Companion Circuit
I-Line
Ground-fault Pickup
Cat. No.b
Breaker Prefix
Switchboard
Adjustment Range
HD, HG, HJ, HL
GFM150HD
LA
20–100 A
JD, JG, JJ, JL
GFM250JD
LA
40–200 A
Accessories
H&J
GFM25CT
Optional Neutral Current Transformer (required for 4-wire loads)
a
At 250 A, the GFM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only.
b
See Supplemental Digest page 3-37 for additional GFMs.

GFM $ Price
4250.00
4250.00
375.00

•
•

Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels as low as 30 mA
Adjustable ground-fault time delays from instantaneous to 500 msec
(Time delay can be applied to the 30 mA setting)
Integral ground fault push-to-test feature
Ground-fault indicator (LED for local status; contacts for remote indication)
All ELMs are supplied for I-Line™ mounting and are easily convertible to unit-mount by removing the
I-Line brackets
Three poles; 240 to 600 Vac maximum: 3-wire applications only (no neutral)
Line-power obtained through internal bus to provide power for electronics, shunt trip, and integral
test feature.
A shunt trip is required in the circuit breaker; it may be field-installed or factory-installed in the
PowerPact H and J circuit breakers.
UL 1053 – Ground-fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment

•
•
•
I-Line™ J-Frame with ELM installed

•
•
•
•

Table 7.129:

ELM Selection Chartc

Companion Circuit Breakerd
Prefix

Size

Enclosure Space
Required I-Line
Switchboard

Pick-Up Adjustment
Range

Catalog Number

$ Price

HD, HG, HJ, HL
JD, JG, JJ, JL

15–150 A
150–250 A

LA
LA

30 mA–3 A
30 mA–3 A

ELM150HD
ELM250JD

4500.00
4650.00

c
d

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

At 250 A, the ELM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only.
For Factory Installation of ELM Module: For termination designation (3rd letter of catalog number) use ONLY “M”.
Add factory installed 48 Vdc shunt trip (suffix SP) to breaker plus suffix VL or VM.
SP – $717. adder.
Use VL for H frame – $4736. adder.
Use VM for J frame – $4886. adder.
Plus the List Price of the H or J breaker.

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-53

7

The Earth Leakage Module (ELM) is an add-on module which, when connected to a
PowerPact H- or J-frame MCCB, provides low-level ground-fault sensing and ground-fault
relay functions.
Because these ELMs are highly sensitive (30 mA to 3 A), they provide much greater
protection than GFMs (20 Amps to 200 Amps sensitivity). The ELMs provide greater
protection of control circuits and other sensitive equipment. The associated circuit breaker
must have a 48 Vdc shunt trip, which may be field-installed (kit S29392) or factory-installed
(suffix –SP) in the H- or J-Frame circuit breaker.
Add-on Earth Leakage Module (ELM) Features:

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Earth Leakage Module (ELM) for PowerPact H- and J-Frame MCCBs

Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers
www.schneider-electric.us

Figure 2

Figure 1

B E

Figure 5

A
G

E

Figure 8

Figure 7

D
C

E

B

D
C

D
C

A

B E

B E

Figure 9
QO-PLPS

QOU, QYU
Low Ampere

A
G

A
G

A
G

B E

QO-GFI, QO-PL
QO-EPD

A
G

B

F

Figure 11

A

D
C

B F

7

Figure 13

Figure 14

Figure 15

A

A

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

B

B

C60

Figure 16

A

A

B

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix

A

Figure 18

D

C

Table 7.132:

B

Figure 19

Figure 20

A

A

A

Frame Size

C120
D

B E

Figure 22

Figure 21
E

B

B

B

B
G

E

B

C

D

C

E

F

G

2.25
2.25
2.25
3.78
3.78
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.77
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.00d
5.00d
5.00f
6.78
6.78
6.78
—
—
—
—
—

0.59
1.34
2.09
2.85
4.35
0.59
1.34
2.09
0.62
1.37
2.12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QB, QD, QG, QJ, Q4, FA, FI, KI, LA, LI, LX, LXI Circuit
Breakers
Poles

Dimensions—Inches

Fig.
No.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

4.25
4.25
5.13
5.13
5.13
7.13
9.25
10.75

—
1.50
1.50
—
1.50
1.50
2.00
2.50

—
0.75
—
—
0.75
0.75
1.00

Shipping Weightsh
Approx. Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)

Frame Size

Approx. Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)

FAL, FHL 1P

2

KIL

9

FAL, FHL 2P

3

LAL, LHL

15

FAL, FHL 3P

5

LIL LXIL

25

FIL

8

Q4L

15

QB, QD, QG, QJ

B

A

2
22
6.47
3.00
3.02 3.93
g
3
23
6.47
4.50
3.02 3.93
g
1
21
6.00
1.50
3.16 4.13 0.44
FAL, FHL
2
22
6.00
3.00
3.16 4.13 0.44
3
23
6.00
4.50
3.16 4.13 0.44
FIL, KIL
2&3
23
8.00
4.50
3.66 4.75 0.44
Q4L, LAL, LHL
2&3
23
11.00 6.00
4.06 5.84 0.88
LIL, LXIL
2&3
24
11.86 7.50
5.48 6.74 0.55
g
Dimensions E are 1.59 in at ON end and 0.63 in at OFF end.

E

Figure 17

Dimensions—Inches

Fig.
No.

QB, QD,
QG, QJ

B E

B E

B E

QOU
High Ampere

Figure 12

A

A

Poles

1
1
0.75 3.00a 2.31
2.91
QO, QOB
2
2
1.50 3.00a 2.31
2.91
3
3
2.25 3.00a 2.31
2.91
2
2
3.0
5.72
2.53
4.90
QOB-VH 150 A
QOB-VH 110–150 A
3
3
4.50
5.72
2.53
4.90
1
4
0.75 4.12b 2.31
2.91
QO-PL
QO-GFI
2
5
1.50 4.12b 2.31
2.91
QO-EPD
3
5
2.25 4.12b 2.31
2.91
1
6
0.75 4.05c 2.38
2.98
QOU
QYU
2
7
1.50 4.05c 2.38
2.98
Low Ampere
3
8
2.25 4.05d 2.38
2.98
1
10
0.75
4.45
2.37
2.96
QOU
2
11
1.50
4.45
2.37
2.96
High Ampere
3
12
2.25
4.45
2.37
2.96
1
13
0.71
3.19
1.73
2.76
2
14
1.42
3.19
1.73
2.76
Multi 9™ C60
3
15
2.13
3.19
1.73
2.76
4
16
2.84
3.19
1.73
2.76
QO-PLPS Power Supply
2
9
1.45
4.35
2.42
3.11
a
35–70 A is 3.12 in; 80–100 A 2P and 70–100 A 3P are 3.50 in.
b
QO-PL is 4.55 in.
c
80–100 A 1P and 80–125 A 2P are 4.45 in
d
80–100 A 1P and 80–125 A 2P are 6.78 in.
e
70–100 A 4.45 in.
f
70–100 A is 6.78 in.

Table 7.131:
Figure 10

QO™, QOU, Multi 9™ Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix

B E

Figure 4

Figure 6

Table 7.130:

D
C

A
G

B E

B

QO, QOB

Figure 3

A
G

A
G

h

4

All weights are for 3P circuit breakers unless otherwise noted.

Figure 23

B
E

B
G
HH

D
C

C/L
C/L

A F

A F

A F

E

E
B
G

Figure 24

E
D
C

E

A F

E

7-54

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
www.schneider-electric.us

Figure 26

Table 7.133:

B
G

B

F

A

E

F

A

Circuit Breaker No. of
Dimensions — Inches
Cat. No.
Poles Fig. No.
A
B
C
D
E
F
Prefix
2a
25
6.40
2.74
2.87
4.36
0.74
4.92
HD, HG, HJ,
HL, HR
3
26
6.40
4.12
2.87
4.36
0.74
4.92
JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR
3
27
7.52
4.12
2.87
5.00
1.30
4.92
LG, LJ, LL, LR
3
28
13.38
5.51
3.75
6.61
2.22
7.87
a
Only HD and HG are in 2P module, HJ, HL and HR 2P are in 3P module.

D

E

C

Table 7.134:
Figure 27
B

G

D

F

A

Figure 28

G

A

B

B

E

A

E

29
30
31
32

C

D

E

0.98
1.96
2.94
3.54

5.66
5.66
5.66
4.72

3.09
3.09
3.09
2.76

4.05
4.05
4.05
3.94

3.32
3.32
3.32
2.20

MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL, RG, RJ and RL Circuit Breakers
Dimensions — Inches

No. of
Poles

Fig.
No.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

2, 3

33

12.86

8.27

5.77

8.05

2.49

7.87

7.83

2, 3

33

16.16

8.27

5.77

8.05

4.19

7.87

7.83

2, 3

34

16.24

16.54

6.63

14.49

8.73

14.25

15.35

Shipping Weightsa

HD, HG, HJ, HL 2P
HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 3P

Approx. Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)
4
5

JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR
LD, LG, LJ, LL, LR

ED, EG, EJ 1P

2

MG, MJ

Frame Size

Frame Size

Approx. Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)
5
14
29
32
52

B

A

A

Figure 32

E

1
2
3
3

B

Figure 31

Figure 30

B

ED, EG, EJ
ED, EG, EJ
ED, EG, EJ
GJ

Dimensions — Inches
A

ED, EG, EJ 2P
3
PG, PJ, PK, PL
ED, EG, EJ 3P
4
RG, RJ, RK, RL (Without RLTB)
a
All weights are for 3P circuit breakers unless otherwise noted.

D

E

Fig. No.

Table 7.136:
F

Figure 29

No. of
Poles

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.
Prefix
MG, MJ
(800 A and below)
PG, PJ, PK, PL
(1000–1200 A)
RG, RJ, RL

E

G
—
1.38
1.38
1.77

ED, EG, and EJ Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.
Prefix

Table 7.135:

C

C

HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR, JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR, LG, LJ, LL,
and LR Circuit Breakers

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Figure 25

C
D

B
G

Figure 33
D

C

E

B

AF
A

C
D

7

E

Figure 34
B
G
F

D

C

AE

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

7-55

Circuit Breaker
Enclosures

Enclosures
Class 610

•
•
•
•
•

Table 7.137:

Circuit Breaker Enclosures

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix
Rating
FAL, FHL, FCL
QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL

FA100S

HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL
JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL
HDL
JDL
LAL, LHL, Q4L
LAL
MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL
PGL, PJL, PKL, PLLl

Poles

15–100 A
100–200 A
100–225 A
15–150 A
150–250 A
15–100 A
150–250 A
125–400 A
125–400 A
300–800 A
250–1200 A

Cat. No.

NEMA 1 Flush
FA100F
189.00
—
—
Q23225NFb
218.00

1, 2, 3
2
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
3
3
2, 3
3
2, 3
2, 3

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

FA100DS

FAL, FHL, FCL
HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL
JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL
KILq, KCL
LAL, LHL, Q4L
LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL
LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL
LGL, LLL, LRL
MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL
PGL, PJL, PKL, PLLl

15–100 A
15–150 A
150–250 A
110–250 A
125–400 A
250–600 A
250–600 A
400–600 A
300–800
600–1200

1, 2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
3
3
3
2, 3
2, 3

Enclosure
Cat. No.

$ Price

J250Fcde

285.00

—
—
LA400F
—
—
—

—
—
356.00
—
—
—

NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 3, 3R Stainless
Steel (Hubs—See page 3-9)

FA100RB

www.schneider-electric.us

Circuit breaker enclosures are UL Listed, CSA Certified and are suitable for use as service equipment except as footnoted.
The short circuit rating of an enclosed circuit breaker is equal to the rating of the circuit breaker installed, except as footnoted.
Circuit breakers are ordered and shipped separately for field installation.
For enclosure accessories and dimensions refer to page 7-58.
See Supplemental Digest page 3-35 for NEMA 7 and 9 enclosures for FAL circuit breakers.

FA100DS

1431.00

J250DScde

3405.00

$ Price

NEMA 1 Surface
FA100S
189.00
Q22200NSb
176.00
Q23225NSb
218.00
J250Scde

285.00

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 3Ra
FA100RB
500.00
Q22200NRBb
380.00
Q23225NRBb
417.00
J250Rcde

840.00

HD100Sfgcei
285.00
—
—
JD250Sigfce
285.00
—
—
LA400S
356.00
LA400R
1655.00
LA400LSgiw
356.00
—
—
M800Sjk
783.00
M800Rjm
2159.00
P1200Sk
1260.00
P1200Rm
2790.00
NEMA 12/3R, 12K (Hubs—See page 3-9)
Without Knockoutsn
With Knockouts (NEMA 12K)
(NEMA 12/3R, 5)
FA100A
351.00
FA100AWK
335.00
—

—

J250AWKcde

582.00

IK250DS
5238.00
—
—
IK250AWK
878.00
LA400DS
5673.00
—
—
LA400AWK
903.00
—
—
—
—
L600AWKx
3728.00
—
—
—
—
L600AWKVWy
3928.00
—
—
—
—
L600AWKMCz
3728.00
M800DSo
10125.00
—
—
M800AWKo
2459.00
—
—
—
—
P1200AWKo
5700.00
Nema 7r Cast Aluminum
Nema 9u Cast Aluminum
JDL, JGLstv
150–250 A
2, 3
J225X
4083.00
J225Y
2834.00
a
Enclosures with NRB or RB suffix have provisions for 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on hubs in top endwall. Enclosures with R suffix have blank endwalls
and require field cut opening. For details and hub catalog numbers see page 3-9.
b
Not CSA Certified.
c
Accepts standard rated 80% breakers. Not rated at 100%.
d
Maximum short circuit rating is 25 kAIR at 600 Vac, 65 kAIR at 480 Vac, 125 kAIR at 240 Vac.
e
Earth Leakage Module and Ground Fault Module are not compatible with these enclosures.
f
Maximum short circuit rating is 25 kAIR, 240 Vac.
g
Order service ground kit PKOGTA2 if required.
h
Maximum short circuit rating is 18 kAIR, 480 Vac and 240 Vac.
i
Copper wire only.
j
When using a CT in the M800S and R enclosure the unit will no longer accommodate a 200% neutral solution.
k
CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP20D, PE type TN-C or TN-S
l
Accepts MGL or MJL standard rated (80%) breakers. Accepts PGL, PJL or PLL circuit breakers rated 80% (1200 A maximum) or
100% rated breakers, (800A maximum).
m
CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP24D, PE type TN-C or TN-S
n
Suitable for rainproof NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
o
CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP56, PE type TN-C or TN-S
p
LEL 100% rated circuit breaker except for 600 A sensor.
q
Short circuit rating is 100 k AIR at 480 Vac maximum.
r
NEMA 7—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F,and G; Class III.
s
80% rated circuit breakers only; SCCR 65 kA @ 240 Vac, 25 kA @ 480 Vac, 18 kA @ 600 Vac.
t
Not UL Listed due to wire bending space.
u
NEMA 9—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class II, Groups E, F,and G; Class III.
v
Has a tapped 2-1/2 in. conduit opening on top and bottom end wall
w
Short circuit current rating is 30 k AIR at 480 Vac.
x
Product also accepts PowerPact L Frame Motor Protector Circuit Breakers with suffix M38X.
y
Viewing Window factory installed.
z
Product accepts PowerPact L-Frame Automatic Molded Case Switches.

316 Grade Stainless Steel Circuit Breaker Enclosures—NEMA 3, 3R, 4X, 5 and 12
Type 316 stainless steel circuit breaker enclosures offer superior corrosion resistance to a wider range of chemicals
than Type 304 stainless steel enclosures. Type 316 better resists chloride and is often used in marine, waste treatment
and transportation applications. Use watertight hubs from Section 3 page 10 of Digest 176. For other accessories
reference Table 7.142 and Table 7.143. For dimensional information, reference Table 7.144.
Table 7.138:

316 Grade Stainless Steel CIrcuit Breaker Enclosures

Cat. No. Prefix...Suffix
HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL
JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL
MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL
PKL, PLL

Table 7.139:

Circuit Breakerab
Ampere Rating
15–150 A
150–250 A
300–800 A

Poles
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3

NEMA 3, 3R, 4X, 5 and 12
Enclosure Cat. No.

$ Price

J250SS

4698.00

M800SS

13972.00

DC CIrcuit Breaker Enclosures for MA and MH DC-Rated Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breakerab

NEMA 1 Surface Enclosureaa

Cat. No. Prefix...Suffix
Ampere Rating
MAL, MHL
125–1000 A
aa UL Listed Only
ab Use 500 Vdc or 250 Vdc rated circuit breakers only.

Poles
2, 3

Enclosure Cat. No.
MA1200S

$ Price
1355.00

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-58
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-58

7-56

DE1

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Circuit Breaker
Enclosures

Enclosed Circuit Breaker Special Applications
Class 610

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 7.140:

Enclosures for Walking Beam Manually Operated Mechanical Interlock
Circuit Breakers (UL Listed)a
Circuit Breaker

a
b
c

NEMA 1 Surfaceb

NEMA 3R bc

Cat. No.
Ampere
Enclosure
Enclosure
Poles
$ Price
$ Price
Prefix...Suffix
Rating
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
FAL...WB, FHL...WB
15–250 A
2, 3
KA250SWB
1040.00
KA250RWB
1827.00
Catalog number in table is enclosure only. For complete installation, the following must be ordered separately: WB Circuit Breakers (qty. 2, Supplemental
Digest page 3-27), Walking Beam Assembly (Supplemental Digest page 3-27), Mounting Pan (Supplemental Digest) page 3-27, Neutral (page 7-56) and
Service Ground Kit (page 7-58).
Enclosure has blank top endwall.
For applications above 200 A requiring a neutral, use copper wire only.

Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers
For information on Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers see the Supplemental Digest page 3-35.

Enclosed Molded Case Switches
For ordering information on molded case switches see page 7-34. For ordering information on enclosed molded case
switches, see Supplemental Digest 175 Section 3-36.

Enclosed Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock
NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order.
Industrial molded case circuit breakers with walking beam mechanical interlocks are available in NEMA 1 and 3R
construction as completely enclosed device. Walking beam mechanical interlock is available manually operated or
electrically operated using (2) 120 Vac motor operators. Not UL Listed.
Enclosed walking beam mechanically interlocked circuit breaker.

•
•
•
•

Specify circuit breaker catalog numbers
Specify manually or electrically operated (electrically operated factory installed only)
Specify enclosure type (NEMA 1 or 3R)
Specify if neutrals are required. (Same price)

Table 7.141:

Enclosed Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix
(Standard ThermalMagnetic Only)
FAL—240 V 100 A
FAL—480 V 100 A
FAL—600 V 100 A

$ Pricea
Manually Operated
NEMA 1

NEMA 3R

—
—
—

—
—
—

Electrically Operated
NEMA 1
5783.00
6311.00
6879.00

NEMA 3R
3675.00
6896.00
7446.00

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

FHL—600 V 100 A
—
—
8691.00
9407.00
a
Price includes (2) walking beam 3P circuit breakers, walking beam operator and mounting pan, (2) neutrals (if specified), and
(2) motor operators (if specified) factory assembled in specified enclosure.
b
Not available factory assembled. Refer to page 7-56 for merchandise enclosure.

7

NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

7-57

Circuit Breaker
Enclosures
Table 7.142:

Enclosure Accessories and Dimensions
Class 610

www.schneider-electric.us

Insulated Groundable Neutral Assembly

Circuit Breaker

Neutral Assembly For Use With
NEMA 1 & 3R

NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12 & 12K

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

100

SN100FA

72.00

SN100FA

72.00

—

FAL, FHL, FIL
HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL
HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL
JDL,JGL,JJL,JLL

100
15–100
125-150
150–250

—
SN100FA
SN400LA
SN400LA

—
72.00
251.00
251.00

100SNA
—
225SNA
—

FAL...WB, FHL...WB

200

—
SN100FA
SN400LA
SN400LA
Requires (2) SN20A
plus (1) SN20NI link

FAL, FHL, FCL

—
72.00
251.00
251.00
(2) @$200.00 ea
plus (1) @$27.60 ea

LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL

250–400

—

—

LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL

250–600

—

—

LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL

250–600

—

—

Price

—

Cat. No.

—

SN400LA
SNC400LX
SN800LX
SN1000MA
SNC600LXCT
SN600LXCT
SNC800LXc
AL800SN
SN1200

Terminal Lug Data—Total Available
(Line plus Load)
AWG/kcmil

NEMA 7 & 9

Ampere
Rating

Cat. No. Prefix

$ Price
—
150.00
—
198.00
—

—

251.00
1152.00
1506.00
365.00
2506.00
1065.00
1506.00
365.00
1034.00

(4) 14–1/0 Cu or (4) 12–1/0 Al
FA060X/Y—(1) 14– 6 Cu, plus (1) 14–4 Cu
FA100X/Y—(1) 14– 3 Cu, plus (1) 14–4 Cu
(4) 14–1/0 Cu or (4) 12–1/0 Al
(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu
(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(4) 6–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 14–1/0 Al/Cu
(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu
(2) 2–600 Cu, plus (2) 2–4/0 Cu
(4) 2–600 Cu, plus (1) 2–4/0 Cu
(6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (1) 1–4/0 Al/Cu
(4) 2–600 Cu, plus (2) 2–4/0 Cu
(4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 2–4/0 Al/Cu
(4) 2–600 Cu, plus (1) 2–4/0 Cu
(6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 6–250 Al/Cu
(8) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 350 4–300 Al/Cu

LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL
250–600
—
—
—
—
MGL, MJLd
300–800
AL800SN
365.00
—
—
PGL, PJL, PKL, PLLe
250–1200
SN1200
1034.00
—
—
c
All Cu neutral assembly.
d
For NEMA 1 and 3R 200% neutral applications order Jumper kit SN800SNI and 2 of kit SN1200. (No 200% neutral is available for NEMA 4X or 12 devices.)
e
For applications with integral ground fault protection order Neutral Mounting Kit S33576MK and Neutral CT S33576 (400–1200 A only).

NEMA Type 1
Q2, FA, J, SWB
LA, MG, PG

Table 7.143:

Service Ground Kits

Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix

H
H

W
W

D
WB enclosure
uses 2 circuit breakers

NEMA Type 3R
Q2, FA, LA, MG, J, PG, RWB
(uses side hinge cover)

Table 7.144:

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

D
WB enclosure uses
2 circuit breakers

NEMA Type 7, Type 9
FA, JDL, JGL

2

1

2

1

4

1

$ Price

Wire Range
AWG/kcmil

Field-Installable

10–2/0 Cu or 6–2/0 Al

FA100A, AWK
FA100DS
FA100F
FA100RB
FA100S
IK250AWK
IK250DS
HD100S
J250F
J250S
J250R
J250DS
J250SS
J250AWK
JD250S
J225X
J225Y
KA250SWB
KA250RWB
L600AWK
L600AWKVW
L600AWKMC

Factory-Installed

56.00

191.00

6–300 Al/Cu

75.00

195.00

6–250 Al or Cu

213.00

263.00

Dimensions
Approximate Dimension

7
W

Number of Conductors
Terminals Per Terminal

QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL
FAL, FHL, FCL, FIL, FAL...WB, FHL...WB
PKOGTA2f
KCL, KIL, LAL, LHL, Q4L
HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL,JDL,JGL,JJL,JLL
PKOGTJ250
LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL
MGL, MJL
PKOGTA4
PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL
f
Quantity (2) required if ground wires are run in parallel.

Cat. No.

H

Ground Bar
Cat. No.

Series
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
A1
A01
A01
A01
A01
A01
A01
A1
A1
A1
E2
E2
A01
A01
A01

H
in.
19.50
19.50
19.50
18.00
18.13
42.25
42.25
17.00
32.40
31.36
31.05
32.26
32.26
32.26
26.40
22.70
22.70
20.00
20.25
57.50
57.50
57.50

Approximate Dimension

W
mm
495
495
495
457
461
1073
1073
431.8
823
797
789
819
819
819
670.6
577
577
508
514
1461
1461
1461

in.
9.13
9.13
9.88
8.88
8.63
13.88
13.88
7.90
15.40
14.36
14.47
9.72
9.72
9.72
8.90
10.93
10.93
19.00
19.00
20.38
20.38
20.38

D
mm
232
232
251
226
219
353
353
200.7
391
365
368
247
247
247
226.1
278
278
483
483
518
518
518

in.
4.88
4.88
4.13
4.88
4.13
7.50
7.50
4.75
6.00
6.00
6.28
7.94
7.94
7.94
5.50
7.70
7.70
5.63
7.12
8.25
8.25
8.25

Cat. No.
mm
124
124
105
124
105
191
191
120.7
152
152
160
202
202
202
139.7
196
196
143
181
210
210
210

LA400AWK
LA400DS
LA400F
LA400R
LA400S
LA400LS
M800S
M800R
M800DS
M800SS
M800AWK
P1200S
P1200R
P1200AWK
Q22200NRB
Q22200NS
Q23225NF
Q23225NRB
Q23225NS

Series
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3

H
in.
42.25
42.25
45.63
44.00
44.50
27.40
40-3/8
40-3/8
40-7/8
40-7/8
40-7/8
52-1/8
52-1/8
53
23.38
23.13
26.25
26.25
26.25

mm
1073
1073
1159
1118
1130
696.0
1025.52
1025.52
1036.96
1036.96
1036.96
1323.98
1323.98
1346.20
594
588
667
667
667

W
in.
13.75
13.75
16.50
15.38
15.38
15.40
21
21
20-3/4
20-3/4
20-3/4
21
21
20-3/4
7.63
7.63
9.88
9.88
9.88

D
mm
349
349
419
391
391
391.2
533.4
533.4
527.05
527.05
527.05
533.4
533.4
527.05
194
194
251
251
251

in.
7.25
7.25
6.50
7.88
6.50
6.625
9-3/4
9-3/4
9-1/2
9-1/2
9-1/2
9-3/4
9-3/4
9-1/2
4.75
4.25
4.75
5.50
4.75

mm
184
184
165
200
165
168.3
247.65
247.65
241.3
241.3
241.3
247.65
247.65
241.3
121
108
121
140
121

H

See Supplemental Digest 3-37 and 3-38 for:

W

D

NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 12, 12K
IK, FA, J, LA, LX, MG, PG

•
•
•
•
•
•

Special paint
Stainlee steel fronts
Pilot lights, push buttons
Lock-on SPL0
Key interlock systems
Legend plates

H

W

7-58

D

DE1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Photovoltaic Circuit
Breakers and Switches

600 Vdc and 1000 Vdc PV Circuit Breakers and Switches
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302

www.schneider-electric.us

The UL listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers and switches shown below are specifically designed for use
in PV applications, rated at 50°C, offering grounded or ungrounded configurations.
The products are fully tested and calibrated under the PV UL489B standard.
The products come ready to install, including specially designed serial connectors for optimal thermal response, and
adapted terminal covers for optimal isolation. Circuit Breakers come 100% rated for ease of use and selection.
These two new frames are fully compatible with the current line of PowerPact accessories, from aux contacts and shunt
trips to motor operators and rotary handles.
PV Molded Case Circuit Breakers

600 Vdc (3 poles)
Ungrounded
Grounded
Part Number
$ Price
Part Number
$ Price
50
TGL36050L
911.00
TGL36050K
984.00
60
TGL36060L
911.00
TGL36060K
984.00
70
TGL36070L
1013.00
TGL36070K
1094.00
80
TGL36080L
1013.00
TGL36080K
1094.00
100
TGL36100L
1125.00
TGL36100K
1215.00
125
TGL36125L
1250.00
TGL36125K
1350.00
150
TGL36150L
1250.00
TGL36150K
1350.00
175
TGL36175L
1438.00
TGL36175K
1553.00
200
TGL36200L
1438.00
TGL36200K
1553.00
225
UGL36225L
1703.00
UGL36225K
1839.00
250
UGL36250L
1892.00
UGL36250K
2043.00
300
UGL36300L
2270.00
UGL36300K
2451.00
350
UGL36350L
2270.00
UGL36350K
2451.00
400
UGL36400L
2306.00
UGL36400K
2490.00
450
UGL36450L
2536.00
UGL36450K
2739.00
500a
N/A
...
UGL36500G
2739.00
500 A 80% rated.

1000 Vdc (4 poles)
Ungrounded
Grounded
Part Number
$ Price
Part Number
$ Price
TBL41050L
1212.00
TBL41050K
1309.00
TBL41060L
1212.00
TBL41060K
1309.00
TBL41070L
1212.00
TBL41070K
1309.00
TBL41080L
1212.00
TBL41080K
1309.00
TBL41100L
1347.00
TBL41100K
1455.00
TBL41125L
1496.00
TBL41125K
1616.00
TBL41150L
1496.00
TBL41150K
1616.00
TBL41175L
1721.00
TBL41175K
1859.00
TBL41200L
1721.00
TBL41200K
1859.00
UCL41225L
2044.00
UCL41225K
2207.00
UCL41250L
2271.00
UCL41250K
2453.00
UCL41300L
2611.00
UCL41300K
2820.00
UCL41350L
2611.00
UCL41350K
2820.00
UCL41400L
2765.00
UCL41400K
2986.00
UCL41450L
3041.00
UCL41450K
3284.00
UCL41500J
3041.00
UCL41500G
3284.00

Ampere
Rating

a

Table 7.146:

PV Circuit Breaker Max. Interrupting Ratings

Frame
T-Frame
U-Frame

Table 7.147:
Brand

600 Vdc
10 kA
10 kA

1000 Vdc
3 kA
5 kA

Circuit Breaker Numbering

Frame

Rating

Termination

Poles

Voltage

T

G

L

3

6

Poles
3: 3P
4: 4P

Voltage
6: 600 Vdc
1: 1000 Vdc

Frame
T: T-Frame
U: U-Frame
Brand
Blank:
Schneider
Electric

Amperage
0

5

Amperage
050: 50 A
060: 60 A
070: 70 A
080: 80 A
100: 100 A
125: 125 A
150: 150 A
175: 175 A
200: 200 A
225: 225 A
250: 250 A
300: 300 A
350: 350 A
400: 400 A
450: 450 A
500: 500 A

Terminations
L: Lugs Line/Load Side
F: Bus Bar
S: Rear Connected

Table 7.149:

Brand

A

Accessory Suffix Cells
(See Table 7.151 to
Table 7.155)

Grounding
G: Grounded, 80% rated (500 A Only)
J: Ungrounded, 80% rated (500 A Only)
K: Grounded, 100% rated
L: Ungrounded, 100% rated

1000 Vdc (4 poles)
Ungrounded
Grounded
Part Number
$ Price
Part Number
$ Price
TBL41000JZ10
1048.00 TBL41000GZ10
1122.00
TBL41000JZ15
1156.00 TBL41000GZ15
1237.00
TBL41000JZ20
1332.00 TBL41000GZ20
1426.00
UDL41000JZ25
1748.00 UDL41000GZ25
1870.00
UDL41000JZ30
2012.00 UDL41000